[opensuse-translation-commit] r96677 - trunk/yast/fr/po

2 Sep 2016

Author: minton
Date: 2016-09-02 23:33:58 +0200 (Fri, 02 Sep 2016)
New Revision: 96677

Added:
   trunk/yast/fr/po/journalctl.fr.po
Modified:
   trunk/yast/fr/po/add-on.fr.po
   trunk/yast/fr/po/auth-client.fr.po
   trunk/yast/fr/po/auth-server.fr.po
   trunk/yast/fr/po/autoinst.fr.po
   trunk/yast/fr/po/base.fr.po
   trunk/yast/fr/po/bootloader.fr.po
   trunk/yast/fr/po/ca-management.fr.po
   trunk/yast/fr/po/cio.fr.po
   trunk/yast/fr/po/cluster.fr.po
   trunk/yast/fr/po/control.fr.po
   trunk/yast/fr/po/country.fr.po
   trunk/yast/fr/po/crowbar.fr.po
   trunk/yast/fr/po/dhcp-server.fr.po
   trunk/yast/fr/po/dns-server.fr.po
   trunk/yast/fr/po/docker.fr.po
   trunk/yast/fr/po/drbd.fr.po
   trunk/yast/fr/po/fcoe-client.fr.po
   trunk/yast/fr/po/firewall.fr.po
   trunk/yast/fr/po/firstboot.fr.po
   trunk/yast/fr/po/fonts.fr.po
   trunk/yast/fr/po/geo-cluster.fr.po
   trunk/yast/fr/po/installation.fr.po
   trunk/yast/fr/po/iscsi-client.fr.po
   trunk/yast/fr/po/iscsi-lio-server.fr.po
   trunk/yast/fr/po/kdump.fr.po
   trunk/yast/fr/po/live-installer.fr.po
   trunk/yast/fr/po/mail.fr.po
   trunk/yast/fr/po/network.fr.po
   trunk/yast/fr/po/nfs.fr.po
   trunk/yast/fr/po/nis.fr.po
   trunk/yast/fr/po/ntp-client.fr.po
   trunk/yast/fr/po/packager.fr.po
   trunk/yast/fr/po/pkg-bindings.fr.po
   trunk/yast/fr/po/printer.fr.po
   trunk/yast/fr/po/rdp.fr.po
   trunk/yast/fr/po/rear.fr.po
   trunk/yast/fr/po/registration.fr.po
   trunk/yast/fr/po/reipl.fr.po
   trunk/yast/fr/po/samba-client.fr.po
   trunk/yast/fr/po/samba-server.fr.po
   trunk/yast/fr/po/security.fr.po
   trunk/yast/fr/po/services-manager.fr.po
   trunk/yast/fr/po/snapper.fr.po
   trunk/yast/fr/po/storage.fr.po
   trunk/yast/fr/po/update.fr.po
   trunk/yast/fr/po/users.fr.po
   trunk/yast/fr/po/vm.fr.po
   trunk/yast/fr/po/vpn.fr.po
Log:
fr merged

Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/add-on.fr.po
===================================================================

--- trunk/yast/fr/po/add-on.fr.po	2016-09-02 21:33:42 UTC (rev 96676)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/add-on.fr.po	2016-09-02 21:33:58 UTC (rev 96677)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: add-on\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-06-06 15:44+0100\n"
 "Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET \n"
 "Language-Team: French Team \n"
@@ -86,15 +86,16 @@
 msgid "<li>Media: %1, Path: %2, Product: %3</li>\n"
 msgstr "<li>Support : %1, Chemin d'accès : %2, Produit : %3</li>\n"
 
-#. error report
-#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:185
+#. set addon specific sig-handling
+#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:186
+msgid "Make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\"."
+msgstr "Rendre le produit complémentaire \"%1\" disponible via \"%2\"."
+
+#. just report error
+#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:193
 msgid "Failed to add add-on product."
 msgstr "Impossible d'ajouter le produit complémentaire."
 
-#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:193
-msgid "Make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\"."
-msgstr "Rendre le produit complémentaire \"%1\" disponible via \"%2\"."
-
 #. placeholder for unknown path
 #. summary item, %1 is product name, %2 media URL, %3 directory on media
 #. placeholder for unknown directory

Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/auth-client.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/auth-client.fr.po	2016-09-02 21:33:42 UTC (rev 96676)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/auth-client.fr.po	2016-09-02 21:33:58 UTC (rev 96677)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-30 10:04+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-11 17:58+0100\n"
 "Last-Translator: Sylvain Tostain \n"
 "Language-Team: French <>\n"
@@ -20,1353 +20,2043 @@
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
 "X-Generator: Poedit 1.5.4\n"
 
-#. translators: command line help text for authentication client module
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:46
-msgid "Authentication client configuration module"
-msgstr "Module de configuration du client d'authentification"
+#. Edit Kerberos realm configuration
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:52
+msgid "Realm name"
+msgstr ""
 
-#. translators: command line help text for summary action
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:56
-msgid "Configuration summary of the authentication client"
-msgstr "Résumé de la configuration du client d'authentification"
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:53
+msgid "Map Domain Name to the Realm (example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)"
+msgstr ""
 
-#. translators: command line help text for summary action
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:61
-msgid "Create autoyast rnc from @parameters"
-msgstr "Créer rnc autoyast à partir de @parameters"
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:55
+msgid "Map Wild Card Domain Name to the Realm (*.example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)"
+msgstr ""
 
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:58
+msgid "Host Name of Administration Server (Optional)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:60
+msgid "Host Name of Master Key Distribution Server (Optional)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:62
+msgid "Key Distribution Centres (Optional If Auto-Discovery via DNS is Enabled)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:68
+msgid "Custom Mappings of Principal Names to User Names"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69
+msgid "Principal Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "User Name"
+msgstr "Nom"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:74
+msgid "Custom Rules for Mapping Principal Names to User Names"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Add a KDC
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:89
+msgid "Please type in the host name of Key Distribution Centre:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Add an auth_to_local
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:102
+msgid "Please type in the auth_to_local rule:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Add an auth_to_local_names
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:115
+msgid "Please type in the principal name and user name in the format of \"princ_name = user_name\":"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Save realm settings
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:135
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Please enter realm name."
+msgstr "Entrez un nom pour le nouveau domaine."
+
+#. Edit more configuration items for Kerberos.
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:48
+msgid "Default Location of Keytab File"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:50
+msgid "Encryption Types for TGS (Space separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:52
+msgid "Encryption Types for Ticket (Space separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54
+msgid "Encryption Types for Sessions (Space separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:56
+msgid "Additional Addresses to be put in Ticket (Comma separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59
+msgid "Reset"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Edit more configuration items for LDAP.
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:53
+msgid "In Case Of Connection Outage:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54
+msgid "Retry The Operation Endlessly"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:55
+msgid "Do Not Retry And Fail The Operation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:57
+msgid "Timeout for Bind Operations in Seconds"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59
+msgid "Timeout for Search Operations in Seconds"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. the last saved tab
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:63
+msgid "Use a Directory as Identity Provider (LDAP)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:67
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Authentication via Kerberos"
+msgstr "Fournisseur d'authentification :"
+
+#. LDAP tab events
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:76
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n"
+"Before you may use legacy LDAP authentication (pam_ldap), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:84
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading user database from SSSD identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP user database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD user database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:92
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading group database from SSSD identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP group database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD group database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:100
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from SSSD identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP sudoers database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD sudo database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:108
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading automount database from SSSD identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP automount database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD automount database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:118
+msgid "Please enter server URI."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:126
+msgid "Please enter DN of search base."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Test URI input
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:133
+msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on URI %s!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:135
+msgid ""
+"Connection check has failed on URI %s.\n"
+"\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Test host address input, construct URI for each one.
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:154
+msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on host %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:156
+msgid ""
+"Connection check has failed on host %s.\n"
+"\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:163
+msgid ""
+"The name service cache is should only used with legacy LDAP identity provider,\n"
+"but your system currently has authentication domain enabled, which is not compatible with the cache.\n"
+"\n"
+"Do you still wish to enable the cache?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Kerberos tab events
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:176
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n"
+"Before you may use Kerberos authentication (pam_krb5), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Save Kerberos
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:184
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:194
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:205
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:210
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:316
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:408
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:432
+msgid "(not specified)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:202
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Are you sure to delete realm %s?"
+msgstr "Voulez vous vraiment supprimer la section %s ?"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:334
+msgid "Allow LDAP Users To Authenticate (pam_ldap)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:335
+msgid "Cache LDAP Entries For Faster Response (nscd)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:336
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:405
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Automatically Create Home Directory"
+msgstr "Créer le Répertoire Home au Login"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:338
+msgid "Read the following items from LDAP data source:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:339
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:80
+msgid "Users"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:340
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:81
+msgid "Groups"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:341
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:82
+msgid "Super-User Commands (sudo)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:342
+msgid "Network Disk Locations (automount)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:344
+msgid "Enter LDAP server locations (space separated), in either format:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:345
+msgid "- Host name or IP and port number (ip:port)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:346
+msgid "- URI (ldap://server:port, ldaps://server:port)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:348
+msgid "DN of Search Base (e.g. dc=example,dc=com)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:352
+msgid "DN of Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:354
+msgid "Password of the Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:357
+msgid "Identify Group Members by Their DNs (RFC2307bis)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:359
+msgid "Leave LDAP Connections Open for Consecutive Requests"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:362
+msgid "Secure LDAP communication"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:363
+msgid "Do Not Use Security"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:364
+msgid "Secure Communication via TLS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:365
+msgid "Secure Communication via StartTLS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368
+msgid "Test Connection"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:428
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:186
+msgid "Extended Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. If not specified, append the default port number
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:403
+msgid "Allow Kerberos Users To Authenticate (pam_krb5)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:407
+msgid "Default Realm For User Login:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:409
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Authentication Client"
+msgid "All Authentication Realms"
+msgstr "Clients authentifiés"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411
+msgid "Add Realm"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411
+msgid "Edit Realm"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Delete"
+msgid "Delete Realm"
+msgstr "Supprimer"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:414
+msgid "Use DNS TXT Record to Discover Realms"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:416
+msgid "Use DNS SVC record to Discover KDC servers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:419
+msgid "Allow Insecure Encryption (Windows NT)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:421
+msgid "Allow KDC on Other Networks to Issue Authentication Tickets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:423
+msgid "Allow Kerberos-Enabled Services to Take on The Identity Of a User"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:425
+msgid "Issue Address-Less Tickets for Computers Behind NAT"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Entry point can be :sssd, :ldapkrb, or :auto
+#. In auto mode, there will be two change settings buttons.
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:46
+msgid "LDAP and Kerberos Client"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:48
+msgid "User Logon Management"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:63
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Basic Settings:"
+msgid "Change Settings"
+msgstr "Réglages de base :"
+
+#. Allow entering both SSSD and ldapkrb settings
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:67
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "User Logon Configuration"
+msgstr "Configuration Globale"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:68
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "LDAP/Kerberos Configuration"
+msgstr "Configuration Globale"
+
+#. Let user choose one additional parameter to customise for domain.
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Name"
+msgstr "Nom"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Value"
+msgstr "Valeur"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:91
+msgid "Computer Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92
+msgid "Full Computer Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92 src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93
+msgid "(Name is not resolvable)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Add New Domain"
+msgid "Network Domain"
+msgstr "Ajouter un nouveau domaine"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:94
+msgid "IP Addresses"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:95
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Activate Domain"
+msgid "Identity Domains"
+msgstr "Activer un Domaine"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Description"
+msgstr "Description"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:65
+msgid "Extended options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:68
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Name filter:"
+msgstr "Filtre de nom :"
+
 #. Create parameter editor controls (label, input, help text) and return them.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:70
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:74
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "None."
 msgstr "Aucun."
 
 #. Render controls for editing parameter values, according to parameter data type.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:105
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:109
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Mandatory Parameters"
 msgstr "Paramètres Requis"
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:112
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:116
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Optional Parameters"
 msgstr "Paramètres Optionnels"
 
 #. Check that all mandatory parameters are set
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:138
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:142
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Please complete all of the following mandatory parameters:\n"
 msgstr "Merci de compléter tous les paramètres requis suivants :\n"
 
+#. SSSD section name to UI caption mapping
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Global Options"
+msgstr "Configuration Globale"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Name switch"
+msgstr "Filtre de nom :"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Authentication Client"
+msgid "Authentication"
+msgstr "Clients authentifiés"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41
+msgid "Sudo"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42
+msgid "Auto-Mount"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:84
+msgid "SSH Public Keys"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:43 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:85
+msgid "Privilege Account Certificate (MS-PAC)"
+msgstr ""
+
 #. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:55
-msgid "Authentication Client Configuration"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "Manage Domain User Logon"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. Overview of all config sections
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:62
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Global Configuration"
-msgstr "Configuration Globale"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Daemon Status: "
+msgstr ""
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:65
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Running"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Stopped"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:76
+msgid "Allow Domain User Logon"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:77
 #, fuzzy
-msgid "Create Home Directory on Login"
+msgid "Create Home Directory"
 msgstr "Créer le Répertoire Home au Login"
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:68
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:79
+msgid "Enable domain data source:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:83
+msgid "Map Network Drives (automount)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:91
 #, fuzzy
-msgid "Enable SSSD daemon"
-msgstr "Activer le démon SSSD"
+msgid "Join Domain"
+msgstr "Domaine"
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:73
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:92
 #, fuzzy
-msgid "Sections"
-msgstr "Sections"
+#| msgid "Activate Domain"
+msgid "Leave Domain"
+msgstr "Activer un Domaine"
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:76
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:93
+msgid "Clear Domain Cache"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Render overview of all config sections in tree.
+#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:138
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150
 #, fuzzy
-msgid "New Service/Domain"
-msgstr "Nouveau Service/Domaine"
+msgid "Service Options"
+msgstr "Sections"
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:77
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:139
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150
 #, fuzzy
-msgid "Delete Service/Domain"
-msgstr "Supprimer un Service/Domaine"
+msgid "Domain Options"
+msgstr "Domaine"
 
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:151
+msgid "Select Global Options, a service, or a domain to customise."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Additional widgets for a domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:157
+msgid "Use this domain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Additiona widgets for an AD domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:162
+msgid "Enroll to Active Directory"
+msgstr ""
+
 #. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters.
 #. %s is the name of the section being customised.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:114
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:172
 #, fuzzy
-msgid "Customisation - %s"
+msgid "Options - %s"
 msgstr "Personnalisation - %s"
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Name"
-msgstr "Nom"
+#. Delete the chosen domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:217
+msgid "Please select a domain among the list."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:220
 #, fuzzy
-msgid "Value"
-msgstr "Valeur"
+msgid "Do you really wish to erase configuration for domain %s?"
+msgstr "Voulez vous vraiment supprimer la section %s ?"
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Description"
-msgstr "Description"
+#. Enable/disable SSSD daemon
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:252
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently using legacy LDAP or Kerberos method to authenticate users.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD to authenticate users, please disable LDAP and Kerberos authentication from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
+msgstr ""
 
-#. For the currently selected config section, render list of additional parameters for customisation.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:137
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "More Parameters"
-msgstr "Plus de paramètres"
+#. Enable/disable NSS password database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:284
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading user database from LDAP identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD user database, please disable LDAP user database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:140
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Name filter:"
-msgstr "Filtre de nom :"
+#. Enable/disable NSS group database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:302
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading group database from LDAP identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD group database, please disable LDAP group database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
+msgstr ""
 
-#. Check system environment for the proper operation of SSSD
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:169
+#. Enable/disable NSS sudoers database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:320
 msgid ""
-"Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n"
-"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n"
-"If you continue, your nss_ldap configuration will be removed.\n"
-"Do you want to continue?"
+"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from LDAP identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD sudoers database, please disable LDAP sudoers database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
 msgstr ""
-"Votre système est configuré pour utiliser nss_ldap.\n"
-"Ce module est conçu pour configurer votre système via sssd.\n"
-"Si vous continuez, votre configuration nss_ldap sera supprimée.\n"
-"Souhaitez-vous continuer ?"
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:179
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:328
 msgid ""
-"Your system is configured as OES client.\n"
-"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n"
-"If you continue, your OES client configuration will be deactivated.\n"
-"Do you want to continue?"
+"Sudo data source has been globally enabled.\n"
+"Please remember to also customise \"sudo_provider\" parameter in Extended Options of each individual domain that provides sudo data."
 msgstr ""
-"Votre système est configuré en tant que client OES.\n"
-"Ce module est conçu pour configurer votre système via sssd.\n"
-"Si vous continuez, la configuration de votre client OES sera désactivée.\n"
-"Souhaitez-vous continuer ?"
 
-#. Delete the chosen section (domain or service)
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "You may not delete section SSSD."
-msgstr "Vous ne pouvez pas supprimer la section SSSD."
+#. Enable/disable NSS automount database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:342
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading automount database from LDAP identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD automount database, please disable LDAP automount database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:225
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?"
-msgstr "Voulez vous vraiment supprimer la section %s ?"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:350
+msgid ""
+"Automount data source has been globally enabled.\n"
+"Please remember to also customise \"autofs_provider\" parameter in Extended Options of each individual domain that provides automount data."
+msgstr ""
 
+#. Enable/disable PAC responder
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:374
+msgid ""
+"MS-PAC data source has been globally enabled.\n"
+"This optional feature depends on the capabilities of your Microsoft Active Directory domain.\n"
+"SSSD may fail to start if Active Directory domain lacks the support, in which case please turn off this feature."
+msgstr ""
+
 #. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:269
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:409
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted."
 msgstr "Ce paramètre est requis, il ne peut pas être supprimé."
 
 #. Warn against removal of important parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:274
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:414
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Confirm parameter removal: "
 msgstr "Confirmer la suppression du paramètre : "
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:275
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:415
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup failure.\n"
+"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause configuration failure.\n"
 "Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n"
-"Do you still wish to continue?"
+"Do you still wish to remove the parameter?"
 msgstr ""
 "Le paramètre est important. La suppression du paramètre peut occasionner l'échec du démarrage de SSSD.\n"
 "Veuillez consulter la page de manuel de SSSD avant de poursuivre.\n"
 "Voulez-vous continuer malgré tout ?"
 
 #. Save settings - validate
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:305
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:434
 #, fuzzy
-msgid "No domain enabled"
+msgid "No domain"
 msgstr "Aucun domaine actif"
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:306
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:435
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"No domain has been enabled in [sssd] \"domains\" parameter.\n"
-"SSSD will not start, and only local authentication will be available.\n"
+"You have not configured any authentication domain, yet you chose to enable domain authentication.\n"
+"SSSD will fail to start, and only local authentication will be available.\n"
 "Do you still wish to proceed?"
 msgstr ""
 "Aucun domaine n'a été activé dans le paramètre [sssd] \"domains\".\n"
 "SSSD ne démarrera pas, seule l'authentification locale sera disponible.\n"
 "Souhaitez-vous continuer malgré tout ?"
 
-#. user must correct the mistake
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:323
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Inactive domain(s) found"
-msgstr "Domaine(s) inactifs trouvé(s)"
+#. Remove all SSSD cache files
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:455
+msgid "All cached data have been erased."
+msgstr ""
 
-#. Render input box and dropdowns for service/domain creation
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:49
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Would you like to enable another service or join a domain?"
-msgstr "Souhaitez-vous activer un autre service ou rejoindre un domaine ?"
+#. The frame is shown only if AD server can be discovered or is explicitly specified
+#. The frame is hidden if the module is not running in autoyast mode and AD server is not found/specified
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:68
+msgid "Enter AD user credentials (e.g. Administrator) to enroll or re-enroll this computer:"
+msgstr ""
 
-#. New service
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:54
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Service"
-msgstr "Service"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:69
+msgid "Username"
+msgstr ""
 
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:70
+msgid "Password"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:71
+msgid "Optional Organisation Unit such as \"Headquarter/HR/BuildingA\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:72
+msgid "Overwrite Samba configuration to work with this AD"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:76
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:86
+msgid "(Not applicable in AutoYast editor)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:78
+msgid " (Auto-discovered via DNS)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:82
+msgid "(DNS error)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:83
+msgid ""
+"The name resolution service on this computer does not satisfy AD enrollment requirements.\n"
+"Please configure your network environment to use AD server as the name resolver."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:89
+msgid "Already enrolled"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:91
+msgid "Not yet enrolled"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:114
+msgid "Active Directory enrollment"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116
+msgid "Current status"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116
+msgid "Gathering status..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Enroll the computer, or save the enrollment details
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:134
+msgid "Please enter both username and password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. join_ad will configure and apply Kerberos and then join AD
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:144
+msgid "AD enrollment details have been saved for AutoYast. Please keep in mind that AD user password is saved in plain text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:150
+msgid ""
+"Enrollment has completed successfully!\n"
+"\n"
+"Command output:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. If user enters this dialog once again, the details should be cleared.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:158
+msgid ""
+"The enrollment process failed.\n"
+"\n"
+"Command output:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. ID provider to UI caption mapping and reversed mapping
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:37
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:50
+msgid "Delegate to third-party software library (proxy_lib_name)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:38
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:51
+msgid "Local SSSD file database"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:39
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:49
+msgid "Microsoft Active Directory"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:40
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:48
+msgid "FreeIPA"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:41
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:46
+msgid "Generic directory service (LDAP)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:47
+msgid "Generic Kerberos service"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:52
+msgid "The domain does not provide authentication service"
+msgstr ""
+
 #. New domain and provider types
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:58
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:75
 #, fuzzy
-msgid "Domain"
-msgstr "Domaine"
-
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:61
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Domain name (example.com):"
+msgid "Domain name (such as example.com):"
 msgstr "Nom de domaine (exemple.com) :"
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:64
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Identification provider:"
-msgstr "Fournisseur d'identification :"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:78
+msgid "Which service provides identity data, such as user names and group memberships?"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:69
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Authentication provider:"
-msgstr "Fournisseur d'authentification :"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:83
+msgid "Which service handles user authentication?"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:72
-msgid "Activate Domain"
-msgstr "Activer un Domaine"
-
-#. Create new service
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:105
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:86
 #, fuzzy
-msgid "There are no more services to be enabled."
-msgstr "Il n'y a pas d'autres services à activer."
+msgid "Enable the domain"
+msgstr "Activer le démon SSSD"
 
 #. Create new domain
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:123
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:106
 #, fuzzy
-msgid "Please enter a name for the new domain."
+msgid "Please enter the domain name."
 msgstr "Entrez un nom pour le nouveau domaine."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:126
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:109
+msgid "The domain name collides with a reserved keyword. Please choose a different name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:112
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "The domain name is already in-use."
 msgstr "Le nom de domaine est déjà utilisé."
 
 #. Define Global Parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:108
-msgid "Indicates what is the syntax of the config file."
-msgstr "Indique quelle est la syntaxe du fichier de configuration."
-
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:114
-msgid "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts."
-msgstr "Liste séparée par des virgules des services qui sont démarrés en même temps que sssd démarre."
-
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:115
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"\n"
-"Supported services: nss, pam, sudo, autofs, ssh"
+#. Omit 'services' and 'domains' from section [sssd], because they are never customised directly by the end-user.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:110
+msgid "Version of configuration file syntax (1 or 2)"
 msgstr ""
-"\n"
-"Services pris en charge : nss, pam, sudo, autofs, ssh"
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:120 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:174
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:115 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:166
 msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up"
 msgstr "Nombre de fois que les services devraient tenter de se reconnecter en cas de crash d'un Fournisseur de Données ou de redémarrer avant d'abandonner"
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:125
-msgid "SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be configured or SSSD won't start."
-msgstr "SSSD peut utiliser plusieurs domaines simultanément, mais au moins un doit être configuré sinon SSSD ne démarrera pas."
-
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:126
-msgid "This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be queried."
-msgstr "Ce paramètre contient la liste des domaines dans l'ordre où ils seront interrogés."
-
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:130
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:119
 #, fuzzy
-msgid "Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components"
+msgid "The regular expression parses user name and domain name into components"
 msgstr "Expression régulière par défaut qui décrit comment analyser la chaine contenant le nom d'utilisateur et le domaine pour déduire ces derniers."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:134
-msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:123
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name."
+msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes translation of a name/domain tuple into FQDN"
 msgstr "Le format compatible avec printf(3) par défaut qui décrit comment traduire un couple (nom, domaine) en un nom pleinement qualifié."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:138
-msgid "SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update its internal DNS resolver."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:127
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update its internal DNS resolver."
+msgid "Whether or not to use inotify mechanism to monitor resolv.conf to update internal DNS resolver"
 msgstr "SSSD surveille l'état de resolv.conf afin d'identifier quand il doit mettre à jour son résolveur DNS interne."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:139
-msgid "By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used."
-msgstr "Par défaut, nous tenterons d'utiliser inotify pour ceci et nous nous rabattrons sur le sondage de resolv.conf toute les cinq secondes si inotify ne peut pas être utilisé."
-
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:143
-msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:131
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files."
+msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files"
 msgstr "Répertoire sur le système de fichier où SSSD devrait stocker les fichiers du cache replay Kerberos."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:147
-msgid "This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a domain name component."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:135
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a domain name component."
+msgid "A default domain name for all names without a domian name component"
 msgstr "Cette chaine sera utilisée en tant que nom de domaine par défaut pour tous les noms dépourvus de composante nom de domaine"
 
 #. Define Global Services Parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:154
-msgid "Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most verbose mode."
-msgstr "Masque de bits qui indique quels niveaux de débogage seront visibles. 0x0010 est la valeur par défaut et la plus petite valeur permise, 0xFFF0 est le mode le plus bavard."
+#. NSS configuration options
+#. PAM configuration options
+#. SUDO configuration options
+#. AUTOFS configuration options
+#. SSH configuration options
+#. DOMAIN SECTIONS
+#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]”
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:139 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:146
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:188 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:266
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:308 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:320
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:332 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:350
+msgid "Level of details for logging. Can be numeric (0-9) or a big mask such as 0x0010 (lowest level) or 0xFFF (highest level)"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:159
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:151
 msgid "Add a timestamp to the debug messages"
 msgstr "Ajouter un horodatage aux messages de débogage"
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:164
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:156
 msgid "Add microseconds to the timestamp in debug messages"
 msgstr "Ajouter les microsecondes à l'horodatage des messages de débogage"
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:169
-msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:161
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service."
+msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service"
 msgstr "Délai d'expiration en secondes entre deux pulsations (heartbeats) pour ce service."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:179
-msgid "This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at one time by this SSSD process."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:171
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at one time by this SSSD process."
+msgid "Maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at a time by SSSD service process"
 msgstr "Cette option spécifie le nombre maximal de descripteurs de fichiers pouvant être ouverts simultanément par ce processus SSSD."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:184
-msgid "This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:176
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it."
+msgid "Number of seconds a client of SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without any communication"
 msgstr "Cette option spécifie le nombre de secondes qu'un client d'un processus SSSD peut verrouiller un descripteur de fichier sans communiquer sur ce dernier."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:189
-msgid "If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully."
-msgstr "Si un service ne réponds pas à des tests ping (voir l'option “délai d'expiration”), le signal SIGTERM lui est envoyé pour lui ordonner de se terminer proprement."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:181
+msgid "The service will receive SIGTERM after this number of seconds of consecutive ping check failure"
+msgstr ""
 
-#. NSS configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:197
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:193
 msgid "How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about all users)?"
 msgstr "Combien de secondes garder les énumérations nss_sss en cache (demandes d'informations concernant tous les utilisateurs) ?"
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:202
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:198
 msgid "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value for the domain."
 msgstr "Le cache d'entrée peut être réglé pour automatiquement mettre à jour les entrées en arrière plan si elles sont envoyées au delà d'un certain pourcentage de la valeur entry_cache_timeout pour le domaine."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:207
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:203
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before asking the back end again."
 msgstr "Spécifie la durée en secondes pour laquelle nss_sss devrait mettre en cache les résultats négatifs du cache (c'est à dire des requêtes pour les entrées de la base de données non valides, telles que des entrées inexistantes) avant de redemander au backend."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:213
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:209
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched by SSS backend"
 msgstr "Exclure certains utilisateurs de la récupération du backend SSS"
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:219
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:215
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched by SSS backend"
 msgstr "Exclure certains groupes de la récupération par le backend SSS"
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:224
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:220
 msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false."
 msgstr "Si vous souhaitez que l'utilisateur filtré reste membre du groupe, réglez cette option sur faux."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:228
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:224 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:510
 msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template."
 msgstr "Remplacer le répertoire personnel de l'utilisateur (home). Vous pouvez fournir une valeur absolue ou un modèle."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:232 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1185
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1213
 msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider."
 msgstr "Définir un modèle par défaut pour le répertoire personnel de l'utilisateur, si ce dernier n'est pas spécifié explicitement par le domaine du fournisseur de données."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:236
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:232
 msgid "Override the login shell for all users."
 msgstr "Remplacer le shell de connexion pour tous les utilisateurs."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:240
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:236
 msgid "Restrict user shell to one of the listed values."
 msgstr "Restreindre le shell utilisateur à l'une des valeurs listées."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:244
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:240
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Replace any instance of these shells with the shell_fallback"
 msgstr "Remplacer toute instance de ces shells avec le shell_fallback"
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:249
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:245
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine."
 msgstr "Le shell par défaut à utiliser si un shell autorisé n'est pas installé sur la machine."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:253 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1189
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1217
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup."
 msgstr "Le shell par défaut à utiliser si le fournisseur n'en renvoie aucun pendant la recherche."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:258 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:301
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:254 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:301
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered valid."
 msgstr "Spécifie la durée en seconde pour laquelle la liste des sous-domaines sera considérée comme valide."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:263
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:259
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be valid."
 msgstr "Spécifie la durée en secondes pour laquelle les enregistrements dans le cache en mémoire seront valides."
 
-#. PAM configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:271
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:271
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached logins (in days since the last successful online login)."
 msgstr "Si le fournisseur d'authentification est hors-ligne, la durée pendant laquelle nous devrions autoriser les logins en cache (en jours depuis la dernière connexion réussie en ligne)."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:276 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:281
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:276 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:281
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached before a new login attempt is possible."
 msgstr "La durée en minute qui doit s'écouler après qu'offline_failed_login_attempts ait été atteint avant qu'une autre tentative de connexion ne soit possible."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:286
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:286
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication."
 msgstr "Contrôle les types de messages qui sont présentés à l'utilisateur pendant l'authentification."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:291
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:291
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information."
 msgstr "Pour toute requête PAM pendant que SSSD est en ligne, SSSD tentera immédiatement de mettre à jour l'information d'identité en cache pour l'utilisateur de façon à garantir que l'authentification est réalisée au moyen de l'information la récente."
 
 #. The kerberos domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:296 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:788
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1073
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:296 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:815
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1100
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires."
 msgstr "Affiche un avertissement N jours avant l'expiration du mot de passe."
 
-#. SUDO configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:309
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:313
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that implement time-dependent sudoers entries."
 msgstr "Choix d'évaluer ou pas les attributs sudoNotBefore et sudoNotAfter qui implémentent les entrées relatives aux sudoers limitées dans le temps."
 
-#. AUTOFS configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:317
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:325
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative hits before asking the back end again."
 msgstr "Spécifie pour combien de secondes le répondeur autofs devrait mettre en cache les résultats négatifs avant de solliciter le backend à nouveau."
 
-#. SSH configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:325
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:337
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts file."
 msgstr "Choix de hacher ou pas les noms d'hôte et adresses dans le fichier known_hosts géré."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:330
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:342
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its host keys were requested."
 msgstr "Délai en secondes pendant lequel conserver un hôte dans le fichier known_hosts géré après que ses clés d'hôtes aient été demandées."
 
-#. DOMAIN SECTIONS
-#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]”
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:339 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:344
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:355 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:360
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is outside these limits, it is ignored."
 msgstr "Limites UID et GID pour le domaine. Si un domaine contient une entrée en dehors de ces limites, elle sera ignorée."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:350
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:366
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Read all entities from backend database (increase server load)"
 msgstr "Lire toutes les entités depuis la base de données du backend (augmente la charge du serveur)"
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:355
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:371
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal."
 msgstr "Si le service ne se termine pas après \"force_timeout\" secondes, le moniteur forcera sa fermeture en envoyant un signal SIGKILL."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:360
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:376
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again."
 msgstr "Délai en secondes pendant lequel nss_sss devrait considérer les entrées valides avant de les redemander au backend."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:365
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:381
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again."
 msgstr "Délai en secondes pendant lequel nss_sss devrait considérer les entrées utilisateur valides avant de les redemander au backend."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:370
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:386
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again."
 msgstr "Délai en secondes pendant lequel nss_sss devrait considérer les entrées groupe valides avant de les redemander au backend."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:375
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:391
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again."
 msgstr "Délai en secondes pendant lequel nss_sss devrait considérer les entrées netgroup valides avant de les redemander au backend."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:380
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:396
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again."
 msgstr "Délai en secondes pendant lequel nss_sss devrait considérer les entrées service valides avant de les redemander au backend."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:385
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:401
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend again."
 msgstr "Délai en secondes pendant lequel sudo devrait considérer les règles valides avant de les redemander au backend."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:390
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:406
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid before asking the backend again."
 msgstr "Délai en secondes pendant lequel le service autofs devrait considérer les les cartographies automounter avant de les redemander au backend."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:396
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:412
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Cache credentials for offline use"
 msgstr "Mettre en cache les autorisations pour l'utilisation hors ligne"
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:401
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:417
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before being removed during a cleanup of the cache."
 msgstr "Nombre de jours pendant lequel les entrées sont laissées en cache après la dernière connexion réussie avant d'être retirées pendant un nettoyage du cache."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:408
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:424
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "The identification provider used for the domain."
 msgstr "Le fournisseur d'identification utilisé pour le domaine."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:413
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:429
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) as the user's login name reported to NSS."
 msgstr "Utilise le nom complet et le domaine (tel que mis en forme par le full_name_format du domaine) comme nom de login transmis à NSS."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:420
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:436
 msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain"
 msgstr "Le fournisseur d'authentification utilisé pour le domaine"
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:426
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:442
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "The access control provider used for the domain."
 msgstr "Le fournisseur de contrôle d'accès utilisé pour le domaine."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:431
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:447
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain."
 msgstr "Le fournisseur qui devrait traiter les opérations de modifications de mots de passe pour le domaine."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:437
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:453
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "The SUDO provider used for the domain."
 msgstr "Le fournisseur SUDO utilisé pour le domaine."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:443
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:459
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "The provider which should handle loading of selinux settings."
 msgstr "Le fournisseur qui devrait traiter le chargement de paramètres selinux."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:449
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:465
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "The provider which should handle fetching of subdomains."
 msgstr "Le fournisseur qui devrait traiter la fourniture des sous-domaines."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:455
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:471
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "The autofs provider used for the domain."
 msgstr "Le fournisseur autofs utilisé pour le domaine."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:461
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:477
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "The provider used for retrieving host identity information."
 msgstr "Le fournisseur utilisé pour récupérer les informations sur l'identité de l'hôte."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:466
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:482
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components."
 msgstr "L'expression régulière qui décrit pour ce domaine comment analyser la chaine contenant le nom d'utilisateur et de domaine pour déduire ses derniers."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:471
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:487
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name."
 msgstr "Le format compatible avec printf(3) qui décrit comment traduire un couple (nom, domaine) en un nom pleinement qualifié."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:477
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:493
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when performing DNS lookups."
 msgstr "Fournit la capacité de sélectionner une famille d'adresses préférée à utiliser pour solliciter des requêtes DNS."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:482
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:498
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS resolver before assuming that it is unreachable."
 msgstr "Définit le délai (en secondes) pendant lequel attendre une réponse du résolveur DNS avant de considérer qu'il n'est pas joignable."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:486
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:502
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of the service discovery DNS query."
 msgstr "Si la découverte de services est utilisée sur le backend, spécifie la partie domaine de la requête DNS de découverte de service."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:490
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:506
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified."
 msgstr "Remplace la valeur GID primaire par la valeur spécifiée."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:495
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:516
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Treat user and group names as case sensitive."
 msgstr "Considère les noms d'utilisateur et les noms de groupe sensibles à la casse."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:500
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:521
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name was an alias."
 msgstr "Quand un utilisateur ou un groupe est recherché par nom dans le fournisseur proxy, une seconde requête par ID est réalisée pour 'canoniser' le nom au cas où le nom serait un alias."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:505
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:526
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain."
 msgstr "Utilise ce homedir en tant que valeur par défaut pour tous les sous-domaines au sein de ce domaine."
 
 #. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:511
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:532
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Comma separated list of users who are allowed to log in."
 msgstr "Liste séparée par des virgules des utilisateurs qui sont autorisés à se connecter."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:516
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:537
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain."
 msgstr "Liste séparée par des virgules des groupes qui sont autorisés à se connecter. Ceci s'applique uniquement aux groupes au sein de ce domaine SSSD."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:521
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:542
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain."
 msgstr "Liste séparée par des virgules des groupes pour lesquels l'accès est explicitement refusé. Ceci s'applique uniquement aux groupes au sein de ce domaine SSSD."
 
 #. The local domain section
 #. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:530
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:551
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home directory."
 msgstr "Les outils concatènent le nom de login à base_directory et utilisent le résultat comme répertoire home."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:535
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:556
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users."
 msgstr "Indique si un répertoire home devrait être créé par défaut pour les nouveaux utilisateurs."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:540
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:561
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users."
 msgstr "Indique si le répertoire home devrait être supprimé par défaut pour les utilisateurs supprimés."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:545
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:566
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created home directory."
 msgstr "Utilisé par sss_useradd(8) pour spécifier les permissions par défaut sur un répertoire home nouvellement créé."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:550
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:571
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)"
 msgstr "Le répertoire skeleton, qui contient les fichiers et répertoires qui doivent être copiés dans le répertorie home de l'utilisateur, lorsque le répertoire home est créé par sss_useradd(8)."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:555
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:576
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "The mail spool directory."
 msgstr "Le répertoire du spool mail."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:559
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:580
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "The command that is run after a user is removed."
 msgstr "La commande qui est exécutée après qu'un utilisateur soit supprimé."
 
 #. The ldap domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:568
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:589
+msgid "(Active Directory specific) Use token-groups attribute if available"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:595
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "URIs (ldap://) of LDAP servers (comma separated)"
 msgstr "URIs (ldap://) des serveurs LDAP (séparées par des virgules)"
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:574
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:601
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules."
 msgstr "La base DN par défaut à utiliser pour réaliser les règles sudo LDAP."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:579
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:606
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference."
 msgstr "Spécifie la liste séparée par des virgules d'URIs des serveurs LDAP auxquels SSSD devrait se connecter par ordre de préférence."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:585 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:591
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:612 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:618
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user."
 msgstr "Spécifie la liste séparée par des virgules des serveurs LDAP auxquels SSSD devrait se connecter par ordre de préférence pour modifier le mot de passe d'un utilisateur."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:597
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:624
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Base DN for LDAP search"
 msgstr "Base DN pour la recherche LDAP"
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:604
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:631
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "LDAP schema type"
 msgstr "Type de schéma LDAP"
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:608
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:635
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations."
 msgstr "Le bind DN par défaut à utiliser pour réaliser les opérations LDAP."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:614
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:641
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN."
 msgstr "Le type de jeton d'identification du bind DN par défaut."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:618
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:645
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN."
 msgstr "Le jeton d'authentification du bind DN par défaut."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:623
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:650
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "The object class of a user entry in LDAP."
 msgstr "La classe objet d'une entrée utilisateur dans LDAP."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:628
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:655
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's login name."
 msgstr "L'attribut LDAP qui correspond au nom de connexion de l'utilisateur."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:633
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:660
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's id."
 msgstr "L'attribut LDAP qui correspond à l'id de l'utilisateur."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:638
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:665
 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id."
 msgstr "L'attribut LDAP qui correspond à l'id de groupe primaire de l'utilisateur."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:643
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:670
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field."
 msgstr "L'attribut LDAP qui correspond au champ gecos de l'utilisateur."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:648
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:675
 #, fuzzy
 msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory."
 msgstr " L'attribut LDAP qui contient le nom du répertoire home de l'utilisateur."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:653
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:680
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the path to the user's default shell."
 msgstr "L'attribut LDAP qui contient le chemin vers le shell par défaut de l'utilisateur."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:658
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:685
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object."
 msgstr "L'attribut LDAP qui contient le UUID/GUID d'un objet utilisateur LDAP."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:663
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:690
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object."
 msgstr "L'attribut LDAP qui contient le objectSID d'un objet utilisateur LDAP."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:668 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:873
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:695 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:900
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object."
 msgstr "L'attribut LDAP qui contient l'horodatage de la dernière modification de l'objet parent."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:673
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:700
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)."
 msgstr "Lorsque l'on utilise ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, ce paramètre contient le nom d'un attribut LDAP correspondant à sa contrepartie shadow(5) (date de la dernière modification du mot de passe)."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:678
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:705
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)."
 msgstr "Lorsque l'on utilise ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, ce paramètre contient le nom d'un attribut LDAP correspondant à sa contrepartie shadow(5) (âge minimal du mot de passe)."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:683
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:710
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)."
 msgstr "Lorsque l'on utilise ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, ce paramètre contient le nom d'un attribut LDAP correspondant à sa contrepartie shadow(5) (âge maximal du mot de passe)."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:688
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:715
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)."
 msgstr "Lorsque l'on utilise ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, ce paramètre contient le nom d'un attribut LDAP correspondant à sa contrepartie shadow(5) (durée d'avertissement sur le mot de passe)."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:693
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:720
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)."
 msgstr "Lorsque l'on utilise ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, ce paramètre contient le nom d'un attribut LDAP correspondant à sa contrepartie shadow(5) (durée d'inactivité du mot de passe)."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:698
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:725
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)."
 msgstr "Lorsque l'on utilise ldap_pwd_policy=shadowou ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, ce paramètre contient le nom d'un attribut LDAP correspondant à sa contrepartie shadow(5) (date d'expiration du mot de passe)."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:703
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:730
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos."
 msgstr "Lorsque l'on utilise ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, ce paramètre contient le nom d'un attribut LDAP stockant la date et l'heure de la dernière modification du mot de passe dans kerberos."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:708
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:735
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires."
 msgstr "Lorsque l'on utilise ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, ce paramètre contient le nom d'un attribut LDAP stockant la date et l'heure de l'expiration du mot de passe actuel."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:713
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:740
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account."
 msgstr "Lorsque l'on utilise ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, ce paramètre contient le nom d'un attribut LDAP stockant l'heure d'expiration du compte."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:718
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:745
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field."
 msgstr "Lorsque l'on utilise ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, ce paramètre contient le nom d'un attribut LDAP stockant le champ du bit de contrôle du compte utilisateur."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:723
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:750
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not."
 msgstr "Lorsque l'on utilise ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds ou un équivalent, ce paramètre détermine si l'accès est autorisé ou non."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:728
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:755
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not."
 msgstr "Lorsque l'on utilise ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, ce paramètre détermine si l'accès est autorisé ou non."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:733
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:760
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted."
 msgstr "Lorsque l'on utilise ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, ce paramètre détermine la date jusqu'à laquelle l'accès est autorisé."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:738
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:765
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted."
 msgstr "Lorsque l'on utilise ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, ce paramètre détermine les heures de la journée dans une semaine pendant lesquelles l'accès est autorisé."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:743
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:770
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)."
 msgstr "L'attribut LDAP qui contient le User Principal Name Kerberos (UPN) de l'utilisateur."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:747
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:774
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys."
 msgstr "L'attribut LDAP qui contient les clés SSH publiques de l'utilisateur."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:752
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:779
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail."
 msgstr "Certains serveurs d'annuaires, comme par exemple Active Directory, sont susceptibles de fournir la partie royaume de l'UPN en caractères minuscules, ce qui pourrait faire échouer l'authentification."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:753
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:780
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm."
 msgstr "Réglez cette option à vrai si vous souhaitez utiliser un royaume en majuscules."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:758
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:785
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records."
 msgstr "Spécifie combien de secondes SSSD doit attendre avant de rafraichir son cache des enregistrements énumérés."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:763
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:790
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space."
 msgstr "Détermine à quelle fréquence vérifier la présence d'entrées inactives dans le cache (telles que des groupes sans membres et des utilisateurs qui ne se sont jamais connectés) et les supprimer afin d'économiser de l'espace."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:768
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:795
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name."
 msgstr "L'attribut LDAP qui correspond au nom complet de l'utilisateur."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:773
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:800
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "The LDAP attribute that lists the user's group memberships."
 msgstr "L'attribut LDAP qui liste l'appartenance de l'utilisateur à des groupes."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:778
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:805
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege."
 msgstr "Si access_provider=ldap et ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD utilisera la présence de l'attribut authorizedService dans l'entrée LDAP de l'utilisateur pour déterminer les privilèges d'accès."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:783
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:810
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege."
 msgstr "Si access_provider=ldap et ldap_access_order=host, SSSD utilisera la présence de l'attribut hôte dans l'entrée LDAP de l'utilisateur pour déterminer les privilèges d'accès."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:793
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:820
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP."
 msgstr "La classe d'objet d'une entrée de groupe dans LDAP."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:798
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:825
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group name."
 msgstr "L'attribut LDAP qui correspond au nom de groupe."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:803
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:830
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group's id."
 msgstr "L'attribut LDAP qui correspond à l'Id de groupe."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:808
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:835
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the group's members."
 msgstr "L'attribut LDAP qui contient les noms des membres du groupe."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:813
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:840
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP group object."
 msgstr "L'attribut LDAP qui contient le UUID/GUID d'un objet groupe LDAP."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:818
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:845
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP group object."
 msgstr "L'attribut LDAP qui contient l'objectSID d'un objet groupe LDAP."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:823
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:850
 #, fuzzy
 msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object."
 msgstr " L'attribut LDAP qui contient l'horodatage de la dernière modification de l'objet parent."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:829
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:856
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow."
 msgstr "SI ldap_schema est réglé sur un format de schéma qui supporte les groupes imbriqués (ex. RFC2307bis), alors cette option contrôle combien de niveaux d'imbrication de SSSD suivront."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:835
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:862
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups."
 msgstr "Cette option indique à SSSD de tirer partie des fonctionnalités propres à Active Directory qui peuvent accélérer les opérations de recherches de groupe sur les infrastructures présentant des imbrications de groupes complexes ou profondes."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:841
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:868
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)."
 msgstr "Cette option indique à SSSD de tirer partie des fonctionnalités propres à Active Directory qui peuvent accélérer les opérations initgroups (plus particulièrement en présence d'imbrications de groupes complexes ou profondes)."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:847
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:874
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "           The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP."
 msgstr "           La classe objet d'une entrée netgroup dans LDAP."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:853
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:880
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the netgroup name."
 msgstr "L'attribut LDAP qui correspond au nom netgroup."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:858
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:885
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the netgroup's members."
 msgstr "L'attribut LDAP qui contient les noms des membres d'un netgroup."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:863
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:890
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples."
 msgstr "L'attribut LDAP qui contient les triplets netgroup (hôte, utilisateur, domaine)."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:868
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:895
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object."
 msgstr "L'attribut LDAP qui contient le UUID/GUID d'un objet netgroup LDAP."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:878
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:905
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP."
 msgstr "La classe d'objet d'une entrée service dans LDAP."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:883
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:910
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases."
 msgstr "L'attribut LDAP qui contient le nom des attributs services et leurs alias."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:888
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:915
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service."
 msgstr "L'attribut LDAP qui contient le port géré par ce service."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:893
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:920
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service."
 msgstr "L'attribut LDAP qui contient les protocoles interprétés par ce service."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:899
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:926
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type."
 msgstr "Une base DN, domaine de recherche et filtre LDAP optionnels pour restreindre les recherches LDAP pour ce type d'attribut."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:904
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:931
 #, fuzzy
 msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)."
 msgstr " Spécifie le délai (en secondes) pendant lequel les requêtes LDAP sont autorisées avant d'être annulées et les résultats en cache renvoyés (et définissant l'entrée en mode hors-ligne)."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:909
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:936
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)."
 msgstr "Spécifie le délai (en secondes) pendant lequel les requêtes ldap d'énumération d'utilisateurs ou de groupes sont permises avant d'être annulées et les résultats en cache renvoyés (et le mode hors-ligne activé)."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:914
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:941
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity."
 msgstr "Spécifie le délai (en secondes) après lequel le poll(2)/select(2) suivant un connect(2) répond en cas d'inactivité."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:919
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:946
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received."
 msgstr "Spécifie le délai (en secondes) après lequel les appels d'APIs LDAP synchrones avorteront si aucune réponse n'est reçue."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:924
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:951
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained."
 msgstr "Spécifie le délai (en secondes) pendant lequel une connexion à un serveur LDAP sera maintenue."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:929
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:956
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request."
 msgstr "Spécifie le nombre d'enregistrements à récupérer d'un LDAP par requête individuelle. Certains servers LDAP mettent en place une limite maximale par requête."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:934
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:961
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control."
 msgstr "Désactive le contrôle de pagination LDAP."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:938
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:965
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection."
 msgstr "Lors d'une communication avec un serveur LDAP au moyen de SASL, spécifie le niveau de sécurité minimal nécessaire pour établir la connexion."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:943
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:970
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup."
 msgstr "Spécifie le nombre de membres de groupes qui doivent être manquants dans le cache interne pour déclencher une requête de déréférencement."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:950
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:977
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Validate server certification in LDAP TLS session"
 msgstr "Valider la certification du serveur dans la session TLS LDAP"
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:954
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:981
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize."
 msgstr "Spécifie le fichier qui contient les certificats pour l'ensemble des Autorités de Certifications que sssd reconnaitra."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:958
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:985
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files."
 msgstr "Spécifie le chemin d'un répertoire qui contient les certificats d'Autorités de Certification dans des fichiers individuels distincts."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:962
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:989
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key."
 msgstr "Spécifie le fichier qui contient le certificat pour la clé du client."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:966
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:993
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key."
 msgstr "Spécifie le fichier qui contient la clé du client."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:971
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:998
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Specifies acceptable cipher suites."
 msgstr "Spécifie les algorithmes de chiffrement acceptables."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:976
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1003
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel."
 msgstr "Spécifie que la connexion id_provider doit également utiliser tls pour protéger le canal."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:981
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1008
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number."
 msgstr "Spécifie que SSSD devrait tenter de déterminer les IDs utilisateur et groupe depuis les attributs ldap_user_objectsid et ldap_group_objectsid au lieu de faire confiance à ldap_user_uid_number et ldap_group_gid_number."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:985
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1012
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use."
 msgstr "Spécifier le mécanisme SASL à utiliser."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:990
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1017
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Specify the SASL authorization id to use."
 msgstr "Spécifier l'id à utiliser pour l'autorisation SASL."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:995
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1022
 msgid "Specify the SASL realm to use."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1000
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1027
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind."
 msgstr "Si positionné sur vrai, l'annuaire LDAP devrait réaliser un reverse lookup pour définir le nom canonique de l'hôte lors de l'établissement de la liaison SASL."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1005
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1032
 msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1010
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1037
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)."
 msgstr "Spécifie que l'id_provider devrait initialiser les autorisations Kerberos (TGT)."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1015
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1042
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used."
 msgstr "Spécifie la durée de vie en secondes du TGT si GSSAPI est utilisé."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1020
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1047
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side."
 msgstr "Sélectionner la politique déterminant l'expiration du mot de passe du côté client."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1025
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1052
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled."
 msgstr "Spécifie si automatic referral chasing devrait être utilisé."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1030
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1057
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled."
 msgstr "Spécifie le nom du service à utiliser lorsque la découverte des services est activée."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1034
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1061
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled."
 msgstr "Spécifie le nom du service à utiliser pour trouver un serveur LDAP qui autorise les modifications de mot de passe lorsque la découverte des services est activée."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1039
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1066
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation."
 msgstr "Spécifie si l'attribut ldap_user_shadow_last_change doit être mis à jour avec le nombre de jours depuis l'Epoch défini à l'opération de changement du mot de passe."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1044
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1071
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host."
 msgstr "Lorsque access_provider = ldap et ldap_access_order = filter (default) est employé, cette option est requise. Elle spécifie un critère de filtre de recherche LDAP qui doit être satisfait pour que l'utilisateur obtienne un accès à cet hôte."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1049
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1076
 #, fuzzy
 msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled."
 msgstr "Avec cette option, une évaluation des attributs de contrôle d'accès peut être activée côté client."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1055
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1082
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Comma separated list of access control options."
 msgstr "Liste d'options de contrôle d'accès séparées par des virgules."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1060
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1087
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search."
 msgstr "Spécifie comment le déréférencement d'alias est réalisé lors de l'exécution d'une recherche."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1065
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1092
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema."
 msgstr "Permet de maintenir les utilisateurs locaux en tant que membres d'un groupe LDAP pour les serveurs utilisant le schéma de la RFC2307."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1078
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1105
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "IP address or host names of Kerberos servers (comma separated)"
 msgstr "Adresses IP ou noms d'hôte des serveurs Kerberos (séparés par des virgules) "
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1082
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1109
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference."
 msgstr "Spécifie la liste séparée par des virgules des adresses IP ou noms d'hôtes des serveurs Kerberos auxquels SSSD devrait se connecter, par ordre de préférence."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1087
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1114
 msgid "Kerberos realm (e.g. EXAMPLE.COM)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1091 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1096
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1118 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1123
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here."
 msgstr "Si le service de changement du mot de passe ne fonctionne pas sur le KDC, des serveurs alternatifs peuvent être définis ici."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1101
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1128
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Directory to store credential caches."
 msgstr "Répertoire où stocker les caches d'autorisations."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1106
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1133
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Location of the user's credential cache."
 msgstr "Emplacement du cache d'autorisations de l'utilisateur."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1111
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1138
 #, fuzzy
 msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted."
 msgstr "Délai en secondes après lequel une demande d'authentification ou une demande de changement du mot de passe est abandonnée."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1116
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1143
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed."
 msgstr "Vérifie au moyen de krb5_keytab que le TGT obtenu n'a pas été usurpé."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1121
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1148
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs."
 msgstr "L'emplacement du keytab à utiliser lors de la vérification des autorisations obtenues des KDCs."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1126
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1153
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again."
 msgstr "Stocker le mot de passe de l'utilisateur si le fournisseur est hors ligne et l'utiliser pour demander un TGT quand le fournisseur revient en ligne."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1130
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1157
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit."
 msgstr "  Demander un ticket renouvelable avec une durée de vie totale, donnée sous la forme d'un nombre entier suivi par une unité de temps."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1134
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161
 msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1138
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1165
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed."
 msgstr "La durée en secondes entre deux vérifications de la nécessité de renouveler le TGT."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1143
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1170
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication."
 msgstr "Active la tunnelisation sécurisée de l'authentification flexible (FAST) pour la pré-authentification Kerberos"
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1147
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1174
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST."
 msgstr "Spécifie le serveur principal à utiliser pour FAST."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1152
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1179
 msgid "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. The Active Directory domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1164
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1191
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Specifies the name of the Active Directory domain."
 msgstr "Spécifie le nom du domaine Active Directory."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1169
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1196
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "IP addresses or host names of AD servers (comma separated)"
 msgstr "Adresses IP ou noms d'hôtes des serveurs AD (séparés par des virgules)"
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1173
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1200
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference."
 msgstr "La liste séparée par des virgules des adresses IP ou noms d'hôtes des serveurs AD auxquels SSSD devrait se connecter par ordre de préférence."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1177
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1205
 #, fuzzy
-msgid "Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this host."
+msgid "AD hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by AD to identify this host."
 msgstr "Optionnel. Peut être défini sur les machines où le hostname(5) ne reflète pas le nom pleinement qualifié utilisé dans le domaine Active Directory pour identifier cet hôte. "
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1181
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1209
 msgid "Override the user's home directory."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1194
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1222
 #, fuzzy
 msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs."
 msgstr "Spécifie l'extrémité inférieure de la plage des IDs POSIX à utiliser pour mapper l'utilisateur Active Directory et SIDs groupes."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1199
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1227
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs."
 msgstr "Spécifie l'extrémité supérieure de la plage des IDs POSIX à utiliser pour mapper l'utilisateur Active Directory et SIDs groupes."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1204
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1232
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice."
 msgstr "Spécifie le nombre d'IDs disponibles pour chaque tranche."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1208
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1236
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Specify the domain SID of the default domain."
 msgstr "Spécifier le SID domaine du domaine par défaut."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1212
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1240
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Specify the name of the default domain."
 msgstr "Spécifier le nom du domaine par défaut."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1217
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1245
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm."
 msgstr "Change le comportement de l'algorithme d'ID-mapping pour le faire se comporter de manière plus similaire à l'algorithme \"idmap_autorid\"."
 
 #. The Active Directory domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1229
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1257
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Specifies the name of the IPA domain."
 msgstr "Spécifie le nom du domaine IPA."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1234
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1262
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "IP addresses or host names of IPA servers (comma separated)"
 msgstr "Adresses IP ou noms d'hôtes des serveurs IPA (séparés par des virgules)"
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1238
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1267
 #, fuzzy
-msgid "May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name."
-msgstr "Peut être défini sur les machines où le hostname(5) ne reflète pas le nom pleinement qualifié."
+msgid "IPA hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by IPA to identify this host."
+msgstr "Optionnel. Peut être défini sur les machines où le hostname(5) ne reflète pas le nom pleinement qualifié utilisé dans le domaine Active Directory pour identifier cet hôte. "
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1243
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1272
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "The automounter location this IPA client will be using."
 msgstr "L'emplacement automounter que ce client IPA va utiliser."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1248
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1277
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client."
 msgstr "Cette option indique à SSSD de mettre à jour automatiquement le serveur DNS construit dans FreeIPA v2 avec l'adresse de ce client."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1253
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1282
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it."
 msgstr "Le TTL à appliquer à l'enregistrement DNS de ce client lors de sa mise à jour."
 
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1257
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1286
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates."
 msgstr "Choisir l'interface dont l'adresse IP devrait être utilisée pour pour les mises à jour de DNS dynamiques."
 
-#. autofs may only start after sssd is started
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:230
+#~ msgid "Authentication client configuration module"
+#~ msgstr "Module de configuration du client d'authentification"
+
+#~ msgid "Configuration summary of the authentication client"
+#~ msgstr "Résumé de la configuration du client d'authentification"
+
+#~ msgid "Create autoyast rnc from @parameters"
+#~ msgstr "Créer rnc autoyast à partir de @parameters"
+
 #, fuzzy
-msgid "Failed to enable %s service. Please use system journal to diagnose."
-msgstr "Échec de l'activation du service %s. Consultez le journal système pour diagnostic."
+#~ msgid "New Service/Domain"
+#~ msgstr "Nouveau Service/Domaine"
 
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:232
 #, fuzzy
-msgid "Failed to start %s service. Please use system journal (journalctl -n -u %s) to diagnose."
-msgstr "Échec du démarrage du service %s. Consultez le journal système pour diagnostic (journalctl -n -u %s)."
+#~ msgid "Delete Service/Domain"
+#~ msgstr "Supprimer un Service/Domaine"
 
-#. end Export
-#. ################################################################
-#. ################################################################
-#. Summary()
-#. returns html formated configuration summary
-#. @return summary
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:345
 #, fuzzy
-msgid "System is configured for using nss_ldap.\n"
-msgstr "Le système est configuré pour utiliser  nss_ldap.\n"
+#~ msgid "More Parameters"
+#~ msgstr "Plus de paramètres"
 
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:348
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n"
+#~ "This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n"
+#~ "If you continue, your nss_ldap configuration will be removed.\n"
+#~ "Do you want to continue?"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Votre système est configuré pour utiliser nss_ldap.\n"
+#~ "Ce module est conçu pour configurer votre système via sssd.\n"
+#~ "Si vous continuez, votre configuration nss_ldap sera supprimée.\n"
+#~ "Souhaitez-vous continuer ?"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Your system is configured as OES client.\n"
+#~ "This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n"
+#~ "If you continue, your OES client configuration will be deactivated.\n"
+#~ "Do you want to continue?"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Votre système est configuré en tant que client OES.\n"
+#~ "Ce module est conçu pour configurer votre système via sssd.\n"
+#~ "Si vous continuez, la configuration de votre client OES sera désactivée.\n"
+#~ "Souhaitez-vous continuer ?"
+
 #, fuzzy
-msgid "System is configured for using sssd.\n"
-msgstr "Le système est configuré pour utiliser sssd.\n"
+#~ msgid "You may not delete section SSSD."
+#~ msgstr "Vous ne pouvez pas supprimer la section SSSD."
 
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:354
 #, fuzzy
-msgid "System is configured for using OES.\n"
-msgstr "Le système est configuré pour utiliser OES.\n"
+#~ msgid "Inactive domain(s) found"
+#~ msgstr "Domaine(s) inactifs trouvé(s)"
 
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:357
 #, fuzzy
-msgid "System is configured for using /etc/passwd only.\n"
-msgstr "Le système est configuré pour utiliser /etc/passwd uniquement.\n"
+#~ msgid "Would you like to enable another service or join a domain?"
+#~ msgstr "Souhaitez-vous activer un autre service ou rejoindre un domaine ?"
 
 #, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Service"
+#~ msgstr "Service"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Identification provider:"
+#~ msgstr "Fournisseur d'identification :"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "There are no more services to be enabled."
+#~ msgstr "Il n'y a pas d'autres services à activer."
+
+#~ msgid "Indicates what is the syntax of the config file."
+#~ msgstr "Indique quelle est la syntaxe du fichier de configuration."
+
+#~ msgid "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts."
+#~ msgstr "Liste séparée par des virgules des services qui sont démarrés en même temps que sssd démarre."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "Supported services: nss, pam, sudo, autofs, ssh"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "Services pris en charge : nss, pam, sudo, autofs, ssh"
+
+#~ msgid "SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be configured or SSSD won't start."
+#~ msgstr "SSSD peut utiliser plusieurs domaines simultanément, mais au moins un doit être configuré sinon SSSD ne démarrera pas."
+
+#~ msgid "This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be queried."
+#~ msgstr "Ce paramètre contient la liste des domaines dans l'ordre où ils seront interrogés."
+
+#~ msgid "By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used."
+#~ msgstr "Par défaut, nous tenterons d'utiliser inotify pour ceci et nous nous rabattrons sur le sondage de resolv.conf toute les cinq secondes si inotify ne peut pas être utilisé."
+
+#~ msgid "Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most verbose mode."
+#~ msgstr "Masque de bits qui indique quels niveaux de débogage seront visibles. 0x0010 est la valeur par défaut et la plus petite valeur permise, 0xFFF0 est le mode le plus bavard."
+
+#~ msgid "If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully."
+#~ msgstr "Si un service ne réponds pas à des tests ping (voir l'option “délai d'expiration”), le signal SIGTERM lui est envoyé pour lui ordonner de se terminer proprement."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name."
+#~ msgstr "Peut être défini sur les machines où le hostname(5) ne reflète pas le nom pleinement qualifié."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Failed to enable %s service. Please use system journal to diagnose."
+#~ msgstr "Échec de l'activation du service %s. Consultez le journal système pour diagnostic."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Failed to start %s service. Please use system journal (journalctl -n -u %s) to diagnose."
+#~ msgstr "Échec du démarrage du service %s. Consultez le journal système pour diagnostic (journalctl -n -u %s)."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "System is configured for using nss_ldap.\n"
+#~ msgstr "Le système est configuré pour utiliser  nss_ldap.\n"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "System is configured for using sssd.\n"
+#~ msgstr "Le système est configuré pour utiliser sssd.\n"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "System is configured for using OES.\n"
+#~ msgstr "Le système est configuré pour utiliser OES.\n"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "System is configured for using /etc/passwd only.\n"
+#~ msgstr "Le système est configuré pour utiliser /etc/passwd uniquement.\n"
+
+#, fuzzy
 #~ msgid "Authentication Client Config"
 #~ msgstr "Configuration du Client d'Authentification"
 
@@ -1412,9 +2102,6 @@
 #~ msgid "New"
 #~ msgstr "Nouveau"
 
-#~ msgid "Add New Domain"
-#~ msgstr "Ajouter un nouveau domaine"
-
 #~ msgid "Name:"
 #~ msgstr "Nom :"
 
@@ -1427,9 +2114,6 @@
 #~ msgid "You have to provide a domain name!"
 #~ msgstr "Vous devez spécifier un nom de domaine !"
 
-#~ msgid "Basic Settings:"
-#~ msgstr "Réglages de base :"
-
 #~ msgid "Services:"
 #~ msgstr "Services :"
 
@@ -1451,10 +2135,6 @@
 #~ "%s \n"
 #~ "Souhaitez-vous enregistrer cette configuration ?"
 
-#~| msgid "Authenticated Clients"
-#~ msgid "Authentication Client"
-#~ msgstr "Clients authentifiés"
-
 #~ msgid "Configured Authentication Domains"
 #~ msgstr "Domaines d'authentification configurés"
 
@@ -1464,9 +2144,6 @@
 #~ msgid "Edit"
 #~ msgstr "Éditer"
 
-#~ msgid "Delete"
-#~ msgstr "Supprimer"
-
 #~ msgid "Authentication Client Configuration (sssd)"
 #~ msgstr "Configuration du Client d'Authentification (sssd)"
 

Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/auth-server.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/auth-server.fr.po	2016-09-02 21:33:42 UTC (rev 96676)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/auth-server.fr.po	2016-09-02 21:33:58 UTC (rev 96677)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-16 20:40+0200\n"
 "Last-Translator: Benoît Monin \n"
 "Language-Team: French <>\n"
@@ -341,8 +341,7 @@
 msgstr "Enregistrer auprès d'un démon &SLP"
 
 #. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldaps), "Interfaces ...")),
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88 src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127
 msgid "Firewall Settings"
 msgstr "Paramètres du pare-feu"
 
@@ -511,13 +510,13 @@
 msgid "Configure Account for Replication"
 msgstr "Configurer un compte pour la réplication"
 
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:914
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1173
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:908
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1167
 msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN"
 msgstr "n'est pas un DN LDAP valable."
 
 # TLABEL packages_2002_03_14_2340__6
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1679
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1673
 msgid "Password"
 msgstr "Mot de passe"
 
@@ -548,8 +547,8 @@
 msgstr "Détails du fournisseur"
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__44
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1607
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1702
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1601
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1696
 msgid "Protocol"
 msgstr "Protocole"
 
@@ -558,7 +557,7 @@
 msgid "Provider Hostname"
 msgstr "Nom d'hôte du fournisseur"
 
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1624
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1618
 msgid "Use StartTLS"
 msgstr "Utiliser StartTLS"
 
@@ -657,8 +656,8 @@
 msgid "Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication configuration on the provider server failed.\n"
 msgstr "La vérification des références d'authentification définies dans la configuration de réplication du serveur fournisseur a échoué.\n"
 
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1971
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1998
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1965
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1992
 msgid "The test returned the following error messages:"
 msgstr "Le test a retourné les messages d'erreur suivants :"
 
@@ -2272,8 +2271,7 @@
 #. Initialization dialog contents
 #. Initialization dialog contents
 #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:175
-#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:53
-#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:124
+#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:53 src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:124
 #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:207
 #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:300
 msgid "Initializing..."
@@ -2696,7 +2694,7 @@
 msgid "Index Cache (IDL cache)"
 msgstr "Taille du cache de l'index (cache IDL)"
 
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2096
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Checkpoint Settings"
 msgstr "Paramètres de point de contrôle"
@@ -2776,7 +2774,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL security_2002_01_04_0147__19
 #. encoding: utf-8
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2239
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2233
 msgid "Password Policy Settings"
 msgstr "Gestion des mot de passe"
 
@@ -2962,165 +2960,165 @@
 msgstr "Le répertoire n'existe pas. Voulez-vous le créer ?"
 
 #. try to read the ppolicy from the server
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:637
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:631
 msgid "Authentication failed. The password is probably incorrect.\n"
 msgstr "Échec de l'identification Le mot de passe est probablement incorrect.\n"
 
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:640
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:634
 msgid "The error message was: '"
 msgstr "Le message d'erreur est : '"
 
 # TLABEL newmodule_2002_01_04_0147__97
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:645
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:639
 msgid "Try again?"
 msgstr "Réessayer ?"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__202
 #. PasswordPolicyDialog only returns the changes made to the original
 #. Entry, try to merge them here
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:720
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:714
 msgid "Available Attribute Types"
 msgstr "Types d'attribut possibles"
 
 # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__82
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:724
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:718
 msgid "Selected Attribute Types"
 msgstr "Types d'attribut sélectionnés"
 
 #. Popup to add/edit the acl "by" clauses
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:985
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:807 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:979
 msgid "Who should this rule apply to"
 msgstr "Entrées auxquelles appliquer la règle"
 
 # TLABEL users_2002_01_04_0147__70
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:819 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:946
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:989 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1227
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:940
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:983 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1221
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Entry DN"
 msgstr "DN de l'objet"
 
 # TLABEL sound_2002_01_04_0147__109
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:990
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:814 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:984
 msgid "Select"
 msgstr "Sélectionner"
 
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:826
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820
 msgid "Define the Access Level"
 msgstr "Définir le niveau d'accès"
 
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:836
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:830
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Stop access control evaluation here (default)"
 msgstr "Arrêter l'évaluation du contrôle d'accès ici (défaut)"
 
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:843
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:837
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Continue with next access control rule (\"break\")"
 msgstr "Continuer avec la règle de contrôle d'accès suivante (\"break\")"
 
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:849
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:843
 msgid "Continue evaluation of this rule (\"continue\")"
 msgstr "Continuer l'évaluation de cette règle (\"continue\")"
 
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:904
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:898
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Please enter a DN in the textfield"
 msgstr "Veuillez entrer un DN dans la champ de saisie"
 
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:948 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1090
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1225
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:942 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1084
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1219
 msgid "Subtree DN"
 msgstr "DN de la sous-branche"
 
 # TLABEL users_2002_01_04_0147__70
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:950
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:944
 msgid "Group DN"
 msgstr "DN du groupe"
 
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:973
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:967
 msgid "Edit Access Control Rule"
 msgstr "Modifier la règle de contrôle des accès"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__204
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:978
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:972
 msgid "Target Objects"
 msgstr "Objets cibles"
 
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:999
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:993
 msgid "Matching the filter:"
 msgstr "Correspondant au filtre :"
 
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1006
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1000
 msgid "LDAP Filter"
 msgstr "Filtre de &recherche LDAP"
 
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1016
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1010
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Apply this rule only to the listed attribute"
 msgstr "Appliquer cette règle uniquement à l'attribut listé"
 
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1021 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1015 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
 msgid "Attributes"
 msgstr "Attributs"
 
 # TLABEL base_2002_08_07_0216__19
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1017
 msgid "Edit"
 msgstr "Modifier"
 
 # TLABEL rc_config_2002_01_04_0147__33
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1029 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1035
 msgid "Access Level"
 msgstr "Niveau d'&accès"
 
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1039
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1033
 msgid "Who"
 msgstr "Qui"
 
 # TLABEL rpm-groups_2002_03_14_2340__28
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1040 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1034 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
 msgid "DN"
 msgstr "DN"
 
 # TLABEL hwinfo_2002_01_04_0147__101
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1036
 msgid "Flow Control"
 msgstr "Contrôle du flux"
 
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1047 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1319
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1313
 msgid "Up"
 msgstr "Monter"
 
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1048 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1320
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1314
 msgid "Down"
 msgstr "Descendre"
 
 #. FIXME: Validate attribute types
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1185
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1179
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Enter a list of valid attributes in the <b>Attributes</b> textfield"
 msgstr "Entrer une liste d'attributs valides dans le champs <b>Attributs</b>"
 
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1191
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Enter valid a LDAP filter in the textfield"
 msgstr "Entrer un filtre LDAP valide dans le champ de saisie"
 
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1203
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "You must add at least one item to the \"Access Level\" list."
 msgstr "Vous devez ajouter au moins une entrée à la liste \"Access Level\"."
 
 # TLABEL country_2002_08_07_0216__4
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
 msgid "Target"
 msgstr "Cible"
 
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
 msgid "Filter"
 msgstr "&Filtre"
 
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1347
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1341
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "The selected database contains access control rules that are currently\n"
@@ -3129,108 +3127,108 @@
 "La base de données contient des règles de contrôle d'accès qui ne sont actuellement\n"
 "pas gérées pas YaST. La boite de dialogue de contrôle d'accès va être désactivée.\n"
 
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1594
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1588
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "This database is a Replication Consumer."
 msgstr "Cette base de données est un consommateur de réplication."
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__116
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1614
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1608
 msgid "Provider Name"
 msgstr "Nom du fournisseur"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__303
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1619 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1716
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1613 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1710
 msgid "Port"
 msgstr "Port"
 
 # TLABEL lilo_2002_01_04_0147__54
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1637
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1631
 msgid "Replication Type"
 msgstr "Type de réplication"
 
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1644
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1638
 msgid "Replication Interval"
 msgstr "Intervalle de réplication"
 
 # TLABEL hwinfo_2002_01_04_0147__30
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1647
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1641
 msgid "Days"
 msgstr "Jours"
 
 # TLABEL country_2002_08_07_0216__40
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1651
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1645
 msgid "Hours"
 msgstr "Heures"
 
 # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__217
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1655 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2118
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1649 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2112
 msgid "Minutes"
 msgstr "Minutes"
 
 # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__199
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1659
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1653
 msgid "Seconds"
 msgstr "Secondes"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__146
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1672
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1666
 msgid "Authentication DN"
 msgstr "DN d'authentification"
 
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1693
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1687
 msgid "Custom update referral"
 msgstr "Référence de mise à jour personnalisée"
 
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1709
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1703
 msgid "Target Host"
 msgstr "Hôte cible"
 
 #. no updateref
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1929
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1923
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Invalid replication interval specified"
 msgstr "L'intervalle de réplication spécifié est invalide"
 
 #. test connection
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1965
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1959
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Checking LDAP connectivity to the provider failed."
 msgstr "Échec de la connexion LDAP avec le fournisseur."
 
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1980 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2007
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1974 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2001
 msgid "Do you still want to continue?"
 msgstr "Voulez-vous tout de même continuer ?"
 
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1989
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1983
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Checking the LDAPsync capabilities of the provider failed."
 msgstr "Échec lors du contrôle des capacités LDAPsync du fournisseur."
 
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1995
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1989
 msgid "Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider"
 msgstr "Veuillez vérifier que le serveur cible est configuré pour être un fournisseur LDAPsync"
 
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2094
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2088
 msgid "Enable ldapsync provider for this database"
 msgstr "Activer le fournisseur ldapsync pour cette base de données"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__66
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2108 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2144
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2138
 msgid "Operations"
 msgstr "Opérations"
 
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2131
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2125
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Session Log"
 msgstr "Journal de session"
 
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2137
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2131
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Enable Session Log"
 msgstr "Activer le journal de session"
 
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2271
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2265
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Replication Settings"
 msgstr "Paramètres de réplication"

Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/autoinst.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/autoinst.fr.po	2016-09-02 21:33:42 UTC (rev 96676)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/autoinst.fr.po	2016-09-02 21:33:58 UTC (rev 96677)
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: autoinst\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-03 14:54+0100\n"
 "Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET \n"
 "Language-Team: French \n"
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
 
 #: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:16 src/clients/autoyast.rb:123
 #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:622
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:352
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:364
 msgid "This may take a while"
 msgstr "Ceci peut prendre un certain temps"
 
@@ -65,14 +65,13 @@
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__35
 #. command line options
 #. Init variables
-#. Import users configuration from the profile
-#.
+#. unique id
 #. Backup
 #. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file
 #: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:410
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:484
-#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:457
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:492
+#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:997
 msgid ""
 "Error while parsing the control file.\n"
 "Check the log files for more details or fix the\n"
@@ -289,7 +288,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_03_14_2340__0
 #. Help text for last dialog of base installation
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:35
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:38
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "Please wait while the system is being configured.\n"
@@ -301,78 +300,62 @@
 
 # TLABEL general_2002_01_04_0147__124
 #. Progress bar that displays overall progress in this dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:60
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:63
 msgid "Progress"
 msgstr "Progression"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_03_14_2340__5
 #. Dialog title for autoyast dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:69
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:72
 msgid "Configuring System according to auto-install settings"
 msgstr "Configuration du système selon les paramètres de l'installation automatique"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated
-#. list of unsupported sections of the profile
-#. Do not translate words in brackets
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:88
-msgid ""
-"These sections of AutoYaST profile are not supported anymore:\n"
-"\n"
-"%s\n"
-"\n"
-"Please, use, e.g., <scripts/> or <files/> to change the configuration."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated
 #. list of unknown sections of the profile
 #. Do not translate words in brackets
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:103
-msgid ""
-"These sections of AutoYaST profile cannot be processed on this system:\n"
-"\n"
-"%s\n"
-"\n"
-"Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed YaST packages in <software/> section."
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:94
+msgid "These sections of AutoYaST profile cannot be processed on this system:<br><br>%s<br><br>Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed YaST packages in <software/> section."
 msgstr ""
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_03_14_2340__14
 #. determine name of client, if not use default name
 #. Call::Function(module_auto, ["Import", eval(Profile::current[resource]:$[])   ]);
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:192 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:221
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:234
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:213
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:226
 msgid "Configuring %1"
 msgstr "Configuration de %1"
 
 # TLABEL sound_2002_08_07_0216__14
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:194 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:223
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:236
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:186 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:215
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:228
 msgid "Not Configuring %1"
 msgstr "Non configuration de %1"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_03_14_2340__4
 #. online update
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:288
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:280
 msgid "Executing Post-Scripts"
 msgstr "Exécution des post-scripts"
 
-#. Do not restart dbus. Otherwise some services will hang.
-#. bnc#937900
+#. Do not restart NetworkManager* services
+#. bnc#955260
 #: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:304
 msgid "Restarting all running services"
 msgstr "Redémarrage de tous les services actifs"
 
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:327
+#. Filtering out all services which must not to be restarted
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:326
 msgid "Activating systemd default target"
 msgstr "Activation de la cible systemd par défaut"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__331
 #. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring...
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:342
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:341
 msgid "Finishing Configuration"
 msgstr "Fin de la configuration"
 
 #. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" );
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:448
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:447
 msgid "Processing resource %1"
 msgstr "Traitement de la ressource %1"
 
@@ -441,8 +424,15 @@
 "%1"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__33
-#. import "Arch";
 #. encoding: utf-8
+#. File:	clients/inst_autoinit.ycp
+#. Package:	Auto-installation
+#. Summary:	Parses XML Profile for automatic installation
+#. Authors:	Anas Nashif 
+#.
+#. $Id$
+#.
+#. encoding: utf-8
 #. File:	clients/autoinst_post.ycp
 #. Package:	Auto-installation
 #. Author:      Anas Nashif 
@@ -450,7 +440,7 @@
 #. the system as described in the profile file.
 #.
 #. $Id$
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:37 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:48
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:38 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:48
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.</p>\n"
@@ -459,66 +449,52 @@
 "Veuillez patienter pendant que le système est préparé pour l'installation automatique.</p>\n"
 
 # TLABEL x11_2002_01_04_0147__85
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:41
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:42
 msgid "Probe hardware"
 msgstr "Détecter le matériel"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__34
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:42
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:43
 msgid "Retrieve & Read Control File"
 msgstr "Récupérer et lire le fichier de contrôle"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_03_14_2340__25
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:43
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:44
 msgid "Parse control file"
 msgstr "Analyser le fichier de contrôle"
 
 # TLABEL inetd_2002_08_07_0216__12
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:44 src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:201
+#. Checking profile for unsupported sections.
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:45 src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:199
 msgid "Initial Configuration"
 msgstr "Configuration initiale"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_03_14_2340__28
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:49 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:66
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:50 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:66
 msgid "Preparing System for Automatic Installation"
 msgstr "Préparation du système pour l'installation automatique"
 
 # TLABEL printerdb_2002_03_15_0210__5
 #. progress bar length
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:57
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:58
 msgid "Preprobing stage"
 msgstr "Étape de précontrôle"
 
 # TLABEL scanner_2002_01_04_0147__13
-#. // moved to autoset to fulfill fate #301193
-#. // the DASD section in an autoyast profile can't be changed via pre-script
-#. //
-#. if( Arch::s390 () && AutoinstConfig::remoteProfile == true ) {
-#. y2milestone("arch=s390 and remote_profile=true");
-#. symbol ret = processProfile();
-#. if( ret != `ok ) {
-#. return ret;
-#. }
-#. y2milestone("processProfile=ok");
-#. profileFetched = true;
-#.
-#. // FIXME: the hardcoded stuff should be in the control.xml later
-#. if( haskey(Profile::current, "dasd") ) {
-#. y2milestone("dasd found");
-#. Call::Function("dasd_auto", ["Import", Profile::current["dasd"]:$[] ]);
-#. }
-#. if( haskey(Profile::current, "zfcp") ) {
-#. y2milestone("zfcp found");
-#. Call::Function("zfcp_auto", ["Import", Profile::current["zfcp"]:$[] ]);
-#. }
-#. }
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:90
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:69
 msgid "Probing hardware..."
 msgstr "Détection du matériel..."
 
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated
+#. list of unsupported sections of the profile
+#. Do not translate words in brackets
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:128
+msgid "These sections of AutoYaST profile are not supported anymore:<br><br>%s<br><br>Please, use, e.g., <scripts/> or <files/> to change the configuration."
+msgstr ""
+
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_03_14_2340__27
 #. Set reporting behaviour to default, changed later if required
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:183
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:179
 msgid "Parsing control file"
 msgstr "Analyse du fichier de contrôle"
 
@@ -566,67 +542,78 @@
 #. Uwe Gansert 
 #.
 #. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:53 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:51 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:43
 msgid "<P>Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.</P>"
 msgstr "<P>Veuillez patienter pendant que le système est préparé pour l'installation automatique.</P>"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_03_14_2340__35
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:48
 msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts"
 msgstr "Exécuter les scripts de pré-installation de l'utilisateur"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__31
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:56 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47
 msgid "Configure General Settings "
 msgstr "Configurer les paramètres généraux"
 
 # TLABEL language_2002_01_04_0147__1
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:49
 msgid "Set up language"
 msgstr "Configurer la langue"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_03_14_2340__31
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58
 msgid "Create partition plans"
 msgstr "Créer les plans de partitionnement"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_03_14_2340__32
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52
 msgid "Configure Bootloader"
 msgstr "Configurer le chargeur d'amorçage"
 
 # TLABEL online_update_2002_03_14_2340__8
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:62 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:50
 msgid "Registration"
 msgstr "Enregistrement"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_03_14_2340__34
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:63 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51
 msgid "Configure Software selections"
 msgstr "Configurer les sélections de logiciels"
 
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:62
 msgid "Configure Systemd Default Target"
 msgstr "Configurer la cible systemd par défaut"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_03_14_2340__32
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:63
 #, fuzzy
 #| msgid "Configure Volume Groups"
 msgid "Configure users and groups"
 msgstr "Configurer des groupes de volumes"
 
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64
+msgid "Import SSH keys/settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__377
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Configure Drives"
+msgid "Confirm License"
+msgstr "Configurer les lecteurs"
+
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_03_14_2340__42
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:57
 msgid "Executing pre-install user scripts..."
 msgstr "Exécution des scripts de pré-installation de l'utilisateur..."
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_03_14_2340__17
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56
 msgid "Configuring general settings..."
 msgstr "Configuration des paramètres généraux..."
 
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:58
 msgid "Setting up language..."
 msgstr "Configuration de la langue..."
 
@@ -636,17 +623,17 @@
 msgstr "Création des plans de partitionnement..."
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_03_14_2340__39
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:73 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:73 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61
 msgid "Configuring Bootloader..."
 msgstr "Configuration du chargeur d'amorçage..."
 
 # TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__54
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:74 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:74 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:59
 msgid "Registering the system..."
 msgstr "Enregistrement du système..."
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_03_14_2340__41
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60
 msgid "Configuring Software selections..."
 msgstr "Configuration des sélections de logiciels..."
 
@@ -658,8 +645,22 @@
 msgid "Importing users and groups configuration..."
 msgstr ""
 
+# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__285
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:78
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Importing Kickstart file..."
+msgid "Importing SSH keys/settings..."
+msgstr "Importation du fichier Kickstart..."
+
+# TLABEL autoinst_2002_03_14_2340__14
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:79
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Configuring language..."
+msgid "Confirming License..."
+msgstr "Configuration de la langue..."
+
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__65
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:81 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:83 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65
 msgid "Preparing System for Automated Installation"
 msgstr "Préparation du système pour l'installation automatique..."
 
@@ -668,7 +669,7 @@
 #. while the general inst_finish process at the end of the
 #. first stage. But for the installation workflow the linuxrc
 #. network settings will be taken. (bnc#944942)
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:183
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:185
 msgid "Handling Add-On Products..."
 msgstr "Gestion des produits complémentaires..."
 
@@ -676,13 +677,13 @@
 #. Set it in the Language module.
 #.
 #. Set it in the Language module.
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:202 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:210 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:145
 msgid "Configuring language..."
 msgstr "Configuration de la langue..."
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_03_14_2340__41
 #. Yes, do not set Storage testsuite here as we want really GUI with proposal
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:290
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:298
 msgid ""
 "Error while configuring partitions.\n"
 "Try again.\n"
@@ -691,8 +692,9 @@
 "Essayez à nouveau.\n"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_03_14_2340__41
-#. Software
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:344
+#. Adding selections (defined in PackageAI) to libzypp and solving
+#. package dependencies.
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:361
 msgid ""
 "Error while configuring software selections.\n"
 "Try again.\n"
@@ -788,11 +790,11 @@
 # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__48
 #. Select packages
 #. @return [Symbol]
-#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:87
+#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88
 msgid "Software Selection"
 msgstr "Sélection de logiciels"
 
-#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88
+#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:89
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "Select one of the following <b>base</b> selections and click <i>Detailed<i> to add\n"
@@ -808,21 +810,21 @@
 #. AutoinstSoftware::pmInit();
 #. string mainRepo = "http://10.10.0.162/SLES11/DVD1/";
 #. string mainRepo = "ftp://10.10.0.100/install/SLP/openSUSE-11.2/x86_64/DVD1/";
-#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:120
+#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:121
 msgid "Location of the installation source (like http://myhost/11.3/DVD1/)"
 msgstr "Emplacement de la source d'installation (par exemple : http://monhote/11.3/DVD1)"
 
-#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:128
+#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:129
 msgid "The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)"
 msgstr "La source d'installation du système (cette option ne permet pas de créer d'images)"
 
 # TLABEL online_update_2002_01_04_0147__112
-#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:164
+#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:165
 msgid "using that installation source failed"
 msgstr "l'utilisation de cette source d'installation a échoué"
 
 # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__55
-#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:189
+#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:190
 msgid "Reading package database..."
 msgstr "Lecture de la base de données de paquets..."
 
@@ -1115,6 +1117,11 @@
 msgid "Volgroup device name"
 msgstr "Nom du périphérique du groupe de volumes"
 
+#. FIXME: why not pass the variable always?
+#: src/include/autoinstall/ask.rb:540
+msgid "A user defined script is running. This may take a while."
+msgstr ""
+
 #. Shows a dialog when 'control file' can't be found
 #. @param [String] original Original value
 #. @return [String] new value
@@ -1682,8 +1689,7 @@
 msgstr "Paramètres"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__204
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:94
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:101
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:94 src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:101
 msgid "Select Directory"
 msgstr "Sélectionner un répertoire"
 
@@ -1823,7 +1829,7 @@
 #. list<any> l = [ "key1",0,"key3" ];
 #. m[ l ] = v;
 #. @return [Hash]
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:807
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:819
 msgid "Checking XML with RNG validation..."
 msgstr "Vérification XML avec validation RNG..."
 
@@ -1834,7 +1840,7 @@
 msgstr "Section %1 : "
 
 #. jing validation -- validates complete xml profile
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:819
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:831
 msgid "Checking XML with RNC validation..."
 msgstr "Vérification XML avec validation RNC..."
 
@@ -2258,73 +2264,6 @@
 "non formatées LVM et RAID.\n"
 "</p>\n"
 
-#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:123
-msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2."
-msgstr "Impossible de trouver l'URL '%1' via le protocole HTTP(S). Code renvoyé par le serveur : %2."
-
-#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:143
-msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2."
-msgstr "Impossible de trouver l'URL '%1' via le protocole FTP. Code renvoyé par le serveur : %2."
-
-# TLABEL storage_2002_08_07_0216__44
-#. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early.
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:159
-msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n"
-msgstr "La lecture du fichier sur le %1/%2 a échoué.\n"
-
-# TLABEL storage_2002_08_07_0216__44
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:175
-msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n"
-msgstr "La lecture du fichier sur le %1 a échoué.\n"
-
-# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__472
-#. autoyast tried to mount the CD but had no success.
-#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed
-#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:237 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:293
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:337
-msgid "Mounting %1 failed."
-msgstr "Le montage de %1 a échoué."
-
-#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:268
-msgid "Reading a file on CD failed. Path: %1/%2."
-msgstr "La lecture d'un fichier sur le CD a échoué. Chemin d'accès : %1/%2."
-
-# TLABEL restore_2002_08_07_0216__37
-#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed
-#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:316 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:360
-msgid "Remote file %1 cannot be retrieved"
-msgstr "Impossible de récupérer le fichier distant %1"
-
-#. this is workaround for bnc#849767
-#. because of changes in autoyast startup this code is now
-#. called much sooner (before Storage stuff is initialized)
-#. call dummy method to trigger Storage initialization
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:485
-msgid "%1 is not mounted and mount failed"
-msgstr "%1 n'est pas monté et le montage a échoué"
-
-# TLABEL menu_2002_01_04_0147__32
-#. autoyast tried to copy a file but that file can't be found
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:505
-msgid "File %1 cannot be found"
-msgstr "Impossible de trouver le fichier %1"
-
-#. Device
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:527
-msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol TFTP."
-msgstr "Impossible de trouver l'URL '%1' via le protocole TFTP."
-
-# TLABEL printer_2002_03_14_2340__15
-#. the user wanted autoyast to fetch it's profile via an unknown protocol
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:534
-msgid "Unknown protocol %1."
-msgstr "Le protocole %1 est inconnu."
-
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__471
 #. Script Configuration
 #. @return  script configuration dialog
@@ -2617,12 +2556,12 @@
 #. @param [String] result_profile the resulting control file path
 #. @return [Boolean] true on success
 #. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong
-#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:738
+#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:905 src/modules/Profile.rb:750
 msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n"
 msgstr "L'analyseur XML a signalé une erreur suite à l'analyse du profil autoyast. Le message d'erreur suivant s'affiche :\n"
 
 #. backdoor for merging problems.
-#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1054
+#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1050
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "User-defined classes could not be retrieved.  Make sure all classes \n"
@@ -2640,54 +2579,54 @@
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__230
 #. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes
 #. comment will look like this: "(description=BLA BLA)"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:278
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:279
 msgid "Choose Profile"
 msgstr "Choisir le profil"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__389
 #. SetProtocolMessage ()
 #. @return [void]
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:334
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:335
 msgid "Retrieving control file from floppy."
 msgstr "Chargement du fichier de contrôle depuis la disquette."
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__390
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:337
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:338
 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from TFTP server: %2."
 msgstr "Récupération du fichier de contrôle (%1) depuis le serveur TFTP : %2."
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__391
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:343
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:344
 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from NFS server: %2."
 msgstr "Récupération du fichier de contrôle (%1) depuis le serveur NFS : %2."
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__392
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:349
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:350
 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from HTTP server: %2."
 msgstr "Récupération du fichier de contrôle (%1) depuis le serveur HTTP : %2."
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__390
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:355
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:356
 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from FTP server: %2."
 msgstr "Récupération du fichier de contrôle (%1) depuis le serveur FTP : %2."
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__393
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:361
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:362
 msgid "Copying control file from file: %1."
 msgstr "Copie du fichier de contrôle depuis le fichier : %1."
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__393
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:366
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:367
 msgid "Copying control file from device: /dev/%1."
 msgstr "Copie du fichier de contrôle depuis le disque : /dev/%1."
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__394
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:370
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:371
 msgid "Copying control file from default location."
 msgstr "Copie du fichier de contrôle depuis l'emplacement par défaut."
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__395
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:372
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:373
 msgid "Source unknown."
 msgstr "Source inconnue."
 
@@ -2697,7 +2636,7 @@
 #. {
 #. local_rules_file = (string)WFM::Args(1);
 #. }
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:453
 msgid ""
 "<h3>AutoYaST Configuration Management System</h3>\n"
 "<p>Almost all resources of the control file can be\n"
@@ -2707,7 +2646,7 @@
 "<p>Pratiquement toutes les ressources du fichier de contrôle peuvent\n"
 "être configurées à l'aide du système de gestion des configurations.</p>\n"
 
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:457
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:458
 msgid ""
 "<p>Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n"
 "through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n"
@@ -2721,7 +2660,7 @@
 "de contrôle qui peut être utilisé pour installer un autre système à l'aide de AutoYaST.\n"
 "</p>\n"
 
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:464
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:465
 msgid ""
 "<p>In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n"
 "new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n"
@@ -2833,20 +2772,20 @@
 msgstr "Non importation de nouvelles clés GPG"
 
 #. NTP syncing
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:414
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:419
 msgid "Syncing time..."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the ntp server
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:416
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:421
 msgid "Syncing time with %s."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:420
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:425
 msgid "Time syncing failed."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:424
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:429
 msgid "Cannot update system time."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -2867,45 +2806,45 @@
 #. @return  [String] configuration summary dialog
 #. return Summary of configuration
 #. @return  [String] configuration summary dialog
-#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:682 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913
+#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:691 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913
 msgid "Drives"
 msgstr "Lecteurs"
 
 #. We are counting harddisks only (type CT_DISK)
-#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:688
+#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:697
 msgid "%s drive in total"
 msgid_plural "%s drives in total"
 msgstr[0] ""
 msgstr[1] ""
 
-#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:707
+#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:716
 msgid "Not yet cloned."
 msgstr ""
 
 # TLABEL proposal_2002_03_14_2340__2
 #. Return Summary
 #. @return [String] summary
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:328
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:329
 msgid "Preinstallation Scripts"
 msgstr "Scripts de pré-installation"
 
 # TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__36
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:341
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:342
 msgid "Postinstallation Scripts"
 msgstr "Scripts de post-installation"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__474
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:354
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:355
 msgid "Chroot Scripts"
 msgstr "Scripts Chroott"
 
 # TLABEL printerdb_2002_03_15_0210__784
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:367
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:368
 msgid "Init Scripts"
 msgstr "Scripts init"
 
 # TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__36
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:380
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:381
 msgid "Postpartitioning Scripts"
 msgstr "Scripts de post-partitionnement"
 
@@ -2913,38 +2852,38 @@
 #. return type of script as formatted string
 #. @param script type
 #. @return [String] type as translated string
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:475
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:476
 msgid "Pre"
 msgstr "Pré"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__406
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:477
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:478
 msgid "Post"
 msgstr "Post"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__237
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:479
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:480
 msgid "Init"
 msgstr "Init"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__407
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:481
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:482
 msgid "Chroot"
 msgstr "Chroot"
 
 # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__444
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:483
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:484
 msgid "Postpartitioning"
 msgstr "Post-partitionnement"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__168
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:485
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:486
 msgid "Unknown"
 msgstr "Inconnu"
 
 # TLABEL online_update_2002_01_04_0147__112
 #. warning text during the installation. %1 is a list of package names
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:172
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:174
 msgid ""
 "These packages could not be found in the software repositories:\n"
 "%1"
@@ -2955,33 +2894,33 @@
 # TLABEL storage_2002_08_07_0216__44
 #. 4 means "already exists"
 #. Add add-ons
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:327 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:347
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:329 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:349
 msgid "Adding repo %1 failed"
 msgstr "Échec de l'ajout du dépôt %1"
 
 #. Install
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:375
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:377
 msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
 msgstr "Échec de la création de l'image lors de l'installation du modèle. Consultez /tmp/ay_image.log"
 
 # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__129
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:383
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:385
 msgid "Creating Image - installing packages"
 msgstr "Création de l'image - installation des paquets"
 
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:393
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:395
 msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
 msgstr "Échec de la création de l'image lors de l'installation du paquet. Consultez /tmp/ay_image.log"
 
 # TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__82
 #. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") );
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:404
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:406
 msgid "Store image to ..."
 msgstr "Sauvegarder l'image vers..."
 
 #. Compress image:
 #. tar cfz /srv/www/htdocs/image.tar.gz --exclude="proc*"  .
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:433
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:435
 msgid ""
 "You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n"
 "If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore."
@@ -2989,17 +2928,17 @@
 "Vous pouvez modifier l'image %1 maintenant\n"
 "Si vous cliquez sur Ok, l'image sera compressé et ne pourra plus être modifiée."
 
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:447
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:449
 msgid "Image compressing failed in '%1'. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
 msgstr "Échec de la compression de l'image à '%1'. Consultez /tmp/ay_image.log"
 
 # TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__133
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:454
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:456
 msgid "Image created successfully"
 msgstr "Image créée avec succès"
 
 #. copy a directory (ends with / in directory.yast)
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:490
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:492
 msgid ""
 "can not get the directory.yast file at `%1`.\n"
 "You can create that file with 'ls -F > directory.yast' if it's missing."
@@ -3008,33 +2947,33 @@
 "Vous pouvez créer ce fichier à l'aide de la commande 'ls -F > directory.yast' s'il n'existe pas."
 
 #. don't copy subdirs. They have to be mentioned explicit. Copy only files from that dir.
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:524
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:526
 msgid "can not read '%1'. Try again?"
 msgstr "Impossible de lire '%1'. Ré-essayer ?"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__228
 #. copy a file
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:542
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:544
 msgid "can not read '%1'. ISO creation failed"
 msgstr "impossible de lire '%1'. Échec de la création de l'ISO"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__365
 #. we will have the image.tar.gz and autoinst.xml on the root of the DVD/CD
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:572
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:574
 msgid "Preparing ISO Filestructure ..."
 msgstr "Création de la structure de fichiers de l'ISO..."
 
 #. prepare and save isolinux.cfg boot menu of the media
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:621
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:623
 msgid "boot config for the DVD"
 msgstr "Configuration d'amorçage pour le DVD"
 
 # TLABEL menu_2002_01_04_0147__28
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:625
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:627
 msgid "Ok"
 msgstr "OK"
 
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:628
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:630
 msgid ""
 "You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n"
 "If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created."
@@ -3044,47 +2983,47 @@
 
 #. create the actual ISO file
 #. Popup::Message( _("Please choose a place where you want to save the ISO file in the next dialog") );
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:647
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:649
 msgid "Store ISO image to ..."
 msgstr "Sauvegarde de l'image ISO vers..."
 
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:648
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:650
 msgid "Creating ISO File ..."
 msgstr "Création de l'image ISO..."
 
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:669
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:671
 msgid "ISO successfully created at %1"
 msgstr "Image ISO créée avec succès dans %1"
 
 # TLABEL cups_2002_01_04_0147__139
 #. Summary
 #. @return Html formatted configuration summary
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:745
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:753
 msgid "Selected Patterns"
 msgstr "Schémas sélectionnés"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__78
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:755
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:763
 msgid "Individually Selected Packages"
 msgstr "Paquets sélectionnés individuellement"
 
 # TLABEL restore_2002_08_07_0216__79
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:761
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:769
 msgid "Packages to Remove"
 msgstr "Paquets à supprimer"
 
 # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__199
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:768
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:776
 msgid "Force Kernel Package"
 msgstr "Forcer le paquet noyau"
 
 #. set SoftLock to avoid the installation of recommended patterns (#159466)
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:858
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:871
 msgid "Could not set patterns: %1."
 msgstr "Définition impossible des modèles : %1."
 
 #. Solve dependencies
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:919
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:932
 msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile."
 msgstr "Échec de l'exécution du résolveur de paquets. Consultez la section relative à votre logiciel dans le profil autoyast."
 
@@ -3133,14 +3072,14 @@
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__262
 #. Prepare Profile for saving and remove empty data structs
 #. @return [void]
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:351
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:363
 msgid "Collecting configuration data..."
 msgstr "Collecte des données de configuration..."
 
 #. Save YCP data into XML
 #. @param  path to file
 #. @return	[Boolean] true on success
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:454
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:466
 msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the password twice."
 msgstr "Profil AutoYaST chiffré. Saisissez le mot de passe deux fois."
 
@@ -3149,14 +3088,14 @@
 #.
 #. @param [String] dir - directory to store section xml files in
 #. @return	  - list of filenames
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:528
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:540
 msgid "Could not write section %1 to file %2."
 msgstr "Impossible d'écrire la section %1 sur le fichier %2."
 
 #. Read XML into  YCP data
 #. @param  path to file
 #. @return	[Boolean]
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:695 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:707 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190
 msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the correct password."
 msgstr "Profil AutoYaST chiffré. Saisissez le bon mot de passe."
 
@@ -3176,6 +3115,45 @@
 msgid "&OK"
 msgstr "&OK"
 
+#~ msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2."
+#~ msgstr "Impossible de trouver l'URL '%1' via le protocole HTTP(S). Code renvoyé par le serveur : %2."
+
+#~ msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2."
+#~ msgstr "Impossible de trouver l'URL '%1' via le protocole FTP. Code renvoyé par le serveur : %2."
+
+# TLABEL storage_2002_08_07_0216__44
+#~ msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n"
+#~ msgstr "La lecture du fichier sur le %1/%2 a échoué.\n"
+
+# TLABEL storage_2002_08_07_0216__44
+#~ msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n"
+#~ msgstr "La lecture du fichier sur le %1 a échoué.\n"
+
+# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__472
+#~ msgid "Mounting %1 failed."
+#~ msgstr "Le montage de %1 a échoué."
+
+#~ msgid "Reading a file on CD failed. Path: %1/%2."
+#~ msgstr "La lecture d'un fichier sur le CD a échoué. Chemin d'accès : %1/%2."
+
+# TLABEL restore_2002_08_07_0216__37
+#~ msgid "Remote file %1 cannot be retrieved"
+#~ msgstr "Impossible de récupérer le fichier distant %1"
+
+#~ msgid "%1 is not mounted and mount failed"
+#~ msgstr "%1 n'est pas monté et le montage a échoué"
+
+# TLABEL menu_2002_01_04_0147__32
+#~ msgid "File %1 cannot be found"
+#~ msgstr "Impossible de trouver le fichier %1"
+
+#~ msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol TFTP."
+#~ msgstr "Impossible de trouver l'URL '%1' via le protocole TFTP."
+
+# TLABEL printer_2002_03_14_2340__15
+#~ msgid "Unknown protocol %1."
+#~ msgstr "Le protocole %1 est inconnu."
+
 #~ msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in /root/autoinst.xml."
 #~ msgstr "Le profil autoyast résultant se trouve dans /root/autoinst.xml."
 
@@ -3329,10 +3307,6 @@
 #~ "Pour plus d'informations, consultez la documentation.\n"
 #~ "</P>\n"
 
-# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__377
-#~ msgid "Configure Drives"
-#~ msgstr "Configurer les lecteurs"
-
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__378
 #~ msgid "&Drive"
 #~ msgstr "&Lecteur"

Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/base.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/base.fr.po	2016-09-02 21:33:42 UTC (rev 96676)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/base.fr.po	2016-09-02 21:33:58 UTC (rev 96677)
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: base\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-31 15:08+0200\n"
 "Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET \n"
 "Language-Team: French \n"
@@ -90,30 +90,30 @@
 msgstr "Ce module YaST2 ne prend pas en charge l'interface en ligne de commande."
 
 #. translators: default error message for command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:324
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:322
 msgid "Use 'help' for a complete list of available commands."
 msgstr "Utilisez 'help' pour obtenir une liste complète des commandes disponibles."
 
 #. translators: default error message for command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:329
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:327
 msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 help' for a complete list of available commands."
 msgstr "Utilisez 'yast2 %1 help' pour obtenir une liste complète des commandes disponibles."
 
 # TLABEL nfs_server_2002_01_04_0147__33
 #. translators: error message in command line interface
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:367
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:365
 msgid "Unknown Command: %1"
 msgstr "Commande inconnue : %1"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__339
 #. translators: error message - user did not provide a value for option %1 on the command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:405
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:403
 msgid "Option '%1' is missing value."
 msgstr "Une valeur manque à l'option '%1'."
 
 # TLABEL nfs_server_2002_01_04_0147__33
 #. translators: error message, %1 is a command, %2 is the wrong option given by the user
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:440
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:438
 msgid "Unknown option for command '%1': %2"
 msgstr "Option inconnue pour la commande '%1' : %2"
 
@@ -121,57 +121,57 @@
 #. translators: error message, %2 is the value given
 #. translators: error message, %2 is the value given
 #. translators: error message, %2 is the value given
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:461
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:473
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:483
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:459
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:471
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:481
 msgid "Invalid value for option '%1': %2"
 msgstr "Valeur incorrecte pour l'option '%1' : %2"
 
 #. translators: error message, %2 is expected type, %3 is the value given
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:501
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:495
 msgid "Invalid value for option '%1' -- expected '%2', received %3"
 msgstr "Valeur incorrecte pour l'option '%1' -- valeur attendue '%2', valeur reçue %3"
 
 # TLABEL lilo_2002_01_04_0147__27
 #. translators: error message if option has a value, but cannot have one
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:522
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:515
 msgid "Option '%1' cannot have a value. Given value: %2"
 msgstr "L'option '%1' ne peut pas avoir de valeur. Valeur donnée : %2"
 
 #. translators: error message, how to get command line help for interactive mode
 #. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:541
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:533
 msgid "Use '%1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options."
 msgstr "Utilisez '%1 %2 help' pour obtenir une liste complète des options disponibles."
 
 #. translators: error message, how to get command line help for non-interactive mode
 #. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:551
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:543
 msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options."
 msgstr "Utilisez 'yast2 %1 %2 help' pour obtenir une liste complète des options disponibles."
 
 # TLABEL sound_2002_08_07_0216__14
 #. translators: command line interface header, %1 is identification of the module
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:569
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:561
 msgid "YaST Configuration Module %1\n"
 msgstr "Module de configuration YaST : %1\n"
 
 # TLABEL sound_2002_03_15_0003__7
 #. translators: the command does not provide any help
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:593
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:585
 msgid "No help available"
 msgstr "Aucune aide disponible"
 
 # TLABEL nis_server_2002_01_04_0147__86
 #. Process <command> "help"
 #. translators: %1 is the command name
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:597
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:589
 msgid "Command '%1'"
 msgstr "Commande '%1'"
 
 # TLABEL printerdb_2002_03_15_0210__4
 #. translators: command line options
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:617
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:609
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "    Options:"
@@ -180,7 +180,7 @@
 "    Options :"
 
 #. additional help for using command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:706
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:698
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "    Options of the [string] type must be written in the form 'option=value'."
@@ -190,7 +190,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL newmodule_2002_01_04_0147__92
 #. translators: example title for command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:713
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:705
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "    Example:"
@@ -200,149 +200,149 @@
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__185
 #. translators: default module description if none is provided by the module itself
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:743
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:735
 msgid "This is a YaST module."
 msgstr "Ceci est un module YaST."
 
 #. translators: short help title for command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:748
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:740
 msgid "Basic Syntax:"
 msgstr "Syntaxe de base :"
 
 #. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name
 #. translate <command> and [options] only!
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:763
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:755
 msgid "    yast2 %1 <command> [verbose] [options]"
 msgstr "    yast2 %1 <commande> [verbosité] [options]"
 
 #. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name
 #. translate <command> only!
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:790
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:782
 msgid "    yast2 %1 <command> help"
 msgstr "    yast2 %1 <commande> help"
 
 #. translators: module command line help
 #. translate <command> and [options] only!
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:797
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:789
 msgid "    <command> [options]"
 msgstr "    <commande> [options]"
 
 #. translators: module command line help
 #. translate <command> only!
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:800
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:792
 msgid "    <command> help"
 msgstr "    <commande> help"
 
 # TLABEL newmodule_2002_01_04_0147__54
 #. translators: command line title: list of available commands
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:812
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:804
 msgid "Commands:"
 msgstr "Commandes :"
 
 # TLABEL sound_2002_03_15_0003__7
 #. translators: error message: module does not provide any help messages
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:828
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:820
 msgid "No help available."
 msgstr "Aucune aide disponible."
 
 #. fallback message - invalid help has been provided by the yast module
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:864
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:856
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:874
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:866
 msgid "Run 'yast2 %1 <command> help' for a list of available options."
 msgstr "Exécutez 'yast2 %1 <commande> help' pour obtenir une liste des options disponibles."
 
 #. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:938
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:930
 msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile= command line option."
 msgstr "Nom de fichier cible (option 'xmlfile') manquant. Utiliser l'option de ligne de commande xmlfile=."
 
 #. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:950
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:942
 msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile= command line option."
 msgstr "Nom de fichier cible (option 'xmlfile') vide. Utiliser l'option de ligne de commande xmlfile=."
 
 # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__54
 #. translators: fallback name for a module at command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1087
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1079
 msgid "unknown"
 msgstr "inconnu"
 
 #. translators: the last command %1 in a list of unique commands
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1461
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1437
 msgid "or '%1'"
 msgstr "ou '%1'"
 
 #. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1469
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1445
 msgid "Specify the command '%1'."
 msgstr "Spécifier la commande '%1'."
 
 #. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1476
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1452
 msgid "Specify one of the commands: %1."
 msgstr "Spécifier une des commandes : %1."
 
 #. size( unique_options ) == 1 here does not make sense
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1486
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1462
 msgid "Specify only one of the commands: %1."
 msgstr "Spécifier seulement une des commandes : %1."
 
 # TLABEL tv_2002_03_14_2340__9
 #. translators: error message - the module does not provide command line interface
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1531
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1507
 msgid "There is no user interface available for this module."
 msgstr "Aucune interface utilisateur n'est disponible pour ce module."
 
 # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__5
 #. translators: progress message - command line interface ready
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1560
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1536
 msgid "Ready"
 msgstr "Prêt"
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_08_07_0216__17
 #. non-GUI handling
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1574
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1550
 msgid "Initializing"
 msgstr "Initialisation"
 
 # TLABEL nis_server_2002_01_04_0147__79
 #. translators: Progress message - the command line interface is about to finish
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1610
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1584
 msgid "Finishing"
 msgstr "Fin..."
 
 # TLABEL general_2002_01_04_0147__129
 #. translators: The command line interface is finished
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1617
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1591
 msgid "Done"
 msgstr "Terminé"
 
 # TLABEL users_2002_01_04_0147__14
 #. translators: The command line interface is finished without writing the changes
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1620
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1594
 msgid "Quitting (without changes)"
 msgstr "Sortie (sans modifications)"
 
 # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__309
 #. prompt message displayed in the commandline mode
 #. when user is asked to replay "yes" or "no" (localized)
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1634
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1608
 msgid "yes or no?"
 msgstr "oui ou non ?"
 
 # TLABEL update_2002_01_04_0147__62
 #. yes - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1639
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1613
 msgid "yes"
 msgstr "oui"
 
 # TLABEL update_2002_01_04_0147__63
 #. no - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1642
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1616
 msgid "no"
 msgstr "non"
 
@@ -424,7 +424,7 @@
 #. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists,
 #. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page
 #: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:167
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1444
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1435
 msgid "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST"
 msgstr "http://fr.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST"
 
@@ -438,7 +438,7 @@
 #. from YaST logs.
 #.
 #. @param [String] error_text (e.g., "Client inst_abc returned invalid data.")
-#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:226
+#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:222
 msgid "Installation Error"
 msgstr "Erreur lors de l'installation"
 
@@ -461,7 +461,7 @@
 msgstr "Suppression de la mémoire du paquet '%s'"
 
 #. error report
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1253
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1244
 msgid "No workflow defined for this installation mode."
 msgstr "Pas de procédure définie pour ce mode d'installation."
 
@@ -474,7 +474,7 @@
 #. button label
 #. Button that will continue with the installation
 #: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:183
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:737
 msgid "&Continue Installation"
 msgstr "&Continuer l'installation"
 
@@ -482,7 +482,7 @@
 #. button label
 #. Button that will really abort the installation
 #: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:185
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:735
 msgid "&Abort Installation"
 msgstr "&Interrompre l'installation"
 
@@ -524,13 +524,13 @@
 
 #. make sure that every workflow is merged only once
 #. bugzilla #332436
-#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1315
+#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1306
 msgid "An internal error occurred when integrating additional workflow."
 msgstr "Une erreur interne s'est produite lors de l'intégration du processus supplémentaire."
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__339
 #. message popup, %1 is a label of some widget
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:677
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:691
 msgid "The value of %1 is invalid."
 msgstr "La valeur de %1 est incorrecte."
 
@@ -578,7 +578,7 @@
 #. radio button
 #: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:255
 #: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:267
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:315
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:314
 msgid "During Boot"
 msgstr "Lors de l'amorçage"
 
@@ -588,7 +588,7 @@
 #. radio button
 #: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:257
 #: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:269
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:322
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:321
 msgid "Manually"
 msgstr "Manuellement"
 
@@ -600,24 +600,24 @@
 
 # TLABEL cups_2002_01_04_0147__5
 #. radio button
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:329
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:328
 msgid "Via &xinetd"
 msgstr "Via &xinetd"
 
 #. frame
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:374
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:373
 msgid "Service Start"
 msgstr "Démarrer le service"
 
 # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__262
 #. service status - label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:465
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:464
 msgid "Service is running"
 msgstr "Service en cours d'exécution"
 
 # TLABEL runlevel_2002_03_14_2340__6
 #. service status - label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:471
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:470
 msgid "Service is not running"
 msgstr "Service non en cours d'exécution"
 
@@ -627,7 +627,7 @@
 #. %1 is eg. "Start the Service Now"
 #. %2 is eg. "Stop the Service Now"
 #. (both without quotes)
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:504
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:503
 msgid ""
 "<p><b><big>Switch On or Off</big></b><br>\n"
 "To start or stop the service immediately, use \n"
@@ -641,7 +641,7 @@
 #. %3 is push button label, eg. "Save Changes and Restart Service Now"
 #. (without quotes)
 #. note: %3 is correct, do not replace with %1!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:516
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:515
 msgid ""
 "<p>To save all changes and restart the\n"
 "service immediately, use <b>%3</b>.</p>\n"
@@ -651,54 +651,54 @@
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__74
 #. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:531
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:530
 msgid "Start the Service Now"
 msgstr "Démarrer le service maintenant"
 
 # TLABEL runlevel_2002_08_07_0216__3
 #. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:533
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:532
 msgid "Stop the Service Now"
 msgstr "Arrêter le service maintenant"
 
 # TLABEL firewall_2002_03_14_2340__7
 #. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:535
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:534
 msgid "Save Changes and Restart Service Now"
 msgstr "Enregistrer les modifications et redémarrer le service maintenant"
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__74
 #. push button for immediate service starting
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:577
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:575
 msgid "&Start the Service Now"
 msgstr "&Démarrer le service maintenant"
 
 # TLABEL runlevel_2002_08_07_0216__3
 #. push button for immediate service stopping
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:584
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:582
 msgid "S&top the Service Now"
 msgstr "&Arrêter le service maintenant"
 
 # TLABEL firewall_2002_03_14_2340__7
 #. push button for immediate saving of the settings and service starting
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:591
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:589
 msgid "S&ave Changes and Restart Service Now"
 msgstr "&Enregistrer les modifications et démarrer le service maintenant"
 
 #. Frame label (stoping starting service)
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:614
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:612
 msgid "Switch On and Off"
 msgstr "Marche et Arrêt"
 
 # TLABEL nis_server_2002_01_04_0147__18
 #. Current status
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:620
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:618
 msgid "Current Status: "
 msgstr "État actuel : "
 
 #. help text for LDAP enablement widget
 #. %1 is button label, eg. "LDAP Support Active" (without quotes)
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:730
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:728
 msgid ""
 "<p><b><big>LDAP Support</big></b><br>\n"
 "To store the settings in LDAP instead of native configuration files,\n"
@@ -710,13 +710,13 @@
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__452
 #. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:743
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:741
 msgid "LDAP Support Active"
 msgstr "Support LDAP actif"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__8
 #. check box
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:772
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:769
 msgid "&LDAP Support Active"
 msgstr "Support &LDAP actif"
 
@@ -729,7 +729,7 @@
 #. push button
 #. push button
 #. Button label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:370
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:372
 #: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:940
 #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:166
 msgid "&Up"
@@ -737,7 +737,7 @@
 
 #. push button
 #. push button
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:372
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:374
 #: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:942
 msgid "&Down"
 msgstr "&Descendre"
@@ -783,12 +783,12 @@
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__270
 #. error report
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:368
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:366
 msgid "The TSIG key ID was not specified."
 msgstr "L'ID de la clé TSIG n'a pas été spécifié."
 
 #. yes-no popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:375
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:373
 msgid ""
 "The key with the specified ID exists and is used.\n"
 "Remove it?"
@@ -797,7 +797,7 @@
 "La supprimer ?"
 
 #. yes-no popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:395
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:393
 msgid ""
 "A key with the specified ID was found\n"
 "on your disk. Remove it?"
@@ -807,28 +807,28 @@
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__18
 #. yes-no popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:420
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:418
 msgid "The key will be created now. Continue?"
 msgstr "La clé va être créée maintenant. Continuer ?"
 
 # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__106
 #. error report
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:436
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:434
 msgid "Creating the TSIG key failed."
 msgstr "La création de la clé TSIG a échoué."
 
 #. message popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:446
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:444
 msgid "The specified file does not exist."
 msgstr "Le fichier spécifié n'existe pas."
 
 #. message popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:452
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:450
 msgid "The specified file does not contain any TSIG key."
 msgstr "Le fichier spécifié ne contient pas de clé TSIG."
 
 #. yes-no popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:462
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:460
 msgid ""
 "The specified file contains a TSIG key with the same\n"
 "identifier as some of already present keys.\n"
@@ -839,7 +839,7 @@
 "Les anciennes clés seront supprimées. Continuer ?"
 
 #. tsig keys management dialog help 1/4
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:565
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:563
 msgid ""
 "<p><big><b>TSIG Key Management</b></big><br>\n"
 "Use this dialog to manage the TSIG keys.</p>\n"
@@ -848,7 +848,7 @@
 "Utilisez ce dialogue pour administrer les clés TSIG.</p>\n"
 
 #. tsig keys management dialog help 2/4
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:569
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:567
 msgid ""
 "<p><big><b>Adding an Existing TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n"
 "To add an already created TSIG key, select a <b>Filename</b> of the file\n"
@@ -859,7 +859,7 @@
 "qui contient la clé, puis cliquez sur <b>Ajouter</b>.</p>\n"
 
 #. tsig keys management dialog help 3/4
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:575
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:573
 msgid ""
 "<p><big><b>Creating a New TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n"
 "To create a new TSIG key, set the <b>Filename</b> of the file in which to\n"
@@ -872,7 +872,7 @@
 "<b>Générer</b>.</p>\n"
 
 #. tsig keys management dialog help 4/4
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:582
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:580
 msgid ""
 "<p><big><b>Removing a TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n"
 "To remove a configured TSIG key, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.\n"
@@ -891,29 +891,29 @@
 
 # TLABEL users_2002_01_04_0147__44
 #. Frame label - adding a created server key
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:594
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:592
 msgid "Add an Existing TSIG Key"
 msgstr "Ajouter une clé TSIG existante"
 
 # TLABEL printconf_2002_01_04_0147__81
 #. Frame label - creating a new server key
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:643
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:641
 msgid "Create a New TSIG Key"
 msgstr "Créer une nouvelle clé TSIG"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__93
 #. text entry
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:655
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:653
 msgid "&Key ID"
 msgstr "&ID de clé"
 
 #. push button
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:687
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:685
 msgid "&Generate"
 msgstr "&Générer"
 
 #. Table header - in fact label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:699
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:697
 msgid "Current TSIG Keys"
 msgstr "Clés TSIG actuelles"
 
@@ -922,7 +922,7 @@
 #. table header - GPG key ID
 #. table header - GPG key ID
 #. GnuPG key ID used as "Key ID: 1144AAAA444"
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:707
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:705
 #: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:192
 #: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:224
 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:57
@@ -931,25 +931,25 @@
 
 # TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__95
 #. Table header item - DNS key listing
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:709
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:707
 msgid "Filename"
 msgstr "Nom de fichier"
 
 # TLABEL cups_2002_01_04_0147__223
 #. combobox header
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:487
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:484
 msgid "&Selected Option"
 msgstr "Option &sélectionnée"
 
 # TLABEL x11_2002_01_04_0147__1
 #. heading / label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:536
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:533
 msgid "Current Option: "
 msgstr "Option actuelle :"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__385
 #. error report
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:720
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:717
 msgid "The selected option is already present."
 msgstr "L'option sélectionnée est déjà présente."
 
@@ -1017,21 +1017,21 @@
 
 # TLABEL rpm-groups_2002_03_14_2340__77
 #. menu button
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:209
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:204
 msgid "&Other"
 msgstr "&Autre"
 
 # TLABEL runlevel_2002_03_14_2340__5
 #. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured
 #. device
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:509
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:504
 msgid "The device is not configured"
 msgstr "Le périphérique n'est pas configuré."
 
 # TLABEL printconf_2002_01_04_0147__152
 #. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured
 #. device
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:512
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:507
 msgid "Press <B>Edit</B> to configure"
 msgstr "Cliquer sur <B>Modifier</B> pour configurer"
 
@@ -1179,9 +1179,91 @@
 "<p>Dans certains environnements, toutes ou certaines des\n"
 "touches de fonction (F) ne sont pas disponibles.</p>"
 
+#. @param service [Object] An object providing the following methods:
+#. #name, #start, #stop, #enabled?, #running?
+#. For systemd compliant services, just do
+#. Yast::SystemdService.find("name_of_the_service")
+#. Note that this widget will #start and #stop the service by itself but
+#. the actions referenced by the flags (reloading and enabling/disabling)
+#. are expected to be done by the caller, when the whole configuration is
+#. written.
+#. @param reload_flag [Boolean] Initial value for the "reload" checkbox.
+#. Keep in mind it will always be displayed as unchecked if the service
+#. is not running, despite the real value.
+#. @param reload_flag_label [Symbol] Type of label for the "reload" checkbox.
+#. :reload means the service will be reloaded.
+#. :restart means the service will be restarted.
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:59
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Reload After Saving Settings"
+msgid "Restart After Saving Settings"
+msgstr "Rechargement après sauvegarde des paramètres"
+
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:61
+msgid "Reload After Saving Settings"
+msgstr "Rechargement après sauvegarde des paramètres"
+
+#. @return [YaST::Term]
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:68
+msgid "Service Status"
+msgstr "État du service "
+
+#. Content for the help
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:129
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p><b><big>Current status</big></b><br>\n"
+#| "Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.</p>\n"
+#| "<p><b><big>Reload After Saving Settings</big></b><br>\n"
+#| "Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (via 'ok' or 'save' buttons).</p>\n"
+#| "<p><b><big>Start During System Boot</big></b><br>\n"
+#| "Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.</p>\n"
+msgid ""
+"<p><b><big>Current status</big></b><br>\n"
+"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>%{reload_label}</big></b><br>\n"
+"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (either finishing the dialog or pressing the apply button).</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Start During System Boot</big></b><br>\n"
+"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b><big>État actuel</big></b><br>\n"
+"Affiche l'état actuel du service. L'état restera le même après la sauvegarde des paramètres, indépendamment de la valeur de 'lancer le service durant le démarrage'</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Rechargement après sauvegarde des paramètres</big></b><br>\n"
+"Seulement applicable si le service est actuellement en fonctionnement. S'assure que le service en cours recharge la nouvelle configuration après l'avoir enregistré (via les boutons 'ok' ou 'enregistrer').</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Lancer au démarrage du système</big></b><br>\n"
+"Cochez cette option pour activer le service durant le démarrage du système. Décochez pour désactiver le service. Cela n'affecte pas l'état actuel du service dans le système en cours de fonctionnement.</p>\n"
+
+#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:155
+msgid "Current status:"
+msgstr "État actuel :"
+
+#. Widget to configure the status on boot
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:168
+msgid "Start During System Boot"
+msgstr "Lancer au démarrage du système"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:192
+msgid "running"
+msgstr "en cours"
+
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:194
+msgid "Stop now"
+msgstr "Arrêter maintenant"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:199
+msgid "stopped"
+msgstr "arrêté"
+
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:201
+msgid "Start now"
+msgstr "Commencer maintenant"
+
 #. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons)
 #. %1 is the filesystem path
-#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:292
+#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:287
 msgid ""
 "Although the path %1 exists, it is not a directory.\n"
 "Continue or cancel the operation?\n"
@@ -1191,7 +1273,7 @@
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: question popup (with yes / no buttons). A user entered non-existent path
 #. for a share, %1 is entered path
-#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:306
+#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:300
 msgid ""
 "The path %1 does not exist.\n"
 "Create it now?\n"
@@ -1201,7 +1283,7 @@
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons)
 #. %1 is the name (path) of the directory
-#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:325
+#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:319
 msgid ""
 "Failed to create the directory %1.\n"
 "Continue or cancel the current operation?\n"
@@ -1411,7 +1493,7 @@
 #. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed
 #. PushButton label
 #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:664
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:665
 #: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:126
 msgid "&Skip"
 msgstr "&Ignorer"
@@ -1438,7 +1520,7 @@
 #. TextEntry Label
 #. textentry label
 #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2230
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2221
 msgid "&Password"
 msgstr "Mot de &passe"
 
@@ -1681,30 +1763,30 @@
 
 # TLABEL wizard_2002_01_04_0147__14
 #. Confirm user request to abort installation
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:740
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:733
 msgid "Really abort the installation?"
 msgstr "Faut-il vraiment interrompre l'installation ?"
 
 # TLABEL restore_2002_08_07_0216__92
 #. Confirm user request to abort System Repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742
 msgid "Really abort YaST System Repair?"
 msgstr "Faut-il vraiment annuler la réparation YaST du système ?"
 
 #. Button that will really abort the repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:751
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744
 msgid "Abort System Repair"
 msgstr "Annuler la réparation du système"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_03_14_2340__1
 #. Button that will continue with the repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:753
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:746
 msgid "&Continue System Repair"
 msgstr "&Continuer la réparation du système"
 
 # TLABEL wizard_2002_01_04_0147__11
 #. Warning text for aborting an installation before anything is installed
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:756
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749
 msgid ""
 "If you abort the installation now,\n"
 "Linux will not be installed.\n"
@@ -1718,7 +1800,7 @@
 #. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process
 #. - After some installation steps have been performed - e.g.
 #. disks formatted / some packages already installed
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:766
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:759
 msgid ""
 "If you abort the installation now, you will\n"
 "have an incomplete Linux system\n"
@@ -1733,7 +1815,7 @@
 # TLABEL wizard_2002_01_04_0147__13
 #. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process
 #. right in the middle of some critical process (e.g. formatting)
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:775
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:768
 msgid ""
 "If you abort the installation now,\n"
 "Linux will be unusable.\n"
@@ -1745,20 +1827,20 @@
 
 # TLABEL wizard_2002_01_04_0147__17
 #. Confirm aborting the program
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:829
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:822
 msgid "Really abort?"
 msgstr "Faut-il vraiment interrompre ?"
 
 # TLABEL wizard_2002_01_04_0147__18
 #. Additional hint when trying to abort program in spite of changes
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:837
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:830
 msgid "All changes will be lost!"
 msgstr "Toutes les modifications seront perdues !"
 
 # TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__137
 #. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later
 #. button label
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:867
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:860
 msgid "&Details..."
 msgstr "&Détails..."
 
@@ -1789,7 +1871,7 @@
 #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157
 #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171
 #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:86
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:90
 #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101
 msgid "Yes"
 msgstr "Oui"
@@ -1801,7 +1883,7 @@
 #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157
 #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171
 #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:85
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:89
 #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101
 msgid "No"
 msgstr "Non"
@@ -1876,21 +1958,21 @@
 
 # TLABEL base_2002_08_07_0216__14
 #. translators: warnings summary header
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:662
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:664
 msgid "Warning:"
 msgstr "Avertissement :"
 
 # TLABEL base_2002_08_07_0216__15
 #. translators: errors summary header
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:679
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:681
 msgid "Error:"
 msgstr "Erreur :"
 
 # TLABEL base_2002_08_07_0216__16
 #. translators: message summary header
 #. translators: message summary header
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:696
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:713
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:698
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:715
 msgid "Message:"
 msgstr "Message :"
 
@@ -1949,7 +2031,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__99
 #. translators: Tree header
-#: library/general/src/modules/ValueBrowser.rb:153
+#: library/general/src/modules/ValueBrowser.rb:152
 msgid "&Variable"
 msgstr "&Variable"
 
@@ -2048,7 +2130,7 @@
 msgstr "Entrer la phrase secrète"
 
 #. ask for the passphrase in the commandline (interactive) mode
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:380
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:382
 msgid "Enter Passphrase to Unlock GPG Key %1: "
 msgstr "Entrez la phrase secrète pour déverrouiller la clé GPG %1 :"
 
@@ -2160,6 +2242,251 @@
 msgid "Error occurred while reading the log."
 msgstr "Une erreur s'est produite à la lecture du journal."
 
+# TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__54
+#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:514
+msgid "Unknown Zone"
+msgstr "Zone inconnue"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:946
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:1022
+msgid ""
+"Interface '%1' is not assigned to any firewall zone.\n"
+"Run YaST2 Firewall and assign it.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"L'interface '%1' n'est assignée à aucune zone pare-feu.\n"
+"Exécutez YaST2 Firewall et assignez-la.\n"
+
+# TLABEL printconf_2002_01_04_0147__143
+#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:119
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:100
+msgid "External Zone"
+msgstr "Zone externe"
+
+# TLABEL cups_2002_01_04_0147__153
+#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:123
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:106
+msgid "Internal Zone"
+msgstr "Zone interne"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:127
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:94
+msgid "Demilitarized Zone"
+msgstr "Zone démilitarisée"
+
+# TLABEL online_update_2002_01_04_0147__21
+#. protocol name
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:250
+msgid "TCP"
+msgstr "TCP"
+
+#. protocol name
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:252
+msgid "UDP"
+msgstr "UDP"
+
+#. protocol name
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:254
+msgid "RPC"
+msgstr "RPC"
+
+# TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__132
+#. protocol name
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:256
+msgid "IP"
+msgstr "IP"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1066
+msgid ""
+"Interface '%1' is included in multiple firewall zones.\n"
+"Continuing with configuration can produce errors.\n"
+"\n"
+"It is recommended to leave the configuration and repair it manually in\n"
+"the file '/etc/sysconfig/SuSEFirewall'."
+msgstr ""
+"L'interface '%1' est incluse dans des zones pare-feu multiples.\n"
+"Continuer la configuration peut provoquer des erreurs.\n"
+"\n"
+"Il est recommandé de quitter la configuration et de procéder à une réparation\n"
+"manuelle dans le fichier '/etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall'."
+
+# TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__310
+#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1543
+msgid "Initializing Firewall Configuration"
+msgstr "Initialisation de la configuration du pare-feu"
+
+# TLABEL tv_2002_03_14_2340__15
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1551
+msgid "Check for network devices"
+msgstr "Recherche des périphériques réseau"
+
+# TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__311
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1553
+msgid "Read current configuration"
+msgstr "Lire la configuration actuelle"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1555
+msgid "Check possibly conflicting services"
+msgstr "Recherche d'éventuels services en conflit"
+
+# TLABEL tv_2002_03_14_2340__18
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1559
+msgid "Checking for network devices..."
+msgstr "Recherche des périphériques réseau..."
+
+# TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__317
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1561
+msgid "Reading current configuration..."
+msgstr "Lecture de la configuration actuelle..."
+
+# TLABEL restore_2002_08_07_0216__43
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1563
+msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..."
+msgstr "Recherche d'éventuels services en conflit..."
+
+# TLABEL firewall_2002_03_14_2340__1
+#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1702
+msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration"
+msgstr "Écriture de la configuration du pare-feu"
+
+# TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__328
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1710
+msgid "Write firewall settings"
+msgstr "Écriture des paramètres du pare-feu"
+
+# TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__279
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1712
+msgid "Adjust firewall service"
+msgstr "Réglage du service pare-feu"
+
+# TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__299
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1716
+msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
+msgstr "Écriture des paramètres du pare-feu..."
+
+# TLABEL inetd_2002_08_07_0216__3
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1718
+msgid "Adjusting firewall service..."
+msgstr "Réglage du service pare-feu..."
+
+# TLABEL firewall_2002_08_07_0216__0
+#. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1737
+msgid "Writing settings failed"
+msgstr "Échec lors de l'écriture des paramètres"
+
+#. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:2392
+msgid "Unknown protocol (%1)"
+msgstr "Protocole inconnu (%1)"
+
+#. Returns service definition.
+#. See @services for the format.
+#. If *silent* is `false` (the default), the method throws an exception
+#. {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} if service is not found on disk.
+#.
+#. @param [String] service name (including the "service:" prefix)
+#. @param [String] (optional) whether to silently return nil
+#. when service is not found (default false)
+#. @api private
+#. Immediately writes the configuration of service defined by package to the
+#. service definition file. Service must be defined by package, this function
+#. doesn't work for hard-coded services (SuSEFirewallServices).
+#. Function throws an exception {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound}
+#. if service is not known (undefined) or it is not a service
+#. defined by package.
+#.
+#. @param [String] service ID (e.g., "service:ssh")
+#. @param [Hash{String => Array<String>] store_definition of full service definition
+#. @return [Boolean] if successful (nil in case of developer's mistake)
+#.
+#. @see #IsKnownService
+#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage
+#.
+#. @example
+#. SetNeededPortsAndProtocols (
+#. "service:something",
+#. {
+#. "tcp_ports"      => [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ],
+#. "udp_ports"      => [ ],
+#. "rpc_ports"      => [ "portmap", "ypbind" ],
+#. "ip_protocols"   => [ "esp" ],
+#. "broadcast_ports"=> [ ],
+#. }
+#. )
+#. If service description is the default one then we know that we haven't read the service
+#. information just yet. Lets do it now
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:340
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:497
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalldservices.rb:127
+msgid "Service with name '%{service_name}' does not exist"
+msgstr "Le service nommé '%{service_name}' n'existe pas"
+
+#. Fallback for presented service
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:411
+msgid "Service: %{filename}"
+msgstr "Service : %{filename}"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:91
+msgid "Block Zone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:97
+msgid "Drop Zone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:103
+msgid "Home Zone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:109
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "GPG Public Keys"
+msgid "Public Zone"
+msgstr "Clés publiques GPG"
+
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:112
+msgid "Trusted Zone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:115
+msgid "Work Zone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. A good default description for all services. We will use that to
+#. determine if the service has been populated or not.
+#.
+#. @param service_name [String] The service name
+#. @return [String] Default description for service
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalldservices.rb:149
+msgid "The %{service_name} Service"
+msgstr ""
+
+# TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__265
+#. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nfs-server
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewallservices.rb:73
+msgid "Unknown service '%1'"
+msgstr "Servie '%1' inconnu"
+
 # TLABEL sound_2002_01_04_0147__36
 #. label
 #: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:109
@@ -2205,13 +2532,13 @@
 msgstr "L'interface n'est assignée à aucune zone."
 
 #. transaltors: selection box title
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:412
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:407
 msgid "&Network Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall"
 msgstr "Interfaces &réseau avec port ouvert dans le pare-feu"
 
 #. Check the INT zone, it's not protected by default
 #. See bnc #382686
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:499
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:494
 msgid ""
 "These network interfaces assigned to internal network cannot be deselected:\n"
 "%1\n"
@@ -2220,7 +2547,7 @@
 "%1\n"
 
 #. question popup
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:520
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:515
 msgid ""
 "No interface is selected. Service will not\n"
 "be available for other computers.\n"
@@ -2234,7 +2561,7 @@
 "Continuer ?"
 
 #. yes-no popup
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:550
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:545
 msgid ""
 "Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\n"
 "on the following interfaces will additionally be open:\n"
@@ -2250,8 +2577,8 @@
 
 #. yes-no popup
 #. yes-no popup
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:569
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:623
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:564
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:619
 msgid ""
 "Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\n"
 "on the following interfaces cannot be opened:\n"
@@ -2266,24 +2593,24 @@
 "Continuer ?"
 
 #. translators: selection box title
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:713
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:701
 msgid "Network &Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall"
 msgstr "&Interfaces réseau avec port ouvert dans le pare-feu"
 
 # TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__51
 #. push button to select all network intefaces for firewall
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:725
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:713
 msgid "Select &All"
 msgstr "&Tout sélectionner"
 
 # TLABEL scanner_2002_01_04_0147__55
 #. push button to deselect all network intefaces for firewall
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:733
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:721
 msgid "Select &None"
 msgstr "Sélectionner &aucun"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details}
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:828
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:816
 msgid ""
 "Error checking service status:\n"
 "%{details}"
@@ -2292,7 +2619,7 @@
 "%{details}"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details}
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:862
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:850
 msgid ""
 "Error setting service status:\n"
 "%{details}"
@@ -2303,7 +2630,7 @@
 # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__47
 #. help text for firewall settings widget 1/3,
 #. %1 is check box label, eg. "Open Port in Firewall" (without quotes)
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:998
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:983
 msgid ""
 "<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>\n"
 "To open the firewall to allow access to the service from remote computers,\n"
@@ -2316,7 +2643,7 @@
 #. help text for firewall port openning widget 2/3, optional
 #. %1 is push button label, eg. "Firewall &Details" (without quotes)
 #. note: %2 is correct, do not replace with %1!!!
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1009
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:994
 msgid ""
 "To select interfaces on which to open the port,\n"
 "click <b>%2</b>.<br>"
@@ -2325,7 +2652,7 @@
 "cliquez sur <b>%2</b>.<br>"
 
 #. help text for firewall settings widget 3/3,
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1017
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1002
 msgid ""
 "This option is available only if the firewall\n"
 "is enabled.</p>"
@@ -2335,34 +2662,36 @@
 
 # TLABEL firewall_2002_03_14_2340__15
 #. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1029
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1014
 msgid "Open Port in Firewall"
 msgstr "Ouvrir port dans pare-feu"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__279
 #. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1031
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1016
 msgid "Firewall Details"
 msgstr "Détails du pare-feu"
 
 # TLABEL firewall_2002_08_07_0216__4
 #. check box
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1063
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1047
 msgid "Open Port in &Firewall"
 msgstr "Ouvrir port dans &pare-feu"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__279
 #. push button
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1070
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1054
 msgid "Firewall &Details..."
 msgstr "&Détails du pare-feu..."
 
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1098
-msgid "Firewall Settings"
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1082
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Firewall Settings"
+msgid "Firewall Settings for %{firewall}"
 msgstr "Paramètres du pare-feu"
 
 #. label text
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1105
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1089
 msgid "Firewall is open"
 msgstr "Pare-feu est ouvert"
 
@@ -2370,16 +2699,16 @@
 #. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard
 #. Device type label
 #. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:406
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1201
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1212
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:415
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256
 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108
 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198
 msgid "Modem"
 msgstr "Modem"
 
 # TLABEL hwinfo_2002_01_04_0147__39
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:411
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:420
 msgid "Network Card"
 msgstr "Carte réseau"
 
@@ -2388,28 +2717,28 @@
 #. Device type label
 #. Device type label
 #. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:416
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1146
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1184
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:425
 #: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1205
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1228
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249
 msgid "ISDN"
 msgstr "RNIS (ISDN)"
 
 # TLABEL support_2002_01_04_0147__15
 #. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:421
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1153
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:430
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197
 msgid "DSL"
 msgstr "DSL"
 
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:423
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:487
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:488
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:760
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:761
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:996
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:998
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:432
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:480
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:481
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:753
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:754
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:989
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:990
 msgid "Unknown"
 msgstr "Inconnu"
 
@@ -2420,173 +2749,173 @@
 #. are represented as its sub-interfaces.
 #. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface"
 #. :-(
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1122
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1166
 msgid "Additional Address"
 msgstr "Adresse supplémentaire"
 
 #. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171
 msgid "ARCnet"
 msgstr "ARCnet"
 
 # TLABEL hwinfo_2002_01_04_0147__39
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171
 msgid "ARCnet Network Card"
 msgstr "Carte réseau ARCnet"
 
 #. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1130
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1174
 msgid "ATM"
 msgstr "TTA (ATM)"
 
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1131
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175
 msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)"
 msgstr "Technologie temporelle asynchrone (TTA) (Asynchronous Transfer Mode, ATM)"
 
 # TLABEL rpm-groups_2002_03_14_2340__12
 #. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1135
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1179
 msgid "Bluetooth"
 msgstr "Bluetooth"
 
 # TLABEL printconf_2002_01_04_0147__63
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180
 msgid "Bluetooth Connection"
 msgstr "Connexion bluetooth"
 
 #. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1139
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1183
 msgid "Bond"
 msgstr "Bond"
 
 # TLABEL nis_server_2002_01_04_0147__77
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1139
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1183
 msgid "Bond Network"
 msgstr "Réseau Bond"
 
 #. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1142
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186
 msgid "CLAW"
 msgstr "CLAW"
 
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1143
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187
 msgid "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)"
 msgstr "Liaison commune d'accès à la station de travail (CLAW)"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__173
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1146
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190
 msgid "ISDN Card"
 msgstr "Carte RNIS (ISDN)"
 
 # TLABEL country_2002_08_07_0216__101
 #. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1149
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193
 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223
 msgid "CTC"
 msgstr "CTC"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__132
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1150
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194
 msgid "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)"
 msgstr "Interface canal à canal (CTC)"
 
 # TLABEL printconf_2002_01_04_0147__63
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1153
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197
 msgid "DSL Connection"
 msgstr "Connexion DSL"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__125
 #. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199
 msgid "Dummy"
 msgstr "Pseudo"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__120
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199
 msgid "Dummy Network Device"
 msgstr "Pseudo périphérique réseau"
 
 #. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202
 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227
 msgid "ESCON"
 msgstr "ESCON"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__41
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1159
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203
 msgid "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)"
 msgstr "Connecteur système entreprise (ESCON)"
 
 # TLABEL hwinfo_2002_01_04_0147__149
 #. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1163
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1207
 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220
 msgid "Ethernet"
 msgstr "Ethernet"
 
 # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__351
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208
 msgid "Ethernet Network Card"
 msgstr "Carte réseau Ethernet"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__127
 #. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1167
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1211
 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222
 msgid "FDDI"
 msgstr "FDDI"
 
 # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__351
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1167
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1211
 msgid "FDDI Network Card"
 msgstr "Carte réseau FDDI"
 
 #. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1170
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1214
 msgid "FICON"
 msgstr "FICON"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__41
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1215
 msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)"
 msgstr "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)"
 
 #. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1219
 msgid "HIPPI"
 msgstr "HIPPI"
 
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220
 msgid "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)"
 msgstr "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__131
 #. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1224
 msgid "Hipersockets"
 msgstr "HiperSockets"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__131
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225
 msgid "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)"
 msgstr "Interface HiperSockets (HSI)"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__62
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1184
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1205
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1228
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249
 msgid "ISDN Connection"
 msgstr "Connexion RNIS (ISDN)"
 
 #. Device type label
 #. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1188
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232
 msgid "IrDA"
 msgstr "IrDA"
 
 # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__264
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230
 msgid "Infrared Network Device"
 msgstr "Périphérique réseau infrarouge"
 
@@ -2594,193 +2923,193 @@
 # Shorten translated string; agreed by flermen 2001-01-27.
 # 2001-01-29 11:13:40 CET -ke-
 # TLABEL modules/inst_custom_part.ycp:2168
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1188
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232
 msgid "Infrared Device"
 msgstr "Périphérique infrarouge"
 
 #. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237
 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224
 msgid "IUCV"
 msgstr "IUCV"
 
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1238
 msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)"
 msgstr "Véhicule de communication inter-utilisateurs (IUCV)"
 
 #. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241
 msgid "OSA LCS"
 msgstr "LCS OSA"
 
 # TLABEL hwinfo_2002_01_04_0147__39
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241
 msgid "OSA LCS Network Card"
 msgstr "Carte réseau LCS OSA"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__124
 #. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243
 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219
 msgid "Loopback"
 msgstr "Loopback"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__121
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243
 msgid "Loopback Device"
 msgstr "Périphérique loopback"
 
 #. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247
 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228
 msgid "Myrinet"
 msgstr "Myrinet"
 
 # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__351
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247
 msgid "Myrinet Network Card"
 msgstr "Carte réseau Myrinet"
 
 # TLABEL printconf_2002_01_04_0147__1
 #. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252
 msgid "Parallel Line"
 msgstr "Ligne parallèle"
 
 # TLABEL printconf_2002_01_04_0147__184
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1209
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253
 msgid "Parallel Line Connection"
 msgstr "Connexion de la ligne parallèle"
 
 #. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1215
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1259
 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226
 msgid "QETH"
 msgstr "QETH"
 
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1216
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1260
 msgid "OSA-Express or QDIO Device (QETH)"
 msgstr "Périphérique OSA-Express ou QDIO (QETH)"
 
 #. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1264
 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4"
 msgstr "IPv6-in-IPv4"
 
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1265
 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device"
 msgstr "Périphérique d'encapsulation IPv6-in-IPv4"
 
 # TLABEL printconf_2002_01_04_0147__3
 #. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1269
 msgid "Serial Line"
 msgstr "Ligne série"
 
 # TLABEL printconf_2002_01_04_0147__185
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1270
 msgid "Serial Line Connection"
 msgstr "Connexion de la ligne série"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__130
 #. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1274
 msgid "Token Ring"
 msgstr "Token Ring (anneau à jeton)"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__273
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1275
 msgid "Token Ring Network Card"
 msgstr "Carte réseau Token Ring"
 
 # TLABEL hwinfo_2002_01_04_0147__154
 #. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1278
 msgid "USB"
 msgstr "USB"
 
 # TLABEL hwinfo_2002_01_04_0147__39
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1278
 msgid "USB Network Device"
 msgstr "Périphérique réseau USB"
 
 #. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1280
 msgid "VMWare"
 msgstr "VMWare"
 
 # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__264
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1280
 msgid "VMWare Network Device"
 msgstr "Périphérique réseau VMWare"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__54
 #. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1283
 msgid "Wireless"
 msgstr "Sans fil"
 
 # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__351
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1240
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1284
 msgid "Wireless Network Card"
 msgstr "Carte réseau sans fil"
 
 #. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1287
 msgid "XPNET"
 msgstr "XPNET"
 
 # TLABEL nis_server_2002_01_04_0147__77
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1287
 msgid "XP Network"
 msgstr "Réseau XP"
 
 #. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1289
 msgid "VLAN"
 msgstr "VLAN"
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_08_07_0216__12
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1289
 msgid "Virtual LAN"
 msgstr "LAN virtuel"
 
 # TLABEL hwinfo_2002_01_04_0147__87
 #. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1291
 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89
 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101
 msgid "Bridge"
 msgstr "Pont"
 
 # TLABEL hwinfo_2002_01_04_0147__39
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1291
 msgid "Network Bridge"
 msgstr "Pont réseau"
 
 #. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1293
 msgid "TUN"
 msgstr "TUN"
 
 # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__264
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1293
 msgid "Network TUNnel"
 msgstr "Réseau TUNnel"
 
 # TLABEL online_update_2002_01_04_0147__21
 #. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1251
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1295
 msgid "TAP"
 msgstr "TAP"
 
 # TLABEL hwinfo_2002_01_04_0147__39
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1251
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1295
 msgid "Network TAP"
 msgstr "Réseau TAP"
 
 #. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1297
 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152
 msgid "InfiniBand"
 msgstr "InfiniBand"
@@ -2789,39 +3118,39 @@
 # Shorten translated string; agreed by flermen 2001-01-27.
 # 2001-01-29 11:13:40 CET -ke-
 # TLABEL modules/inst_custom_part.ycp:2168
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1297
 msgid "InfiniBand Device"
 msgstr "Périphérique InfiniBand"
 
 # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__265
 #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:70
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:71
 msgid "Unknown device"
 msgstr "Périphérique inconnu"
 
 # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__306
 #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that the IP address is assigned via DHCP
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:77
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:80
 msgid "DHCP address"
 msgstr "Adresse DHCP"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: table item, informing that device has no IP address
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:83
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:87
 msgid "No IP address assigned"
 msgstr "Aucune adresse IP n'est assignée"
 
 #. translators: table header - details about the network device
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:105
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:109
 msgid "Device Type"
 msgstr "Type de périphérique"
 
 # TLABEL hwinfo_2002_01_04_0147__8
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:106
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:110
 msgid "Device Name"
 msgstr "Nom du périphérique"
 
 # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__306
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:107
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:111
 msgid "IP Address"
 msgstr "Adresse IP"
 
@@ -2829,43 +3158,43 @@
 # Shorten translated string; agreed by flermen 2001-01-27.
 # 2001-01-29 11:13:40 CET -ke-
 # TLABEL modules/inst_custom_part.ycp:2168
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:108
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:112
 msgid "Device ID"
 msgstr "ID du périphérique"
 
 # TLABEL scanner_2002_01_04_0147__22
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:109
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:113
 msgid "Connected"
 msgstr "Connectée"
 
 # TLABEL nfs_2002_01_04_0147__13
 #. label message
 #. label message
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:191
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:222
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:195
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:226
 msgid "Scanning for hosts on this LAN..."
 msgstr "Recherche d'hôtes dans ce LAN..."
 
 # TLABEL nfs_server_2002_01_04_0147__13
 #. selection box label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:210
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:214
 msgid "&NFS Servers"
 msgstr "Serveurs &NFS"
 
 # TLABEL nfs_2002_01_04_0147__6
 #. selection box label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:234
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:238
 msgid "Re&mote Hosts"
 msgstr "Hôtes di&stants"
 
 # TLABEL wizard_2002_03_14_2340__4
 #. selection box label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:254
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:258
 msgid "&Exported Directories"
 msgstr "Répertoires &exportés"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:280
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:281
 msgid ""
 "Your network interfaces are currently controlled by NetworkManager\n"
 "but the service to configure might not work well with it.\n"
@@ -2880,7 +3209,7 @@
 #. If there is network running, return true.
 #. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false
 #. @return true if network running
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:348
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:346
 msgid ""
 "No running network detected.\n"
 "Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc\n"
@@ -2890,7 +3219,7 @@
 "Redémarrer l'installation et configurer le réseau dans Linuxrc\n"
 "ou continuez sans réseau."
 
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:354
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:352
 msgid ""
 "No running network detected.\n"
 "Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n"
@@ -2913,159 +3242,6 @@
 "Un numéro de port peut être un nombre de 0 à 65535.\n"
 "Aucun espace n'est autorisé.\n"
 
-# TLABEL printconf_2002_01_04_0147__143
-#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:115
-msgid "External Zone"
-msgstr "Zone externe"
-
-# TLABEL cups_2002_01_04_0147__153
-#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:119
-msgid "Internal Zone"
-msgstr "Zone interne"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:123
-msgid "Demilitarized Zone"
-msgstr "Zone démilitarisée"
-
-# TLABEL online_update_2002_01_04_0147__21
-#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:246
-msgid "TCP"
-msgstr "TCP"
-
-#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:248
-msgid "UDP"
-msgstr "UDP"
-
-#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:250
-msgid "RPC"
-msgstr "RPC"
-
-# TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__132
-#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:252
-msgid "IP"
-msgstr "IP"
-
-# TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__54
-#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1158
-msgid "Unknown Zone"
-msgstr "Zone inconnue"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1506
-msgid ""
-"Interface '%1' is included in multiple firewall zones.\n"
-"Continuing with configuration can produce errors.\n"
-"\n"
-"It is recommended to leave the configuration and repair it manually in\n"
-"the file '/etc/sysconfig/SuSEFirewall'."
-msgstr ""
-"L'interface '%1' est incluse dans des zones pare-feu multiples.\n"
-"Continuer la configuration peut provoquer des erreurs.\n"
-"\n"
-"Il est recommandé de quitter la configuration et de procéder à une réparation\n"
-"manuelle dans le fichier '/etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall'."
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
-#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1971
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2047
-msgid ""
-"Interface '%1' is not assigned to any firewall zone.\n"
-"Run YaST2 Firewall and assign it.\n"
-msgstr ""
-"L'interface '%1' n'est assignée à aucune zone pare-feu.\n"
-"Exécutez YaST2 Firewall et assignez-la.\n"
-
-# TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__310
-#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2478
-msgid "Initializing Firewall Configuration"
-msgstr "Initialisation de la configuration du pare-feu"
-
-# TLABEL tv_2002_03_14_2340__15
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2486
-msgid "Check for network devices"
-msgstr "Recherche des périphériques réseau"
-
-# TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__311
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2488
-msgid "Read current configuration"
-msgstr "Lire la configuration actuelle"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2490
-msgid "Check possibly conflicting services"
-msgstr "Recherche d'éventuels services en conflit"
-
-# TLABEL tv_2002_03_14_2340__18
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2494
-msgid "Checking for network devices..."
-msgstr "Recherche des périphériques réseau..."
-
-# TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__317
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2496
-msgid "Reading current configuration..."
-msgstr "Lecture de la configuration actuelle..."
-
-# TLABEL restore_2002_08_07_0216__43
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2498
-msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..."
-msgstr "Recherche d'éventuels services en conflit..."
-
-# TLABEL firewall_2002_03_14_2340__1
-#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2648
-msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration"
-msgstr "Écriture de la configuration du pare-feu"
-
-# TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__328
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2656
-msgid "Write firewall settings"
-msgstr "Écriture des paramètres du pare-feu"
-
-# TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__279
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2658
-msgid "Adjust firewall service"
-msgstr "Réglage du service pare-feu"
-
-# TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__299
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2662
-msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
-msgstr "Écriture des paramètres du pare-feu..."
-
-# TLABEL inetd_2002_08_07_0216__3
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2664
-msgid "Adjusting firewall service..."
-msgstr "Réglage du service pare-feu..."
-
-# TLABEL firewall_2002_08_07_0216__0
-#. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2683
-msgid "Writing settings failed"
-msgstr "Échec lors de l'écriture des paramètres"
-
-#. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3476
-msgid "Unknown protocol (%1)"
-msgstr "Protocole inconnu (%1)"
-
 #. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...)
 #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:167
 msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an internal firewall interface"
@@ -3152,62 +3328,14 @@
 msgid "You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the needed ports on the firewall."
 msgstr "Vous installez un système sur utilisant une cible iSCSI, mais vous n'avez pas ouvert les ports nécessaires dans le pare-feu."
 
-#. Returns service definition.
-#. See @services for the format.
-#. If `silent` is not defined or set to `true`, function throws an exception
-#. SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound if service is not found on disk.
-#.
-#. @param [String] service name
-#. @param [String] (optional) whether to silently return nil
-#. when service is not found (default false)
-#. Immediately writes the configuration of service defined by package to the
-#. service definition file. Service must be defined by package, this function
-#. doesn't work for hard-coded services (SuSEFirewallServices).
-#. Function throws an exception SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound
-#. if service is not known (undefined) or it is not a service
-#. defined by package.
-#.
-#. @param [String] service ID (e.g., "service:ssh")
-#. @param map  of full service definition
-#. @return [Boolean] if successful (nil in case of developer's mistake)
-#.
-#. @see #IsKnownService()
-#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage()
-#.
-#. @example
-#. SetNeededPortsAndProtocols (
-#. "service:something",
-#. $[
-#. "tcp_ports"       : [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ],
-#. "udp_ports"       : [ ],
-#. "rpc_ports"       : [ "portmap", "ypbind" ],
-#. "ip_protocols"    : [ "esp" ],
-#. "broadcast_ports" : [ ],
-#. ]
-#. );
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:354
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:637
-msgid "Service with name '%{service_name}' does not exist"
-msgstr "Le service nommé '%{service_name}' n'existe pas"
-
-#. Fallback for presented service
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:430
-msgid "Service: %{filename}"
-msgstr "Service : %{filename}"
-
-# TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__265
-#. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nis-server
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:503
-msgid "Unknown service '%1'"
-msgstr "Servie '%1' inconnu"
-
 #. the message is followed by list of required packages
 #. Popup Text
-#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:107
+#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:106
 #: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:135
 msgid "These packages need to be installed:"
 msgstr "Ces paquets doivent être installés :"
 
+#. the message is followed by list of required packages
 #. Popup Text
 #: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:109
 #: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:137
@@ -3222,38 +3350,81 @@
 msgid "&Uninstall"
 msgstr "&Désinstaller"
 
+# TLABEL restore_2002_08_07_0216__43
+#. TRANSLATORS: progress bar label
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:78
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..."
+msgid "Checking file conflicts..."
+msgstr "Recherche d'éventuels services en conflit..."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text for the file conflict detection progress
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:89
+msgid "<p>Detecting the file conflicts is in progress.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: An error message, %s is the actual list of detected conflicts
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:134
+msgid ""
+"File conflicts detected, these conflicting files will be overwritten:\n"
+"\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: A popup label, use max. 70 chars per line, use more lines if needed
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:171
+msgid ""
+"File conflicts happen when two packages attempt to install\n"
+"files with the same name but different contents. If you continue\n"
+"the conflicting files will be replaced, losing the previous content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup heading
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:176
+msgid "A File Conflict Detected"
+msgid_plural "File Conflicts Detected"
+msgstr[0] ""
+msgstr[1] ""
+
+#. Convert one message to richtext
+#.
+#. @return [String] Message converted to richtext
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/update_messages_view.rb:35
+msgid "This message will be available at %s"
+msgstr ""
+
 #. --------------------------------------------------------------------------
 #. defaults
 #. at start of file providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:149
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:157
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:150
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:158
 msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..."
 msgstr "Téléchargement du paquet %1 (%2)..."
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_08_07_0216__23
 #. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:161
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:162
 msgid "Downloading Package"
 msgstr "Téléchargement du paquet"
 
 #. error message, %1 is a package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:220
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:221
 msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed."
 msgstr "Le paquet %1 est brisé, la vérification d'intégrité a échoué."
 
 # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__68
 #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
 #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:232
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:447
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:233
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:448
 msgid "Retry installation of the package?"
 msgstr "Voulez-vous recommencer l'installation du paquet ?"
 
 # TLABEL wizard_2002_01_04_0147__14
 #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
 #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:240
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:455
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:241
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:456
 msgid "Abort the installation?"
 msgstr "Voulez-vous abandonner l'installation ?"
 
@@ -3262,15 +3433,15 @@
 #. detail string is appended to the end
 #. error message, %1 is code of the error,
 #. detail string is appended to the end
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:268
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:302
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2143
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:269
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:303
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2136
 msgid "Error: %1:"
 msgstr "Erreur : %1 :"
 
 #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox
 #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:326
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:327
 msgid ""
 "Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n"
 "Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n"
@@ -3280,40 +3451,40 @@
 
 # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__129
 #. At start of package install.
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:364
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:365
 msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..."
 msgstr "Désinstallation du paquet %1 (%2)..."
 
 # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__129
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:366
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:367
 msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..."
 msgstr "Installation du paquet %1 (%2)..."
 
 # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__129
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375
 msgid "Uninstalling Package"
 msgstr "Désinstallation du paquet"
 
 # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__129
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375
 msgid "Installing Package"
 msgstr "Installation du paquet"
 
 # TLABEL online_update_2002_01_04_0147__112
 #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:430
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:431
 msgid "Removal of package %1 failed."
 msgstr "La suppression du paquet %1 a échoué."
 
 # TLABEL online_update_2002_01_04_0147__112
 #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:433
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:434
 msgid "Installation of package %1 failed."
 msgstr "L'installation du paquet %1 a échoué."
 
 #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox
 #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:506
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:507
 msgid ""
 "Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n"
 "The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module."
@@ -3322,7 +3493,7 @@
 "Le système devra être vérifié plus tard en lançant le module de gestion de logiciels."
 
 #. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:575
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:576
 msgid ""
 "<p>The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n"
 "If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n"
@@ -3338,30 +3509,30 @@
 #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media
 #. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>"
 #. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:590
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:591
 msgid "Side A"
 msgstr "Face A"
 
 # TLABEL storage_2002_08_07_0216__50
 #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:593
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:594
 msgid "Side B"
 msgstr "Face B"
 
 # TLABEL cups_2002_01_04_0147__248
 #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:608
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:609
 msgid "%1 (Disc %2)"
 msgstr "%1 (Disque %2)"
 
 #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:611
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:612
 msgid "%1 (Medium %2)"
 msgstr "%1 (Media numéro %2)"
 
 # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__208
 #. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:617
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:618
 msgid ""
 "Insert\n"
 "'%1'"
@@ -3370,7 +3541,7 @@
 "'%1'"
 
 #. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:622
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:623
 msgid ""
 "Cannot access installation media\n"
 "%1\n"
@@ -3383,7 +3554,7 @@
 "Vérifiez que le répertoire est accessible."
 
 #. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:634
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:635
 msgid ""
 "Cannot access installation media \n"
 "%1\n"
@@ -3398,53 +3569,53 @@
 # TLABEL packages_2002_03_14_2340__25
 #. wrong media id, offer "Ignore"
 #. push button label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:659
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1838
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:660
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1835
 msgid "Skip Autorefresh"
 msgstr "Ignorer le rafraichissement automatique"
 
 # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__219
 #. menu button label - used for more then one device
 #. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:678
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:681
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:679
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:682
 msgid "&Eject"
 msgstr "&Éjecter"
 
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:688
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:689
 msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium"
 msgstr "Éjecter a&utomatiquement le CD ou le DVD"
 
 # TLABEL wizard_2002_01_04_0147__14
 #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:755
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:756
 msgid "Retry the installation?"
 msgstr "Voulez-vous recommencer l'installation ?"
 
 #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:763
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:764
 msgid "Skip the medium?"
 msgstr "Voulez-vous ignorer le support ?"
 
 #. otherwise ignore the medium
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:770
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:771
 msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..."
 msgstr "Ignorer le support défectueux..."
 
 #. TextEntry label
 #. TextEntry label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:791
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:847
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:792
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848
 msgid "&URL"
 msgstr "&URL"
 
 #. popup label (%1 is repository URL)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1039
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1040
 msgid "Creating Repository %1"
 msgstr "Création du dépôt %1"
 
 #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1072
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1073
 msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository."
 msgstr "Une erreur s'est produite lors de la création du dépôt."
 
@@ -3452,9 +3623,9 @@
 #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
 #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
 #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1076
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1203
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1313
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1077
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1204
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1314
 msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description."
 msgstr "Impossible d'accéder à la description du dépôt distant."
 
@@ -3462,23 +3633,23 @@
 #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
 #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
 #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1079
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1206
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1316
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1080
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1207
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1317
 msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata."
 msgstr "Une erreur a été détectée pendant l'extraction des nouvelles métadonnées."
 
 #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
 #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
 #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1082
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1209
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1319
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1083
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1210
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1320
 msgid "The repository is not valid."
 msgstr "Le dépôt n'est pas valide."
 
 #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1085
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1086
 msgid "The repository metadata is invalid."
 msgstr "Les métadonnées du dépôt ne sont pas valides."
 
@@ -3486,94 +3657,94 @@
 #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried
 #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried
 #. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1098
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1228
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1332
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2097
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1099
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1229
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1333
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2090
 msgid "Retry?"
 msgstr "Réessayer ?"
 
 #. popup label (%1 is repository URL)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1144
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1152
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1145
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1153
 msgid "Probing Repository %1"
 msgstr "Sondage du dépôt %1"
 
 #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1199
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1200
 msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository."
 msgstr "Une erreur s'est produite lors du sondage du dépôt."
 
 #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1212
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1213
 msgid "Repository probing details."
 msgstr "Détails du sondage du dépôt."
 
 #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1215
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1216
 msgid "Repository metadata is invalid."
 msgstr "Les métadonnées du dépôt ne sont pas valides."
 
 # TLABEL restore_2002_08_07_0216__93
 #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1309
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1310
 msgid "Repository %1"
 msgstr "Dépôt %1"
 
 #. at start of delta providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1397
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1398
 msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..."
 msgstr "Téléchargement du paquet delta RPM %1 (%2)..."
 
 #. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1405
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1406
 msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package"
 msgstr "Téléchargement du paquet delta RPM"
 
 #. at start of delta application
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1418
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1419
 msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..."
 msgstr "Application du paquet delta RPM %1..."
 
 #. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1425
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1426
 msgid "Applying delta RPM package"
 msgstr "Application du paquet delta RPM"
 
 # TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__96
 #. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1427
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3075
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3070
 msgid "Package: "
 msgstr "Paquet :"
 
 #. close popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1493
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1494
 msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..."
 msgstr "Démarrage du script %1 (correctif %2)..."
 
 #. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1503
 msgid "Running Script"
 msgstr "Exécution du script"
 
 #. label, patch name follows
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1507
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508
 msgid "Patch: "
 msgstr "Correctif : "
 
 #. label, script name follows
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1516
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1517
 msgid "Script: "
 msgstr "Script : "
 
 #. label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1522
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1523
 msgid "Output of the Script"
 msgstr "Sortie du script"
 
 #. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1610
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611
 msgid ""
 "Patch: %1\n"
 "\n"
@@ -3582,7 +3753,7 @@
 "\n"
 
 #. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1627
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1628
 msgid ""
 "The repositories are being refreshed.\n"
 "Continue with refreshing?\n"
@@ -3598,41 +3769,41 @@
 
 # TLABEL packages_2002_03_14_2340__25
 #. push button label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1642
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1643
 msgid "&Skip Refresh"
 msgstr "&Ignorer le rafraichissement"
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_08_07_0216__21
 #. heading of popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1676
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1677
 msgid "Downloading"
 msgstr "Téléchargement"
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_08_07_0216__21
 #. message in a progress popup
 #. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1723
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1771
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1724
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1770
 msgid "Downloading: %1"
 msgstr "Téléchargement : %1"
 
 # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__41
 #. heading of popup
 #. heading of popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1872
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1938
 msgid "Checking Package Database"
 msgstr "Vérification de la base de données de paquets"
 
 # TLABEL update_2002_03_14_2340__5
 #. message in a progress popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1878
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875
 msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time."
 msgstr "Reconstruction de la base de données de paquets. Ce processus peut prendre un certain temps."
 
 # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__55
 #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1911
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1908
 msgid ""
 "Rebuilding of package database failed:\n"
 "%1"
@@ -3642,18 +3813,18 @@
 
 # TLABEL update_2002_03_14_2340__5
 #. message in a progress popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1944
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941
 msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time."
 msgstr "Conversion de la base de données des paquets. Ce processus peut prendre un certain temps."
 
 # TLABEL lan_inetd_2002_01_04_0147__28
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1957
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1954
 msgid "Status"
 msgstr "État"
 
 # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__55
 #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1981
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1978
 msgid ""
 "Conversion of package database failed:\n"
 "%1"
@@ -3663,12 +3834,12 @@
 
 # TLABEL tv_2002_03_14_2340__16
 #. progress message (command line mode)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2017
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2014
 msgid "Reading RPM database..."
 msgstr "Lecture de la base de données RPM..."
 
 #. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2027
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2023
 msgid "Reading Installed Packages"
 msgstr "Lecture des paquets installés"
 
@@ -3680,29 +3851,29 @@
 #. `Label(""),
 #. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton())
 #. )
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2033
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2049
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2029
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2045
 msgid "Scanning RPM database..."
 msgstr "Balayage de la base de données RPM..."
 
 # TLABEL online_update_2002_01_04_0147__112
 #. error message, could not read RPM database
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2086
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2079
 msgid "Initialization of the target failed."
 msgstr "Échec de l'initialisation de la cible."
 
 #. status message (command line mode)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2178
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2171
 msgid "RPM database read"
 msgstr "Base de données RPM lue"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__146
 #. heading in a popup window
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2212
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2203
 msgid "User Authentication"
 msgstr "Authentification de l'utilisateur"
 
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2209
 msgid ""
 "URL: %1\n"
 "\n"
@@ -3714,22 +3885,22 @@
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__32
 #. textentry label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2227
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218
 msgid "&User Name"
 msgstr "Nom d'&utilisateur"
 
 # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__220
 #. check box
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3010
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3005
 msgid "Show &details"
 msgstr "Afficher les &détails"
 
 # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__391
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3076
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3071
 msgid "Size: "
 msgstr "Taille :"
 
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3099
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3094
 msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1"
 msgstr "Temps restant avant la nouvelle tentative automatique : %1"
 
@@ -3809,12 +3980,12 @@
 
 # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__129
 #. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:415
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:418
 msgid "Installing required packages failed."
 msgstr "L'installation des paquets nécessaires a échoué."
 
 #. continue/cancel popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:419
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:422
 msgid ""
 "Installing required packages failed. If you continue\n"
 "without installing required packages,\n"
@@ -3825,12 +3996,12 @@
 "YaST pourrait ne pas fonctionner correctement.\n"
 
 #. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:430
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:432
 msgid "Cannot continue without installing required packages."
 msgstr "Impossible de continuer sans installer les paquets requis."
 
 #. continue/cancel popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:435
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:437
 msgid ""
 "If you continue without installing required \n"
 "packages, YaST may not work properly.\n"
@@ -3840,22 +4011,22 @@
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_03_14_2340__37
 #. dialog heading, %1 is package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:152
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:156
 msgid "Confirm Package License: %1"
 msgstr "Confirmer la licence du paquet : %1"
 
 #. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:159
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:163
 msgid "I &Agree"
 msgstr "J'&accepte"
 
 #. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:161
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:165
 msgid "I &Disagree"
 msgstr "Je &refuse"
 
 #. help text
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:173
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:177
 msgid ""
 "<p><b><big>License Confirmation</big></b><br>\n"
 "The package in the headline of the dialog requires an explicit confirmation\n"
@@ -3874,7 +4045,7 @@
 "Pour rejeter la licence du paquet, cliquez sur <b>Je refuse</b>.</p>"
 
 #. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:326
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:347
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n"
@@ -3888,7 +4059,7 @@
 "\t\t gauche. Pour afficher la description d'un élément, sélectionnez-le dans la liste.\n"
 "\t\t </p>"
 
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:333
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:354
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "\t\t Change the status of an item by clicking its status icon\n"
@@ -3902,7 +4073,7 @@
 "\t\t À l'aide du menu contextuel, vous pouvez également changer l'état de tous les éléments.\n"
 "\t\t </p>"
 
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:340
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:361
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "\t\t <b>Details</b> opens the detailed software package selection\n"
@@ -3914,7 +4085,7 @@
 "\t\t où vous pouvez afficher et sélectionner individuellement chaque paquet.\n"
 "\t\t </p>"
 
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:346
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n"
@@ -3935,142 +4106,142 @@
 # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__48
 #. Dialog title
 #. Hint for German translation: "Softwareauswahl und Einsatzzweck des Systems"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:388
 msgid "Software Selection and System Tasks"
 msgstr "Tâches système et sélection de logiciels"
 
 #. don't get all the way out - the user might just have
 #. been scared of the gory details.
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:408
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:429
 msgid "(more)"
 msgstr "(plus)"
 
 # TLABEL online_update_2002_01_04_0147__112
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:424
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:445
 msgid "Installation Successfully Finished"
 msgstr "Installation terminée avec succès"
 
 # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__188
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:426
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:447
 msgid "Package Installation Failed"
 msgstr "Échec de l'installation des paquets"
 
 # TLABEL base_2002_08_07_0216__0
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:438
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:459
 msgid "Error Message: %1"
 msgstr "Message d'erreur : %1"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__78
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:455
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:476
 msgid "Failed Packages: %1"
 msgstr "Paquets échoués : %1"
 
 # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__129
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:474
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:495
 msgid "Installed Packages: %1"
 msgstr "Paquets installés : %1"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__78
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:493
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:514
 msgid "Updated Packages: %1"
 msgstr "Paquets mis à jours : %1"
 
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:512
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:533
 msgid "Removed Packages: %1"
 msgstr "Paquets supprimés : %1"
 
 # TLABEL restore_2002_08_07_0216__97
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:534
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:555
 msgid "Not Installed Packages: %1"
 msgstr "Paquets non installés : %1"
 
 #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:550
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:533
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:534
 msgid "Packages"
 msgstr "Paquets"
 
 # TLABEL lilo_2002_03_14_2340__6
 #. reset the items list
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:561
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:582
 msgid "Elapsed Time: %1"
 msgstr "Temps écoulé : %1"
 
 # TLABEL online_update_2002_01_04_0147__20
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:592
 msgid "Total Installed Size: %1"
 msgstr "Taille totale installé :%1"
 
 # TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__86
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:581
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:602
 msgid "Total Downloaded Size: %1"
 msgstr "Taille totale de téléchargement : %1"
 
 # TLABEL restore_2002_08_07_0216__65
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:590
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:611
 msgid "Statistics"
 msgstr "Statistiques"
 
 # TLABEL online_update_2002_01_04_0147__112
 #. display installation log
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:603
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:691
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:624
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:713
 msgid "Installation log"
 msgstr "Journal d'installation"
 
 # TLABEL cups_2002_03_14_2340__28
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:610
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:631
 msgid "Details"
 msgstr "Détails"
 
 # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__129
 #. open a new wizard dialog if needed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:658
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:679
 msgid "After Installing Packages"
 msgstr "Après l'installation des paquets"
 
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:659
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:681
 msgid "Show This Report"
 msgstr "Afficher ce rapport"
 
 # TLABEL wizard_2002_01_04_0147__26
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:660
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:682
 msgid "Finish"
 msgstr "Terminer"
 
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:661
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:683
 msgid "Continue in the Software Manager"
 msgstr "Continuer dans le gestionnaire de logiciels"
 
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:666
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:688
 msgid "<P><BIG><B>Installation Report</B></BIG><BR>Here is a summary of installed or removed packages.</P>"
 msgstr "<P><BIG><B>Rapport d'installation</B><BIG><BR>Vous trouverez ici un résumé des paquets installés ou supprimés.</P>"
 
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:674
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696
 msgid "Installation Report"
 msgstr "Rapport d''installation"
 
 # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__129
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:718
 msgid "Installed Packages"
 msgstr "Paquets installés"
 
 # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__129
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:701
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:723
 msgid "Updated Packages"
 msgstr "Paquets mis à jour"
 
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:706
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:728
 msgid "Removed Packages"
 msgstr "Paquets supprimés"
 
 # TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__82
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:711
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:733
 msgid "Remaining Packages"
 msgstr "Paquets restants"
 
 #. disabling installation report dialog, inform the user how to enable it back
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:732
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:754
 msgid ""
 "If you want to show this report dialog again edit\n"
 "\n"
@@ -4087,7 +4258,7 @@
 #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name
 #. %2 is a repository name
 #. %3 is URL of the repository
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:463
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:456
 msgid ""
 "The package %1 from repository %2\n"
 "%3\n"
@@ -4108,7 +4279,7 @@
 #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename
 #. %2 is a repository name
 #. %3 is URL of the repository
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:476
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:469
 msgid ""
 "The file %1 from repository %2\n"
 "%3\n"
@@ -4127,16 +4298,16 @@
 "Voulez-vous l'utiliser quand même ?\n"
 
 #. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:500
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:493
 msgid "Unsigned Package"
 msgstr "Paquet non signé"
 
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:502
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:495
 msgid "Unsigned File"
 msgstr "Fichier non signé"
 
 #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:551
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:544
 msgid ""
 "No checksum for package %1 was found in the repository.\n"
 "While the package is part of the signed repository, it is not contained \n"
@@ -4153,7 +4324,7 @@
 "Voulez-vous l'installer quand même ?\n"
 
 #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:561
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:554
 msgid ""
 "No checksum for file %1 was found in the repository.\n"
 "This means that the file is part of the signed repository,\n"
@@ -4171,68 +4342,68 @@
 
 # TLABEL nis_2002_01_04_0147__21
 #. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:579
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:572
 msgid "No Checksum Found"
 msgstr "Somme de  contrôle introuvable"
 
 # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__33
 #. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID
 #. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:622
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:833
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:615
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:826
 msgid "ID: %1"
 msgstr "ID : %1"
 
 #. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key fingerprint
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:631
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:624
 msgid "Fingerprint: %1"
 msgstr "Empreinte digitale : %1"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__400
 #. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:637
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:630
 msgid "Name: %1"
 msgstr "Nom : %1"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__365
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:643
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:636
 msgid "Created: %1"
 msgstr "Créé : %1"
 
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:655
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:648
 msgid "Expires: %1"
 msgstr "Expire : %1"
 
 # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__33
 #. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:671
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:664
 msgid "ID: "
 msgstr "ID : "
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__400
 #. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:677
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:670
 msgid "Name: "
 msgstr "Nom : "
 
 #. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:690
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:683
 msgid "Fingerprint: "
 msgstr "Empreinte : "
 
 # TLABEL printconf_2002_01_04_0147__81
 #. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:701
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:694
 msgid "Created: "
 msgstr "Créé : "
 
 #. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:712
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:705
 msgid "Expires: "
 msgstr "Expire : "
 
 #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:734
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:727
 msgid ""
 "Package %1 from repository %2\n"
 "%3\n"
@@ -4255,7 +4426,7 @@
 "Voulez-vous l'installer quand même ?\n"
 
 #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:747
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:740
 msgid ""
 "File %1 from repository %2\n"
 "%3\n"
@@ -4279,12 +4450,12 @@
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__472
 #. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:771
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:764
 msgid "Validation Check Failed"
 msgstr "Échec du contrôle de validation"
 
 #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:801
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:794
 msgid ""
 "The package %1 is digitally signed\n"
 "with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n"
@@ -4305,7 +4476,7 @@
 "Voulez-vous l'installer quand même ?"
 
 #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:813
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:806
 msgid ""
 "The file %1\n"
 "is digitally signed with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n"
@@ -4327,12 +4498,12 @@
 
 # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__54
 #. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:843
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:836
 msgid "Unknown GnuPG Key"
 msgstr "Clé GnuPG inconnue"
 
 #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:894
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:887
 msgid ""
 "The package %1 is digitally signed\n"
 "with key '%2 (%3)'.\n"
@@ -4355,7 +4526,7 @@
 "de sauter le paquet.\n"
 
 #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:907
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:900
 msgid ""
 "The file %1 is digitally signed\n"
 "with key '%2 (%3)'.\n"
@@ -4378,17 +4549,17 @@
 "de le sauter.\n"
 
 #. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:930
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:923
 msgid "Signed with Untrusted Public Key"
 msgstr "Signé avec la clé publique non sécurisée"
 
 #. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:939
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:932
 msgid "&Trust and Import the Key"
 msgstr "&Faire confiance et importer la clé"
 
 #. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 1/2
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:973
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:966
 msgid ""
 "<p>The owner of the key may distribute updates,\n"
 "packages, and package repositories that your system will trust and offer\n"
@@ -4403,7 +4574,7 @@
 "d'avoir un certain contrôle du logiciel sur votre système.</p>"
 
 #. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 2/2
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:981
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:974
 msgid ""
 "<p>A warning dialog opens for every package that\n"
 "is not signed by a trusted (imported) key. If you do not trust the key,\n"
@@ -4414,7 +4585,7 @@
 "les paquets ou dépôts créés par le propriétaire de la clé ne seront pas utilisés.</p>"
 
 #. popup message - label, part 1, %1 stands for repository name, %2 for its URL
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:991
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:984
 msgid ""
 "The following GnuPG key has been found in repository\n"
 "%1\n"
@@ -4425,7 +4596,7 @@
 "(%2):"
 
 #. popup message - label, part 2
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1002
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:994
 msgid ""
 "You can choose to import it into your keyring of trusted\n"
 "public keys, meaning that you trust the owner of the key.\n"
@@ -4438,23 +4609,23 @@
 "la clé appartient bien à ce propriétaire avant de l'importer."
 
 #. warning label - the key to import is expired
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1014
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1006
 msgid "WARNING: The key has expired!"
 msgstr "ATTENTION : La clé a expiré !"
 
 #. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1042
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1034
 msgid "Import Untrusted GnuPG Key"
 msgstr "Importer la clé GnuPG non sécurisée"
 
 #. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1058
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1050
 msgid "&Trust"
 msgstr "&Faire confiance"
 
 #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum
 #. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1134
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1126
 msgid ""
 "The expected checksum of file %1\n"
 "is %2,\n"
@@ -4477,12 +4648,12 @@
 "Voulez-vous l'utiliser quand même ?\n"
 
 #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1151
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1143
 msgid "Wrong Digest"
 msgstr "Mauvais digest"
 
 #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1170
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1162
 msgid ""
 "The checksum of file %1\n"
 "is %2,\n"
@@ -4504,7 +4675,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__265
 #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1184
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1176
 msgid "Unknown Digest"
 msgstr "Digest inconnu"
 
@@ -4514,84 +4685,84 @@
 #. Return the description for the current stage.
 #. @return [String]	localized string description
 #. translators: default global progress bar label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:151
 #: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:323
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:344
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:153
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:324
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:345
 msgid "Installing..."
 msgstr "Installation..."
 
 #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:529
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:530
 msgid "Media"
 msgstr "Média"
 
 # TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__82
 #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible!
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:531
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:532
 msgid "Remaining"
 msgstr "Restants"
 
 # TLABEL hwinfo_2002_01_04_0147__102
 #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:535
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:536
 msgid "Time"
 msgstr "Temps"
 
 #. Construct widgets for the "details" page
 #.
 #. @return	A term describing the widgets
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:551
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:552
 msgid "Actions performed:"
 msgstr "Actions effectuées :"
 
 # TLABEL general_2002_01_04_0147__67
 #. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:633
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634
 msgid "<p>Packages are being installed.</p>"
 msgstr "<p>Les paquets sont en cours d'installation.</p>"
 
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:635
 msgid "<P><B>Aborting Installation</B> Package installation can be aborted using the <B>Abort</B> button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed.</P>"
 msgstr "<P><B>Interruption de l'installation</B> L'installation de paquets peut être interrompue en utilisant le bouton <B>Interrompre</B>. Cependant, le système peut devenir incohérent ou inutilisable, voire il peut ne pas redémarrer si le système de base n'est pas installé.</P>"
 
 #. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:652
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:653
 msgid "%s Release Notes"
 msgstr "%s Notes de version"
 
+# TLABEL nis_server_2002_01_04_0147__92
+#. tab
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:665
+msgid "&Details"
+msgstr "&Détails"
+
 # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__206
 #. tab
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:664
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:669
 msgid "Slide Sho&w"
 msgstr "&Présentation"
 
-# TLABEL nis_server_2002_01_04_0147__92
-#. tab
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666
-msgid "&Details"
-msgstr "&Détails"
-
 #. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:705
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:708
 msgid "Performing Upgrade"
 msgstr "Mise à niveau"
 
 # TLABEL general_2002_03_14_2340__41
 #. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:708
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:711
 msgid "Performing Installation"
 msgstr "Installation"
 
 # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__188
 #. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:743
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:746
 msgid "Package Installation"
 msgstr "Installation des paquets"
 
 # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__1
 #. popup yes-no
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:815
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:818
 msgid ""
 "Do you really want\n"
 "to quit the installation?"
@@ -4601,7 +4772,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL firewall_2002_03_14_2340__18
 #. Mode::update (), Stage::cont ()
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:827
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:830
 msgid "Aborted"
 msgstr "Interrompu"
 
@@ -5327,17 +5498,18 @@
 msgid "Bluetooth device"
 msgstr "Périphérique Bluetooth"
 
-#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name
-#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:175
+#. Runs arguments without changed root.
+#. @see http://www.rubydoc.info/github/openSUSE/cheetah/Cheetah.run parameter docs
+#. @raise Cheetah::ExecutionFailed
+#: library/system/src/lib/yast2/execute.rb:67
 msgid ""
-"File %1 has been changed manually.\n"
-"YaST might lose some of the changes.\n"
+"Execution of command \"%{command}\" failed.\n"
+"Exit code: %{exitcode}\n"
+"Error output: %{stderr}"
 msgstr ""
-"Le fichier %1 a été modifié manuellement.\n"
-"YaST peut perdre certains changements.\n"
 
 #. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a coma separated list of file names
-#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:180
+#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:178
 msgid ""
 "Files %1 have been changed manually.\n"
 "YaST might lose some of the changes"
@@ -5345,28 +5517,39 @@
 "Les fichiers %1 ont été modifiés manuellement.\n"
 "YaST peut perdre certains changements."
 
+#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name
+#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:180
+msgid ""
+"File %1 has been changed manually.\n"
+"YaST might lose some of the changes.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Le fichier %1 a été modifié manuellement.\n"
+"YaST peut perdre certains changements.\n"
+
 # TLABEL online_update_2002_01_04_0147__5
-#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:193
+#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:192
 msgid "Do not show this message anymore"
 msgstr "Ne plus jamais afficher ce message"
 
-#. Continue/Cancel question, %s is a file name
-#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:236
+#. TRANSLATORS: Continue/Cancel question, %s is a single file name or
+#. a comma separated list of file names.
+#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:229
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "File %s has been created manually.\n"
+#| "YaST might lose this file."
 msgid ""
 "File %s has been created manually.\n"
 "YaST might lose this file."
-msgstr ""
-"Le fichier %s a été créé manuellement.\n"
-"YaST pourrait perdre ce fichier."
-
-#. Continue/Cancel question, %s is a comma separated list of file names
-#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:239
-msgid ""
+msgid_plural ""
 "Files %s have been created manually.\n"
 "YaST might lose these files."
-msgstr ""
-"Les fichiers %s ont été créés manuellement.\n"
+msgstr[0] ""
+"Le fichier %s a été créé manuellement.\n"
 "YaST pourrait perdre ce fichier."
+msgstr[1] ""
+"Le fichier %s a été créé manuellement.\n"
+"YaST pourrait perdre ce fichier."
 
 # TLABEL sound_2002_01_04_0147__36
 #. error report
@@ -5376,7 +5559,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL installation_2002_08_07_0216__6
 #. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel
-#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:665
+#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:657
 msgid ""
 "Reboot your system\n"
 "to activate the new kernel.\n"
@@ -5415,7 +5598,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__135
 #. Translators: dot: ".", hyphen: "-"
-#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:55
+#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:56
 msgid ""
 "A valid domain name consists of components separated by dots.\n"
 "Each component contains letters, digits, and hyphens. A hyphen may not\n"
@@ -5427,7 +5610,7 @@
 "commencer par un chiffre."
 
 #. Translators: hyphen: "-"
-#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:66
+#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:67
 msgid ""
 "A valid host name consists of letters, digits, and hyphens.\n"
 "A host name may not begin or end with a hyphen.\n"
@@ -5513,13 +5696,13 @@
 
 #. ellipsis - used to replace part of text to make it shorter
 #. example: "/really/very/long/file/name", "/.../file/name")
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:738
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:730
 msgid "..."
 msgstr "..."
 
 #. covert a number to download rate string
 #. %1 is string - size in bytes, B, KiB, MiB, GiB or TiB
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:855
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:846
 msgid "%1/s"
 msgstr "%1/s"
 
@@ -5611,8 +5794,8 @@
 # TLABEL general_2002_03_14_2340__46
 #. fallback name for the dialog title
 #. fallback name for the dialog title
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1139
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1193
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1134
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1188
 msgid "Module"
 msgstr "Module"
 
@@ -6504,60 +6687,13 @@
 "Il n'existe aucune zone inverse pour %1 géré par votre serveur DNS.\n"
 "Impossible d'ajouter le nom de machine %2."
 
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:60
-msgid "Service Status"
-msgstr "État du service "
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Files %s have been created manually.\n"
+#~ "YaST might lose these files."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Les fichiers %s ont été créés manuellement.\n"
+#~ "YaST pourrait perdre ce fichier."
 
-#. Content for the help
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:114
-msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Current status</big></b><br>\n"
-"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.</p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Reload After Saving Settings</big></b><br>\n"
-"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (via 'ok' or 'save' buttons).</p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Start During System Boot</big></b><br>\n"
-"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>État actuel</big></b><br>\n"
-"Affiche l'état actuel du service. L'état restera le même après la sauvegarde des paramètres, indépendamment de la valeur de 'lancer le service durant le démarrage'</p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Rechargement après sauvegarde des paramètres</big></b><br>\n"
-"Seulement applicable si le service est actuellement en fonctionnement. S'assure que le service en cours recharge la nouvelle configuration après l'avoir enregistré (via les boutons 'ok' ou 'enregistrer').</p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Lancer au démarrage du système</big></b><br>\n"
-"Cochez cette option pour activer le service durant le démarrage du système. Décochez pour désactiver le service. Cela n'affecte pas l'état actuel du service dans le système en cours de fonctionnement.</p>\n"
-
-#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:181
-msgid "Current status:"
-msgstr "État actuel :"
-
-#. Widget to configure the status on boot
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:194
-msgid "Start During System Boot"
-msgstr "Lancer au démarrage du système"
-
-#. Widget to configure reloading of the running service
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:208
-msgid "Reload After Saving Settings"
-msgstr "Rechargement après sauvegarde des paramètres"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:218
-msgid "running"
-msgstr "en cours"
-
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:220
-msgid "Stop now"
-msgstr "Arrêter maintenant"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:225
-msgid "stopped"
-msgstr "arrêté"
-
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:227
-msgid "Start now"
-msgstr "Commencer maintenant"
-
 # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__217
 #~ msgid "The correct repository medium could not be mounted."
 #~ msgstr "Le support du dépôt correct n'a pas pu être monté."

Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/bootloader.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/bootloader.fr.po	2016-09-02 21:33:42 UTC (rev 96676)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/bootloader.fr.po	2016-09-02 21:33:58 UTC (rev 96677)
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: bootloader\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-29 09:27+0100\n"
 "Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET \n"
 "Language-Team: French \n"
@@ -26,1168 +26,546 @@
 
 # TLABEL restore_2002_08_07_0216__43
 #. command line help text for Bootloader module
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:35
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:32
 msgid "Boot loader configuration module"
 msgstr "Module de configuration du chargeur d'amorçage"
 
-# TLABEL nfs_2002_08_07_0216__1
-#. command line help text for summary action
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:48
-msgid "Configuration summary of boot loader"
-msgstr "Résumé de la configuration du chargeur d'amorçage"
+#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root)
+#. additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
+#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
+#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:31 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:195
+msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed."
+msgstr "La partition de démarrage est du type NFS. Le chargeur d'amorçage ne peut pas être installé."
 
-# TLABEL lilo_2002_01_04_0147__84
-#. command line help text for delete action
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:58
-msgid "Delete a global option"
-msgstr "Supprimer une option globale"
+# TLABEL security_2002_01_04_0147__10
+#. F#300779: end
+#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:49
+msgid "Boot Loader Settings"
+msgstr "Paramètres du chargeur d'amorçage"
 
-# TLABEL lilo_2002_01_04_0147__84
-#. command line help text for set action
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:65
-msgid "Set a global option"
-msgstr "Définir une option globale"
+# TLABEL cups_2002_01_04_0147__215
+#. Represents dialog for modification of device map
+#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:56
+msgid "Device map must contain at least one device"
+msgstr "La carte des périphériques (device map) doit contenir au moins un périphérique"
 
-# TLABEL lilo_2002_01_04_0147__26
-#. command line help text for print action
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:75
-msgid "Print value of specified option"
-msgstr "Afficher la valeur de l'option spécifiée"
+# TLABEL tv_2002_03_14_2340__21
+#. we just go back to original dialog
+#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:108
+msgid "Disk order settings"
+msgstr "Paramètres d'ordre des disques"
 
-# TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__242
-#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:83
-msgid "The key of the option"
-msgstr "La clé de l'option"
+# TLABEL hwinfo_2002_01_04_0147__29
+#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:113
+msgid "D&isks"
+msgstr "D&isques"
 
-# TLABEL lilo_2002_01_04_0147__26
-#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:90
-msgid "The value of the option"
-msgstr "La valeur de l'option"
+# TLABEL restore_2002_08_07_0216__52
+#. textentry header
+#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:157
+msgid "&Device"
+msgstr "&Périph."
 
-# TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__270
-#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:152
-msgid "Value was not specified."
-msgstr "La valeur n'a pas été spécifiée."
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition
+#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:29
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Selected custom bootloader partition %s is not available any more."
+msgid "Selected bootloader partition %s is not available any more."
+msgstr "La partition d'amorçage personnalisée sélectionnée %s n'est plus disponible."
 
-# TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__270
-#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:174
-msgid "Option was not specified."
-msgstr "L'option n'a pas été spécifiée."
+# TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__338
+#. Finish client for bootloader configuration
+#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:25
+msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..."
+msgstr "Enregistrement de la configuration du chargeur d'amorçage..."
 
-# TLABEL printconf_2002_03_14_2340__99
-#. command line, %1 is the value of bootloader option
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:180
-msgid "Value: %s"
-msgstr "Valeur : %s"
-
-#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:183
-msgid "Specified option does not exist."
-msgstr "L'option spécifiée n'existe pas."
-
-# TLABEL security_2002_08_07_0216__2
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. File:
-#. include/bootloader/grup/helps.ycp
-#.
-#. Module:
-#. Bootloader installation and configuration
-#.
-#. Summary:
-#. Help and label strings for bootloader installation and configuration
-#.
-#. Authors:
-#. Joachim Plack 
-#.
-#. $Id$
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:23
-msgid "<p><big><b>Boot Menu</b></big><br></p>"
-msgstr "<p><big><b>Menu d'amorçage</b></big><br></p>"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:24
+# TLABEL installation_2002_08_07_0216__5
+#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message
+#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL
+#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:102
 msgid ""
-"<p><b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b><br>\n"
-"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n"
-"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n"
-"if the boot loader is installed in the MBR.</p>"
+"\n"
+"Your system will now shut down.%1\n"
+"For details, read the related chapter \n"
+"in the documentation. \n"
 msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Définir le marqueur 'active' dans la table de partition pour la partition d'amorçage</b><br>\n"
-"Permet d'activer la partition contenant le chargeur d'amorçage. Le code MBR générique \n"
-"amorcera ensuite la partition active. Les anciens BIOS exigent qu'une partition \n"
-"soit active même si le chargeur d'amorçage est installé dans le MBR.</p>"
+"\n"
+"Votre système va maintenant s'éteindre.%1\n"
+"Pour plus de détails, lisez le chapitre connexe\n"
+"de la documentation. \n"
 
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. File:
-#. include/bootloader/grup/helps.ycp
-#.
-#. Module:
-#. Bootloader installation and configuration
-#.
-#. Summary:
-#. Help and label strings for bootloader installation and configuration
-#.
-#. Authors:
-#. Joachim Plack 
-#.
-#. $Id$
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:30
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:23
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Timeout in Seconds</b><br>\n"
-"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Délai en secondes</b><br>\n"
-"Définit le temps d'attente que le chargeur d'amorçage observe avant de charger le noyau par défaut.</p>\n"
+#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed
+#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system
+#. Message that will be displayed along with information
+#. how the boot loader was installed
+#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:115
+msgid "The system will reboot now..."
+msgstr "Le système va réamorcer maintenant..."
 
-# TLABEL lilo_2002_03_14_2340__53
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:33
-msgid ""
-"<p> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b> you mark the selected section as\n"
-"the default. When booting, the boot loader will provide a boot menu and\n"
-"wait for the user to select a kernel or OS to boot. If no\n"
-"key is pressed before the timeout, the default kernel or OS will\n"
-"boot. The order of the sections in the boot loader menu can be changed\n"
-"using the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>En cliquant sur <b>Définir par défaut</b> vous marquez la section sélectionnée\n"
-"comme section par défaut. Lors de l'amorçage, le chargeur d'amorçage fournira un menu et\n"
-"attendra que l'utilisateur sélectionne un noyau ou un système d'exploitation à amorcer.\n"
-"Si aucune touche n'est appuyée avant le délai imparti (timeout), le noyau ou le \n"
-"système d'exploitation par défaut sera amorcé. L'ordre des sections dans le menu du chargeur\n"
-"d'amorçage peut être modifié à l'aide des boutons <b>Monter</b> et <b>Descendre</b>.</p>\n"
+# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__263
+#. Widget to switch between all supported bootloaders
+#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:20
+msgid "&Boot Loader"
+msgstr "&Chargeur d'amorçage"
 
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:41
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b> replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n"
-"boots the active partition).</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:39
+msgid "GRUB2"
 msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Écrire le  code générique d'amorçage dans le MBR</b> remplace le MBR de votre disque par du code générique (code indépendant \n"
-"du système d'exploitation, permettant d'amorcer la partition active).</p>"
 
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:44
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot from Boot Partition</b> is one of the recommended options, the other is\n"
-"<b>Boot from Root Partition</b>.</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:40
+msgid "GRUB2 for EFI"
 msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Amorcer à partir de la partition d'amorçage</b> est l'une des options recommandées, l'autre étant \n"
-"<b>Amorcer à partir de la partition racine</b>.</p>"
 
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:47
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot from Master Boot Record</b> is not recommended if you have another operating system\n"
-"installed on your computer</p>"
-msgstr "<p>L'option <b>Amorcer à partir du secteur maître d'amorçage</b> n'est pas recommandée si un autre système d'exploitation est installé sur l'ordinateur.</p>"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot from Root Partition</b> is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n"
-"partition. Either select <b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b> and <b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b>\n"
-"in <b>Boot Loader Options</b> to update the master boot record if that is needed or configure your other boot manager\n"
-"to start this section.</p>"
+#. Translators: option in combo box when bootloader is not managed by yast2
+#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:42
+msgid "Not Managed"
 msgstr ""
-"<p>L'option <b>Amorcer à partir de la partition racine</b> est recommandée lorsqu'il existe une partition \n"
-"adaptée. Vous pouvez soit sélectionner <b>Définir le marqueur 'active' dans la table de partition pour la partition d'amorçage</b> et <b>Écrire du code générique d'amorçage dans le MBR</b>\n"
-" sous <b>Options du chargeur d'amorçage</b> afin de mettre à jour le secteur maître d'amorçage si nécessaire, soit configurer l'autre gestionnaire d'amorçage\n"
-" pour démarrer cette section.</p>"
 
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:56
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot from Extended Partition</b> should be selected if your root partition is on \n"
-"logical partition and the /boot partition is missing</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Amorçage depuis une Partition étendue</b>est à sélectionner si votre partition racine est\n"
-"sur une partition logique et s'il manque la partition /boot</p>"
+# TLABEL lilo_2002_03_14_2340__6
+#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:43
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid " (default)"
+msgid "Default"
+msgstr " (par défaut)"
 
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59
-msgid "<p><b>Custom Boot Partition</b> lets you choose a partition to boot from.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>La <b>partition d'amorçage personnalisée</b> vous permet de choisir la partition d'amorçage.</p>"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62
+#. popup - Continue/Cancel
+#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:57
 msgid ""
-"<p>MD array is build from 2 disks. <b>Enable Redundancy for MD Array</b>\n"
-"enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks.</p>"
+"\n"
+"If you do not install any boot loader, the system\n"
+"might not start.\n"
+"\n"
+"Proceed?\n"
 msgstr ""
-"<p>La matrice MD est composée de 2 disques. <b>Activer la redondance pour la matrice MD</b>\n"
-"activer cette option pour copier GRUB dans le MBR des 2 disques.</p>"
+"\n"
+"Si vous n'installez pas de chargeur d'amorçage, \n"
+"le système risque de ne pas démarrer.\n"
+" \n"
+" Voulez-vous continuer ?\n"
 
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65
+# TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__47
+#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:75
 msgid ""
-"<p><b>Use Serial Console</b> lets you define the parameters to use\n"
-"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</code>) for details.</p>"
+"<p><b>Boot Loader Type</b><br>\n"
+"To select whether to install a boot loader and which bootloader to install,\n"
+"use <b>Boot Loader</b>.</p>"
 msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Utiliser la console série</b> permet de définir les paramètres à utiliser\n"
-"pour une console série. Pour plus de détails, consultez la documentation de grub (<code>info grub2</code>).</p>"
+"<p><b>Type de chargeur d'amorçage</b><br>\n"
+"Pour choisir d'installer ou non un chargeur d'amorçage et lequel installer,\n"
+"utilisez la liste <b>Chargeur d'amorçage</b>.</p>"
 
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Terminal Definition</b></p><br>\n"
-"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a serial console),\n"
-"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n"
-"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n"
-"press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Définition du terminal</b></p><br>\n"
-"Permet de définir le type de terminal à utiliser Pour un terminal série (par exemple, une console série),\n"
-"spécifiez <code>série</code>. Vous pouvez également transmettre <code>console</code> \n"
-"à la commande, sous la forme <code>console série</code>. Dans ce cas, si vous appuyez sur une touche quelconque d'un terminal,\n"
-" celui-ci sera utilisé comme terminal GRUB.</p>"
+# TLABEL restore_2002_08_07_0216__43
+#. Display bootloader summary
+#. @return a list of summary lines
+#. Display bootloader summary
+#. @return a list of summary lines
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:105 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:77
+msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1"
+msgstr "Type de chargeur d'amorçage : %1"
 
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:75
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Fallback Sections if default Fails</b> contains a list of section numbers\n"
-"that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Sections de recours en cas d'échec de la section par défaut</b> contient la liste \n"
-"des numéros de section qui seront utilisés pour l'amorçage dans le cas où la section \n"
-"par défaut ne serait pas amorçable.</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:109
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1"
+msgid "Enable Trusted Boot: %1"
+msgstr "Activer le Secure Boot : %1"
 
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78
-msgid "<p>Selecting <b>Hide Menu on Boot</b> will hide the boot menu.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Sélectionner <b>masquer le menu lors de l'amorçage</b> masquera le menu d'amorçage.</p>"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n"
-"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If <b>Protect Entry Modification Only</b> is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved).<br>YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:82
+msgid "yes"
 msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Protéger le chargeur d'amorçage avec un mot de passe</b><br>\n"
-"Au démarrage, modifier ou même démarrer une entrée nécessitera un mot de passe. Si <b>Protéger uniquement la modification d'entrée</b> est coché, alors le démarrage n'est pas restreint mais la modification des entrées nécessite un mot de passe (c'est ainsi que GRUB 1 se comportait).<br>YaST n'acceptera le mot de passe que si vous le retapez dans <b>Retaper le mot de passe</b>.</p>"
 
-#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:91
-msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>Disks Order</b></big><br>\n"
-"To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n"
-"the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons to reorder the disks.\n"
-"To add a disk, push <b>Add</b>.\n"
-"To remove a disk, push <b>Remove</b>.</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:82
+msgid "no"
 msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>Ordre des disques</b></big><br>\n"
-"Pour préciser l'ordre des disques selon l'ordre du BIOS, utilisez\n"
-"les boutons <b>Monter</b> et <b>Descendre</b> pour réorganiser les disques.\n"
-"Pour ajouter un disque, cliquez sur <b>Ajouter</b>.\n"
-"Pour supprimer un disque, cliquez sur <b>Supprimer</b>.</p>"
 
-# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__0
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:101
-msgid "Boot Loader Locations"
-msgstr "Emplacement du chargeur d'amorçage"
+# TLABEL cups_2002_01_04_0147__131
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:116
+msgid "Status Location: %1"
+msgstr "Emplacement choisi : %1"
 
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:102
-msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition"
-msgstr "Définir le marqueur '&active' dans la table de partition pour la partition d'amorçage"
+# TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__12
+#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:178
+msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1"
+msgstr "Ordre des disques durs : %1"
 
-# TLABEL network_2002_03_16_1943__9
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:105
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:28
-msgid "&Timeout in Seconds"
-msgstr "&Délai en secondes"
+#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short.
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:190
+msgid " (extended)"
+msgstr " (étendue)"
 
-# TLABEL tv_2002_01_04_0147__31
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106
-msgid "&Default Boot Section"
-msgstr "&Secteur d'amorçage par défaut"
+#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific
+#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is.
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:195
+msgid " (MBR)"
+msgstr " (MBR)"
 
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107
-msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR"
-msgstr "Écrire le code &générique d'amorçage dans le MBR"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:216
+msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (do not install</a>)"
+msgstr "Installer le code d'amorçage dans le MBR (ne pas installer</a>)"
 
-# TLABEL bootloader_2002_08_07_0216__7
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108
-msgid "Custom Boot Partition"
-msgstr "Partition d'amorçage personnalisée"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:220
+msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (install</a>)"
+msgstr "Ne pas installer le code d'amorçage dans le MBR (installer</a>)"
 
-# TLABEL bootloader_2002_08_07_0216__6
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109
-msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record"
-msgstr "Amorcer à partir du secteur maître d'amorçage (MBR)"
+#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:230
+msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (do not install</a>)"
+msgstr "Installer le code d'amorçage dans la partition /boot ( ne pas installer</a>)"
 
-# TLABEL bootloader_2002_08_07_0216__7
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110
-msgid "Boot from Root Partition"
-msgstr "Amorcer à partir de la partition racine"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:235
+msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (install</a>)"
+msgstr "Ne pas installer le code d'amorçage dans la partition /boot (installer</a>)"
 
-# TLABEL bootloader_2002_08_07_0216__7
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111
-msgid "Boot from Boot Partition"
-msgstr "Amorcer à partir de la partition d'amorçage"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:241
+msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (do not install</a>)"
+msgstr "Installer le code d'amorçage dans la partition \"/\" (ne pas installer</a>)"
 
-# TLABEL bootloader_2002_08_07_0216__7
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112
-msgid "Boot from Extended Partition"
-msgstr "Amorcer à partir de la partition étendue"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:246
+msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (install</a>)"
+msgstr "Ne pas installer le code d'amorçage dans la partition \"/\" (installer</a>)"
 
-# TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__200
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113
-msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters"
-msgstr "&Paramètres de la connexion série"
+# stage1 non traduit, terme existe dans le manuel français de GRUB
+#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:271
+msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location."
+msgstr "Avertissement : aucun emplacement sélectionné pour le stage1 du chargeur d'amorçage. A moins de savoir ce que vous faites, sélectionnez un emplacement ci-dessus."
 
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114
-msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails"
-msgstr "Sections de recours en cas d'échec de la section par défaut"
+# TLABEL cups_2002_01_04_0147__131
+#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:279
+msgid "Change Location: %s"
+msgstr "Changer d'emplacement : %s"
 
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115
-msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot"
-msgstr "&Masquer le menu lors de l'amorçage"
+# TLABEL network_2002_03_16_1943__9
+#. Represents bootloader timeout value
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:53
+msgid "&Timeout in Seconds"
+msgstr "&Délai en secondes"
 
-# TLABEL user_2002_01_04_0147__2
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116
-msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface"
-msgstr "Mot de pa&sse de l'interface de menu"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:57
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Timeout in Seconds</b><br>\n"
+"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Délai en secondes</b><br>\n"
+"Définit le temps d'attente que le chargeur d'amorçage observe avant de charger le noyau par défaut.</p>\n"
 
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117
-msgid "Debugg&ing Flag"
-msgstr "Marqueur de débogage"
+#. Represents decision if bootloader need activated partition
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:89
+msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition"
+msgstr "Définir le marqueur '&active' dans la table de partition pour la partition d'amorçage"
 
-#. Validate function of a popup
-#. @param [String] key any widget key
-#. @param [Hash] event map event that caused validation
-#. @return [Boolean] true if widget settings ok
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:73
-msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password"
-msgstr "Protég&er le chargeur d'amorçage par un mot de passe"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:93
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b><br>\n"
+"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n"
+"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n"
+"if the boot loader is installed in the MBR.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Définir le marqueur 'active' dans la table de partition pour la partition d'amorçage</b><br>\n"
+"Permet d'activer la partition contenant le chargeur d'amorçage. Le code MBR générique \n"
+"amorcera ensuite la partition active. Les anciens BIOS exigent qu'une partition \n"
+"soit active même si le chargeur d'amorçage est installé dans le MBR.</p>"
 
-#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:79
-msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only"
-msgstr "P&rotéger uniquement la modification d'entrée"
+#. Represents decision if generic MBR have to be installed on disk
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:120
+msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR"
+msgstr "Écrire le code &générique d'amorçage dans le MBR"
 
-# TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__35
-#. text entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:85
-msgid "&Password"
-msgstr "Mot de &passe"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:124
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b> replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n"
+"boots the active partition).</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Écrire le  code générique d'amorçage dans le MBR</b> remplace le MBR de votre disque par du code générique (code indépendant \n"
+"du système d'exploitation, permettant d'amorcer la partition active).</p>"
 
-#. text entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:88
-msgid "Re&type Password"
-msgstr "Re&taper le mot de passe"
+#. Represents decision if menu should be hidden or visible
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:149
+msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot"
+msgstr "&Masquer le menu lors de l'amorçage"
 
-# TLABEL bootloader_2002_08_07_0216__7
-#. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location"
-#.
-#. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:222
-msgid "Boot from &Root Partition"
-msgstr "Amorcer à partir de la partition &racine"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:153
+msgid "<p>Selecting <b>Hide Menu on Boot</b> will hide the boot menu.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Sélectionner <b>masquer le menu lors de l'amorçage</b> masquera le menu d'amorçage.</p>"
 
-# TLABEL bootloader_2002_08_07_0216__7
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:224
-msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition"
-msgstr "Amorcer à par&tir de la partition d'amorçage"
+#. Represents if os prober should be run
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:172
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Probe Foreign OS"
+msgid "Pro&be Foreign OS"
+msgstr "Détecter un système d'exploitation étranger"
 
-# TLABEL bootloader_2002_08_07_0216__7
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:235
-msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition"
-msgstr "&Partition d'amorçage personnalisée"
-
-# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__0
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:250
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:280
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:301
-msgid "Boot Loader Location"
-msgstr "Emplacement du chargeur d'amorçage"
-
-# TLABEL bootloader_2002_08_07_0216__6
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:256
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:286
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:307
-msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record"
-msgstr "Amorcer à partir du &MBR"
-
-# TLABEL bootloader_2002_08_07_0216__7
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:263
-msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition"
-msgstr "Amorc&er à partir de la partition étendue"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:312
-msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array"
-msgstr "Activer la red&ondance pour la matrice MD"
-
-# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__0
-#. Title in tab
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57
-msgid "Boot Code Options"
-msgstr "Options du code d'amorçage"
-
-# TLABEL users_2002_03_15_0147__2
-#. Title in tab
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:84
-msgid "Kernel Parameters"
-msgstr "Paramètres du noyau"
-
-# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__0
-#. Title in tab
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:103
-msgid "Bootloader Options"
-msgstr "Options du chargeur d'amorçage"
-
-# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__0
-#. Window title
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:149
-msgid "Boot Loader Options"
-msgstr "Options du chargeur d'amorçage"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:190
-msgid "Secure Boot"
-msgstr "Secure Boot"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:196
-msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support"
-msgstr "Activer le support du &Secure Boot"
-
-# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__0
-#. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:247
-msgid "Boot &Loader Location"
-msgstr "Emp&lacement du chargeur d'amorçage"
-
-#. help text
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:266
-msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed."
-msgstr "Choisir la partition où est installée la séquence d'amorçage."
-
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. File:
-#. include/bootloader/grup2/helps.ycp
-#.
-#. Module:
-#. Bootloader installation and configuration
-#.
-#. Summary:
-#. Help and label strings for bootloader installation and configuration
-#.
-#. Authors:
-#. Joachim Plack 
-#.
-#. $Id: helps.ycp 58279 2009-08-04 16:01:51Z juhliarik $
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:23
-msgid "<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>Paramètre facultatif de ligne de commande du noyau</b> vous permet de définir des paramètres supplémentaires à transmettre au noyau.</p>"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:26
-msgid "<p><b>Vga Mode</b> defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the <i>console</i> to when booting.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>Mode Vga</b> définit le mode VGA que le noyau devrait activer pour la <i>console</i> lors de l'amorçage.</p>"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:29
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:176
 msgid "<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution </p>"
 msgstr "<p><b>Détecter un système d'exploitation étranger</b> en utilisant os-prober pour un amorçage multiple avec des distributions étrangères </p>"
 
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32
-msgid "<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>Drapeau MBR Protecteur</b>est un paramètre avancé et nécessaire uniquement sur du matériel exotique. Plus plus de détails, voir MBR Protecteur sur les disques GPT. Ne changez rien si vous n'être pas sûr de vous.</p>"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38
+#. represents kernel command line
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:200
 msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter"
 msgstr "&Paramètre facultatif de ligne de commande du noyau"
 
-# TLABEL idedma_2002_03_14_2340__13
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:39
-msgid "&Vga Mode"
-msgstr "Mode &VGA"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:204
+msgid "<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Paramètre facultatif de ligne de commande du noyau</b> vous permet de définir des paramètres supplémentaires à transmettre au noyau.</p>"
 
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:40
-msgid "Probe Foreign OS"
-msgstr "Détecter un système d'exploitation étranger"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41
-msgid "Protective MBR flag"
+#. Represents Protective MBR action
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:228
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Protective MBR flag"
+msgid "&Protective MBR flag"
 msgstr "Drapeau MBR Protecteur"
 
-#. combo box item
-#. %1 is X resolution (width) in pixels
-#. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels
-#. %3 is color depth (usually one of 8, 16, 24, 32)
-#. %4 is the VGA mode ID (hexadecimal number)
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:58
-msgid "%1x%2, %3 bits (mode %4)"
-msgstr "%1x%2, %3 bits (mode %4)"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:232
+msgid "<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Drapeau MBR Protecteur</b>est un paramètre avancé et nécessaire uniquement sur du matériel exotique. Plus plus de détails, voir MBR Protecteur sur les disques GPT. Ne changez rien si vous n'être pas sûr de vous.</p>"
 
-# TLABEL firewall_2002_03_14_2340__63
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:68
-msgid "Standard 8-pixel font mode."
-msgstr "Mode standard de police 8 pixels."
-
-# TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__57
-#. item of a combo box
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:71
-msgid "Text Mode"
-msgstr "Mode texte"
-
-# TLABEL support_2002_01_04_0147__18
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:72
-msgid "Unspecified"
-msgstr "Autre"
-
 #. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:102
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:246
 msgid "set"
 msgstr "assigner"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:104
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:248
 msgid "remove"
 msgstr "supprimer"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: do not change flag on disk
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:106
+#. force re-calculation of bootloader proposal
+#. this deletes any internally cached values, a new proposal will
+#. not be partially based on old data now any more
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:250
+#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:49
 msgid "do not change"
 msgstr "ne pas changer"
 
-# TLABEL tv_2002_01_04_0147__37
-#. Init function for console
-#. @param [String] widget
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:173
-msgid "Autodetect by grub2"
-msgstr "Auto-détecter par grub2"
+#. Represents switcher for secure boot on EFI
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:268
+msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support"
+msgstr "Activer le support du &Secure Boot"
 
-#. FATE: #110038: Serial console
-#. add or remove console key with value for sections
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:246
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:272
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1"
+msgid "Tick to enable UEFI Secure Boot\n"
+msgstr "Activer le Secure Boot : %1"
+
+#. Represents switcher for Trusted Boot
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:293
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support"
+msgid "Enable &Trusted Boot Support"
+msgstr "Activer le support du &Secure Boot"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: TrustedGRUB2 is a name, don't translate it
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:298
+msgid "<b>Trusted Boot</b> will install TrustedGRUB2 instead of regular GRUB2.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Represents grub password protection widget
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:324
+msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password"
+msgstr "Protég&er le chargeur d'amorçage par un mot de passe"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:330
+msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only"
+msgstr "P&rotéger uniquement la modification d'entrée"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: text entry, please keep it short
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:336
+msgid "&Password for GRUB2 User 'root'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. text entry
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:339
+msgid "Re&type Password"
+msgstr "Re&taper le mot de passe"
+
+# TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__37
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:350
+msgid "The password must not be empty."
+msgstr "Le mot de passe ne doit pas être vide."
+
+# TLABEL lilo_2002_01_04_0147__24
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:357
+msgid ""
+"'Password' and 'Retype password'\n"
+"do not match. Retype the password."
+msgstr ""
+"Les valeurs dans 'Mot de passe' et 'Retaper le mot de passe' \n"
+"ne sont pas identiques. Retapez le mot de passe."
+
+#. special value as we do not know password, so it mean user do not change it
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:407
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n"
+#| "At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If <b>Protect Entry Modification Only</b> is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved).<br>YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n"
+"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If <b>Protect Entry Modification Only</b> is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved).<br>YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in <b>Retype Password</b>. The password applies to the GRUB2 user 'root' which is distinct from the Linux 'root'. YaST currently does not supportother GRUB2 users. If you need them, use a separate GRUB2 script.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Protéger le chargeur d'amorçage avec un mot de passe</b><br>\n"
+"Au démarrage, modifier ou même démarrer une entrée nécessitera un mot de passe. Si <b>Protéger uniquement la modification d'entrée</b> est coché, alors le démarrage n'est pas restreint mais la modification des entrées nécessite un mot de passe (c'est ainsi que GRUB 1 se comportait).<br>YaST n'acceptera le mot de passe que si vous le retapez dans <b>Retaper le mot de passe</b>.</p>"
+
+#. there's mode specified, use it
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:485
 msgid "Choose new graphical theme file"
 msgstr "Choisir un nouveau fichier de thème graphique"
 
 # TLABEL hwinfo_2002_01_04_0147__97
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:258
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:498
 msgid "Use &graphical console"
 msgstr "Utiliser une console &graphique"
 
 # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__394
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:265
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:503
 msgid "&Console resolution"
 msgstr "Résolution de &console"
 
 # TLABEL runlevel_2002_03_14_2340__1
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:273
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:508
 msgid "&Console theme"
 msgstr "Thème de &console"
 
+# TLABEL tv_2002_01_04_0147__37
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:539
+msgid "Autodetect by grub2"
+msgstr "Auto-détecter par grub2"
+
 # TLABEL hwinfo_2002_01_04_0147__97
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:292
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:547
 msgid "Use &serial console"
 msgstr "Utiliser la console &série"
 
 # TLABEL runlevel_2002_03_14_2340__1
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:299
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:554
 msgid "&Console arguments"
 msgstr "Arguments de &console"
 
-#. FIXME: this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:131
-msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly."
-msgstr "Chargeur d'amorçage '%s' non géré. Adaptez votre profil AutoYaST en conséquence."
+# TLABEL tv_2002_01_04_0147__31
+#. represent choosing default section to boot
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:571
+msgid "&Default Boot Section"
+msgstr "&Secteur d'amorçage par défaut"
 
-# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__289
-#. file open popup caption
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:98
-msgid "Select File"
-msgstr "Sélectionner un fichier"
-
-#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root)
-#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
-#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:86 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:239
-msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed."
-msgstr "La partition de démarrage est du type NFS. Le chargeur d'amorçage ne peut pas être installé."
-
-# TLABEL security_2002_01_04_0147__10
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:114
-msgid "Boot Loader Settings"
-msgstr "Paramètres du chargeur d'amorçage"
-
-# TLABEL sound_2002_01_04_0147__30
-#. message
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:142
-msgid "There are no options to set for the current boot loader."
-msgstr "Il n'y a aucune option à définir pour le chargeur d'amorçage actuel."
-
-# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__263
-#. combo box
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:109
-msgid "&Boot Loader"
-msgstr "&Chargeur d'amorçage"
-
-#. popup - Continue/Cancel
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:138
+# TLABEL lilo_2002_03_14_2340__53
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:575
 msgid ""
-"\n"
-"If you do not install any boot loader, the system\n"
-"might not start.\n"
-"\n"
-"Proceed?\n"
+"<p> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b> you mark the selected section as\n"
+"the default. When booting, the boot loader will provide a boot menu and\n"
+"wait for the user to select a kernel or OS to boot. If no\n"
+"key is pressed before the timeout, the default kernel or OS will\n"
+"boot. The order of the sections in the boot loader menu can be changed\n"
+"using the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons.</p>\n"
 msgstr ""
-"\n"
-"Si vous n'installez pas de chargeur d'amorçage, \n"
-"le système risque de ne pas démarrer.\n"
-" \n"
-" Voulez-vous continuer ?\n"
+"<p>En cliquant sur <b>Définir par défaut</b> vous marquez la section sélectionnée\n"
+"comme section par défaut. Lors de l'amorçage, le chargeur d'amorçage fournira un menu et\n"
+"attendra que l'utilisateur sélectionne un noyau ou un système d'exploitation à amorcer.\n"
+"Si aucune touche n'est appuyée avant le délai imparti (timeout), le noyau ou le \n"
+"système d'exploitation par défaut sera amorcé. L'ordre des sections dans le menu du chargeur\n"
+"d'amorçage peut être modifié à l'aide des boutons <b>Monter</b> et <b>Descendre</b>.</p>\n"
 
-# TLABEL printconf_2002_03_14_2340__44
-#. menu button entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:175
-msgid "E&dit Configuration Files"
-msgstr "Mo&difier les fichiers de configuration"
-
-# TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__151
-#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:182
-msgid "&Propose New Configuration"
-msgstr "&Proposer une nouvelle configuration"
-
-# TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__35
-#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:189
-msgid "&Start from Scratch"
-msgstr "&Démarrer à zéro"
-
-# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__13
-#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:197
-msgid "&Reread Configuration from Disk"
-msgstr "&Relire la configuration depuis le disque"
-
-#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:214
-msgid "Restore MBR of Hard Disk"
-msgstr "Restaurer le MBR du disque dur"
-
-#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:222
-msgid "Write bootloader boot code to disk"
-msgstr "Écrire le code d'amorçage du chargeur d'amorçage sur le disque"
-
-# TLABEL rpm-groups_2002_03_14_2340__77
-#. menu button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:230
-msgid "Other"
-msgstr "Autres"
-
-# TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__115
-#. message popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:254
-msgid "MBR restored successfully."
-msgstr "MBR restauré avec succès."
-
-# TLABEL restore_2002_08_07_0216__88
-#. message popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:257
-msgid "Failed to restore MBR."
-msgstr "Échec lors de la restauration du MBR."
-
-# TLABEL firewall_2002_08_07_0216__0
-#. Bootloader::blSave (false, false, false);
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:280
-msgid "Writing bootloader settings failed."
-msgstr "Échec de l'écriture des paramètres du chargeur d'amorçage."
-
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__0
-#. push button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:329
-msgid "Boot &Loader Options"
-msgstr "Options du &chargeur d'amorçage"
+#. Represents stage1 location for bootloader
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:610
+msgid "Boot Loader Location"
+msgstr "Emplacement du chargeur d'amorçage"
 
-# TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__200
-#. push button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:342
-msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details"
-msgstr "&Détails d'installation du chargeur d'amorçage"
-
-# TLABEL printconf_2002_01_04_0147__232
-#. help text 1/1 (shown during settings reading progress)
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:32
-msgid ""
-"<P><BIG><B>Boot Loader Configuration Tool</B></BIG><BR>\n"
-"Change the settings of your boot loader.</P>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:664
+msgid "Custom boot device have to be specied if checked"
 msgstr ""
-"<P><BIG><B>Outil de configuration du chargeur d'amorçage</B></BIG><BR>\n"
-"Modifiez les paramètres de votre chargeur d'amorçage.</P>"
 
-# TLABEL tv_2002_03_14_2340__5
-#. help text
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:41
-msgid ""
-"<P><B><BIG>Saving Boot Loader Configuration</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-"Please wait...<br></p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P><B><BIG>Enregistrement de la configuration du chargeur d'amorçage</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-"Veuillez patienter...<br></p>"
+# TLABEL bootloader_2002_08_07_0216__7
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:692
+msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition"
+msgstr "Amorcer à par&tir de la partition d'amorçage"
 
-#. help text 1/2 (%1 may be following sentence, optionally empty)
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:52
-msgid ""
-"<P>From <B>Other</B>,\n"
-"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n"
-"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n"
-"the configuration saved on your disk. %1</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>Via l'option <B>Autres</B>,\n"
-"vous pouvez modifier manuellement les fichiers de configuration du chargeur d'amorçage, effacer la \n"
-"configuration actuelle et en proposer une nouvelle, repartir de zéro\n"
-" ou relire la configuration enregistrée sur votre disque. %1</P>"
+# TLABEL bootloader_2002_08_07_0216__7
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:693
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Boot from Root Partition"
+msgid "Boo&t from Root Partition"
+msgstr "Amorcer à partir de la partition racine"
 
-#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:67
-msgid ""
-"<P>To edit boot loader configuration files\n"
-"manually, click <B>Edit Configuration Files</B>.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>Pour modifier manuellement les fichiers de configuration du\n"
-"chargeur d'amorçage, cliquez sur <B>Modifier les fichiers de configuration</B>.</P>"
+# TLABEL bootloader_2002_08_07_0216__6
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:694
+msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record"
+msgstr "Amorcer à partir du &MBR"
 
-# TLABEL lilo_2002_03_14_2340__51
-#. help 1/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:76
-msgid ""
-"<P> In the table, each section represents one item\n"
-"in the boot menu.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>Dans le tableau, chaque section représente une option\n"
-"du menu d'amorçage.</P>"
+# TLABEL bootloader_2002_08_07_0216__7
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:695
+msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition"
+msgstr "Amorc&er à partir de la partition étendue"
 
-# TLABEL lilo_2002_03_14_2340__52
-#. help 2/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:80
-msgid ""
-"<P> Press <B>Edit</B> to display the properties of the\n"
-"selected section.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>Cliquez sur <B>Modifier</B> pour afficher les propriétés\n"
-"de la section sélectionnée.</P>"
+# TLABEL bootloader_2002_08_07_0216__7
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:706
+msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition"
+msgstr "&Partition d'amorçage personnalisée"
 
-# TLABEL lilo_2002_03_14_2340__53
-#. help 3/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:84
-msgid ""
-"<P> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b>, mark the selected \n"
-"section as default. When booting, the boot loader will provide \n"
-"a boot menu and wait for the user to select the kernel or other \n"
-"OS to boot. If no key is pressed before the time-out, the default \n"
-"kernel or OS will be booted. The order of sections in the boot loader\n"
-"menu can be changed using the <B>Up</B> and <B>Down</B> buttons.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P> Cliquez sur <b>Définir par défaut</b> pour sélectionner une \n"
-"section par défaut. Lors de l'amorçage, le chargeur d'amorçage proposera \n"
-"un menu d'amorçage et attendra que l'utilisateur sélectionne le noyau ou un autre \n"
-"système d'exploitation à amorcer. \n"
-"Si vous n'appuyez pas sur une touche avant le délai imparti, le \n"
-"noyau ou le système d'exploitation par défaut sera amorcé. L'ordre des sections dans le menu du chargeur \n"
-"d'amorçage peut être modifié à l'aide des boutons <B>Monter</B> et <B>Descendre</B>.</P>"
+# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__170
+#. Represents button that open Device Map edit dialog
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:719
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Disk Order"
+msgid "&Edit Disk Boot Order"
+msgstr "Ordre disques"
 
-# TLABEL lilo_2002_03_14_2340__54
-#. help 4/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:93
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:725
 msgid ""
-"<P>Press <B>Add</B> to create a new boot loader section\n"
-"or <B>Delete</B> to delete the selected section.</P>"
+"<p><big><b>Disks Order</b></big><br>\n"
+"To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n"
+"the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons to reorder the disks.\n"
+"To add a disk, push <b>Add</b>.\n"
+"To remove a disk, push <b>Remove</b>.</p>"
 msgstr ""
-"<P>Cliquer sur <B>Ajouter</B> pour créer une nouvelle section du chargeur d'amorçage\n"
-"ou sur <B>Effacer</B> pour effacer la section sélectionnée.</P>"
+"<p><big><b>Ordre des disques</b></big><br>\n"
+"Pour préciser l'ordre des disques selon l'ordre du BIOS, utilisez\n"
+"les boutons <b>Monter</b> et <b>Descendre</b> pour réorganiser les disques.\n"
+"Pour ajouter un disque, cliquez sur <b>Ajouter</b>.\n"
+"Pour supprimer un disque, cliquez sur <b>Supprimer</b>.</p>"
 
-#. help text for the custom boot manager installation, 1 of 7
-#. %1 = name of boot loader (e.g. "LILO")
-#. this should be per architecture
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:107
-msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>Boot Loader Location</b></big><br>\n"
-"The boot manager (%1) can be installed in the following ways:</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>Emplacement du chargeur d'amorçage</b></big><br>\n"
-"Le gestionnaire d'amorçage (%1) peut être installé de la manière suivante :</p>"
+# TLABEL users_2002_03_15_0147__2
+#. represents Tab with kernel related configuration
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:746
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Kernel Parameters"
+msgid "&Kernel Parameters"
+msgstr "Paramètres du noyau"
 
-#. custom bootloader help text, 2 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:116
-msgid ""
-"<p>- In the <b>Master Boot Record</b> (MBR).\n"
-"This is not recommended if there is another operating system installed\n"
-"on the computer.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>- Depuis le <b>secteur maître d'amorçage</b> (MBR).\n"
-"Cette option est déconseillée si un autre système d'exploitation est installé\n"
-" sur l'ordinateur.</p>"
+# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__0
+#. Represent tab with options related to stage1 location and bootloader type
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:771
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Boot Code Options"
+msgid "Boot Co&de Options"
+msgstr "Options du code d'amorçage"
 
-#. custom bootloader help text, 3 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:126
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"- In the <b>Boot Sector</b> of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n"
-"partition.  This is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n"
-"partition. Either set <b>Activate Boot Loader Partition</b> and\n"
-"<b>Replace MBR with Generic Code</b> in <b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b>\n"
-"to update the master boot record\n"
-"if it is needed or configure your other boot manager\n"
-"to start &product;.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"- Depuis le <b>Secteur d'amorçage</b> de <tt>/boot</tt> ou de la \n"
-"partition <tt>/</tt> (racine).  Cette option est recommandée à partir du moment où\n"
-" une partition appropriée existe. Dans <b>Détails d'installation du chargeur d'amorçage</b>, \n"
-"sélectionnez les options <b>Activer la partition du chargeur d'amorçage</b> et\n"
-" <b>Remplacer le MBR par du code générique</b> pour mettre à jour le secteur maître d'amorçage\n"
-" si cela est nécessaire OU configurez l'autre gestionnaire d'amorçage\n"
-" pour lancer &product;.</p> "
+# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__0
+#. Represents bootloader specific options like its timeout, default section or password protection
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:837
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Bootloader Options"
+msgid "Boot&loader Options"
+msgstr "Options du chargeur d'amorçage"
 
-#. custom bootloader help text, 5 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:141
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"- In some <b>Other</b> partition. Consider your system's restrictions\n"
-"when selecting this option.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"- Depuis une <b>Autre</b> partition. Étudiez les restrictions de votre système \n"
-"si vous choisissez de sélectionner cette option.</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:81
+msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1"
+msgstr "Activer le Secure Boot : %1"
 
-#. optional part, only inserted on x86 architectures. 6 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:151
-msgid ""
-"<p>For example, most PCs have a BIOS\n"
-"limit that restricts booting to\n"
-"hard disk cylinders smaller than 1024. Depending on the boot manager used,\n"
-"you may or may not be able to boot from a logical partition.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Par exemple, la plupart des PC possèdent une limite\n"
-"du BIOS qui restreint l'amorçage aux\n"
-"cylindres de disque dur inférieurs à 1024. En fonction du gestionnaire d'amorçage utilisé,\n"
-"vous avez ou non la possibilité d'amorcer à partir d'une partition logique.</p>"
+#. TODO: not much helpful for customers
+#. error report
+#: src/lib/bootloader/main_dialog.rb:84
+msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly."
+msgstr "A cause du partitionnement, le chargeur d'amorçage ne peut pas être installé correctement."
 
-#. custom bootloader help text, 7 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:163
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Enter the device name of the partition (for example, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> or\n"
-"<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) in the input field.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Saisissez le nom de périphérique de la partition (par exemple, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> ou\n"
-"<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) dans le champ adéquat.</p>"
-
-# TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__47
-#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:176
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b><br>\n"
-"To adjust advanced boot loader installation options (such as the device\n"
-"mapping), click <b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Détails d'installation du chargeur d'amorçage</b><br>\n"
-"Pour régler les options avancées de l'installation du chargeur d'amorçage (tel que le mapping\n"
-"des périphériques), cliquez sur <b>Détails d'installation du chargeur d'amorçage</b>.</p>"
-
-# TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__47
-#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:187
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot Loader Type</b><br>\n"
-"To select whether to install a boot loader and which bootloader to install,\n"
-"use <b>Boot Loader</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Type de chargeur d'amorçage</b><br>\n"
-"Pour choisir d'installer ou non un chargeur d'amorçage et lequel installer,\n"
-"utilisez la liste <b>Chargeur d'amorçage</b>.</p>"
-
-# TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__47
-#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:198
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot Loader Options</b><br>\n"
-"To adjust options of the boot loader, such as the time-out, click\n"
-"<b>Boot Loader Options</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Options du chargeur d'amorçage</b><br>\n"
-"Pour régler les options du chargeur d'amorçage, telles que le délai, cliquez sur \n"
-"<b>Options du chargeur d'amorçage</b>.</p>"
-
-#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:209
-msgid ""
-"<P><B>Expert Manual Configuration</B><BR>\n"
-"Here, manually edit the boot loader configuration.</P>\n"
-"<P>Note: The final configuration file may have different indenting.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P><B>Configuration manuelle pour experts</B><BR>\n"
-"Ici, modifiez manuellement la configuration du chargeur d'amorçage.</P>\n"
-"<P>Remarque : le fichier de configuration final peut avoir une indentation différente.</P>"
-
-#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:220
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Section Name</b><br>\n"
-"Use <b>Section Name</b> to specify the boot loader section name. The section\n"
-"name must be unique.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Nom de section</b><br>\n"
-"Utilisez <b>Nom de section</b> pour préciser le nom de section du chargeur d'amorçage. Le nom de \n"
-"section doit être unique.</p>"
-
-# TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__47
-#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:231
-msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>Type of the New Section</b></big><br>\n"
-"Select the type of the new section to create.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>Type de la nouvelle section</b></big><br>\n"
-"Sélectionnez le type de la nouvelle section à créer.</p>"
-
-#. help text 2/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:235
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select <b>Clone Selected Section</b> to clone the currently selected\n"
-"section. Then modify the options that should differ from the\n"
-"selected section.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Sélectionnez <b>Cloner la section sélectionnée</b> pour cloner la section \n"
-"sélectionnée. Modifiez ensuite les options à différencier de celles de la \n"
-"section sélectionnée.</p>"
-
-#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:241
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select <b>Image Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image\n"
-"to load and start.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Sélectionnez <b>Section d'image</b> pour ajouter un noyau Linux ou une autre image\n"
-"à charger et à lancer.</p>"
-
-#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:245
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n"
-"but to start it in a Xen environment.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Sélectionnez <b>Section XEN</b> pour ajouter un kernel Linux ou une autre image,\n"
-" à lancer cette fois dans un environnement XEN.</p>"
-
-#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:249
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select <b>Other System (Chainloader)</b> to add a section that \n"
-"loads and starts a boot sector of a partition of the disk. This is used for\n"
-"booting other operating systems.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Sélectionnez <b>Autre système (chargeur en chaîne)</b> pour ajouter une section qui\n"
-"charge et lance le secteur d'amorçage d'une partition donnée du disque. Vous pouvez ainsi\n"
-"amorcer d'autres systèmes d'exploitation.</p>"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:254
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a section that \n"
-"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n"
-"booting other operating systems.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Sélectionnez <b>Section de menu</b> pour ajouter une section qui\n"
-"charge un fichier de configuration (une liste de sections d'amorçage) depuis une partition du disque.\n"
-"Vous pouvez ainsi amorcer d'autres systèmes d'exploitation.</p>"
-
-# TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__12
-#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:108
-msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1"
-msgstr "Ordre des disques durs : %1"
-
 # TLABEL lilo_2002_03_14_2340__13
-#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:51
+#. Represents when bootloader want user manage itself
+#: src/lib/bootloader/none_bootloader.rb:15
 msgid "Do not install any boot loader"
 msgstr "N'installer aucun chargeur d'amorçage"
 
-# TLABEL lilo_2002_03_14_2340__13
-#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:54
-msgid "Do Not Install Any Boot Loader"
-msgstr "Ne pas installer de chargeur d'amorçage "
-
-# TLABEL general_2002_03_14_2340__24
-#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:60
-msgid "Install the default boot loader"
-msgstr "Installer le chargeur d'amorçage par défaut"
-
-# TLABEL general_2002_03_14_2340__24
-#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:63
-msgid "Install Default Boot Loader"
-msgstr "Installer le chargeur d'amorçage par défaut"
-
-# TLABEL lilo_2002_03_14_2340__13
-#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:68
-msgid "Boot loader"
-msgstr "Chargeur d'amorçage"
-
-# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__263
-#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:71
-msgid "Boot Loader"
-msgstr "Chargeur d'amorçage"
-
-#. popup message
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:35
-msgid ""
-"This function is not available if the boot\n"
-"loader is not specified."
-msgstr ""
-"Cette fonction n'est pas disponible si le chargeur \n"
-"d'amorçage n'est pas précisé."
-
-# TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__73
-#. yes-no popup question
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:48
-msgid ""
-"Really leave the boot loader configuration without saving?\n"
-"All changes will be lost.\n"
-msgstr ""
-"Voulez-vous vraiment quitter la configuration de votre chargeur\n"
-"d'amorçage sans sauvegarde ?\n"
-"Toutes vos modifications seront perdues.\n"
-
-# TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__37
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:57
-msgid "The password must not be empty."
-msgstr "Le mot de passe ne doit pas être vide."
-
-# TLABEL lilo_2002_01_04_0147__24
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:66
-msgid ""
-"'Password' and 'Retype password'\n"
-"do not match. Retype the password."
-msgstr ""
-"Les valeurs dans 'Mot de passe' et 'Retaper le mot de passe' \n"
-"ne sont pas identiques. Retapez le mot de passe."
-
-# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__453
-#. Confirmation box with yes-no popup. %1 is reason why we need to set
-#. default location. It is translated on caller side and it is complete
-#. sentence.
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:82
-msgid "%1Set default boot loader location?\n"
-msgstr "%1Définir l'emplacement par défaut du chargeur d'amorçage ?\n"
-
-# TLABEL storage_2002_08_07_0216__12
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:90
-msgid ""
-"The name selected is already used.\n"
-"Use a different one.\n"
-msgstr ""
-"Le nom sélectionné est déjà utilisé.\n"
-"Faites un autre choix.\n"
-
-# TLABEL lilo_2002_01_04_0147__12
-#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:101
-msgid ""
-"An error occurred during boot loader\n"
-"installation. Retry boot loader configuration?\n"
-msgstr ""
-"Une erreur est survenue lors de l'installation du chargeur\n"
-"d'amorçage. Recommencer la configuration du chargeur d'amorçage ?\n"
-
-#. warning popup. %1 is device name, %2 is date/time in form of
-#. 'date' command output
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:125
-msgid ""
-"Warning!\n"
-"\n"
-"Current MBR of %1 will now be rewritten with MBR\n"
-"saved at %2.\n"
-"\n"
-"Only the booting code in the MBR will be rewritten.\n"
-"The partition table remains unchanged.\n"
-"\n"
-"Continue?\n"
-msgstr ""
-"Avertissement !\n"
-"\n"
-"Le MBR actuel de %1 va maintenant être écrasé par le MBR\n"
-"enregistré le %2.\n"
-"\n"
-"Seul le code d'amorçage du MBR sera écrasé.\n"
-"La table de partition restera inchangée.\n"
-"\n"
-"Continuer ?\n"
-
-# TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__137
-#. PushButton
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:147
-msgid "&Yes, Rewrite"
-msgstr "&Oui, écraser"
-
-#. error report
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36
-msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly."
-msgstr "A cause du partitionnement, le chargeur d'amorçage ne peut pas être installé correctement."
-
-# TLABEL cups_2002_01_04_0147__215
-#. Represents dialog for modification of device map
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:53
-msgid "Device map must contain at least one device"
-msgstr "La carte des périphériques (device map) doit contenir au moins un périphérique"
-
-# TLABEL tv_2002_03_14_2340__21
-#. we just go back to original dialog
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:96
-msgid "Disk order settings"
-msgstr "Paramètres d'ordre des disques"
-
-# TLABEL hwinfo_2002_01_04_0147__29
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:101
-msgid "D&isks"
-msgstr "D&isques"
-
-# TLABEL restore_2002_08_07_0216__52
-#. textentry header
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:146
-msgid "&Device"
-msgstr "&Périph."
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition
-#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:47
-msgid "Selected custom bootloader partition %s is not available any more."
-msgstr "La partition d'amorçage personnalisée sélectionnée %s n'est plus disponible."
-
-#. TRANSLATORS the %{path} is path where bootloader stage1 is selected to install and
-#. the %{device} is device where it should be, but isn't
-#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:61
-msgid "Selected bootloader location %{path} is not on %{device} any more."
-msgstr "L'emplacement d'amorçage sélectionné %{path} n'est plus sur %{device}."
-
-# TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__338
-#. Finish client for bootloader configuration
-#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:28
-msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..."
-msgstr "Enregistrement de la configuration du chargeur d'amorçage..."
-
-# TLABEL installation_2002_08_07_0216__5
-#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message
-#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL
-#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:145
-msgid ""
-"\n"
-"Your system will now shut down.%1\n"
-"For details, read the related chapter \n"
-"in the documentation. \n"
-msgstr ""
-"\n"
-"Votre système va maintenant s'éteindre.%1\n"
-"Pour plus de détails, lisez le chapitre connexe\n"
-"de la documentation. \n"
-
-#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed
-#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system
-#. Message that will be displayed along with information
-#. how the boot loader was installed
-#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:158
-msgid "The system will reboot now..."
-msgstr "Le système va réamorcer maintenant..."
-
 # TLABEL bootloader_2002_03_14_2340__3
 #. proposal part - bootloader label
 #: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:94
@@ -1201,206 +579,710 @@
 msgstr "&Amorçage"
 
 #. warning text in the summary richtext
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:174
+#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:179
 msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable."
 msgstr "Aucun chargeur d'amorçage n'est sélectionné pour être installé. Votre système pourrait ne pas être amorçable."
 
-#. error in the proposal
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:183
+#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:186
 msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly"
 msgstr "Impossible d'installer correctement le chargeur d'amorçage à cause du partitionnement"
 
-#. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal
-#.
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:168
-msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (do not install</a>)"
-msgstr "Installer le code d'amorçage dans le MBR (ne pas installer</a>)"
+# TLABEL printconf_2002_01_04_0147__232
+#. Dialog for graphical indication that bootloader configuration is read
+#: src/lib/bootloader/read_dialog.rb:22
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<P><BIG><B>Boot Loader Configuration Tool</B></BIG><BR>\n"
+#| "Change the settings of your boot loader.</P>"
+msgid ""
+"<P><BIG><B>Boot Loader Configuration Tool</B></BIG><BR>\n"
+"Reading current configuration...</P>"
+msgstr ""
+"<P><BIG><B>Outil de configuration du chargeur d'amorçage</B></BIG><BR>\n"
+"Modifiez les paramètres de votre chargeur d'amorçage.</P>"
 
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:172
-msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (install</a>)"
-msgstr "Ne pas installer le code d'amorçage dans le MBR (installer</a>)"
+# TLABEL tv_2002_03_14_2340__5
+#. Write settings dialog
+#. @return `:abort` if aborted and `:next` otherwise
+#: src/lib/bootloader/write_dialog.rb:24
+msgid ""
+"<P><B><BIG>Saving Boot Loader Configuration</BIG></B><BR>\n"
+"Please wait...<br></p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<P><B><BIG>Enregistrement de la configuration du chargeur d'amorçage</BIG></B><BR>\n"
+"Veuillez patienter...<br></p>"
 
-#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:185
-msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (do not install</a>)"
-msgstr "Installer le code d'amorçage dans la partition /boot ( ne pas installer</a>)"
-
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189
-msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (install</a>)"
-msgstr "Ne pas installer le code d'amorçage dans la partition /boot (installer</a>)"
-
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:195
-msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (do not install</a>)"
-msgstr "Installer le code d'amorçage dans la partition \"/\" (ne pas installer</a>)"
-
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:199
-msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (install</a>)"
-msgstr "Ne pas installer le code d'amorçage dans la partition \"/\" (installer</a>)"
-
-# stage1 non traduit, terme existe dans le manuel français de GRUB
-#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:209
-msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location."
-msgstr "Avertissement : aucun emplacement sélectionné pour le stage1 du chargeur d'amorçage. A moins de savoir ce que vous faites, sélectionnez un emplacement ci-dessus."
-
-# TLABEL cups_2002_01_04_0147__131
-#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:217
-msgid "Change Location: %s"
-msgstr "Changer d'emplacement : %s"
-
-# TLABEL restore_2002_08_07_0216__43
-#. Display bootloader summary
-#. @return a list of summary lines
-#. Display bootloader summary
-#. @return a list of summary lines
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:226 src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:100
-msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1"
-msgstr "Type de chargeur d'amorçage : %1"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short.
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:237
-msgid " (extended)"
-msgstr " (étendue)"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific
-#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is.
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:245
-msgid " (MBR)"
-msgstr " (MBR)"
-
-# TLABEL cups_2002_01_04_0147__131
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:252
-msgid "Status Location: %1"
-msgstr "Emplacement choisi : %1"
-
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:108
-msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1"
-msgstr "Activer le Secure Boot : %1"
-
-# TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__54
-#. Check that bootloader is known and supported
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:65
-msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1"
-msgstr "Chargeur d'amorçage inconnu : %1"
-
 #. grub2 is sooo cool...
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:94
 msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2"
 msgstr "Combinaison de la plateforme matérielle %1 et du chargeur d'amorçage %2 non supportée"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation.
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:139
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:117
 msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR."
 msgstr "L'amorçage depuis le MBR ne fonctionne pas avec le système de fichier btrfs et le label de disque GPT sans partition bios_grub,. Pour résoudre ce problème, créez une partition bios_grub ou utilisez n'importe quel système de fichier ext pour la partition d'amorçage ou n'installez pas stage 1 sur le MBR."
 
+#. FIXME: big part of this method should be in BootStorage
 #. check if boot device is on raid0
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:167
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:144
 msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot."
 msgstr "Le périphérique de démarrage est sur un raid de type : %1. Le système ne démarrera pas."
 
 #. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:187
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:156
 msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record"
 msgstr "Le périphérique d'amorçage est sur un RAID1 logiciel. Sélectionnez un autre emplacement de chargeur d'amorçage, par ex. MBR"
 
 #. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604)
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:239
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:189
 msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code."
 msgstr "Partition ext manquante pour l'amorçage. Impossible d'installer le code d'amorçage."
 
 #. activate set or there is already activate flag
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:248
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:200
 msgid "Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes could refuse to boot."
 msgstr "Le drapeau d'activation n'est pas défini par l'installateur. S'il n'est pas mis du tout, certains BIOS peuvent refuser le démarrage."
 
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:255
-msgid "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot disk."
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:207
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot disk."
+msgid "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot from this disk."
 msgstr "L'installateur ne modifiera pas le MBR du disque. À moins qu'il ne contienne déjà un code de démarrage, le BIOS ne sera pas capable de démarrer le disque."
 
 # TLABEL lilo_2002_03_14_2340__13
 #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:146
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:118
 msgid "Check boot loader"
 msgstr "Vérifier le chargeur d'amorçage"
 
 # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__444
 #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:148
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:120
 msgid "Read partitioning"
 msgstr "Lecture du partitionnement"
 
 # TLABEL packages_2002_03_14_2340__27
 #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:150
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:122
 msgid "Load boot loader settings"
 msgstr "Charger les paramètres du chargeur d'amorçage"
 
 #. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:154
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:126
 msgid "Checking boot loader..."
 msgstr "Vérification du chargeur d'amorçage..."
 
 # TLABEL lilo_2002_03_14_2340__93
 #. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:156
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:128
 msgid "Reading partitioning..."
 msgstr "Lecture du partitionnement..."
 
 # TLABEL users_2002_08_07_0216__41
 #. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:158
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:130
 msgid "Loading boot loader settings..."
 msgstr "Chargement des paramètres du chargeur d'amorçage..."
 
 # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__194
 #. dialog header
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:162
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:134
 msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration"
 msgstr "Initialisation de la configuration du chargeur d'amorçage"
 
 # TLABEL printconf_2002_03_14_2340__107
 #. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:281
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:219
 msgid "Create initrd"
 msgstr "Créer initrd"
 
 # TLABEL restore_2002_08_07_0216__43
 #. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:283
-msgid "Save boot loader configuration files"
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:221
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Save boot loader configuration files"
+msgid "Save boot loader configuration"
 msgstr "Enregistrer les fichiers de configuration du chargeur d'amorçage"
 
-# TLABEL general_2002_03_14_2340__24
-#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:285
-msgid "Install boot loader"
-msgstr "Installer le chargeur d'amorçage"
-
 # TLABEL printconf_2002_03_14_2340__107
 #. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:289
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:225
 msgid "Creating initrd..."
 msgstr "Création de initrd..."
 
-# TLABEL restore_2002_08_07_0216__43
+# TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__338
 #. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:291
-msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..."
-msgstr "Enregistrement des fichiers de configuration du chargeur d'amorçage..."
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:227
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..."
+msgid "Saving boot loader configuration..."
+msgstr "Enregistrement de la configuration du chargeur d'amorçage..."
 
-# TLABEL general_2002_03_14_2340__24
-#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:293
-msgid "Installing boot loader..."
-msgstr "Installation du chargeur d'amorçage..."
-
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__338
 #. progress line
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:299
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:233
 msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration"
 msgstr "Enregistrement de la configuration du chargeur d'amorçage"
 
+# TLABEL nfs_2002_08_07_0216__1
+#~ msgid "Configuration summary of boot loader"
+#~ msgstr "Résumé de la configuration du chargeur d'amorçage"
+
+# TLABEL lilo_2002_01_04_0147__84
+#~ msgid "Delete a global option"
+#~ msgstr "Supprimer une option globale"
+
+# TLABEL lilo_2002_01_04_0147__84
+#~ msgid "Set a global option"
+#~ msgstr "Définir une option globale"
+
+# TLABEL lilo_2002_01_04_0147__26
+#~ msgid "Print value of specified option"
+#~ msgstr "Afficher la valeur de l'option spécifiée"
+
+# TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__242
+#~ msgid "The key of the option"
+#~ msgstr "La clé de l'option"
+
+# TLABEL lilo_2002_01_04_0147__26
+#~ msgid "The value of the option"
+#~ msgstr "La valeur de l'option"
+
+# TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__270
+#~ msgid "Value was not specified."
+#~ msgstr "La valeur n'a pas été spécifiée."
+
+# TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__270
+#~ msgid "Option was not specified."
+#~ msgstr "L'option n'a pas été spécifiée."
+
+# TLABEL printconf_2002_03_14_2340__99
+#~ msgid "Value: %s"
+#~ msgstr "Valeur : %s"
+
+#~ msgid "Specified option does not exist."
+#~ msgstr "L'option spécifiée n'existe pas."
+
+# TLABEL security_2002_08_07_0216__2
+#~ msgid "<p><big><b>Boot Menu</b></big><br></p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p><big><b>Menu d'amorçage</b></big><br></p>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><b>Boot from Boot Partition</b> is one of the recommended options, the other is\n"
+#~ "<b>Boot from Root Partition</b>.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><b>Amorcer à partir de la partition d'amorçage</b> est l'une des options recommandées, l'autre étant \n"
+#~ "<b>Amorcer à partir de la partition racine</b>.</p>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><b>Boot from Master Boot Record</b> is not recommended if you have another operating system\n"
+#~ "installed on your computer</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>L'option <b>Amorcer à partir du secteur maître d'amorçage</b> n'est pas recommandée si un autre système d'exploitation est installé sur l'ordinateur.</p>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><b>Boot from Root Partition</b> is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n"
+#~ "partition. Either select <b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b> and <b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b>\n"
+#~ "in <b>Boot Loader Options</b> to update the master boot record if that is needed or configure your other boot manager\n"
+#~ "to start this section.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>L'option <b>Amorcer à partir de la partition racine</b> est recommandée lorsqu'il existe une partition \n"
+#~ "adaptée. Vous pouvez soit sélectionner <b>Définir le marqueur 'active' dans la table de partition pour la partition d'amorçage</b> et <b>Écrire du code générique d'amorçage dans le MBR</b>\n"
+#~ " sous <b>Options du chargeur d'amorçage</b> afin de mettre à jour le secteur maître d'amorçage si nécessaire, soit configurer l'autre gestionnaire d'amorçage\n"
+#~ " pour démarrer cette section.</p>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><b>Boot from Extended Partition</b> should be selected if your root partition is on \n"
+#~ "logical partition and the /boot partition is missing</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><b>Amorçage depuis une Partition étendue</b>est à sélectionner si votre partition racine est\n"
+#~ "sur une partition logique et s'il manque la partition /boot</p>"
+
+#~ msgid "<p><b>Custom Boot Partition</b> lets you choose a partition to boot from.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>La <b>partition d'amorçage personnalisée</b> vous permet de choisir la partition d'amorçage.</p>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>MD array is build from 2 disks. <b>Enable Redundancy for MD Array</b>\n"
+#~ "enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>La matrice MD est composée de 2 disques. <b>Activer la redondance pour la matrice MD</b>\n"
+#~ "activer cette option pour copier GRUB dans le MBR des 2 disques.</p>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><b>Use Serial Console</b> lets you define the parameters to use\n"
+#~ "for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</code>) for details.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><b>Utiliser la console série</b> permet de définir les paramètres à utiliser\n"
+#~ "pour une console série. Pour plus de détails, consultez la documentation de grub (<code>info grub2</code>).</p>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><b>Terminal Definition</b></p><br>\n"
+#~ "Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a serial console),\n"
+#~ "you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n"
+#~ "command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n"
+#~ "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><b>Définition du terminal</b></p><br>\n"
+#~ "Permet de définir le type de terminal à utiliser Pour un terminal série (par exemple, une console série),\n"
+#~ "spécifiez <code>série</code>. Vous pouvez également transmettre <code>console</code> \n"
+#~ "à la commande, sous la forme <code>console série</code>. Dans ce cas, si vous appuyez sur une touche quelconque d'un terminal,\n"
+#~ " celui-ci sera utilisé comme terminal GRUB.</p>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><b>Fallback Sections if default Fails</b> contains a list of section numbers\n"
+#~ "that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><b>Sections de recours en cas d'échec de la section par défaut</b> contient la liste \n"
+#~ "des numéros de section qui seront utilisés pour l'amorçage dans le cas où la section \n"
+#~ "par défaut ne serait pas amorçable.</p>"
+
+# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__0
+#~ msgid "Boot Loader Locations"
+#~ msgstr "Emplacement du chargeur d'amorçage"
+
+# TLABEL bootloader_2002_08_07_0216__7
+#~ msgid "Custom Boot Partition"
+#~ msgstr "Partition d'amorçage personnalisée"
+
+# TLABEL bootloader_2002_08_07_0216__6
+#~ msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record"
+#~ msgstr "Amorcer à partir du secteur maître d'amorçage (MBR)"
+
+# TLABEL bootloader_2002_08_07_0216__7
+#~ msgid "Boot from Boot Partition"
+#~ msgstr "Amorcer à partir de la partition d'amorçage"
+
+# TLABEL bootloader_2002_08_07_0216__7
+#~ msgid "Boot from Extended Partition"
+#~ msgstr "Amorcer à partir de la partition étendue"
+
+# TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__200
+#~ msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters"
+#~ msgstr "&Paramètres de la connexion série"
+
+#~ msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails"
+#~ msgstr "Sections de recours en cas d'échec de la section par défaut"
+
+# TLABEL user_2002_01_04_0147__2
+#~ msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface"
+#~ msgstr "Mot de pa&sse de l'interface de menu"
+
+#~ msgid "Debugg&ing Flag"
+#~ msgstr "Marqueur de débogage"
+
+# TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__35
+#~ msgid "&Password"
+#~ msgstr "Mot de &passe"
+
+# TLABEL bootloader_2002_08_07_0216__7
+#~ msgid "Boot from &Root Partition"
+#~ msgstr "Amorcer à partir de la partition &racine"
+
+#~ msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array"
+#~ msgstr "Activer la red&ondance pour la matrice MD"
+
+# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__0
+#~ msgid "Boot Loader Options"
+#~ msgstr "Options du chargeur d'amorçage"
+
+#~ msgid "Secure Boot"
+#~ msgstr "Secure Boot"
+
+# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__0
+#~ msgid "Boot &Loader Location"
+#~ msgstr "Emp&lacement du chargeur d'amorçage"
+
+#~ msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed."
+#~ msgstr "Choisir la partition où est installée la séquence d'amorçage."
+
+#~ msgid "<p><b>Vga Mode</b> defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the <i>console</i> to when booting.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p><b>Mode Vga</b> définit le mode VGA que le noyau devrait activer pour la <i>console</i> lors de l'amorçage.</p>"
+
+# TLABEL idedma_2002_03_14_2340__13
+#~ msgid "&Vga Mode"
+#~ msgstr "Mode &VGA"
+
+#~ msgid "%1x%2, %3 bits (mode %4)"
+#~ msgstr "%1x%2, %3 bits (mode %4)"
+
+# TLABEL firewall_2002_03_14_2340__63
+#~ msgid "Standard 8-pixel font mode."
+#~ msgstr "Mode standard de police 8 pixels."
+
+# TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__57
+#~ msgid "Text Mode"
+#~ msgstr "Mode texte"
+
+# TLABEL support_2002_01_04_0147__18
+#~ msgid "Unspecified"
+#~ msgstr "Autre"
+
+#~ msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly."
+#~ msgstr "Chargeur d'amorçage '%s' non géré. Adaptez votre profil AutoYaST en conséquence."
+
+# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__289
+#~ msgid "Select File"
+#~ msgstr "Sélectionner un fichier"
+
+# TLABEL sound_2002_01_04_0147__30
+#~ msgid "There are no options to set for the current boot loader."
+#~ msgstr "Il n'y a aucune option à définir pour le chargeur d'amorçage actuel."
+
+# TLABEL printconf_2002_03_14_2340__44
+#~ msgid "E&dit Configuration Files"
+#~ msgstr "Mo&difier les fichiers de configuration"
+
+# TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__151
+#~ msgid "&Propose New Configuration"
+#~ msgstr "&Proposer une nouvelle configuration"
+
+# TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__35
+#~ msgid "&Start from Scratch"
+#~ msgstr "&Démarrer à zéro"
+
+# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__13
+#~ msgid "&Reread Configuration from Disk"
+#~ msgstr "&Relire la configuration depuis le disque"
+
+#~ msgid "Restore MBR of Hard Disk"
+#~ msgstr "Restaurer le MBR du disque dur"
+
+#~ msgid "Write bootloader boot code to disk"
+#~ msgstr "Écrire le code d'amorçage du chargeur d'amorçage sur le disque"
+
+# TLABEL rpm-groups_2002_03_14_2340__77
+#~ msgid "Other"
+#~ msgstr "Autres"
+
+# TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__115
+#~ msgid "MBR restored successfully."
+#~ msgstr "MBR restauré avec succès."
+
+# TLABEL restore_2002_08_07_0216__88
+#~ msgid "Failed to restore MBR."
+#~ msgstr "Échec lors de la restauration du MBR."
+
+# TLABEL firewall_2002_08_07_0216__0
+#~ msgid "Writing bootloader settings failed."
+#~ msgstr "Échec de l'écriture des paramètres du chargeur d'amorçage."
+
+# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__0
+#~ msgid "Boot &Loader Options"
+#~ msgstr "Options du &chargeur d'amorçage"
+
+# TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__200
+#~ msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details"
+#~ msgstr "&Détails d'installation du chargeur d'amorçage"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<P>From <B>Other</B>,\n"
+#~ "you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n"
+#~ "configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n"
+#~ "the configuration saved on your disk. %1</P>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<P>Via l'option <B>Autres</B>,\n"
+#~ "vous pouvez modifier manuellement les fichiers de configuration du chargeur d'amorçage, effacer la \n"
+#~ "configuration actuelle et en proposer une nouvelle, repartir de zéro\n"
+#~ " ou relire la configuration enregistrée sur votre disque. %1</P>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<P>To edit boot loader configuration files\n"
+#~ "manually, click <B>Edit Configuration Files</B>.</P>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<P>Pour modifier manuellement les fichiers de configuration du\n"
+#~ "chargeur d'amorçage, cliquez sur <B>Modifier les fichiers de configuration</B>.</P>"
+
+# TLABEL lilo_2002_03_14_2340__51
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<P> In the table, each section represents one item\n"
+#~ "in the boot menu.</P>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<P>Dans le tableau, chaque section représente une option\n"
+#~ "du menu d'amorçage.</P>"
+
+# TLABEL lilo_2002_03_14_2340__52
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<P> Press <B>Edit</B> to display the properties of the\n"
+#~ "selected section.</P>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<P>Cliquez sur <B>Modifier</B> pour afficher les propriétés\n"
+#~ "de la section sélectionnée.</P>"
+
+# TLABEL lilo_2002_03_14_2340__53
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<P> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b>, mark the selected \n"
+#~ "section as default. When booting, the boot loader will provide \n"
+#~ "a boot menu and wait for the user to select the kernel or other \n"
+#~ "OS to boot. If no key is pressed before the time-out, the default \n"
+#~ "kernel or OS will be booted. The order of sections in the boot loader\n"
+#~ "menu can be changed using the <B>Up</B> and <B>Down</B> buttons.</P>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<P> Cliquez sur <b>Définir par défaut</b> pour sélectionner une \n"
+#~ "section par défaut. Lors de l'amorçage, le chargeur d'amorçage proposera \n"
+#~ "un menu d'amorçage et attendra que l'utilisateur sélectionne le noyau ou un autre \n"
+#~ "système d'exploitation à amorcer. \n"
+#~ "Si vous n'appuyez pas sur une touche avant le délai imparti, le \n"
+#~ "noyau ou le système d'exploitation par défaut sera amorcé. L'ordre des sections dans le menu du chargeur \n"
+#~ "d'amorçage peut être modifié à l'aide des boutons <B>Monter</B> et <B>Descendre</B>.</P>"
+
+# TLABEL lilo_2002_03_14_2340__54
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<P>Press <B>Add</B> to create a new boot loader section\n"
+#~ "or <B>Delete</B> to delete the selected section.</P>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<P>Cliquer sur <B>Ajouter</B> pour créer une nouvelle section du chargeur d'amorçage\n"
+#~ "ou sur <B>Effacer</B> pour effacer la section sélectionnée.</P>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><big><b>Boot Loader Location</b></big><br>\n"
+#~ "The boot manager (%1) can be installed in the following ways:</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><big><b>Emplacement du chargeur d'amorçage</b></big><br>\n"
+#~ "Le gestionnaire d'amorçage (%1) peut être installé de la manière suivante :</p>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>- In the <b>Master Boot Record</b> (MBR).\n"
+#~ "This is not recommended if there is another operating system installed\n"
+#~ "on the computer.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>- Depuis le <b>secteur maître d'amorçage</b> (MBR).\n"
+#~ "Cette option est déconseillée si un autre système d'exploitation est installé\n"
+#~ " sur l'ordinateur.</p>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>\n"
+#~ "- In the <b>Boot Sector</b> of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n"
+#~ "partition.  This is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n"
+#~ "partition. Either set <b>Activate Boot Loader Partition</b> and\n"
+#~ "<b>Replace MBR with Generic Code</b> in <b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b>\n"
+#~ "to update the master boot record\n"
+#~ "if it is needed or configure your other boot manager\n"
+#~ "to start &product;.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>\n"
+#~ "- Depuis le <b>Secteur d'amorçage</b> de <tt>/boot</tt> ou de la \n"
+#~ "partition <tt>/</tt> (racine).  Cette option est recommandée à partir du moment où\n"
+#~ " une partition appropriée existe. Dans <b>Détails d'installation du chargeur d'amorçage</b>, \n"
+#~ "sélectionnez les options <b>Activer la partition du chargeur d'amorçage</b> et\n"
+#~ " <b>Remplacer le MBR par du code générique</b> pour mettre à jour le secteur maître d'amorçage\n"
+#~ " si cela est nécessaire OU configurez l'autre gestionnaire d'amorçage\n"
+#~ " pour lancer &product;.</p> "
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>\n"
+#~ "- In some <b>Other</b> partition. Consider your system's restrictions\n"
+#~ "when selecting this option.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>\n"
+#~ "- Depuis une <b>Autre</b> partition. Étudiez les restrictions de votre système \n"
+#~ "si vous choisissez de sélectionner cette option.</p>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>For example, most PCs have a BIOS\n"
+#~ "limit that restricts booting to\n"
+#~ "hard disk cylinders smaller than 1024. Depending on the boot manager used,\n"
+#~ "you may or may not be able to boot from a logical partition.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Par exemple, la plupart des PC possèdent une limite\n"
+#~ "du BIOS qui restreint l'amorçage aux\n"
+#~ "cylindres de disque dur inférieurs à 1024. En fonction du gestionnaire d'amorçage utilisé,\n"
+#~ "vous avez ou non la possibilité d'amorcer à partir d'une partition logique.</p>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>\n"
+#~ "Enter the device name of the partition (for example, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> or\n"
+#~ "<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) in the input field.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>\n"
+#~ "Saisissez le nom de périphérique de la partition (par exemple, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> ou\n"
+#~ "<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) dans le champ adéquat.</p>"
+
+# TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__47
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b><br>\n"
+#~ "To adjust advanced boot loader installation options (such as the device\n"
+#~ "mapping), click <b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b>.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><b>Détails d'installation du chargeur d'amorçage</b><br>\n"
+#~ "Pour régler les options avancées de l'installation du chargeur d'amorçage (tel que le mapping\n"
+#~ "des périphériques), cliquez sur <b>Détails d'installation du chargeur d'amorçage</b>.</p>"
+
+# TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__47
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><b>Boot Loader Options</b><br>\n"
+#~ "To adjust options of the boot loader, such as the time-out, click\n"
+#~ "<b>Boot Loader Options</b>.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><b>Options du chargeur d'amorçage</b><br>\n"
+#~ "Pour régler les options du chargeur d'amorçage, telles que le délai, cliquez sur \n"
+#~ "<b>Options du chargeur d'amorçage</b>.</p>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<P><B>Expert Manual Configuration</B><BR>\n"
+#~ "Here, manually edit the boot loader configuration.</P>\n"
+#~ "<P>Note: The final configuration file may have different indenting.</P>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<P><B>Configuration manuelle pour experts</B><BR>\n"
+#~ "Ici, modifiez manuellement la configuration du chargeur d'amorçage.</P>\n"
+#~ "<P>Remarque : le fichier de configuration final peut avoir une indentation différente.</P>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><b>Section Name</b><br>\n"
+#~ "Use <b>Section Name</b> to specify the boot loader section name. The section\n"
+#~ "name must be unique.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><b>Nom de section</b><br>\n"
+#~ "Utilisez <b>Nom de section</b> pour préciser le nom de section du chargeur d'amorçage. Le nom de \n"
+#~ "section doit être unique.</p>"
+
+# TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__47
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><big><b>Type of the New Section</b></big><br>\n"
+#~ "Select the type of the new section to create.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><big><b>Type de la nouvelle section</b></big><br>\n"
+#~ "Sélectionnez le type de la nouvelle section à créer.</p>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>Select <b>Clone Selected Section</b> to clone the currently selected\n"
+#~ "section. Then modify the options that should differ from the\n"
+#~ "selected section.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Sélectionnez <b>Cloner la section sélectionnée</b> pour cloner la section \n"
+#~ "sélectionnée. Modifiez ensuite les options à différencier de celles de la \n"
+#~ "section sélectionnée.</p>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>Select <b>Image Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image\n"
+#~ "to load and start.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Sélectionnez <b>Section d'image</b> pour ajouter un noyau Linux ou une autre image\n"
+#~ "à charger et à lancer.</p>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n"
+#~ "but to start it in a Xen environment.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Sélectionnez <b>Section XEN</b> pour ajouter un kernel Linux ou une autre image,\n"
+#~ " à lancer cette fois dans un environnement XEN.</p>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>Select <b>Other System (Chainloader)</b> to add a section that \n"
+#~ "loads and starts a boot sector of a partition of the disk. This is used for\n"
+#~ "booting other operating systems.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Sélectionnez <b>Autre système (chargeur en chaîne)</b> pour ajouter une section qui\n"
+#~ "charge et lance le secteur d'amorçage d'une partition donnée du disque. Vous pouvez ainsi\n"
+#~ "amorcer d'autres systèmes d'exploitation.</p>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a section that \n"
+#~ "loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n"
+#~ "booting other operating systems.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Sélectionnez <b>Section de menu</b> pour ajouter une section qui\n"
+#~ "charge un fichier de configuration (une liste de sections d'amorçage) depuis une partition du disque.\n"
+#~ "Vous pouvez ainsi amorcer d'autres systèmes d'exploitation.</p>"
+
+# TLABEL lilo_2002_03_14_2340__13
+#~ msgid "Do Not Install Any Boot Loader"
+#~ msgstr "Ne pas installer de chargeur d'amorçage "
+
+# TLABEL general_2002_03_14_2340__24
+#~ msgid "Install the default boot loader"
+#~ msgstr "Installer le chargeur d'amorçage par défaut"
+
+# TLABEL general_2002_03_14_2340__24
+#~ msgid "Install Default Boot Loader"
+#~ msgstr "Installer le chargeur d'amorçage par défaut"
+
+# TLABEL lilo_2002_03_14_2340__13
+#~ msgid "Boot loader"
+#~ msgstr "Chargeur d'amorçage"
+
+# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__263
+#~ msgid "Boot Loader"
+#~ msgstr "Chargeur d'amorçage"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "This function is not available if the boot\n"
+#~ "loader is not specified."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Cette fonction n'est pas disponible si le chargeur \n"
+#~ "d'amorçage n'est pas précisé."
+
+# TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__73
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Really leave the boot loader configuration without saving?\n"
+#~ "All changes will be lost.\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Voulez-vous vraiment quitter la configuration de votre chargeur\n"
+#~ "d'amorçage sans sauvegarde ?\n"
+#~ "Toutes vos modifications seront perdues.\n"
+
+# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__453
+#~ msgid "%1Set default boot loader location?\n"
+#~ msgstr "%1Définir l'emplacement par défaut du chargeur d'amorçage ?\n"
+
+# TLABEL storage_2002_08_07_0216__12
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The name selected is already used.\n"
+#~ "Use a different one.\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Le nom sélectionné est déjà utilisé.\n"
+#~ "Faites un autre choix.\n"
+
+# TLABEL lilo_2002_01_04_0147__12
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "An error occurred during boot loader\n"
+#~ "installation. Retry boot loader configuration?\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Une erreur est survenue lors de l'installation du chargeur\n"
+#~ "d'amorçage. Recommencer la configuration du chargeur d'amorçage ?\n"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Warning!\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "Current MBR of %1 will now be rewritten with MBR\n"
+#~ "saved at %2.\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "Only the booting code in the MBR will be rewritten.\n"
+#~ "The partition table remains unchanged.\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "Continue?\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Avertissement !\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "Le MBR actuel de %1 va maintenant être écrasé par le MBR\n"
+#~ "enregistré le %2.\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "Seul le code d'amorçage du MBR sera écrasé.\n"
+#~ "La table de partition restera inchangée.\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "Continuer ?\n"
+
+# TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__137
+#~ msgid "&Yes, Rewrite"
+#~ msgstr "&Oui, écraser"
+
+#~ msgid "Selected bootloader location %{path} is not on %{device} any more."
+#~ msgstr "L'emplacement d'amorçage sélectionné %{path} n'est plus sur %{device}."
+
+# TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__54
+#~ msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1"
+#~ msgstr "Chargeur d'amorçage inconnu : %1"
+
+# TLABEL general_2002_03_14_2340__24
+#~ msgid "Install boot loader"
+#~ msgstr "Installer le chargeur d'amorçage"
+
+# TLABEL restore_2002_08_07_0216__43
+#~ msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..."
+#~ msgstr "Enregistrement des fichiers de configuration du chargeur d'amorçage..."
+
+# TLABEL general_2002_03_14_2340__24
+#~ msgid "Installing boot loader..."
+#~ msgstr "Installation du chargeur d'amorçage..."
+
 #~ msgid "<p><b>Distributor</b> specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. </p>"
 #~ msgstr "<p><b>Distributeur</b> spécifie le nom du distributeur du noyau utilisé pour créer le nom d'entrée d'amorçage </p>"
 
@@ -1458,10 +1340,6 @@
 #~ msgid "Section name must be specified."
 #~ msgstr "Le nom de la section n'a pas été spécifié."
 
-# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__170
-#~ msgid "Disk Order"
-#~ msgstr "Ordre disques"
-
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__263
 #~ msgid "Boot Menu"
 #~ msgstr "Menu d'amorçage"
@@ -1969,10 +1847,6 @@
 #~ msgid " (\"/\")"
 #~ msgstr " (\"/\")"
 
-# TLABEL lilo_2002_03_14_2340__6
-#~ msgid " (default)"
-#~ msgstr " (par défaut)"
-
 # TLABEL lilo_2002_03_14_2340__92
 #~ msgid "Sections:<br>%1"
 #~ msgstr "Sections : <br>%1"

Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/ca-management.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/ca-management.fr.po	2016-09-02 21:33:42 UTC (rev 96676)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/ca-management.fr.po	2016-09-02 21:33:58 UTC (rev 96677)
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-13 15:58+0100\n"
 "Last-Translator: Sylvain Tostain \n"
 "Language-Team: French \n"
@@ -161,8 +161,7 @@
 #: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:235 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:362
 #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:301 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:466
 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:573
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:277
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1211
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:277 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1211
 msgid "&Password:"
 msgstr "&Mot de passe :"
 
@@ -244,8 +243,7 @@
 #: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:478 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:536
 #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:320 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:536
 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:216 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:565
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:777
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1121
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:777 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1121
 msgid "New passwords do not match."
 msgstr "Les nouveaux mots de passe ne correspondent pas."
 
@@ -2124,14 +2122,14 @@
 # TLABEL printconf_2002_03_14_2340__107
 #. Creating default CA/Certificate
 #. @return [Boolean] ( success )
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1890
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1891
 msgid "Creating certificate..."
 msgstr "Création du certificat..."
 
 #. Creating server certificate
 #. Exporting to common server certificate
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1932
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2013
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1933
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2014
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "The default certificate can also be created in\n"
@@ -2142,32 +2140,31 @@
 
 # TLABEL nis_server_2002_01_04_0147__79
 #. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:50
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52
 msgid "Finish"
 msgstr "Terminer"
 
 # TLABEL nis_server_2002_01_04_0147__80
 #. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:54
 msgid "Really save configuration ?"
 msgstr "Faut-il vraiment enregistrer la configuration ?"
 
 # TLABEL nis_server_2002_01_04_0147__81
 #. To translators: YesNo Popup headline
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:64
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66
 msgid "Exit"
 msgstr "Quitter"
 
 # TLABEL nis_server_2002_01_04_0147__82
 #. To translators: YesNo Popup
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:68
 msgid "Really exit configuration without saving ?"
 msgstr "Voulez-vous vraiment quitter la configuration sans enregistrer ?"
 
 # TLABEL cups_2002_03_14_2340__28
-#. Popup displaying openssl error messages
-#. @return [void]
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:88
+#. Show description while normal installation only.(bnc#962328)
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:91
 msgid "Details"
 msgstr "Détails"
 
@@ -2492,8 +2489,7 @@
 msgstr "Mot de passe &LDAP :"
 
 # TLABEL users_2002_01_04_0147__49
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:375
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1032
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:375 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1032
 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1388
 msgid "Certificate &Password:"
 msgstr "Mot de passe du &certificat :"
@@ -2546,29 +2542,24 @@
 msgid "Ce&rtificate and the Key Unencrypted in PEM Format"
 msgstr "Certificat et clé non chiffrée au format &PEM"
 
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:665
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1002
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:665 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1002
 msgid "C&ertificate and the Key Encrypted in PEM Format"
 msgstr "Certificat et clé chiffrée au format P&EM"
 
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:672
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1009
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:672 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1009
 msgid "&Certificate in DER Format"
 msgstr "Certificat au format DE&R"
 
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:679
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1016
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:679 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1016
 msgid "Cer&tificate and the Key in PKCS12 Format"
 msgstr "Certificat et clé au format P&KCS12"
 
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:686
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1023
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:686 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1023
 msgid "&Like PKCS12 and Include the CA Chain"
 msgstr "Comme PKCS&12 en incluant la chaîne d'AC"
 
 # TLABEL online_update_2002_03_14_2340__10
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:693
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1035
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:693 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1035
 msgid "&New Password"
 msgstr "&Nouveau mot de passe"
 

Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/cio.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/cio.fr.po	2016-09-02 21:33:42 UTC (rev 96676)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/cio.fr.po	2016-09-02 21:33:58 UTC (rev 96677)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-03 10:02+0200\n"
 "Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET \n"
 "Language-Team: French\n"
@@ -43,16 +43,16 @@
 msgid "Used"
 msgstr "Utilisé"
 
+# TLABEL update_2002_01_04_0147__63
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
+msgid "no"
+msgstr "non"
+
 # TLABEL update_2002_01_04_0147__62
 #: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
 msgid "yes"
 msgstr "oui"
 
-# TLABEL update_2002_01_04_0147__63
-#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
-msgid "no"
-msgstr "non"
-
 #. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created
 #: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160
 msgid "Filter channels"

Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/cluster.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/cluster.fr.po	2016-09-02 21:33:42 UTC (rev 96676)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/cluster.fr.po	2016-09-02 21:33:58 UTC (rev 96677)
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-03 22:17+0100\n"
 "Last-Translator: Jean-Marc BOUCHE \n"
 "Language-Team: French \n"
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@
 msgstr "La valeur des Votes Attendus doit être remplie lorsque le transport par multidiffusion est configuré"
 
 #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:228 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:256
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1427
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1429
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "The Multicast Address has to be fulfilled"
 msgstr "L'adresse de multidiffusion doit être définie"
@@ -192,7 +192,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__151
 #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:478
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1365
 msgid "Multicast Address:"
 msgstr "Adresse de multidiffusion :"
 
@@ -251,144 +251,144 @@
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__73
 #. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty.
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:715
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:717
 msgid "Enable Security Auth"
 msgstr "Activer la sécurité Auth"
 
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:719
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:721
 msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey."
 msgstr "Pour un cluster nouvellement créé, appuyer sur le bouton ci-dessous pour générer /etc/corosync/authkey."
 
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:724
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:726
 msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually."
 msgstr "Pour rejoindre un cluster existant, copiez manuellement /etc/corosync/authkey depuis les autres nœuds."
 
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:750
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Failed to create /etc/corosync/authkey"
 msgstr "Échec lors de la création de /etc/corosync/authkey"
 
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:754
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Create /etc/corosync/authkey succeeded"
 msgstr "La création de /etc/corosync/authkey a réussi"
 
 # TLABEL runlevel_2002_01_04_0147__38
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:813 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:883
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885
 msgid "Running"
 msgstr "En fonctionnement"
 
 # TLABEL sound_2002_01_04_0147__15
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:817
 msgid "Not running"
 msgstr "Non active"
 
 # TLABEL bootloader_2002_03_14_2340__3
 #. servie:cluster is the  name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:851
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:853
 msgid "Booting"
 msgstr "Amorçage"
 
 # TLABEL nfs_server_2002_01_04_0147__14
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:861
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:863
 #, fuzzy
 #| msgid "On -- Start pacemaker at booting"
 msgid "On -- Start pacemaker during boot"
 msgstr "On -- Démarrer pacemaker lors de l'amorçage"
 
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:868
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:870
 #, fuzzy
 #| msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually only"
 msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually"
 msgstr "Off -- Démarrer pacemaker manuellement maintenant"
 
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:877
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:879
 msgid "Switch On and Off"
 msgstr "Marche et Arrêt"
 
 # TLABEL nis_server_2002_01_04_0147__18
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:882
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:884
 msgid "Current Status: "
 msgstr "État actuel : "
 
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:891
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:893
 msgid "Start pacemaker Now"
 msgstr "Démarrer pacemaker maintenant"
 
 # TLABEL firewall_2002_08_07_0216__3
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:892
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:894
 msgid "Stop pacemaker Now"
 msgstr "Arrêter pacemaker maintenant"
 
 #. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:990
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:992
 msgid "Sync Host"
 msgstr "Hôte à synchroniser"
 
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:994 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1006
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008
 msgid "Add"
 msgstr "Ajouter"
 
 # TLABEL hwinfo_2002_01_04_0147__30
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:995 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1007
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:997 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009
 msgid "Del"
 msgstr "Suppr"
 
 # TLABEL base_2002_08_07_0216__19
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:998 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1010
 msgid "Edit"
 msgstr "Modifier"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__289
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1002
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1004
 msgid "Sync File"
 msgstr "Fichier à synchroniser"
 
 # TLABEL x11_2002_01_04_0147__3
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1011
 msgid "Add Suggested Files"
 msgstr "Ajouter les fichiers suggérés"
 
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1018
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1020
 msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys"
 msgstr "Générer les clés pré-partagées"
 
 #. remove duplicated elements
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1143
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1145
 msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown"
 msgstr "Statut de Csync2 inconnu"
 
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1146
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1148
 msgid "Turn csync2 ON"
 msgstr "Activer csync2"
 
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1149
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1151
 msgid "Turn csync2 OFF"
 msgstr "Arrêter csync2"
 
 # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__219
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1181
 msgid "Enter a hostname"
 msgstr "Entrer un nom d'hôte"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__43
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1193
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1195
 msgid "Edit the hostname"
 msgstr "Éditer le nom d'hôte"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__43
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1207
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1209
 msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize"
 msgstr "Entrer un nom de fichier à synchroniser"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__43
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1222
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1224
 msgid "Edit the filename"
 msgstr "Éditer le nom de fichier"
 
 # TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__38
 #. key file exist
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1254
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256
 msgid ""
 "Key file %1 already exist.\n"
 "Do you want to overwrite it?"
@@ -398,12 +398,12 @@
 
 # TLABEL firewall_2002_08_07_0216__8
 #. remove exist key file
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1264
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1266
 msgid "Delete key file %1 failed."
 msgstr "La suppression du fichier de clé %1 a échoué."
 
 #. generate key file
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1278
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1280
 msgid ""
 "Key file %1 is generated.\n"
 "Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list."
@@ -412,12 +412,12 @@
 "L'appui sur le bouton \"Ajouter les fichiers suggérés\" l'ajoutera à la liste de synchronisation."
 
 # TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__134
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1285
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287
 msgid "Key generation failed."
 msgstr "La génération de la clé a échoué."
 
 #. SaveCsync2();
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1347
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1349
 msgid ""
 "Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n"
 "YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n"
@@ -427,23 +427,23 @@
 "YaST peut aider à configurer certains aspects fondamentaux de conntrackd.\n"
 "Vous avez besoin de le démarrer avec ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd."
 
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1358
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1360
 msgid "Dedicated Interface:"
 msgstr "Interface dédiée :"
 
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1361
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363
 msgid "IP:"
 msgstr "IP :"
 
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1364
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1366
 msgid "Group Number:"
 msgstr "Numéro de groupe :"
 
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1368
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1370
 msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf"
 msgstr "Générer /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf"
 
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1435
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1437
 #, fuzzy
 #| msgid "The value for pos must be a positive integer."
 msgid "The Group Number must be a positive integer"
@@ -578,113 +578,113 @@
 
 # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__194
 #. Cluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:390
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:394
 msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration"
 msgstr "Initialisation de la configuration du cluster"
 
 # TLABEL tv_2002_03_14_2340__13
 #. Progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:406
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410
 msgid "Read the database"
 msgstr "Lire la base de données"
 
 #. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:408
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:412
 msgid "Read the previous settings"
 msgstr "Lire les paramètres précédents"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__279
 #. Progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414
 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
 msgstr "Lire les paramètres de SuSEFirewall"
 
 # TLABEL tv_2002_03_14_2340__16
 #. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418
 msgid "Reading the database..."
 msgstr "Lecture de la base de données..."
 
 # TLABEL tv_2002_03_14_2340__17
 #. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:416
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420
 msgid "Reading the previous settings..."
 msgstr "Lecture des paramètres précédents..."
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__284
 #. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:422
 msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..."
 msgstr "Lecture des paramètres de SuSEFirewall"
 
 # TLABEL lan_inetd_2002_03_14_2340__26
 #. Progress finished
 #. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420 src/modules/Cluster.rb:522
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:424 src/modules/Cluster.rb:526
 msgid "Finished"
 msgstr "Terminé"
 
 # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__106
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:435
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:439
 msgid "Cannot install required package"
 msgstr "Impossible d'installer les paquets requis"
 
 #. read database
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:444
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:448
 msgid "Cannot load existing configuration"
 msgstr "Impossible de charger la configuration existante"
 
 # TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__9
 #. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:455
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:459
 msgid "Cannot read database1."
 msgstr "Lecture impossible de la base de données database1."
 
 # TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__9
 #. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:463
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:467
 msgid "Cannot read database2."
 msgstr "Impossible de lire database2."
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__79
 #. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:479
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:483
 msgid "Cannot detect devices."
 msgstr "Détection impossible des périphériques."
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__286
 #. Cluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:497
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:501
 msgid "Saving cluster Configuration"
 msgstr "Enregistrement de la configuration du cluster"
 
 # TLABEL tv_2002_03_14_2340__21
 #. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:512
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:516
 msgid "Write the settings"
 msgstr "Écrire les paramètres"
 
 # TLABEL runlevel_2002_03_14_2340__40
 #. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:514
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518
 msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall"
 msgstr "Enregistrer les modifications dans SuSEFirewall"
 
 # TLABEL tv_2002_03_14_2340__24
 #. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:522
 msgid "Writing the settings..."
 msgstr "Écriture des paramètres..."
 
 # TLABEL runlevel_2002_03_14_2340__40
 #. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:520
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:524
 msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..."
 msgstr "Enregistrement des changements dans SuSEFirewall..."
 
 # TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__9
 #. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:532
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:536
 msgid "Cannot write settings."
 msgstr "Impossible d'écrire les paramètres."
 

Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/control.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/control.fr.po	2016-09-02 21:33:42 UTC (rev 96676)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/control.fr.po	2016-09-02 21:33:58 UTC (rev 96677)
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: control\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-03 14:55+0100\n"
 "Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET \n"
 "Language-Team: French \n"
@@ -27,335 +27,694 @@
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
 "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
 
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:3
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "\n"
+#| "<p>\n"
+#| "The installation has completed successfully.\n"
+#| "Your system is ready for use.\n"
+#| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n"
+#| "</p>\n"
+#| "<p>\n"
+#| "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n"
+#| "</p>\n"
+#| "        "
 msgid ""
 "\n"
-"<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n"
-"<p>The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n"
-"After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
-"<p>Visit us at %1.</p>\n"
-"<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your openSUSE Development Team</p>\n"
-"            "
+"<p>\n"
+"The installation has completed successfully.\n"
+"Your system is ready for use.\n"
+"Click <b>Finish</b> to log in to the system.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+"<p>\n"
+"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+"        "
 msgstr ""
 "\n"
-"<p><b>Félicitations !</b></p>\n"
-"<p>L'installation d'openSUSE sur votre machine est terminée.\n"
-"Après avoir cliqué sur <b>Terminer</b>, vous pourrez vous connecter au système.</p>\n"
-"<p>Visitez notre site à l'adresse %1.</p>\n"
-"<p>Amusez-vous bien !<br>Votre équipe de développement openSUSE</p>\n"
-"            "
+"<p>\n"
+"L'installation s'est terminée correctement.\n"
+"Votre système est prêt à être utilisé.\n"
+"Cliquez sur Terminer pour vous connecter au système.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+"<p>\n"
+"Consultez notre site à l'adresse http://www.suse.com/.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+"        "
 
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10
-msgid ""
-"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n"
-"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n"
-"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n"
-"manage your computer.\n"
-"\n"
-"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments.  The most widely\n"
-"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n"
-"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n"
-"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n"
-"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n"
-"is the most appropriate desktop for you."
-msgstr ""
-"L'environnement de bureau sur votre ordinateur fournit l'interface graphique\n"
-"utilisateur pour votre ordinateur, ainsi qu'une suite d'applications pour les\n"
-"e-mails, la navigation web, la bureautique, les jeux et les utilitaires pour\n"
-"gérer votre ordinateur.\n"
-"\n"
-"openSUSE offre un choix dans les environnements de bureau. Les\n"
-"environnements les plus utilisés sont GNOME et KDE et ils sont supportés\n"
-"de la même façon sous openSUSE. Les deux sont faciles d'utilisation, hautement\n"
-"intégrés et possedent un look attractif. Chaque environnement de bureau a son\n"
-"propre style, donc les gouts personnels determinent lequel est le plus approprié\n"
-"pour vous."
+# TLABEL nis_server_2002_03_14_2340__22
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:15
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:14
+msgid "CIM Server"
+msgstr "Serveur CIM"
 
-# TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__75
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:21
-msgid "GNOME Desktop"
-msgstr "Bureau GNOME"
-
-# TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__75
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:22
-msgid "KDE Desktop"
-msgstr "Bureau KDE"
-
-# TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__75
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23
-msgid "XFCE Desktop"
-msgstr "Bureau XFCE"
-
-# TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__75
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:24
-msgid "LXDE Desktop"
-msgstr "Bureau LXDE"
-
-# TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__140
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:25
-msgid "Minimal X Window"
-msgstr "X Window minimal"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:26
-msgid "Enlightenment Desktop"
-msgstr "Bureau Enlightenment"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:27
-msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)"
-msgstr "Sélection serveur minimal (Mode texte)"
-
 # TLABEL proposal_2002_03_14_2340__2
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:16
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:17
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:22
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:58
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:59
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:37
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:38
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:44
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83
 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74
 msgid "Installation Settings"
 msgstr "Paramètres d'installation"
 
+# TLABEL support_2002_01_04_0147__49
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:18
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:40
+msgid "Overview"
+msgstr "Aperçu"
+
+# TLABEL online_update_2002_01_04_0147__113
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:19
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:41
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Expert"
+
 # TLABEL proposal_2002_03_14_2340__2
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:20
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31
 msgid "Live Installation Settings"
 msgstr "Paramètres d'installation Live"
 
 # TLABEL firewall_2002_03_14_2340__11
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:21
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89
 msgid "Update Settings"
 msgstr "Paramètres de mise à jour"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__2
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:23
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34
 msgid "Network Configuration"
 msgstr "Configuration de la carte réseau"
 
 # TLABEL hwinfo_2002_01_04_0147__59
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:24
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35
 msgid "Hardware Configuration"
 msgstr "Configuration du matériel"
 
 # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__160
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:25
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:65
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:96
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:119
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110
 msgid "Preparation"
 msgstr "Préparation"
 
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:26
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:52
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:66
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66
 msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration"
 msgstr "Charger la configuration du réseau linuxrc"
 
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:27
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:53
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:67
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67
 msgid "Network Autosetup"
 msgstr "Config. auto du Réseau"
 
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:28
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:68
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81
 msgid "Welcome"
 msgstr "Bienvenue"
 
 # TLABEL rpm-groups_2002_03_14_2340__3
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:29
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:55
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:69
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40
 msgid "Network Activation"
 msgstr "Activation du réseau"
 
 # TLABEL rpm-groups_2002_03_14_2340__3
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:30
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:70
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82
 msgid "Disk Activation"
 msgstr "Activation du disque"
 
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:31
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:71
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:97
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:120
 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:42
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111
 msgid "System Analysis"
 msgstr "Analyse du système"
 
+# TLABEL online_update_2002_01_04_0147__119
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:32
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:72
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:100
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:123
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:43
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Online Update"
+msgid "Installer Update"
+msgstr "Mise à jour en ligne"
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:34
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:74
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87
+msgid "Add-On Products"
+msgstr "Produits complémentaires"
+
 # TLABEL hwinfo_2002_01_04_0147__29
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:43
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:35
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:56
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70
 msgid "Disk"
 msgstr "Disque"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__258
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:36
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:57
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69
 msgid "Time Zone"
 msgstr "Fuseau horaire"
 
-# TLABEL restore_2002_08_07_0216__93
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82
-msgid "Online Repositories"
-msgstr "Dépôts en ligne"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83
-msgid "Add-On Products"
-msgstr "Produits complémentaires"
-
-# TLABEL x11_2002_01_04_0147__0
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47
-msgid "Desktop Selection"
-msgstr "Choix du bureau"
-
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__309
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:37
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72
 msgid "User Settings"
 msgstr "Paramètres utilisateur"
 
-# TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__200
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62
-msgid "Installation"
-msgstr "Installation"
-
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__463
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53
 msgid "Installation Overview"
 msgstr "Résumé de l'installation"
 
 # TLABEL general_2002_03_14_2340__41
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:40
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:41
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:42
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:44
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:45
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:46
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:47
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:48
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:49
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:50
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:60
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:61
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:62
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:63
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:64
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:88
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:89
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:91
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:92
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:93
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:94
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:95
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:112
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:113
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:114
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:66
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:67
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:69
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:70
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:71
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:72
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:73
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:74
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:84
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:85
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:86
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:87
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:88
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:112
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:113
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:115
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:116
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:117
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:118
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:135
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:136
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:137
 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:54
 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:55
 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:56
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57
 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:58
 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:59
 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:60
 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:61
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64
 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:75
 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:76
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79
 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:102
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:126
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:127
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:128
 msgid "Perform Installation"
 msgstr "Procéder à l'installation"
 
+# TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__200
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:43
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:79
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:90
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:107
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:68
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:114
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:130
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Installation"
+msgid "Installer Cleanup"
+msgstr "Installation"
+
+# TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__200
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:51
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65
+msgid "Installation"
+msgstr "Installation"
+
 # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__167
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:73
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:98
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:121
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112
 msgid "System for Update"
 msgstr "Système à mettre à jour"
 
 # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__168
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:75
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:102
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:125
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116
 msgid "Update"
 msgstr "Mise à jour"
 
+# TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__125
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:76
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:100
+msgid "Update Summary"
+msgstr "Résumé de la mise à jour"
+
 # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__22
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:77
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:78
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:80
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:81
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:82
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:104
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:105
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:106
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:108
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:109
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:110
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:111
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:117
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:118
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:101
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:102
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:104
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:105
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:106
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:127
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:128
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:129
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:131
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:132
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:133
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:134
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:140
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:141
 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:91
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:120
 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122
 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:123
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:124
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:131
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:132
 msgid "Perform Update"
 msgstr "Procéder à la mise à jour"
 
-# TLABEL printerdb_2002_03_15_0210__3
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:91
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:120
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:124
-msgid "Configuration"
-msgstr "Configuration"
-
 # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__200
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:83
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97
 msgid "Base Installation"
 msgstr "Installation de base"
 
 # TLABEL firewall_2002_03_14_2340__11
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:84
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:86
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:87
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:101
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:103
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:122
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:124
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:126
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117
 msgid "AutoYaST Settings"
 msgstr "Paramètres AutoYaST"
 
+# TLABEL printerdb_2002_03_15_0210__3
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:115
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:119
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:138
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:142
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:129
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:133
+msgid "Configuration"
+msgstr "Configuration"
+
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__22
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:116
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:120
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:139
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:143
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:130
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:134
 msgid "System Configuration"
 msgstr "Configuration du système"
 
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "The installation has completed successfully.\n"
-#~ "Your system is ready for use.\n"
-#~ "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-#~ "        "
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "L'installation s'est terminée correctement.\n"
-#~ "Votre système est prêt à être utilisé.\n"
-#~ "Cliquez sur Terminer pour vous connecter au système.\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Consultez notre site à l'adresse http://www.suse.com/.\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-#~ "        "
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"<p>\n"
+"The installation has completed successfully.\n"
+"Your system is ready for use.\n"
+"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+"<p>\n"
+"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+"        "
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"<p>\n"
+"L'installation s'est terminée correctement.\n"
+"Votre système est prêt à être utilisé.\n"
+"Cliquez sur Terminer pour vous connecter au système.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+"<p>\n"
+"Consultez notre site à l'adresse http://www.suse.com/.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+"        "
 
-# TLABEL nis_server_2002_03_14_2340__22
-#~ msgid "CIM Server"
-#~ msgstr "Serveur CIM"
+# TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__167
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "System for Update"
+msgid "System Role"
+msgstr "Système à mettre à jour"
 
-# TLABEL support_2002_01_04_0147__49
-#~ msgid "Overview"
-#~ msgstr "Aperçu"
+#. TRANSLATORS: label in a dialog
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:18
+msgid ""
+"System Roles are predefined use cases which tailor the system\n"
+"for the selected scenario."
+msgstr ""
 
-# TLABEL online_update_2002_01_04_0147__113
-#~ msgid "Expert"
-#~ msgstr "Expert"
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:21
+msgid ""
+"<p>The system roles adjustments are in the range from package selection up \n"
+"to disk partitioning. By choosing a system role, the system is \n"
+"configured accordingly to match the use case of the role. The settings \n"
+"defined by a role can be overridden in the next steps if necessary.</p>"
+msgstr ""
 
+#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:26
+msgid "Default System"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:27
+msgid ""
+"• GNOME environment, with Btrfs root (/) partition\n"
+"• Separate /home partition (XFS) for disks larger than 20GB"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:30
+msgid "KVM Virtualization Host"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:31
+msgid ""
+"• Kernel-based hypervisor and tools\n"
+"• No separate /home partition"
+msgstr ""
+
+# TLABEL mail_2002_08_07_0216__17
+#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:34
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Initialization..."
+msgid "Xen Virtualization Host"
+msgstr "Initialisation..."
+
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:35
+msgid ""
+"• Bare metal hypervisor and tools\n"
+"• No separate /home partition"
+msgstr ""
+
 # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__2
-#~ msgid "Network Services Configuration"
-#~ msgstr "Configuration des services de réseau"
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48
+msgid "Network Services Configuration"
+msgstr "Configuration des services de réseau"
 
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration"
+msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration"
+msgstr "Charger la configuration du réseau linuxrc"
+
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__307
-#~ msgid "Installation Summary"
-#~ msgstr "Résumé de l'installation"
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65
+msgid "Installation Summary"
+msgstr "Résumé de l'installation"
 
-# TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__125
-#~ msgid "Update Summary"
-#~ msgstr "Résumé de la mise à jour"
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n"
+"<p>The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n"
+"After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
+"<p>Visit us at %1.</p>\n"
+"<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your openSUSE Development Team</p>\n"
+"            "
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"<p><b>Félicitations !</b></p>\n"
+"<p>L'installation d'openSUSE sur votre machine est terminée.\n"
+"Après avoir cliqué sur <b>Terminer</b>, vous pourrez vous connecter au système.</p>\n"
+"<p>Visitez notre site à l'adresse %1.</p>\n"
+"<p>Amusez-vous bien !<br>Votre équipe de développement openSUSE</p>\n"
+"            "
 
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n"
+#| "interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n"
+#| "email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n"
+#| "manage your computer.\n"
+#| "\n"
+#| "openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments.  The most widely\n"
+#| "used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n"
+#| "supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n"
+#| "highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n"
+#| "environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n"
+#| "is the most appropriate desktop for you."
+msgid ""
+"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n"
+"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n"
+"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n"
+"manage your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n"
+"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE Plasma, and they are equally\n"
+"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n"
+"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n"
+"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n"
+"is the most appropriate desktop for you."
+msgstr ""
+"L'environnement de bureau sur votre ordinateur fournit l'interface graphique\n"
+"utilisateur pour votre ordinateur, ainsi qu'une suite d'applications pour les\n"
+"e-mails, la navigation web, la bureautique, les jeux et les utilitaires pour\n"
+"gérer votre ordinateur.\n"
+"\n"
+"openSUSE offre un choix dans les environnements de bureau. Les\n"
+"environnements les plus utilisés sont GNOME et KDE et ils sont supportés\n"
+"de la même façon sous openSUSE. Les deux sont faciles d'utilisation, hautement\n"
+"intégrés et possedent un look attractif. Chaque environnement de bureau a son\n"
+"propre style, donc les gouts personnels determinent lequel est le plus approprié\n"
+"pour vous."
+
+# TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__75
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:21
+msgid "GNOME Desktop"
+msgstr "Bureau GNOME"
+
+# TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__75
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:22
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "KDE Desktop"
+msgid "KDE Plasma Desktop"
+msgstr "Bureau KDE"
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)"
+msgid "Server (Text Mode)"
+msgstr "Sélection serveur minimal (Mode texte)"
+
+# TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__75
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:24
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "XFCE Desktop"
+msgid "Xfce Desktop"
+msgstr "Bureau XFCE"
+
+# TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__75
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:25
+msgid "LXDE Desktop"
+msgstr "Bureau LXDE"
+
+# TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__140
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:26
+msgid "Minimal X Window"
+msgstr "X Window minimal"
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:27
+msgid "Enlightenment Desktop"
+msgstr "Bureau Enlightenment"
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28
+msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)"
+msgstr "Sélection serveur minimal (Mode texte)"
+
+# TLABEL restore_2002_08_07_0216__93
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86
+msgid "Online Repositories"
+msgstr "Dépôts en ligne"
+
+# TLABEL x11_2002_01_04_0147__0
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49
+msgid "Desktop Selection"
+msgstr "Choix du bureau"
+
 # TLABEL wizard_2002_01_04_0147__15
 #~ msgid "Add-On Product Installation"
 #~ msgstr "Installation de produits complémentaires"
@@ -386,10 +745,6 @@
 #~ "</p>\n"
 #~ "\t"
 
-# TLABEL mail_2002_08_07_0216__17
-#~ msgid "Initialization..."
-#~ msgstr "Initialisation..."
-
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_03_14_2340__39
 #~ msgid "Configuring network..."
 #~ msgstr "Configuration du réseau..."
@@ -425,10 +780,6 @@
 #~ msgid "Customer Center"
 #~ msgstr "Centre clientèle"
 
-# TLABEL online_update_2002_01_04_0147__119
-#~ msgid "Online Update"
-#~ msgstr "Mise à jour en ligne"
-
 #~ msgid "Release Notes"
 #~ msgstr "Notes explicatives"
 

Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/country.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/country.fr.po	2016-09-02 21:33:42 UTC (rev 96676)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/country.fr.po	2016-09-02 21:33:58 UTC (rev 96677)
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: country\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-31 15:40+0200\n"
 "Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET \n"
 "Language-Team: French \n"
@@ -730,7 +730,9 @@
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__458
 #. command line help text for 'set hwclock' option
 #: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:94
-msgid "New value for hardware clock"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "New value for hardware clock"
+msgid "New value for hardware clock. Can be 'local', 'utc' or 'UTC'."
 msgstr "Nouvelle valeur de l'horloge interne"
 
 # TLABEL x11_2002_01_04_0147__1
@@ -930,53 +932,53 @@
 "Saisissez la date correcte.\n"
 
 # TLABEL nis_2002_08_07_0216__29
-#. button text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:541
+#. TRANSLATORS: Button label
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:535
 msgid "Other &Settings..."
 msgstr "Autre&s paramètres..."
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__12
 #. frame label
 #. frame label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:613
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:910
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:612
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:916
 msgid "Date and Time (NTP is configured)"
 msgstr "Date et heure (NTP est configuré)"
 
 #. frame label
 #. frame label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:615
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:693
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:912
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:614
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:699
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:918
 msgid "Date and Time"
 msgstr "Date et heure"
 
 # TLABEL timezone_2002_03_14_2340__1
 #. check box label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:631
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:630
 msgid "&Hardware Clock Set to UTC"
 msgstr "&Horloge matérielle réglée sur UTC"
 
 #. label text
 #. label text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:650
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:684
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:656
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:690
 msgid "&Region"
 msgstr "&Région"
 
 # TLABEL timezone_2002_03_14_2340__0
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:657
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:688
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:663
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:694
 msgid "Time &Zone"
 msgstr "&Fuseau horaire"
 
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:669
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:675
 msgid "Date and Time:"
 msgstr "Date et heure :"
 
 # TLABEL security_2002_08_07_0216__2
 #. help for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:791
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:797
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "<p><b><big>Time Zone and Clock Settings</big></b></p>"
@@ -985,7 +987,7 @@
 "<p><b><big>Paramètres du fuseau horaire et de l'horloge</big></b></p>"
 
 #. help for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:793
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the <b>Region</b>.\n"
@@ -1000,7 +1002,7 @@
 "</p>\n"
 
 #. general help trailer
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:810
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:816
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "If the current time is not correct, use <b>Change</b> to adjust it.\n"
@@ -1012,13 +1014,13 @@
 
 # TLABEL timezone_2002_03_14_2340__9
 #. Screen title for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:820
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:826
 msgid "Clock and Time Zone"
 msgstr "Horloge et fuseau horaire"
 
 # TLABEL timezone_2002_03_14_2340__10
 #. popup text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:945
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:951
 msgid "Select a valid time zone."
 msgstr "Sélectionnez un fuseau horaire correct."
 
@@ -1116,213 +1118,220 @@
 msgid "Spanish (CP 850)"
 msgstr "Espagnol (CP 850)"
 
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Spanish (Latin America)"
+msgid "Spanish (Asturian variant)"
+msgstr "Espagnol (Amérique latine)"
+
 # TLABEL keyboard_db_2002_01_04_0147__7
 #. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193
 msgid "Italian"
 msgstr "Italien"
 
 # TLABEL keyboard_db_2002_01_04_0147__8
 #. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205
 msgid "Portuguese"
 msgstr "Portugais"
 
 # TLABEL keyboard_db_2002_01_04_0147__9
 #. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217
 msgid "Portuguese (Brazil)"
 msgstr "Portugais (du Brésil)"
 
 # TLABEL keyboard_db_2002_01_04_0147__9
 #. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229
 msgid "Portuguese (Brazil -- US accents)"
 msgstr "Portugais (du Brésil - accents US)"
 
 # TLABEL keyboard_db_2002_01_04_0147__10
 #. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241
 msgid "Greek"
 msgstr "Grec"
 
 # TLABEL keyboard_db_2002_01_04_0147__11
 #. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253
 msgid "Dutch"
 msgstr "Hollandais"
 
 # TLABEL keyboard_db_2002_01_04_0147__12
 #. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265
 msgid "Danish"
 msgstr "Danois"
 
 # TLABEL keyboard_db_2002_01_04_0147__13
 #. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277
 msgid "Norwegian"
 msgstr "Norvégien"
 
 # TLABEL keyboard_db_2002_01_04_0147__14
 #. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289
 msgid "Swedish"
 msgstr "Suédois"
 
 # TLABEL keyboard_db_2002_01_04_0147__15
 #. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301
 msgid "Finnish"
 msgstr "Finlandais"
 
 # TLABEL keyboard_db_2002_01_04_0147__16
 #. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:313
 msgid "Czech"
 msgstr "Tchèque"
 
 # TLABEL keyboard_db_2002_01_04_0147__17
 #. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:316
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:328
 msgid "Czech (qwerty)"
 msgstr "Tchèque (qwerty)"
 
 # TLABEL keyboard_db_2002_01_04_0147__18
 #. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:331
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:343
 msgid "Slovak"
 msgstr "Slovaque"
 
 # TLABEL keyboard_db_2002_01_04_0147__19
 #. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:346
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:358
 msgid "Slovak (qwerty)"
 msgstr "Slovaque (qwerty)"
 
 # TLABEL keyboard_db_2002_03_20_2159__0
 #. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:361
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:373
 msgid "Slovene"
 msgstr "Slovène"
 
 # TLABEL keyboard_db_2002_01_04_0147__20
 #. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:375
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:387
 msgid "Hungarian"
 msgstr "Hongrois"
 
 # TLABEL keyboard_db_2002_01_04_0147__21
 #. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:389
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:401
 msgid "Polish"
 msgstr "Polonais"
 
 # TLABEL keyboard_db_2002_01_04_0147__22
 #. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:403
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:415
 msgid "Russian"
 msgstr "Russe"
 
 #. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:417
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:429
 msgid "Serbian"
 msgstr "Serbe"
 
 # TLABEL keyboard_db_2002_03_20_2159__1
 #. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:429
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:441
 msgid "Estonian"
 msgstr "Estonien"
 
 # TLABEL country_2002_08_07_0216__53
 #. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:441
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:453
 msgid "Lithuanian"
 msgstr "Lituanien"
 
 # TLABEL keyboard_db_2002_01_04_0147__23
 #. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:453
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:465
 msgid "Turkish"
 msgstr "Turc"
 
 # TLABEL country_2002_08_07_0216__0
 #. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:464
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:476
 msgid "Croatian"
 msgstr "Croate"
 
 # TLABEL keyboard_db_2002_01_04_0147__24
 #. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:486
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:498
 msgid "Japanese"
 msgstr "Japonais"
 
 # TLABEL keyboard_db_2002_01_04_0147__25
 #. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:498
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:510
 msgid "Belgian"
 msgstr "Belge"
 
 # TLABEL keyboard_db_2002_01_04_0147__26
 #. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:510
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:522
 msgid "Dvorak"
 msgstr "Dvorak"
 
 # TLABEL country_2002_08_07_0216__48
 #. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:522
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:534
 msgid "Icelandic"
 msgstr "Islandais"
 
 # TLABEL country_2002_08_07_0216__92
 #. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:534
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:546
 msgid "Ukrainian"
 msgstr "Ukrainien"
 
 #. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:556
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:568
 msgid "Khmer"
 msgstr "Khmer"
 
 # TLABEL rpm-groups_2002_01_04_0147__39
 #. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:578
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:590
 msgid "Korean"
 msgstr "Coréen"
 
 #. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:600
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:612
 msgid "Arabic"
 msgstr "Arabe"
 
 #. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:621
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:633
 msgid "Tajik"
 msgstr "Tadjik"
 
 # TLABEL online_update_2002_01_04_0147__48
 #. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:635
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:647
 msgid "Traditional Chinese"
 msgstr "Chinois traditionnel"
 
 #. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:657
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:669
 msgid "Simplified Chinese"
 msgstr "Chinois simplifié"
 
 # TLABEL country_2002_08_07_0216__77
 #. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:679
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:691
 msgid "Romanian"
 msgstr "Roumain"
 
 #. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:700
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:712
 msgid "US International"
 msgstr "US International"
 

Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/crowbar.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/crowbar.fr.po	2016-09-02 21:33:42 UTC (rev 96676)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/crowbar.fr.po	2016-09-02 21:33:58 UTC (rev 96677)
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-05 19:11+0100\n"
 "Last-Translator: Jean-Marc BOUCHE \n"
 "Language-Team: French \n"
@@ -28,24 +28,12 @@
 msgid "Configuration of crowbar"
 msgstr "Configuration de Crowbar"
 
-#. radio button item: target repository is common for all available platform
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:90
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Common for All"
-msgstr "Commun pour tous"
-
 #. target platform name
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:92
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:94
 #, fuzzy
-msgid "SLES 11 SP3"
+msgid "SLES 12 SP1"
 msgstr "SLES 11 SP3"
 
-#. target platform name
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:94
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "SLES 12"
-msgstr "SLES 12"
-
 #. combobox label
 #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:106
 #, fuzzy
@@ -57,11 +45,11 @@
 msgid ""
 "<p>Here you can edit the location of your <b>Update Repositories</b>.</p>\n"
 "<p>\n"
-"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enought to enter server's URL and the paths\n"
+"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enough to enter server's URL and the paths\n"
 "              to repositories will be filled automatically.</p>It is also possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n"
 "</p><p>\n"
 "<ul>\n"
-"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</i> for SMT server\n"
+"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/SUSE/Products/SLE-HA/12-SP1/x86_64/product</i> for SMT server\n"
 "<li><i>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-s...</i> for SUSE Manager Server.\n"
 "</p><p>\n"
 "For detailed description, check the Deployment Guide.\n"
@@ -239,32 +227,35 @@
 msgstr "Adresse &IP"
 
 #. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:520
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:516
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Name"
 msgstr "Nom"
 
 #. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:695
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:518 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:704
 msgid "URL"
 msgstr "URL"
 
 #. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:526 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:696
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:705
 #, fuzzy
 #| msgid "User Found Error"
 msgid "Ask On Error"
 msgstr "Demander sur erreur"
 
-#. frame label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:531 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:697
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:715
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:527 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:706
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Target Platform"
 msgstr "Plateforme cible"
 
+#. radiobutton label
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:542
+msgid "Architecture"
+msgstr ""
+
 #. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:580
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:583
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "Repository '%1' already exists.\n"
@@ -274,21 +265,21 @@
 "Choisissez un autre nom."
 
 #. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:676
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:685
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Server &URL"
 msgstr "&URL de serveur"
 
 # TLABEL restore_2002_08_07_0216__93
 #. table header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:694
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:703
 #, fuzzy
 #| msgid "&Repository Name"
 msgid "Repository Name"
 msgstr "Nom du dépôt"
 
 #. checkbox label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:701
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710
 #, fuzzy
 #| msgid "User Found Error"
 msgid "&Ask On Error"
@@ -296,70 +287,76 @@
 
 # TLABEL restore_2002_08_07_0216__93
 #. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:707
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:716
 #, fuzzy
 #| msgid "Repository URL"
 msgid "Repository &URL"
 msgstr "&URL du dépôt"
 
 #. label (hint for user)
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:719
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Empty URL means that default value will be used."
 msgstr "Un URL vide signifie que la valeur par défaut sera utilisée."
 
 #. push button label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:726
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:722
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "A&dd Repository"
 msgstr "A&jouter un dépôt"
 
 #. combobox item
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:793
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:792
 #, fuzzy
+msgid "Local SMT Server"
+msgstr "Serveur SMT à distance"
+
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:794
+#, fuzzy
 msgid "Remote SMT Server"
 msgstr "Serveur SMT à distance"
 
 #. combobox item
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:795
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:796
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "SUSE Manager Server"
 msgstr "Serveur SUSE Manager"
 
 #. combobox item
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:797
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:798
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Custom"
 msgstr "Personnalisation"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__32
 #. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:866
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:854
 msgid "User Name"
 msgstr "Nom d'utilisateur"
 
 # TLABEL packages_2002_03_14_2340__6
 #. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:868
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:856
 msgid "Password"
 msgstr "Mot de passe"
 
 # TLABEL users_2002_01_04_0147__79
 #. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:870
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:858
 #, fuzzy
 #| msgid "Insert the Password"
 msgid "Repeat the Password"
 msgstr "Répéter le mot de passe"
 
 #. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:900
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:888
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "User name cannot be empty."
 msgstr "Le nom de l'utilisateur ne peut pas être vide."
 
 #. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:907
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:895
 msgid ""
 "The passwords do not match.\n"
 "Try again."
@@ -369,7 +366,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL partitioning_2002_03_14_2340__102
 #. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:915
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:903
 #, fuzzy
 #| msgid ""
 #| "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n"
@@ -383,7 +380,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__190
 #. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1018
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1006
 #, fuzzy
 #| msgid "The entered URL is not valid."
 msgid "The interface format '%1' is not valid"
@@ -391,13 +388,13 @@
 
 # TLABEL x11_2002_08_07_0216__6
 #. Returns broadcast address. Based on current netmask and subnet
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1076
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1064
 msgid "disabled"
 msgstr "désactivé"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__191
 #. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1173
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1161
 #, fuzzy
 #| msgid "The subnet mask is invalid."
 msgid ""
@@ -410,7 +407,7 @@
 # TLABEL ldap_client_2002_03_16_1943__10
 #. error popup
 #. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1184 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1216
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1172 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1204
 #, fuzzy
 #| msgid "The IP address is invalid."
 msgid ""
@@ -422,7 +419,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__190
 #. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1194
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1182
 #, fuzzy
 #| msgid "The remote IP address is invalid."
 msgid ""
@@ -433,14 +430,14 @@
 "%2"
 
 #. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1203
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1191
 #, fuzzy
 #| msgid "The server name '%1' is known in the network."
 msgid "The router address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
 msgstr "L'adresse du routeur  '%1' ne fait pas partie du réseau '%2'."
 
 #. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1225
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1213
 #, fuzzy
 #| msgid ""
 #| "IP address %1 does not match\n"
@@ -449,7 +446,7 @@
 msgstr "L'adresse '%1' ne fait pas partie du réseau '%2'."
 
 #. popup message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1246
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1234
 msgid ""
 "Some address ranges are not part of network '%1'.\n"
 "Adapt them using 'Edit ranges' button."
@@ -458,20 +455,20 @@
 "Adaptez-les en utilisant le bouton 'Modifier des plages'."
 
 #. inputfield label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1335
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1326
 #, fuzzy
 #| msgid "Min&imum IP Address"
 msgid "Min IP Address"
 msgstr "Adresse IP minimum"
 
 #. inputfield label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1342
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1333
 #, fuzzy
 #| msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address"
 msgid "Max IP Address"
 msgstr "Adresse IP maximum"
 
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1395
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1386
 #, fuzzy
 #| msgid ""
 #| "IP address %1 does not match\n"
@@ -480,40 +477,40 @@
 msgstr "L'adresse '%1' ne fait pas partie du réseau '%2'."
 
 #. error message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1407
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1398
 msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one."
 msgstr "L'adresse la plus basse doit être plus basse que l'adresse la plus haute."
 
 #. error message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1431
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1422
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Ranges '%1' and '%2' are overlapping."
 msgstr "Les plages  '%1' et '%2' se chevauchent."
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__309
 #. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1499
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1490
 #, fuzzy
 #| msgid "User Settings"
 msgid "&User Settings"
 msgstr "Paramètres &Utilisateur"
 
 #. label (hint for user)
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1511
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1502
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used."
 msgstr "Si aucun utilisateur n'est présent, l'utilisateur 'crowbar' avec un mot de passe par défaut sera utilisé."
 
 # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__264
 #. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1527
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1518
 #, fuzzy
 #| msgid "Network Mode"
 msgid "N&etwork Mode"
 msgstr "Mod&e réseau"
 
 # TLABEL nis_server_2002_01_04_0147__77
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1535
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1526
 #, fuzzy
 #| msgid "Bond Network"
 msgid "Bastion Network"
@@ -521,7 +518,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL nis_server_2002_01_04_0147__77
 #. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1578
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1569
 #, fuzzy
 #| msgid "Network"
 msgid "Net&works"
@@ -529,14 +526,14 @@
 
 # TLABEL restore_2002_08_07_0216__93
 #. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1614
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1605
 #, fuzzy
 #| msgid "Repositories"
 msgid "Re&positories"
 msgstr "Dépôts"
 
 #. popup message %1 is FQDN
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1731
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1722
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "The Crowbar Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n"
@@ -551,7 +548,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__121
 #. default dialog caption
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1749
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1740
 #, fuzzy
 #| msgid "CD Creator Configuration Overview"
 msgid "Crowbar Configuration Overview"
@@ -625,7 +622,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__194
 #. Crowbar read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:142
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:154
 #, fuzzy
 #| msgid "Initializing Scanner Configuration"
 msgid "Initializing crowbar Configuration"
@@ -633,7 +630,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__228
 #. Progress stage
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:153
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:165
 #, fuzzy
 #| msgid "Read the configuration"
 msgid "Read the configuraton"
@@ -641,20 +638,20 @@
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__318
 #. Progress step
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:157
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:169
 msgid "Reading the configuration..."
 msgstr "Lecture de la configuration..."
 
 # TLABEL lan_inetd_2002_03_14_2340__26
 #. Progress finished
 #. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:159 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:249
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:171 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:261
 msgid "Finished"
 msgstr "Terminé"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__286
 #. Crowbar read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:232
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:244
 #, fuzzy
 #| msgid "Saving Proxy Configuration"
 msgid "Saving crowbar Configuration"
@@ -662,17 +659,25 @@
 
 # TLABEL tv_2002_03_14_2340__21
 #. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:243
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:255
 msgid "Write the settings"
 msgstr "Écrire les paramètres"
 
 # TLABEL tv_2002_03_14_2340__24
 #. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:247
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:259
 msgid "Writing the settings..."
 msgstr "Écriture des paramètres..."
 
 #, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Common for All"
+#~ msgstr "Commun pour tous"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "SLES 12"
+#~ msgstr "SLES 12"
+
+#, fuzzy
 #~ msgid ""
 #~ "The SUSE Cloud Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n"
 #~ "currently not supported.\n"

Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/dhcp-server.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/dhcp-server.fr.po	2016-09-02 21:33:42 UTC (rev 96676)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/dhcp-server.fr.po	2016-09-02 21:33:58 UTC (rev 96677)
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: dhcp-server\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-30 10:29+0200\n"
 "Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET \n"
 "Language-Team: French \n"
@@ -77,9 +77,7 @@
 msgstr "Gérer les options de sous-réseau DHCP"
 
 #. command line help text for an option
-#. command line help text for an option
 #: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:85
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138
 msgid "List all defined hosts with a fixed address"
 msgstr "Afficher tous les hôtes définis avec une adresse fixe"
 
@@ -125,171 +123,179 @@
 
 # TLABEL printconf_2002_01_04_0147__120
 #. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:144
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138
 msgid "Select the network interface to use"
 msgstr "Sélectionner l'interface réseau à utiliser"
 
 #. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:145
 msgid "Print the currently used interface and list other available interfaces"
 msgstr "Imprimer l'interface utilisée actuellement et afficher les autres interfaces disponibles"
 
 # TLABEL x11_2002_01_04_0147__1
 #. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151
 msgid "Print current options"
 msgstr "Imprimer les options actuelles"
 
 # TLABEL lilo_2002_01_04_0147__84
 #. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157
 msgid "Set a global option"
 msgstr "Définir une option globale"
 
 #. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:169
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163
 msgid "Option key (for example, ntp-servers)"
 msgstr "Clé d'option (par exemple, ntp-servers)"
 
 # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__56
 #. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:176
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:170
 msgid "Option value (for example, IP address)"
 msgstr "Valeur de l'option (par exemple, adresse IP)"
 
 #. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:183
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:177
 msgid "Lowest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range"
 msgstr "Adresse IP la plus basse de la plage d'attribution d'adresses dynamiques"
 
 #. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:190
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:184
 msgid "Highest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range"
 msgstr "Adresse IP la plus haute de la plage d'attribution d'adresses dynamiques"
 
 # TLABEL lilo_2002_03_14_2340__6
 #. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:197
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:191
 msgid "Default lease time in seconds"
 msgstr "Durée de vie du bail par défaut en secondes"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__246
 #. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:204
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:198
 msgid "Maximum lease time in seconds"
 msgstr "Durée de vie maximale du bail en secondes"
 
 # TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__16
 #. status information for command line
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:245
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:239
 msgid "DHCP server is enabled"
 msgstr "Le serveur DHCP est activé"
 
 # TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__16
 #. status information for command line
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:247
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:241
 msgid "DHCP server is disabled"
 msgstr "Le serveur DHCP est désactivé"
 
 # TLABEL menu_2002_01_04_0147__3
 #. command-line text output, %1 is host name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:294
 msgid "Host: %1"
 msgstr "Hôte : %1"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__135
 #. command-line text output, %1 is hardwarre address
 #. and hardware type (eg. "ethernet 11:22:33:44:55:66")
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300
 msgid "Hardware: %1"
 msgstr "Matériel : %1"
 
 # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__306
 #. command-line text output, %1 is IP address
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:312
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306
 msgid "IP Address: %1"
 msgstr "Adresse IP : %1"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__270
 #. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:327
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:321
 msgid "Hostname not specified."
 msgstr "Nom de machine non spécifié."
 
 #. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:337
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:331
 msgid "Specified host does not exist."
 msgstr "L'hôte spécifié n'existe pas."
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__16
 #. to be eventually pasted to "Selected interfaces: %1"
 #. to be eventually pasted to "Other interfaces: %1"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:398
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:402
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:392
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:396
 msgid "None"
 msgstr "Aucun"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__131
 #. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:406
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:400
 msgid "Selected Interfaces: %1"
 msgstr "Interfaces sélectionnées : %1"
 
 # TLABEL firewall_2002_03_14_2340__26
 #. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:409
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:403
 msgid "Other Interfaces: %1"
 msgstr "Autres interfaces : %1"
 
 #. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:417
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:411
 msgid "Specified interface does not exist."
 msgstr "L'interface spécifiée n'existe pas."
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__270
 #. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:426
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:420
 msgid "Operation with the interface not specified."
 msgstr "Opération avec l'interface non spécifiée."
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__102
 #. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:452
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:446
 msgid "Option key must be set."
 msgstr "La clé d'option doit être définie."
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__102
 #. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:457
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:451
 msgid "Value must be set."
 msgstr "La valeur doit être définie."
 
 # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__306
 #. command-line output text, %1  and %1 are IP addresses
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:501
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:495
 msgid "Address Range: %1-%2"
 msgstr "Plage d'adresses : %1-%2"
 
 # TLABEL lilo_2002_03_14_2340__6
 #. command-line output text, %1 is integer
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:510
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:504
 msgid "Default Lease Time: %1"
 msgstr "Durée de vie du bail par défaut: %1"
 
 # TLABEL rpm-groups_2002_03_14_2340__98
 #. command-line output text, %1 is integer
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:518
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:512
 msgid "Maximum Lease Time: %1"
 msgstr "Durée de vie max. du bail : %1"
 
 # TLABEL firewall_2002_03_14_2340__8
 #. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:52
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:57
 msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?"
 msgstr "Échec de l'enregistrement de la configuration. Modifier les paramètres ?"
 
+# TLABEL firewall_2002_03_14_2340__8
+#. Restart only if it's already running
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:76
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?"
+msgid "Saving the configuration failed"
+msgstr "Échec de l'enregistrement de la configuration. Modifier les paramètres ?"
+
 #. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:84
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:118
 msgid "DHCP Server Configuration"
 msgstr "Configuration du serveur DHCP"
 
@@ -297,108 +303,108 @@
 #. dialog caption
 #. Initialize the widget
 #. @param [String] id any widget id
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:116
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:541
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:150
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:477
 msgid "Global Options"
 msgstr "Options globales"
 
 # TLABEL inetd_2002_08_07_0216__12
 #. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:151
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:185
 msgid "Subnet Configuration"
 msgstr "Configuration sous-réseau"
 
 # TLABEL nfs_server_2002_01_04_0147__16
 #. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:185
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:219
 msgid "Host with Fixed Address"
 msgstr "Hôte avec adresse fixe"
 
 # TLABEL packages_2002_03_14_2340__85
 #. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:222
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:256
 msgid "Shared Network"
 msgstr "Réseau partagé"
 
 # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__269
 #. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:256
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:290
 msgid "Pool of Addresses"
 msgstr "Ensemble d'adresses"
 
 # TLABEL printconf_2002_03_20_2159__0
 #. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:291
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:324
 msgid "Group-Specific Options"
 msgstr "Options propres au groupe"
 
 # TLABEL hwinfo_2002_01_04_0147__6
 #. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:325
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:358
 msgid "Class"
 msgstr "Classe"
 
 # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__270
 #. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:374
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:406
 msgid "&Subnet"
 msgstr "&Sous-réseau"
 
 # TLABEL menu_2002_01_04_0147__3
 #. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:376
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:408
 msgid "&Host"
 msgstr "&Hôte"
 
 # TLABEL packages_2002_03_14_2340__85
 #. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:378
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:410
 msgid "Shared &Network"
 msgstr "&Réseau partagé"
 
 # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__149
 #. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:380
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:412
 msgid "&Group"
 msgstr "&Groupe"
 
 # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__269
 #. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:382
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:414
 msgid "&Pool of Addresses"
 msgstr "&Ensemble d'adresses"
 
 # TLABEL cups_2002_01_04_0147__146
 #. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:384
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:416
 msgid "&Class"
 msgstr "&Classe"
 
 # TLABEL lilo_2002_01_04_0147__54
 #. frame
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:399
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:431
 msgid "Declaration Types"
 msgstr "Types de déclaration"
 
 # TLABEL lilo_2002_01_04_0147__54
 #. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:407
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:439
 msgid "Declaration Type"
 msgstr "Type de déclaration"
 
 # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__200
 #. dialog caption
 #. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:453
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:493
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:485
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:525
 msgid "Interface Configuration"
 msgstr "Configuration de l'interface"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__132
 #. dialog caption
 #. item of a menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:522
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1118
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:554
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1106
 msgid "TSIG Key Management"
 msgstr "Gestion des clés TSIG"
 
@@ -428,7 +434,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL ldap-client_2002_08_07_0216__2
 #. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:93
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:94
 msgid "DHCP Server: Start-Up"
 msgstr "Serveur DHCP : démarrage"
 
@@ -436,73 +442,73 @@
 #. dialog caption
 #. tree item
 #. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:95
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:97
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:181
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:96
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:98
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:182
 msgid "Start-Up"
 msgstr "Démarrage"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__62
 #. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:115
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:116
 msgid "DHCP Server: Card Selection"
 msgstr "Serveur DHCP : sélection de la carte"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__466
 #. dialog caption
 #. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:117
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:119
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:118
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:120
 msgid "Card Selection"
 msgstr "Sélection de la carte"
 
 # TLABEL firewall_2002_03_14_2340__51
 #. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:129
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:130
 msgid "DHCP Server: Global Settings"
 msgstr "Serveur DHCP : paramètres globaux"
 
 # TLABEL firewall_2002_03_14_2340__51
 #. dialog caption
 #. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:133
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:135
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:134
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:136
 msgid "Global Settings"
 msgstr "Paramètres globaux"
 
 #. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:141
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:142
 msgid "DHCP Server: Dynamic DHCP"
 msgstr "Serveur DHCP : DHCP dynamique"
 
 #. dialog caption
 #. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:143
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:145
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:144
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:146
 msgid "Dynamic DHCP"
 msgstr "DHCP dynamique"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__132
 #. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:151
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:152
 msgid "DHCP Server: Host Management"
 msgstr "Serveur DHCP : administration des hôtes"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__224
 #. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:155
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:156
 msgid "Host Management"
 msgstr "Administration des hôtes"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__65
 #. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:160
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:161
 msgid "DHCP Server: Expert Settings"
 msgstr "Serveur DHCP : paramètres pour experts"
 
 # TLABEL nis_2002_08_07_0216__29
 #. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:164
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:165
 msgid "Expert Settings"
 msgstr "Serveur DHCP -- Paramètres pour experts"
 
@@ -510,13 +516,13 @@
 # &i taken by previous &installation
 # 2001-09-20 17:38:20 CEST -ke-
 #. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:205
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:206
 msgid "When &Booting"
 msgstr "Au &démarrage"
 
 # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__42
 #. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:207
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:208
 msgid "&Manually"
 msgstr "&Manuellement"
 
@@ -524,127 +530,79 @@
 # &i taken by previous &installation
 # 2001-09-20 17:38:20 CEST -ke-
 #. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:211
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:212
 msgid "When Booting"
 msgstr "Au démarrage"
 
 # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__42
 #. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:213
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:214
 msgid "Manually"
 msgstr "Manuellement"
 
-# TLABEL runlevel_2002_03_14_2340__8
-#. label - service status
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:221
-msgid "DHCP server is running"
-msgstr "Le serveur DHCP est en cours d'exécution"
-
-# TLABEL runlevel_2002_03_14_2340__6
-#. label - service status
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:225
-msgid "DHCP server is not running"
-msgstr "Le serveur DHCP n'est pas en cours d'exécution"
-
-# TLABEL inetd_2002_08_07_0216__1
-#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:229
-msgid "&Start DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr "&Démarrer le serveur DHCP maintenant"
-
 # TLABEL ldap-client_2002_08_07_0216__2
-#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:233
-msgid "S&top DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr "&Arrêter le serveur DHCP maintenant"
-
-# TLABEL firewall_2002_03_14_2340__7
-#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:241
-msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server &Now"
-msgstr "Enregistrer les paramètres et redémarrer le serveur DHCP &maintenant"
-
-# TLABEL inetd_2002_08_07_0216__1
-#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:247
-msgid "Start DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr "Démarrer le serveur DHCP maintenant"
-
-# TLABEL ldap-client_2002_08_07_0216__2
-#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:249
-msgid "Stop DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr "Arrêter le serveur DHCP maintenant"
-
-# TLABEL firewall_2002_03_14_2340__7
-#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:251
-msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr "Enregistrer les paramètres et redémarrer le serveur DHCP maintenant"
-
-# TLABEL ldap-client_2002_08_07_0216__2
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:371
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:334
 msgid "DHCP Server Start-up Arguments"
 msgstr "Arguments de démarrage du serveur DHCP"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__104
 #. Table - listing available network cards
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:443
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:404
 msgid "Network Cards for DHCP Server"
 msgstr "Cartes réseau pour serveur DHCP"
 
 # TLABEL newmodule_2002_01_04_0147__62
 #. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:449
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:410
 msgid "Selected"
 msgstr "Sélectionné"
 
 # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__340
 #. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:451
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:412
 msgid "Interface Name"
 msgstr "Nom d'interface"
 
 # TLABEL hwinfo_2002_01_04_0147__8
 #. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:453
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:414
 msgid "Device Name"
 msgstr "Nom du périphérique"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__132
 #. TRANSLATORS: table header item
 #. Table header item - IP of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:455
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1650
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:416
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1602
 msgid "IP"
 msgstr "IP"
 
 # TLABEL sound_2002_01_04_0147__109
 #. TRANSLATORS: a push-button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:462
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:423
 msgid "&Select"
 msgstr "&Sélectionner"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: a push-button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:464
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:425
 msgid "&Deselect"
 msgstr "&Désélectionner"
 
 # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__306
 #. TRANSLATORS: Table items; Informs that the IP is a DHCP Address
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:533
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:494
 msgid "DHCP address"
 msgstr "Adresse DHCP"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces,
 #. currently no one is selected
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:608
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:569
 msgid "At least one network interface must be selected."
 msgstr "Une interface réseau au moins doit être sélectionnée."
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have
 #. at least minimal configuration
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:577
 msgid ""
 "One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n"
 "and netmask)."
@@ -655,67 +613,67 @@
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__8
 #. configuration will be saved in ldap?
 #. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:632
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1079
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:593
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1058
 msgid "&LDAP Support"
 msgstr "Support &LDAP"
 
 #. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:639
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:600
 msgid "DHCP Server &Name (optional)"
 msgstr "&Nom du serveur DHCP (facultatif)"
 
 # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__128
 #. Textentry with name of the domain
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:652
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:613
 msgid "&Domain Name"
 msgstr "Nom de &domaine"
 
 #. Textentry with IP address of primary name server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:654
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:615
 msgid "&Primary Name Server IP"
 msgstr "IP du serveur de noms &primaire"
 
 # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__197
 #. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:657
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:618
 msgid "&Secondary Name Server IP"
 msgstr "IP du serveur de noms &secondaire"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__264
 #. Textentry with IP address of default router
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:660
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:621
 msgid "Default &Gateway (Router) "
 msgstr "&Passerelle par défaut (Router) "
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__317
 #. Textentry with IP address of time server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:665
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:626
 msgid "NTP &Time Server"
 msgstr "Serveur de syn&chronisation horaire  NTP"
 
 # TLABEL hwinfo_2002_01_04_0147__41
 #. Textentry with IP address of print server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:667
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:628
 msgid "&Print Server"
 msgstr "Serveur d'im&primante"
 
 # TLABEL nfs_server_2002_01_04_0147__13
 #. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:669
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:630
 msgid "&WINS Server"
 msgstr "Serveur &WINS"
 
 # TLABEL lilo_2002_03_14_2340__6
 #. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:674
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:635
 msgid "Default &Lease Time"
 msgstr "Durée de vie du &bail par défaut"
 
 #. Units for defaultleasetime
 #. Combobox - type of units for lease time
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:683
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1139
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:644
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1097
 msgid "&Units"
 msgstr "&Unités"
 
@@ -724,52 +682,52 @@
 #. error popup
 #. error popup
 #. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1017
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1029
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:975
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:987
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:999
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1011
 msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address."
 msgstr "La valeur spécifiée n'est pas un nom de machine ou une adresse IP valide."
 
 # TLABEL inetd_2002_08_07_0216__12
 #. frame
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1025
 msgid "Subnet Information"
 msgstr "Information de sous-réseau"
 
 # TLABEL packages_2002_03_14_2340__85
 #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1073
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1031
 msgid "Current &Network"
 msgstr "&Réseau actuel"
 
 # TLABEL nis_server_2002_01_04_0147__18
 #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1078
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1036
 msgid "Current Net&mask"
 msgstr "&Masque réseau actuel"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1083
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041
 msgid "Netmask Bi&ts"
 msgstr "Bi&ts du masque réseau"
 
 #. text entry
 #. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1090
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1048
 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81
 msgid "Min&imum IP Address"
 msgstr "Adresse IP min&imum"
 
 #. text entry
 #. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1095
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053
 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83
 msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address"
 msgstr "Adresse IP ma&ximum"
 
 # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__306
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1103
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1061
 msgid "IP Address Range"
 msgstr "Plage de l'adresse IP"
 
@@ -778,10 +736,10 @@
 #. TRANSLATORS: text entry
 #. TRANSLATORS: text entry
 #. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1109
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067
 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:356
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:355
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:915
 msgid "&First IP Address"
 msgstr "&Première adresse IP"
 
@@ -790,64 +748,64 @@
 #. TRANSLATORS: text entry
 #. TRANSLATORS: text entry
 #. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1114
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1072
 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:358
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:919
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:357
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917
 msgid "&Last IP Address"
 msgstr "&Dernière adresse IP"
 
 #. checkbox
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1118
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1094
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1076
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1093
 msgid "Allow Dynamic &BOOTP"
 msgstr "Autoriser le &BOOTP dynamique"
 
 # TLABEL rpm-groups_2002_03_14_2340__98
 #. frame label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1124
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1082
 msgid "Lease Time"
 msgstr "Durée de vie du bail"
 
 # TLABEL lilo_2002_03_14_2340__6
 #. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1130
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1088
 msgid "&Default"
 msgstr "Par &défaut"
 
 # TLABEL security_2002_01_04_0147__69
 #. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1148
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1106
 msgid "&Maximum"
 msgstr "&Maximum"
 
 #. Combobox - type of units for max lease time
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1158
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1116
 msgid "Uni&ts"
 msgstr "Uni&tés"
 
 #. zone is not maintained by the DNS server
 #. zone is maintained and it is a 'master'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1360
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1369
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1318
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1327
 msgid "Create New DNS Zone from Scratch"
 msgstr "Créer entièrement une nouvelle zone DNS"
 
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1371
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1329
 msgid "Edit Current DNS Zone"
 msgstr "Modifier la zone DNS en cours"
 
 #. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1377
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1335
 msgid "Get Current Zone Information"
 msgstr "Obtenir les informations de la zone en cours"
 
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1385
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1343
 msgid "&Synchronize DNS Server..."
 msgstr "&Synchroniser le serveur DNS..."
 
 #. Show DNS Zone Information
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1414
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372
 msgid ""
 "DNS zone %1 is not a master zone.\n"
 "Therefore, you cannot change it here.\n"
@@ -857,8 +815,8 @@
 
 #. A popup error text
 #. A popup error text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1547
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1555
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1499
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1507
 msgid "Enter values for both ends of the IP address range."
 msgstr "Saisir les valeurs de chaque extrémité de la plage d'adresses IP."
 
@@ -866,8 +824,8 @@
 #. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3
 #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
 #. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1546
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1569
 msgid ""
 "The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n"
 "IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3."
@@ -877,146 +835,146 @@
 
 # TLABEL nfs_2002_01_04_0147__6
 #. Label of the registered hosts table
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1642
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594
 msgid "Registered Host"
 msgstr "Hôte enregistré"
 
 # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__20
 #. Table header item - Name of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1648
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1600
 msgid "Name"
 msgstr "Nom"
 
 # TLABEL hwinfo_2002_01_04_0147__35
 #. MAC address of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1652
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1604
 msgid "Hardware Address"
 msgstr "Adresse du matériel"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__69
 #. Network type of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1654
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1606
 msgid "Type"
 msgstr "Type"
 
 # TLABEL newmodule_2002_01_04_0147__44
 #. Frame label - configuration of particular host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1613
 msgid "List Setup"
 msgstr "Lister le setup"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__342
 #. Textentry label - name of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1669
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1621
 msgid "&Name"
 msgstr "&Nom"
 
 # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__269
 #. Textentry label - IP address of the host
 #. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1674
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:229
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1626
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:228
 msgid "&IP Address"
 msgstr "Adresse &IP"
 
 # TLABEL hwinfo_2002_01_04_0147__35
 #. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1682
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1634
 msgid "&Hardware Address"
 msgstr "Adresse du &matériel"
 
 # TLABEL hwinfo_2002_01_04_0147__149
 #. Radiobutton label - network type of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1689
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1641
 msgid "&Ethernet"
 msgstr "&Ethernet"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__130
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1691
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643
 msgid "&Token Ring"
 msgstr "&Token Ring (anneau à jeton)"
 
 # TLABEL nis_server_2002_01_04_0147__10
 #. Pushbutton label - change host in list
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1706
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1658
 msgid "C&hange in List"
 msgstr "C&hanger dans la liste"
 
 # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__346
 #. Pushbutton label - delete host from list
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1709
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661
 msgid "Dele&te from List"
 msgstr "E&ffacer de la liste"
 
 # TLABEL hwinfo_2002_01_04_0147__149
 #. now, fill the dialog
 #. combo box entry, networking technology name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1810
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1039
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1762
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1038
 msgid "Ethernet"
 msgstr "Ethernet"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__130
 #. combo box entry, networking technology name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1041
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1763
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1040
 msgid "Token Ring"
 msgstr "Token Ring (anneau à jeton)"
 
 #. error popup
 #. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1885
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:935
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1837
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:934
 msgid "The hardware address is invalid.\n"
 msgstr "L'adresse matérielle est incorrecte.\n"
 
 #. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1931
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1883
 msgid "The hardware address must be unique."
 msgstr "L'adresse matérielle doit être unique."
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__102
 #. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1941
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1893
 msgid "The hostname cannot be empty."
 msgstr "Le nom de machine ne doit pas être vide."
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__39
 #. error popup, %1 is host name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1951
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1903
 msgid "A host named %1 already exists."
 msgstr "Un hôte nommé %1 existe déjà."
 
 # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__219
 #. error popup
 #. FIXME: text?
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1969
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2033
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1921
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985
 msgid "Enter a host IP."
 msgstr "Saisissez un IP d'hôte."
 
 # TLABEL sound_2002_01_04_0147__43
 #. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1984
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1936
 msgid "The hardware address must be defined."
 msgstr "L'adresse matérielle doit être définie."
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__63
 #. error popup
 #. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2005
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2020
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1957
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1972
 msgid "Select a host first."
 msgstr "Sélectionnez d'abord un hôte."
 
 # TLABEL sound_2002_01_04_0147__43
 #. checking new MAC
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2047
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1999
 msgid "The input value must be defined."
 msgstr "La valeur entrée doit être définie."
 
 #. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2086
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2038
 msgid ""
 "If you enter the expert settings, you cannot return \n"
 "to this dialog. You may be able to display this dialog \n"
@@ -1037,15 +995,15 @@
 "Voulez-vous continuer ?"
 
 #. remove leading '-'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2133
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2085
 msgid "\"-%1\" is not a valid DHCP server commandline option"
 msgstr "\"-%1\" n'est pas valide comme option de ligne de commande du serveur DHCP"
 
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2144
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2096
 msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument"
 msgstr "Un argument est requis pour l'option de ligne de commande du serveur DHCP \"-%1\""
 
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2155
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2107
 msgid ""
 "You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n"
 "\n"
@@ -1065,7 +1023,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL ldap-client_2002_08_07_0216__2
 #. dialog caption, %1 is step number
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2236
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2179
 msgid "DHCP Server Wizard (%1 of 4)"
 msgstr "Assistant du serveur DHCP (%1/4)"
 
@@ -1356,7 +1314,7 @@
 #. TRANSLATORS: popup error
 #. TRANSLATORS: popup error
 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:228
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:455
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:454
 msgid "The last IP address must be higher than the first one."
 msgstr "La dernière adresse IP doit être plus grande que la première."
 
@@ -1383,7 +1341,7 @@
 #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description
 #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description
 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:453
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:256
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:255
 msgid "Invalid hostname."
 msgstr "Nom d'hôte incorrect."
 
@@ -1395,9 +1353,9 @@
 #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description
 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:462
 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:490
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:265
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:394
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:402
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:264
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:393
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:401
 msgid "Invalid IP address."
 msgstr "Adresse IP incorrecte."
 
@@ -1415,45 +1373,45 @@
 "d'adresses IP (%2-%3) définie sur le serveur DHCP.\n"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:157
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:156
 msgid "Regenerating DNS zone entries..."
 msgstr "Régénération des entrées de la zone DNS..."
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:224
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:223
 msgid "Adding a New DNS Record"
 msgstr "Ajout d'un nouvel enregistrement DNS"
 
 # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__127
 #. TRANSLATORS: text entry
 #. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:227
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:226
 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:148
 msgid "&Hostname"
 msgstr "Nom d'&hôte"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: busy message
 #. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:317
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:316
 msgid "Adding DHCP range %1-%2 to the DNS server..."
 msgstr "Ajout d'une plage DHCP %1-%2 au serveur DNS..."
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label
 #. TRANSLATORS: menu entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:353
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:955
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:352
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953
 msgid "Removing DNS Records Matching Range"
 msgstr "Suppression de plage correspondante d'enregistrements DNS"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: busy message
 #. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:465
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:464
 msgid "Removing records in the range %1-%2 from the DNS server..."
 msgstr "Suppression des enregistrements de la plage %1-%2 du serveur DNS..."
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is the zone name
 #. please, do not translate 'master' (exact DNS definition)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:556
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:555
 msgid ""
 "Zone %1 is not of the type master.\n"
 "The DNS server cannot write any records to it.\n"
@@ -1462,7 +1420,7 @@
 "Le serveur DNS ne peut pas y écrire des enregistrements.\n"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: popup question, %1 is a DNS zone name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:570
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:569
 msgid ""
 "Zone %1 does not yet exist in the current DNS server configuration.\n"
 "Create it?\n"
@@ -1472,18 +1430,18 @@
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is a zone name
 #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:590
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:589
 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1107
 msgid "Cannot create zone %1."
 msgstr "Impossible de créer la zone %1."
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:815
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:813
 msgid "Synchronizing DNS reverse records..."
 msgstr "Synchronisation des enregistrements DNS inverses..."
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: popup question - canceling dns synchronization with dhcp
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:860
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:858
 msgid ""
 "If you cancel, all changes made to the DNS server will be lost.\n"
 "Really cancel this operation?\n"
@@ -1493,65 +1451,65 @@
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__305
 #. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:907
 msgid "&Domain"
 msgstr "&Domaine"
 
 # TLABEL nis_server_2002_01_04_0147__77
 #. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909
 msgid "&Network"
 msgstr "&Réseau"
 
 # TLABEL nis_server_2002_01_04_0147__68
 #. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:913
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911
 msgid "Net&mask"
 msgstr "Masque &réseau"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: table label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:923
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:921
 msgid "DNS Zone Records"
 msgstr "Enregistrements de la zone DNS"
 
 # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__127
 #. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:926
 msgid "Hostname"
 msgstr "Nom de machine"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:930
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928
 msgid "Assigned IP"
 msgstr "IP assignée"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:937
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:935
 msgid "&Add..."
 msgstr "&Ajouter..."
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:945
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:943
 msgid "&Special Tasks"
 msgstr "Tâches &spéciales"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: menu entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:951
 msgid "Add New Range of DNS Records"
 msgstr "Ajouter une nouvelle plage d'enregistrements DNS"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: menu entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:959
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:957
 msgid "Run Wizard to Rewrite the DNS Zone from Scratch"
 msgstr "Exécuter l'assistant pour récrire entièrement la zone DNS"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox, %1 is a zone name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1031
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1029
 msgid "Synchronize with Reverse Zone %1"
 msgstr "Synchroniser avec la zone d'entrées inverses %1"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1084
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1082
 msgid "DHCP Server: DNS Server Synchronization"
 msgstr "Serveur DHCP : synchronisation du serveur DNS"
 
@@ -1852,8 +1810,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__47
 #. help text 1/2
-#. help text 1/2
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24 src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:233
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24
 msgid ""
 "<p><b><big>Network Interfaces</big></b><br>\n"
 "Select the network interfaces to which the DHCP server should listen from\n"
@@ -1880,20 +1837,9 @@
 "Cette option n'est disponible que si le pare-feu\n"
 "est activé.</p>"
 
-#. help text 1/5
+#. help text 2/5
 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:39
 msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>DHCP Server</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>To run the DHCP server every time your computer is started, set\n"
-"<b>Start DHCP Server</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Serveur DHCP</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>Pour exécuter le serveur chaque fois que vous démarrez votre ordinateur, définissez\n"
-"<b>Démarrer le serveur DHCP</b>.</p>"
-
-#. help text 2/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:45
-msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "To run the DHCP server in chroot jail, set\n"
 "<b>Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail</b>. Starting any daemon in a chroot jail\n"
@@ -1905,7 +1851,7 @@
 "de lancer un daemon dans Chroot jail.</p>"
 
 #. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:46
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "To store the DHCP configuration in LDAP,\n"
@@ -1916,7 +1862,7 @@
 "activez <b>Support LDAP</b>.</p>"
 
 #. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:58
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Configured Declarations</b> shows the configuration options in use.\n"
 "To modify an existing declaration, select it and click <b>Edit</b>.\n"
@@ -1931,7 +1877,7 @@
 "Pour effacer une déclaration, sélectionnez-la, puis cliquez sur <b>Effacer</b>.</p>"
 
 #. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:66
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:60
 msgid ""
 "<p><b><big>Advanced Functions</big></b><br>\n"
 "Use <b>Advanced</b> to display the log of the DHCP server,\n"
@@ -1947,7 +1893,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__47
 #. help text 1/3, alt. 1
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:74
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:68
 msgid ""
 "<p><b><big>Subnet Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
 "Set the <b>Network Address</b> and <b>Network Mask</b> of the subnet.</p>"
@@ -1957,7 +1903,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__47
 #. help text 1/3, alt. 1
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:72
 msgid ""
 "<p><b><big>Host with Fixed Address</big></b><br>\n"
 "Set the name of the host for which to set the fixed address or other\n"
@@ -1968,7 +1914,7 @@
 "options spécifiques dans <b>Nom de machine</b>.</p>"
 
 #. help text 1/3, alt. 3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:84
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78
 msgid ""
 "<p><b><big>Group-Specific Options</big></b><br>\n"
 "Set the name of the group of declarations in <b>Group Name</b>.  \n"
@@ -1981,7 +1927,7 @@
 "Le nom n'affecte pas le comportement du serveur DHCP.</p>"
 
 #. help text 1/3, alt. 4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:91
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:85
 msgid ""
 "<p><b><big>Pool of Addresses</big></b><br>\n"
 "Set the name of the pool of addresses in <b>Pool Name</b>. \n"
@@ -1994,7 +1940,7 @@
 "Le nom n'affecte pas le comportement du serveur DHCP.</p>"
 
 #. help text 1/3, alt. 5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:98
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:92
 msgid ""
 "<p><b><big>Shared Network</big></b><br>\n"
 "Set the name for the shared network in <b>Shared Network Name</b>. \n"
@@ -2008,7 +1954,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__105
 #. help text 1/3, alt. 6
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:105
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:99
 msgid ""
 "<p><b><big>Class</big></b><br>\n"
 "Set the name of the class of hosts in <b>Class Name</b>.</p>"
@@ -2017,7 +1963,7 @@
 "Définissez le nom de la classe d'hôtes dans <b>Nom de la classe</b>.</p>"
 
 #. help text 2/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:109
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:103
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "To edit DHCP options, choose the appropriate\n"
@@ -2032,7 +1978,7 @@
 "supprimer une option, sélectionnez-la, puis cliquez sur <b>Effacer</b>.</p>"
 
 #. help text 3/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:117
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:111
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "To adjust dynamic DNS for hosts of this subnet, use <b>Dynamic DNS</b>.</p>"
@@ -2041,7 +1987,7 @@
 "Pour régler le DNS dynamique des hôtes de ce sous-réseau, utilisez <b>DNS dynamique</b>.</p>"
 
 #. help text 1/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:115
 msgid ""
 "<p><b><big>Enabling Dynamic DNS</big></b><br>\n"
 "To enable Dynamic DNS updates for this subnet, set\n"
@@ -2052,7 +1998,7 @@
 "sélectionnez <b>Activer le DNS dynamique pour ce sous-réseau</b>.</p>"
 
 #. help text 2/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:127
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121
 msgid ""
 "<p><b><big>TSIG Key</big></b><br>\n"
 "To make Dynamic DNS updates, the authentication key must be set. Use\n"
@@ -2067,7 +2013,7 @@
 "des zones directes et reverses.</p>"
 
 #. help text 3/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:135
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:129
 msgid ""
 "<p><b><big>Global DHCP Server Settings</big></b><br>\n"
 "Global settings of DHCP server must be updated to make Dynamic\n"
@@ -2080,7 +2026,7 @@
 "Sélectionnez <b>Mettre à jour les paramètres globaux du serveur DHCP</b>.</p>"
 
 #. help text 4/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:142
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:136
 msgid ""
 "<p><b><big>Zones to Update</big></b><br>\n"
 "Specify forward and reverse zones to update. For both, also specify \n"
@@ -2093,7 +2039,7 @@
 "le même hôte que le serveur DHCP, vous pouvez laisser les champs vides.</p>"
 
 #. help text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:149
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:143
 msgid ""
 "<p><b><big>DHCP Server Start-Up Arguments</big></b><br>\n"
 "Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started with \n"
@@ -2106,7 +2052,7 @@
 "reportez-vous à page de manuel dhcpd. Si le champ correspondant est laissé vide, les valeurs par défaut seront utilisées.</p>"
 
 #. Wizard Installation - Step 1 (version for expert UI)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:156
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:150
 msgid ""
 "<p><b><big>Network Card Selection</big></b><br>\n"
 "Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.</p>\n"
@@ -2115,7 +2061,7 @@
 "Sélectionnez dans la liste une ou plusieurs cartes réseau à utiliser pour le serveur DHCP.</p>\n"
 
 #. Optional field - used with LDAP support
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:160
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:154
 msgid ""
 "Optionally, you can also specify <b>DHCP Server Name</b>\n"
 "(the name of dhcpServer LDAP object), if it differs from your hostname.\n"
@@ -2125,7 +2071,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__105
 #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 1/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:164
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:158
 msgid ""
 "<p><b><big>Global Settings</big></b><br>\n"
 "Here, make several DHCP settings.</p>"
@@ -2135,7 +2081,7 @@
 
 #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 2/9
 #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 3/9 (2 is removed)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:171
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:165
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Domain Name</b> sets the domain for which the DHCP server\n"
 "leases IPs to clients.</p>"
@@ -2144,7 +2090,7 @@
 "loue des IP aux clients.</p>"
 
 #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 4/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:169
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Primary Name Server IP</b> and <b>Secondary Name Server IP</b> \n"
 "offer these name servers to the DHCP clients.\n"
@@ -2155,7 +2101,7 @@
 "Ces valeurs doivent être des adresses IP.</p>"
 
 #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 5/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:181
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Default Gateway</b> inserts this\n"
 "value as the default route in the routing table of clients.</p>"
@@ -2164,7 +2110,7 @@
 "valeur comme chemin par défaut dans la table de cheminement des clients.</p>"
 
 #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 6/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:185
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:179
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Time Server</b> tells clients to use this server\n"
 "for time synchronization.</p>"
@@ -2173,12 +2119,12 @@
 "pour la synchronisation.</p>"
 
 #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 7/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:189
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:183
 msgid "<p><b>Print Server</b> offers this server as the default print server.</p>"
 msgstr "<p><b>Serveur d'imprimante</b> offre ce serveur comme serveur d'imprimante par défaut.</p>"
 
 #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 8/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:193
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:187
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>WINS Server</b> offers this server as the WINS server\n"
 "(Windows Internet Naming Service).</p>"
@@ -2187,7 +2133,7 @@
 "(Windows Internet Naming Service).</p>"
 
 #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 9/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:197
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:191
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Default Lease Time</b> sets the time after which the leased IP expires\n"
 "and the client must ask for an IP again.</p>"
@@ -2196,7 +2142,7 @@
 "l'IP allouée expire et le client doit demander un nouvel IP.</p>"
 
 #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 1/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:201
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:195
 msgid ""
 "<p><b><big>Subnet Information</big></b></br>\n"
 "View information about the current subnet, such as its address,\n"
@@ -2209,7 +2155,7 @@
 "</p>\n"
 
 #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 2/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:208
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:202
 msgid ""
 "<p><b><big>IP Address Range</big></b><br>\n"
 "Set the <b>First IP Address</b> and the <b>Last IP Address</b>\n"
@@ -2226,7 +2172,7 @@
 "aussi bien à des clients BOOTP qu'à des clients DHCP.</p>\n"
 
 #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 3/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:211
 msgid ""
 "<p><b><big>Lease Time</big></b><br>\n"
 "Set the <b>Default</b> lease time for the current IP address range,\n"
@@ -2237,7 +2183,7 @@
 "qui détermine la durée optimale de rafraîchissement des IP pour les clients.<br></p>"
 
 #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 4/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:223
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Maximum</b> (optional value) sets the maximum time period\n"
 "for which this IP is blocked for the client on the DHCP server.</p>"
@@ -2247,7 +2193,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__47
 #. Help text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:221
 msgid ""
 "<p><b><big>Expert Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
 "To enter the complete configuration of the DHCP server, click\n"
@@ -2259,7 +2205,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__47
 #. host management help 1/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227
 msgid ""
 "<p><b><big>Host Management</big></b><br>\n"
 "Use this dialog to edit hosts with static address binding.</p>"
@@ -2268,7 +2214,7 @@
 "Utilisez ce dialogue pour modifier les hôtes avec adresse statique.</p>"
 
 #. host management help 1/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:243
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:231
 msgid ""
 "<p>To add a new new host, set its <b>Name</b>,\n"
 "<b>Hardware Address</b>, and <b>IP Address</b>\n"
@@ -2283,18 +2229,18 @@
 "changez toutes les valeurs et cliquez sur <b>Changer dans la liste</b>.</p>"
 
 #. host management help 1/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239
 msgid "<p>To remove a host, select it and click <b>Delete from List</b>.</p>"
 msgstr "<p>Pour supprimer un hôte, sélectionnez-le et cliquez sur <b>Effacer de la liste</b>.</p>"
 
 # TLABEL sound_2002_03_15_0003__17
 #. help text 1/7
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:263
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251
 msgid "<p>Select the type of declaration to add.</p>"
 msgstr "<p>Choisissez le type de déclaration à ajouter.</p>"
 
 #. help text 2/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:269
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:257
 msgid ""
 "<p>To add a network declaration,\n"
 "select <b>Subnet</b>.</p>"
@@ -2303,7 +2249,7 @@
 "sélectionnez <b>Sous-réseau</b>.</p>"
 
 #. help text 3/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:276
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:264
 msgid ""
 "<p>To add a host that needs special parameters\n"
 "(usually a fixed address), select <b>Host</b>.</p>"
@@ -2312,7 +2258,7 @@
 "(en général, une adresse fixe), sélectionnez <b>Hôte</b>.</p>"
 
 #. help text 4/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:285
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:273
 msgid ""
 "<p>To add a shared network (physical network with\n"
 "multiple logical networks), select <b>Shared Network</b>.</p>"
@@ -2321,7 +2267,7 @@
 "des réseaux logiques multiples), sélectionnez <b>Réseau partagé</b>.</p>"
 
 #. help text 5/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:294
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:282
 msgid ""
 "<p>To add a group of other declarations (usually\n"
 "if they should share some settings), select <b>Group</b>.</p>"
@@ -2330,7 +2276,7 @@
 "si certains paramètres doivent être partagés), sélectionnez <b>Groupe</b>.</p>"
 
 #. help text 6/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:303
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:291
 msgid ""
 "<p>To add a pool of addresses that will be treated\n"
 "differently than other address pools although they are in the same\n"
@@ -2341,7 +2287,7 @@
 "sous-réseau, sélectionnez <b>Ensemble d'adresses</b>.</p>"
 
 #. help text 7/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:314
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:302
 msgid ""
 "<p>To create a condition class that can be used for\n"
 "handling clients differently depending on the class to which they belong,\n"
@@ -2355,24 +2301,24 @@
 #. selection box
 #. selection box
 #. selection box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:454
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:475
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:568
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:781
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:857
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:453
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:474
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:567
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:780
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:856
 msgid "A&ddresses"
 msgstr "A&dresses"
 
 # TLABEL ldap_client_2002_03_16_1943__10
 #. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:470
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:469
 msgid "The entered address is not valid."
 msgstr "L'adresse entrée est incorrecte."
 
 #. message popup
 #. message popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:490
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:543
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:489
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:542
 msgid "At least one address must be specified."
 msgstr "Une adresse au moins doit être spécifiée."
 
@@ -2383,103 +2329,103 @@
 #. @param [String] key string option key
 #. @param [Hash] event map event to be handled
 #. selection box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:512
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:528
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:819
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:511
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:527
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:818
 msgid "&Values"
 msgstr "&Valeurs :"
 
 # TLABEL ldap_client_2002_03_16_1943__10
 #. message popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:563
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:562
 msgid "The entered addresses are not valid."
 msgstr "Les adresses entrées sont incorrectes."
 
 #. message popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:583
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:582
 msgid "At least one address pair must be specified."
 msgstr "Une paire d'adresses au moins doit être spécifiée."
 
 #. table item, means switched on
 #. table item, means switched on
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:620
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:661
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:619
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:660
 msgid "On"
 msgstr "Marche"
 
 #. table item, means switched off
 #. table item, means switched off
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:623
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:664
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:622
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:663
 msgid "Off"
 msgstr "Arrêt"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__270
 #. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:694
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:693
 msgid "A value must be specified."
 msgstr "Une valeur doit être spécifiée."
 
 # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__254
 #. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:786
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:785
 msgid "&New Address"
 msgstr "&Nouvelle adresse"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__94
 #. int field
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:824
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:823
 msgid "&New Value"
 msgstr "&Nouvelle valeur"
 
 #. label (in role of help text)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:861
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:860
 msgid "Separate multiple addresses with spaces."
 msgstr "S'il y a plusieurs adresses, séparez-les par des espaces."
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__15
 #. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:864
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:863
 msgid "&Add Address Pair"
 msgstr "&Ajouter une paire d'adresses"
 
 #. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1008
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1007
 msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one."
 msgstr "L'adresse la plus basse doit être plus basse que l'adresse la plus haute."
 
 #. label -- help text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1024
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1023
 msgid "If you change this, also update the syslog configuration."
 msgstr "Si vous changez ceci, actualisez également la configuration syslog."
 
 # TLABEL support_2002_03_14_2340__12
 #. combo box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1036
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1035
 msgid "&Hardware Type"
 msgstr "Type &matériel"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__15
 #. test entry, MAC better not to be translated,
 #. translation would decrease the understandability
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1046
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1045
 msgid "&MAC Address"
 msgstr "Adresse &MAC"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__151
 #. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1089
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1088
 msgid "&Lowest IP Address"
 msgstr "Adresse IP la plus &basse"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__151
 #. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1091
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1090
 msgid "&Highest IP Address"
 msgstr "Adresse IP la plus &haute"
 
 #. Yes-No popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:174
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:191
 msgid ""
 "If you leave the DHCP server configuration without saving,\n"
 "all changes will be lost. Really leave?"
@@ -2488,7 +2434,7 @@
 "toutes vos modifications seront perdues. Quitter quand même ?"
 
 #. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:355
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:311
 msgid ""
 "The port in firewall is not open. The DHCP server\n"
 "will not be able to serve your network.\n"
@@ -2499,7 +2445,7 @@
 "Continuer ?"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:383
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:339
 msgid ""
 "The network interfaces listed below are not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n"
 "%1\n"
@@ -2510,7 +2456,7 @@
 "Exécutez la configuration du pare-feu YaST pour leur assigner une zone."
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 a network interface name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:398
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:354
 msgid ""
 "Network interface %1 is not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n"
 "Run the YaST firewall configuration to assign it to a zone."
@@ -2520,8 +2466,8 @@
 
 #. popup message
 #. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:424
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:653
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:374
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:588
 msgid ""
 "This function is not available during\n"
 "preparation for autoinstallation."
@@ -2529,227 +2475,213 @@
 "Cette fonction n'est pas disponible durant\n"
 "la préparation de l'installation automatique."
 
-# TLABEL inetd_2002_08_07_0216__1
-#. menubutton entry, try to keep short
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:445
-msgid "Restart DHCP Server"
-msgstr "Redémarrer le serveur DHCP"
-
-# TLABEL firewall_2002_03_14_2340__7
-#. menubutton entry, try to keep short
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:450
-msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server"
-msgstr "Enregistrer les paramètres et redémarrer le serveur DHCP"
-
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__31
 #. tree widget
 #. tree widget
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:548
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1097
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:484
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1076
 msgid "&Configured Declarations"
 msgstr "&Déclarations configurées"
 
 #. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:637
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:572
 msgid "&Dynamic DNS"
 msgstr "DNS &dynamique"
 
 #. combo box
 #. combo box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:733
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1239
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:668
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1219
 msgid "Forward Zone TSIG &Key"
 msgstr "&Clé TSIG de zone directe"
 
 #. combo box
 #. combo box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:742
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1246
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:677
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1226
 msgid "Reverse Zone TSIG &Key"
 msgstr "&Clé TSIG de zone reverse"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__146
 #. popup headline
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:861
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:796
 msgid "Select File with Authentication Key"
 msgstr "Sélectionner un fichier avec clé d'authentification"
 
-# TLABEL inetd_2002_08_07_0216__1
-#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1060
-msgid "&Start DHCP Server"
-msgstr "&Démarrer le serveur DHCP"
+#. FIXME CWM should be able to handle virtual widgets
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1042
+msgid "Apply Changes"
+msgstr ""
 
 #. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1070
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1049
 msgid "&Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail"
 msgstr "&Démarrer le serveur DHCP dans chroot Jail"
 
 # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__80
-#. menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1111
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1099
 msgid "Ad&vanced"
 msgstr "A&vancé"
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__41
 #. item of a menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1114
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1102
 msgid "Display &Log"
 msgstr "Afficher le &journal"
 
 # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__200
 #. item of a menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1116
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1104
 msgid "&Interface Configuration"
 msgstr "Configuration de l'&interface"
 
 # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__254
 #. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1136
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1116
 msgid "&Network Address"
 msgstr "Adresse &réseau"
 
 # TLABEL hwinfo_2002_01_04_0147__39
 #. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1138
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1118
 msgid "Network &Mask"
 msgstr "&Masque réseau"
 
 # TLABEL users_2002_01_04_0147__77
 #. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1156
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1136
 msgid "Group &Name"
 msgstr "&Nom du groupe"
 
 # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__127
 #. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1164
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1144
 msgid "Pool &Name"
 msgstr "&Nom de l'ensemble"
 
 # TLABEL packages_2002_03_14_2340__85
 #. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1172
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1152
 msgid "Shared Network &Name"
 msgstr "&Nom du réseau partagé"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__169
 #. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1180
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1160
 msgid "Class &Name"
 msgstr "&Nom de la classe"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__471
 #. multi selection box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1190
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1170
 msgid "Available Interfaces"
 msgstr "Interfaces disponibles"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__131
 #. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1205
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1185
 msgid "Open &Firewall for Selected Interfaces"
 msgstr "Ouvrir le &pare-feu pour les interfaces sélectionnées"
 
 #. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1231
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1211
 msgid "&Enable Dynamic DNS for This Subnet"
 msgstr "&Activer le DNS dynamique pour ce sous-réseau"
 
 # TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__30
 #. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1253
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1233
 msgid "&Update Global Dynamic DNS Settings"
 msgstr "&Mettre à jour les paramètres DNS dynamiques globaux"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__16
 #. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1263
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1243
 msgid "&Zone"
 msgstr "&Zone"
 
 #. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1290
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1270
 msgid "&Primary DNS Server"
 msgstr "Serveur DNS &primaire"
 
 # TLABEL cups_2002_01_04_0147__79
 #. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1296
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1276
 msgid "Re&verse Zone"
 msgstr "Zone re&verse"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__133
 #. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1305
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1285
 msgid "Pr&imary DNS Server"
 msgstr "Serveur DNS pr&imaire"
 
 #. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1335
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1315
 msgid "DHCP Server &Expert Configuration..."
 msgstr "Configuration du serveur DHCP pour &experts..."
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__61
 #. Dhcp-server read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1388
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1401
 msgid "Initializing DHCP Server Configuration"
 msgstr "Initialisation de la configuration du serveur DHCP"
 
 # TLABEL cups_2002_01_04_0147__7
 #. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1392
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1405
 msgid "Check the environment"
 msgstr "Vérifier l'environnement "
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__279
 #. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1394
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1407
 msgid "Read firewall settings"
 msgstr "Lire les paramètres du pare-feu"
 
 # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__262
 #. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1396
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1409
 msgid "Read DHCP server settings"
 msgstr "Lire les paramètres du serveur DHCP"
 
 #. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1398
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1411
 msgid "Read DNS server settings"
 msgstr "Lire les paramètres du serveur DNS"
 
 # TLABEL printconf_2002_01_04_0147__49
 #. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1402
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1415
 msgid "Checking the environment..."
 msgstr "Vérification de l'environnement... "
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__284
 #. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1404
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1417
 msgid "Reading firewall settings..."
 msgstr "Lecture des paramètres du pare-feu..."
 
 # TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__8
 #. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1406
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1419
 msgid "Reading DHCP server settings..."
 msgstr "Lecture des paramètres du serveur DHCP..."
 
 #. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1408
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1421
 msgid "Reading DNS server settings..."
 msgstr "Lecture des paramètres du serveur DNS..."
 
 # TLABEL lan_inetd_2002_03_14_2340__26
 #. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1410 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1423 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1651
 msgid "Finished"
 msgstr "Terminé"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: error report popup
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1440
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1453
 msgid ""
 "This server needs at least one\n"
 "configured network device (besides loopback) to\n"
@@ -2766,7 +2698,7 @@
 " Annulation en cours."
 
 #. error report 
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1475
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1488
 msgid ""
 "Cannot determine hostname. LDAP-based configuration of \n"
 "DHCP server will not be available."
@@ -2775,7 +2707,7 @@
 "serveur DHCP basée sur LDAP ne sera pas disponible."
 
 #. yes-no popup
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1543
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1556
 msgid ""
 "The DHCP server does not seem to have been\n"
 "configured yet. Create a new configuration?"
@@ -2785,97 +2717,97 @@
 
 # TLABEL rc_config_2002_01_04_0147__13
 #. Dhcp-server read dialog caption */
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1616
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1629
 msgid "Saving DHCP Server Configuration"
 msgstr "Enregistrement de la configuration du serveur DHCP"
 
 # TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__30
 #. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1621
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634
 msgid "Write DHCP server settings"
 msgstr "Écrire les paramètres du serveur DHCP"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__328
 #. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1623
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636
 msgid "Write firewall settings"
 msgstr "Écrire les paramètres du pare-feu"
 
 # TLABEL inetd_2002_08_07_0216__1
 #. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1625
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638
 msgid "Restart DHCP server"
 msgstr "Redémarrer le service DHCP"
 
 #. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1627
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1640
 msgid "Write DNS server settings"
 msgstr "Écrire les paramètres du serveur DNS"
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__68
 #. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1630
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1643
 msgid "Writing DHCP server settings..."
 msgstr "Écriture des paramètres du serveur DHCP..."
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__299
 #. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1632
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1645
 msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
 msgstr "Écriture des paramètres du pare-feu..."
 
 # TLABEL tv_2002_03_14_2340__18
 #. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1647
 msgid "Restarting DHCP server..."
 msgstr "Démarrage du serveur DHCP..."
 
 #. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1649
 msgid "Writing DNS server settings..."
 msgstr "Écriture des paramètres du serveur DNS..."
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__237
 #. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1749
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1762
 msgid "Error occurred while restarting the DHCP daemon."
 msgstr "Une erreur s'est produite lors du redémarrage du daemon DHCP."
 
 #. summary string
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1888
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901
 msgid "The DHCP server is started at boot time"
 msgstr "Le serveur DHCP est démarré lors de l'amorçage"
 
 #. summary string
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1893
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1906
 msgid "The DHCP server is not started at boot time"
 msgstr "Le serveur DHCP n'est pas démarré lors de l'amorçage"
 
 # TLABEL country_2002_08_07_0216__52
 #. summary string, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1914
 msgid "Listen On: %1"
 msgstr "Écoute activée : %1"
 
 # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__306
 #. summary string, %1 is IP address range
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1920
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1933
 msgid "Dynamic Address Range: %1"
 msgstr "Plage de l'adresse dynamique : %1"
 
 #. error message
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2313
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2328
 msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP."
 msgstr "Configuration LDAP incorrecte. Impossible d'utiliser LDAP."
 
 #. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2553 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2594
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2568 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2609
 msgid "Support for multiple dhcpServiceDN not implemented."
 msgstr "Support pour multiple dhcpServiceDN non implémenté."
 
 # TLABEL nis_2002_01_04_0147__21
 #. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2559
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2574
 msgid "DHCP service DN is not defined."
 msgstr "DHCP service DN n'est pas défini."
 
@@ -2884,30 +2816,83 @@
 #. Error report, %1 is LDAP record key
 #. Error report
 #. error report, %1 is LDAP record key
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2674 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2708
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2772 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2847
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2689 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2723
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2787 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2862
 msgid "Error occurred while creating %1."
 msgstr "Une erreur s'est produite lors de la création de %1."
 
 # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__263
 #. error report, %1 is LDAP record key 
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2739
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2754
 msgid "Error occurred while updating %1."
 msgstr "Une erreur s'est produite pendant la mise à jour de %1."
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__237
 #. error report, %1=ldap domain, %2=dhcp server
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2810
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2825
 msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1."
 msgstr "Une erreur s'est produite lors de la création de cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1."
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__237
 #. error report, /etc/dhcpd.conf is filename
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2907
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2922
 msgid "Error occurred while writing /etc/dhcpd.conf."
 msgstr "Une erreur s'est produite lors de l'écriture de /etc/dhcpd.conf."
 
+# TLABEL runlevel_2002_03_14_2340__8
+#~ msgid "DHCP server is running"
+#~ msgstr "Le serveur DHCP est en cours d'exécution"
+
+# TLABEL runlevel_2002_03_14_2340__6
+#~ msgid "DHCP server is not running"
+#~ msgstr "Le serveur DHCP n'est pas en cours d'exécution"
+
+# TLABEL inetd_2002_08_07_0216__1
+#~ msgid "&Start DHCP Server Now"
+#~ msgstr "&Démarrer le serveur DHCP maintenant"
+
+# TLABEL ldap-client_2002_08_07_0216__2
+#~ msgid "S&top DHCP Server Now"
+#~ msgstr "&Arrêter le serveur DHCP maintenant"
+
+# TLABEL firewall_2002_03_14_2340__7
+#~ msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server &Now"
+#~ msgstr "Enregistrer les paramètres et redémarrer le serveur DHCP &maintenant"
+
+# TLABEL inetd_2002_08_07_0216__1
+#~ msgid "Start DHCP Server Now"
+#~ msgstr "Démarrer le serveur DHCP maintenant"
+
+# TLABEL ldap-client_2002_08_07_0216__2
+#~ msgid "Stop DHCP Server Now"
+#~ msgstr "Arrêter le serveur DHCP maintenant"
+
+# TLABEL firewall_2002_03_14_2340__7
+#~ msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server Now"
+#~ msgstr "Enregistrer les paramètres et redémarrer le serveur DHCP maintenant"
+
 #~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><b><big>DHCP Server</big></b></p>\n"
+#~ "<p>To run the DHCP server every time your computer is started, set\n"
+#~ "<b>Start DHCP Server</b>.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><b><big>Serveur DHCP</big></b></p>\n"
+#~ "<p>Pour exécuter le serveur chaque fois que vous démarrez votre ordinateur, définissez\n"
+#~ "<b>Démarrer le serveur DHCP</b>.</p>"
+
+# TLABEL inetd_2002_08_07_0216__1
+#~ msgid "Restart DHCP Server"
+#~ msgstr "Redémarrer le serveur DHCP"
+
+# TLABEL firewall_2002_03_14_2340__7
+#~ msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server"
+#~ msgstr "Enregistrer les paramètres et redémarrer le serveur DHCP"
+
+# TLABEL inetd_2002_08_07_0216__1
+#~ msgid "&Start DHCP Server"
+#~ msgstr "&Démarrer le serveur DHCP"
+
+#~ msgid ""
 #~ "The selected network interface is not configured (no assigned IP address \n"
 #~ "and netmask). Using it in the DHCP server configuration may not work.\n"
 #~ "Really use this interface?\n"

Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/dns-server.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/dns-server.fr.po	2016-09-02 21:33:42 UTC (rev 96676)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/dns-server.fr.po	2016-09-02 21:33:58 UTC (rev 96677)
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: dns-server\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-04-20 16:01+0200\n"
 "Last-Translator: Prof01 \n"
 "Language-Team: français \n"
@@ -345,8 +345,7 @@
 #. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message
 #. Both Add and Remove defined => Error!
 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:580 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:867
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049
 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1108
 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1244
 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1303
@@ -425,11 +424,10 @@
 #. Table header item - ACL-options
 #. Table menu item - Records listing
 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:731 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:743
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1032
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1625
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1419
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:766
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1359
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1409
 msgid "Value"
 msgstr "Valeur"
 
@@ -450,7 +448,7 @@
 #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
 #. Textentry - DNS adding zone - Name
 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:840 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:940
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1859
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1593
 msgid "Name"
 msgstr "Nom"
 
@@ -461,9 +459,9 @@
 #. Table header item - DNS listing zones
 #. Table menu item - Records listing
 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:842 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:942
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1865
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1907
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1417
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1599
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1641
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1407
 msgid "Type"
 msgstr "Type"
 
@@ -477,8 +475,8 @@
 #. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
 #. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:846
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:443
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:446
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1993
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1996
 msgid "Forwarders"
 msgstr "Redirecteurs"
 
@@ -512,12 +510,11 @@
 #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
 #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
 #. Table header item - DNS listing zones
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032
 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1089
 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1220
 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1284
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1905
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1639
 msgid "Zone"
 msgstr "Zone"
 
@@ -551,14 +548,14 @@
 #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
 #. Table header item - listing mail servers
 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1091
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:739
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:729
 msgid "Mail Server"
 msgstr "Serveur de messagerie"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
 #. Table header item - listing mail servers
 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1093
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:741
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:731
 msgid "Priority"
 msgstr "Priorité"
 
@@ -630,8 +627,8 @@
 #. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
 #. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
 #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:79
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:517
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:520
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2067
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2070
 msgid "DNS Zones"
 msgstr "Zones DNS"
 
@@ -655,7 +652,7 @@
 #. check box
 #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox label, turning LDAP support on or off
 #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:175
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:291
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2108
 msgid "&LDAP Support Active"
 msgstr "Support &LDAP actif"
 
@@ -683,102 +680,55 @@
 
 # TLABEL nis_server_2002_03_14_2340__22
 #. Dialog label DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:261
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:256
 msgid "DNS Server"
 msgstr "Serveur DNS"
 
-#. FIXME: new startup
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:419
-msgid "Apply Changes"
-msgstr ""
-
-# TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__31
-#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
-#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:425
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:428
-msgid "Start-Up"
-msgstr "Démarrage"
-
-# TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__48
-#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
-#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:456
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:459
-msgid "Basic Options"
-msgstr "Options de base"
-
-# TLABEL rpm-groups_2002_03_14_2340__60
-#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:469
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:471
-msgid "Logging"
-msgstr "Journalisation"
-
-#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
-#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#. multi selection box
-#. multi selection box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:482
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:485
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:163
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2729
-msgid "ACLs"
-msgstr "ACL"
-
-# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__93
-#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
-#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:499
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:502
-msgid "TSIG Keys"
-msgstr "Clés TSIG"
-
 #. T: ComboBox label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:563
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:297
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Policy"
 msgstr "Résolution locale du DNS &Policy"
 
 #. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:566
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:300
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Merging forwarders is disabled"
 msgstr "Fusionner les redirecteurs non autorisé"
 
 #. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:568
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:302
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Automatic merging"
 msgstr "Fusion automatique"
 
 #. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:570
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:304
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Merging forwarders is enabled"
 msgstr "Fusionner les redirecteurs est autorisé"
 
 #. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:572
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:306
 #, fuzzy
 #| msgid "DNS server configuration"
 msgid "Custom configuration"
 msgstr "Configuration du serveur DNS"
 
 # TLABEL security_2002_01_04_0147__80
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:576
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:310
 msgid "Custom policy"
 msgstr "Politique personnalisée"
 
 #. T: ComboBox label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:583
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:317
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Forwarder"
 msgstr "Résolution locale du DNS &Redirecteur"
 
 # TLABEL nfs_server_2002_01_04_0147__15
 #. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:586
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:320
 #, fuzzy
 #| msgid "Zone name servers"
 msgid "Using system name servers"
@@ -786,52 +736,52 @@
 
 # TLABEL nfs_server_2002_01_04_0147__15
 #. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:588
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:322
 #, fuzzy
 #| msgid "Zone name servers"
 msgid "This name server (bind)"
 msgstr "Serveurs de noms de zone"
 
 #. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:590
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:324
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Local dnsmasq server"
 msgstr "Serveur local de dnsmasq (masque de DNS)"
 
 # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__306
 #. Frame label for DNS-Forwarders adding IP
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:600
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:334
 msgid "Add IP Address"
 msgstr "Ajouter une adresse IP"
 
 # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__254
 #. Textentry for DNS-Forwarders adding IP
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:609
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:343
 msgid "IPv4 or IPv6 A&ddress"
 msgstr "A&dresse IPv4 ou IPv6"
 
 # TLABEL rpm-groups_2002_03_14_2340__11
 #. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders
 #. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:638
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:669
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:372
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:403
 msgid "Forwarder &List"
 msgstr "&Liste de redirecteurs"
 
 #. Store settings of a tab of a dialog
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:813
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:547
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Cannot set local forwarder to %{forwarder}"
 msgstr "Impossible de fixer le redirecteur local à %{forwarder}"
 
 # TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__12
 #. An error message, %1 is replaced with a variable IP
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:877
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:611
 msgid "Cannot find local equivalent for IP %1."
 msgstr "Impossible de trouver l'équivalent local pour l'IP %1."
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: A warning message, %1 is replaced with the input IP, %2 with the output IP
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:883
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:617
 msgid ""
 "Forwarding DNS queries to itself would create an infinite loop.\n"
 "IP address %1 is currently used by this server, so it has\n"
@@ -843,12 +793,12 @@
 
 # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__56
 #. both IPv4 and IPv6
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:911
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:645
 msgid "Invalid IPv4 or IPv6 address."
 msgstr "Adresse IPv4 ou IPv6 incorrecte."
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__136
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:914
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:648
 msgid ""
 "A valid IPv6 address consists of letters a-f, numbers,\n"
 "and colons."
@@ -858,52 +808,52 @@
 
 # TLABEL lilo_2002_03_14_2340__75
 #. error report
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:930
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:664
 msgid "The specified forwarder is already present."
 msgstr "Le redirecteur spécifié est déjà présent."
 
 # TLABEL users_2002_01_04_0147__42
 #. Frame label for Basic-Options
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:959
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:693
 msgid "Add or Change Option"
 msgstr "Ajouter ou modifier une option"
 
 # TLABEL printconf_2002_03_14_2340__24
 #. Combobox for choosing the basic-option
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:973
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:707
 msgid "O&ption"
 msgstr "O&ption"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__94
 #. Textentry for setting the basic-option value
 #. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:983
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1588
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:717
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1322
 msgid "&Value"
 msgstr "&Valeur"
 
 # TLABEL runlevel_2002_03_14_2340__35
 #. Pushbutton for changing the basic-option
 #. Pushbutton - Change Record
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1007
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1387
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:741
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1377
 msgid "C&hange"
 msgstr "C&hanger"
 
 # TLABEL x11_2002_01_04_0147__1
 #. Table label for basic-options listing
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1021
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:755
 msgid "Current Options"
 msgstr "Options actuelles"
 
 # TLABEL lilo_2002_01_04_0147__46
 #. Table header item - basic-options listing
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1030
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:764
 msgid "Option"
 msgstr "Option"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1161
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:895
 msgid ""
 "Really set this\n"
 "option without any value?\n"
@@ -912,7 +862,7 @@
 "option sans aucune valeur ?\n"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. Please, do not translate 'yes' and 'no' strings. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option.
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1173
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:907
 msgid ""
 "Option %1 can only have a yes or no value set.\n"
 "Really set it to %2?\n"
@@ -921,7 +871,7 @@
 "Voulez-vous vraiment définir la valeur %2 ?\n"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option.
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1190
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:924
 msgid ""
 "Option %1 can only be a number.\n"
 "Really set it to %2?\n"
@@ -930,7 +880,7 @@
 "Voulez-vous vraiment définir la valeur %2 ?\n"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option.
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1202
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:936
 msgid ""
 "Quotes are not used correctly in this option.\n"
 "Really set it to %1?\n"
@@ -939,7 +889,7 @@
 "Voulez-vous vraiment définir la valeur %1 ?\n"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option.
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1214
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:948
 msgid ""
 "Brackets are not used correctly in this option.\n"
 "Really set it to %1?\n"
@@ -948,7 +898,7 @@
 "Voulez-vous vraiment définir la valeur %1 ?\n"
 
 #. Popup question, %1 is the name of the option
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1258
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:992
 msgid ""
 "Option %1 should be set only once.\n"
 "Really add another one?\n"
@@ -958,85 +908,85 @@
 
 # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__403
 #. Table header - logging options
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1298
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1032
 msgid "Log Type"
 msgstr "Type de journal"
 
 #. Radiobutton - log type
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1310
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1044
 msgid "&System Log"
 msgstr "Journal &système"
 
 # TLABEL newmodule_2002_01_04_0147__80
 #. Radiobutton - log type
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1319
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1053
 msgid "&File"
 msgstr "&Fichier"
 
 #. IntField - max. log size
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1352
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1086
 msgid "Maximum &Size (MB)"
 msgstr "&Taille maximale (Mo)"
 
 # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__148
 #. IntField - max. log age
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1363
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1097
 msgid "Maximum &Versions"
 msgstr "&Versions maximales"
 
 # TLABEL online_update_2002_01_04_0147__48
 #. Frame label - additional-logging
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1381
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1115
 msgid "Additional Logging"
 msgstr "Journalisations additionnelles"
 
 # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__197
 #. Checkbox - additional-logging
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1386
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1120
 msgid "Log All DNS &Queries"
 msgstr "Journaliser toutes les &requêtes DNS"
 
 #. Checkbox - additional-logging
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1389
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1123
 msgid "Log Zone &Updates"
 msgstr "Journaliser les &mises à jour de zone"
 
 #. Checkbox - additional-logging
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1392
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1126
 msgid "Log Zone &Transfers"
 msgstr "Journaliser les &transferts de zone"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__289
 #. popup headline
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1549
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1283
 msgid "Select File for Log"
 msgstr "Sélectionner un fichier pour la journalisation"
 
 # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__61
 #. Frame label - adding ACL-optiopn
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1566
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1300
 msgid "Option Setup"
 msgstr "Configuration des options"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__342
 #. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - name
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1579
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1313
 msgid "&Name"
 msgstr "&Nom"
 
 # TLABEL nis_server_2002_01_04_0147__18
 #. Table header - ACL-options listing
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1615
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1349
 msgid "Current ACL List"
 msgstr "Liste ACL actuelle"
 
 #. Table header item - ACL-options
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1623
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1357
 msgid "ACL"
 msgstr "ACL"
 
 #. A popup question, %1 is number of zones
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1743
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1477
 msgid ""
 "This ACL is used by %1 zones.\n"
 "Really remove it?\n"
@@ -1046,13 +996,13 @@
 
 # TLABEL lilo_2002_03_14_2340__75
 #. An error popup message
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1830
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1564
 msgid "The specified ACL entry already exists."
 msgstr "L'entrée ACL spécifiée existe déjà."
 
 # TLABEL users_2002_01_04_0147__42
 #. frame label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1847
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1581
 msgid "Add New Zone "
 msgstr "Ajouter une nouvelle zone"
 
@@ -1062,8 +1012,8 @@
 #. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type
 #. #-#-#-#-#  dns-server.xgettext.pot  #-#-#-#-#
 #. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1868
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1958 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1658
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1602
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1692 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1667
 msgid "Master"
 msgstr "Maître"
 
@@ -1074,9 +1024,9 @@
 #. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type
 #. #-#-#-#-#  dns-server.xgettext.pot  #-#-#-#-#
 #. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1870
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1961
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1964 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1660
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1604
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1695
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1698 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1669
 msgid "Slave"
 msgstr "Esclave"
 
@@ -1086,38 +1036,38 @@
 #. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type
 #. #-#-#-#-#  dns-server.xgettext.pot  #-#-#-#-#
 #. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1872
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1967 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1666
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1606
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1701 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1675
 msgid "Forward"
 msgstr "Direct"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__69
 # c-format, ycp-format
 #. Table header - DNS listing zones
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1895
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1629
 msgid "Configured DNS Zones"
 msgstr "Zones DNS configurées"
 
 # TLABEL lilo_2002_03_14_2340__75
 #. error report
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2104
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1838
 msgid "A zone with the specified name is already configured."
 msgstr "La zone dont le nom a été spécifié est déjà configurée."
 
 # TLABEL firewall_2002_03_14_2340__8
 #. Write settings dialog
 #. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2153
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1887
 msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?"
 msgstr "Échec de l'enregistrement de la configuration. Modifier les paramètres ?"
 
 #. Writes settings and restores the dialog without exiting
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2169
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1903
 msgid "Saving the configuration failed"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Yes-No popup
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2182
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1916
 msgid ""
 "All changes will be lost.\n"
 "Really leave the DNS server configuration without saving?"
@@ -1125,44 +1075,91 @@
 "Toutes les modifications seront perdues.\n"
 "Voulez-vous vraiment quitter la configuration du serveur DNS sans enregistrer ?"
 
+#. FIXME: new startup
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1969
+msgid "Apply Changes"
+msgstr ""
+
+# TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__31
+#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
+#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1975
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1978
+msgid "Start-Up"
+msgstr "Démarrage"
+
+# TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__48
+#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
+#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2006
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2009
+msgid "Basic Options"
+msgstr "Options de base"
+
+# TLABEL rpm-groups_2002_03_14_2340__60
+#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2019
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2021
+msgid "Logging"
+msgstr "Journalisation"
+
+#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
+#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
+#. multi selection box
+#. multi selection box
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2032
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2035
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:156
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2694
+msgid "ACLs"
+msgstr "ACL"
+
+# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__93
+#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
+#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2049
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2052
+msgid "TSIG Keys"
+msgstr "Clés TSIG"
+
 # TLABEL online_update_2002_01_04_0147__109
 #. check box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:95
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:93
 msgid "A&llow Dynamic Updates"
 msgstr "A&utoriser les mises à jour dynamiques"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__93
 #. combo box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:105
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:103
 msgid "TSIG &Key"
 msgstr "&Clé TSIG"
 
 #. check box
 #. check box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:158
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2725
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:151
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2690
 msgid "Enable &Zone Transport"
 msgstr "Activer transport de &zone"
 
 # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__41
 #. check box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:178
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:171
 msgid "A&utomatically Generate Records From"
 msgstr "Générer des enregistrements a&utomatiquement à partir de"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__16
 #. multi selection box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:187
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:180
 msgid "Zon&e"
 msgstr "Zon&e"
 
 #. frame label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:199
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:192
 msgid "Connected Reverse Zones"
 msgstr "Zones inverses connectées"
 
 #. popup message
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:465
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:455
 msgid ""
 "This function is not available during\n"
 "preparation for autoinstallation.\n"
@@ -1171,39 +1168,39 @@
 "la préparation de l'autoinstallation.\n"
 
 #. error report
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:476
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:466
 msgid "No TSIG key is defined."
 msgstr "Aucune clé TSIG n'est définie."
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__317
 #. Textentry - adding nameserver
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:506
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:496
 msgid "&Name Server to Add"
 msgstr "Serveur de &noms à ajouter"
 
 # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__130
 #. Selectionbox - listing current nameservers
 #. selection box label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:529
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:555
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:519
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:545
 msgid "Na&me Server List"
 msgstr "Liste des serveurs de no&m"
 
 # TLABEL lilo_2002_03_14_2340__75
 #. error message
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:653
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:643
 msgid "The specified name server already exists."
 msgstr "Le serveur de noms spécifié existe déjà."
 
 # TLABEL firewall_2002_03_14_2340__38
 #. Frame label - adding mail server
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:699
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:689
 msgid "Mail Server to Add"
 msgstr "Serveur de messagerie à ajouter"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__15
 #. Textentry - addind mail server - Name
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:709
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:699
 msgid "&Address"
 msgstr "&Adresse"
 
@@ -1211,132 +1208,132 @@
 #. IntField - zone settings - Record Value
 #. IntField - zone settings - Record Value
 #. int field
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:712
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1237
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1295
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:702
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1227
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1285
 #: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:435
 msgid "&Priority"
 msgstr "&Priorité"
 
 # TLABEL firewall_2002_03_14_2340__38
 #. Table label - listing mail servers
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:734
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:724
 msgid "Mail Relay List"
 msgstr "Liste des &relais de messagerie"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__101
 #. A popup error message
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:871
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:861
 msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address."
 msgstr "La valeur spécifiée n'est pas un nom de machine ou une adresse IP valide."
 
 # TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__42
 #. error message
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:893
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:883
 msgid "The specified mail server already exists."
 msgstr "Le serveur de messagerie spécifié existe déjà."
 
 # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__199
 #. DNS Settings time units (combobox item)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:940
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:930
 msgid "Seconds"
 msgstr "Secondes"
 
 # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__217
 #. DNS Settings time units (combobox item)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:942
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:932
 msgid "Minutes"
 msgstr "Minutes"
 
 # TLABEL country_2002_08_07_0216__40
 #. DNS Settings time units (combobox item)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:944
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:934
 msgid "Hours"
 msgstr "Heures"
 
 # TLABEL hwinfo_2002_01_04_0147__30
 #. DNS Settings time units (combobox item)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:946
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:936
 msgid "Days"
 msgstr "Jours"
 
 #. DNS Settings time units (combobox item)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:948
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:938
 msgid "Weeks"
 msgstr "Semaines"
 
 # TLABEL printconf_2002_01_04_0147__3
 #. Textentry - setting Serial for zone
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:960
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:950
 msgid "Seri&al"
 msgstr "Séquenti&el"
 
 #. Textentry - setting TTL for zone
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:969
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:959
 msgid "TT&L"
 msgstr "TT&L"
 
 # TLABEL rpm-groups_2002_03_16_1943__0
 #. Combobox - Setting DNS Retry - Unit
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:974
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1011
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:964
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1001
 msgid "&Unit"
 msgstr "&Unité"
 
 # TLABEL packages_2002_03_14_2340__25
 #. IntField - Setting DNS Refresh - Value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:988
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:978
 msgid "Re&fresh"
 msgstr "Ac&tualiser"
 
 # TLABEL rpm-groups_2002_03_16_1943__0
 #. Combobox - Setting DNS Refresh - Unit
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:996
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:986
 msgid "Un&it"
 msgstr "Un&ité"
 
 # TLABEL firewall_2002_03_14_2340__19
 #. IntField - Setting DNS Retry - Value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1005
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:995
 msgid "Retr&y"
 msgstr "Réessa&yer"
 
 # TLABEL users_2002_08_07_0216__56
 #. IntField - Setting DNS Expiry - Value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1018
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1008
 msgid "Ex&piration"
 msgstr "Ex&piration"
 
 # TLABEL rpm-groups_2002_03_16_1943__0
 #. Combobox - Setting DNS Expiry - Unit
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1026
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1016
 msgid "U&nit"
 msgstr "U&nité"
 
 # TLABEL security_2002_01_04_0147__70
 #. IntField - Setting DNS Minimum - Value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1035
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1025
 msgid "&Minimum"
 msgstr "&Minimum"
 
 # TLABEL rpm-groups_2002_03_16_1943__0
 #. Combobox - Setting DNS Minimum - Unit
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1043
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1033
 msgid "Uni&t"
 msgstr "Uni&té"
 
 #. Handle events in a tab of a dialog
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1166
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1156
 msgid "The serial number of the zone must be specified."
 msgstr "Le numéro de série de la zone doit être spécifié."
 
 #. error report, %1 is an integer
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1174
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1164
 msgid "The serial number must be no more than %1 digits long."
 msgstr "Le numéro de série ne doit pas dépasser %1 chiffres."
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: A popup with question, current setting could produce errors
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1195
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1185
 msgid ""
 "The expiration time-out is higher than the time period\n"
 "of zone refreshes. The zone will not be reachable\n"
@@ -1352,9 +1349,9 @@
 #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name
 #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name
 #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1219
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1254
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1311
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1209
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1244
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1301
 msgid "&Record Key"
 msgstr "Clé d'&enregistrement"
 
@@ -1362,9 +1359,9 @@
 #. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type
 #. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type
 #. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1227
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1286
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1319
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1217
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1276
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1309
 msgid "T&ype"
 msgstr "T&ype"
 
@@ -1372,95 +1369,95 @@
 #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Value
 #. IntField - zone settings - Record Value
 #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1245
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1292
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1324
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1235
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1282
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1314
 msgid "Val&ue"
 msgstr "Vale&ur"
 
 # TLABEL lan_inetd_2002_01_04_0147__20
 #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1261
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1251
 msgid "&Service"
 msgstr "&Service"
 
 # TLABEL lan_inetd_2002_01_04_0147__22
 #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1275
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1265
 msgid "&Protocol"
 msgstr "&Protocole"
 
 #. IntField - zone settings - Record Value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1297
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1287
 msgid "&Weight"
 msgstr "&Poids"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__326
 #. IntField - zone settings - Record Value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1299
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1289
 msgid "&Port"
 msgstr "&Port"
 
 #. reverse zone
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1344
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1334
 msgid "A: IPv4 Domain Name Translation"
 msgstr "A : traduction de nom de domaine IPv4"
 
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1345
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1335
 msgid "AAAA: IPv6 Domain Name Translation"
 msgstr "AAAA : traduction de nom de domaine IPv6"
 
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1346
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1336
 msgid "CNAME: Alias for Domain Name"
 msgstr "CNAME : alias pour le nom de domaine"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__317
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1347
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1337
 msgid "NS: Name Server"
 msgstr "NS : serveur de noms"
 
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1348
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1338
 msgid "MX: Mail Relay"
 msgstr "MX : relais de messagerie"
 
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1349
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1339
 msgid "PTR: Reverse Translation"
 msgstr "PTR : traduction inverse"
 
 # TLABEL runlevel_2002_08_07_0216__3
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1350
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1340
 msgid "SRV: Services Record"
 msgstr "SRV : enregistrement de services"
 
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1351
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1341
 msgid "TXT: Text Record"
 msgstr "TXT : enregistrement de texte"
 
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1352
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1342
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "SPF: Sender Policy Framework"
 msgstr "SPF : Envoi de la Politique du Framework"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__312
 #. Frame label - Adding/Changing IP/CNAME/Type... zone settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1369
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1359
 msgid "Record Settings"
 msgstr "Paramètres d'enregistrement"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_03_14_2340__30
 #. Table label - Records listing
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1405
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1395
 msgid "Configured Resource Records"
 msgstr "Enregistrements de ressources configurés"
 
 # TLABEL rpm-groups_2002_03_14_2340__99
 #. Table menu item - Records listing
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1415
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1405
 msgid "Record Key"
 msgstr "Clé d'enregistrement"
 
 #. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with an example
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1845
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1835
 msgid ""
 "Invalid IPv6 reverse IP.\n"
 "\n"
@@ -1474,13 +1471,13 @@
 
 # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__56
 #. (hostname or FQ)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1883
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1873
 msgid "Invalid IPv6 address."
 msgstr "Adresse IPv6 incorrecte."
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: Error message
 #. %{type} replaced with record type (TXT or SPF)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1916
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1906
 msgid ""
 "Invalid %{type} record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII characters excluding '='\n"
 "and must be at least one character long."
@@ -1492,7 +1489,7 @@
 #. %{type}    - replaced with record type (TXT or SPF)
 #. %{max}     - replaced with the maximal length
 #. %{current} - replaced with the current length of a new TXT record.
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1934
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1924
 #, fuzzy
 #| msgid ""
 #| "Maximal length of a TXT record is %1 characters.\n"
@@ -1505,59 +1502,59 @@
 "Ce message a une longueur de %{current} caractères."
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: a popup message, CNAME (link) points to itself
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1965
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1955
 msgid "CNAME cannot point to itself."
 msgstr "CNAME ne peut pas pointer vers lui-même."
 
 # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__76
 #. When no dialog defined for this tab (software error)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2341
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2331
 msgid "An internal error has occurred."
 msgstr "Une erreur interne s'est produite."
 
 # TLABEL runlevel_2002_01_04_0147__55
 #. Dialog Caption - Expert Settings - Zone Editor
 #. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2413
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2734
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2403
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2699
 msgid "Zone Editor"
 msgstr "Éditeur de zone"
 
 # TLABEL wizard_2002_01_04_0147__29
 #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
 #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2434
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2446
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2424
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2436
 msgid "&Basics"
 msgstr "&Basiques"
 
 # TLABEL rpm-groups_2002_03_14_2340__99
 #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
 #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2436
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2448
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2426
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2438
 msgid "NS Recor&ds"
 msgstr "Enregistremen&ts NS"
 
 # TLABEL country_2002_08_07_0216__93
 #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
 #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2438
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2452
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2428
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2442
 msgid "&SOA"
 msgstr "&SOA"
 
 # TLABEL rpm-groups_2002_03_14_2340__99
 #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
 #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2440
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2454
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2430
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2444
 msgid "R&ecords"
 msgstr "Enr&egistrements"
 
 # TLABEL rpm-groups_2002_03_14_2340__99
 #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2450
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2440
 msgid "M&X Records"
 msgstr "Enregistrements M&X"
 
@@ -1565,21 +1562,14 @@
 #. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone
 #. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone
 #. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2466
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2703
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2906
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2455
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2668
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2871
 msgid "Settings for Zone"
 msgstr "Paramètres pour la zone"
 
-# TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__80
-#. );
-#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2502
-msgid "Ad&vanced"
-msgstr "A&vancé"
-
 #. at least one NS server must be set
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2550
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2532
 msgid "At least one NS server must be set."
 msgstr "Au moins un serveur NS doit être défini."
 
@@ -1587,7 +1577,7 @@
 #.
 #. Automatically Generate Records From is a feature that makes YaST to generate
 #. DNS records manually from selected zone
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2612
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2594
 msgid ""
 "Current zone records are automatically generated from %1 zone.\n"
 "To change records manually disable the Automatically Generate Records From feature."
@@ -1596,17 +1586,17 @@
 "Pour modifier les enregistrements manuellement, désactivez la fonctionnalité 'Générer des enregistrements automatiquement à partir de'."
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: Text entry
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2717
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2682
 msgid "&Master DNS Server IP"
 msgstr "IP du serveur DNS &maître"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error headline
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2781
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2746
 msgid "Missing Master Server"
 msgstr "Serveur maître manquant"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error text
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2783
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2748
 msgid ""
 "Every slave zone must have its master server IP defined.\n"
 "Configuration of a DNS server without a master server would fail.\n"
@@ -1618,33 +1608,33 @@
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__247
 #. TRANSLATORS: A popup error message
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2803
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2768
 msgid "No master DNS server defined."
 msgstr "Aucun serveur DNS maître n'est défini."
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__101
 #. A popup error message
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2815
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2780
 msgid "The specified master name server is not a valid IP address."
 msgstr "Le serveur de noms maître spécifié n'est pas une adresse IP valide."
 
 #. Textentry - adding forwarder
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2926
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2891
 msgid "New &Forwarder IP Address"
 msgstr "Nouvelle adresse IP du &redirecteur"
 
 #. Selectionbox - listing current forwarders
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2951
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2916
 msgid "Current &Zone Forwarders"
 msgstr "Redirecteurs de &zone actuels"
 
 #. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2973
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2938
 msgid "Forward Zone Editor"
 msgstr "Éditeur de zone de redirection"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: popup question
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:3009
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2974
 msgid ""
 "This forward zone has no forwarders defined, which means\n"
 "that all DNS queries for this zone are denied.\n"
@@ -2716,64 +2706,64 @@
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__61
 #. DNS server read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:960
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:969
 msgid "Initializing DNS Server Configuration"
 msgstr "Initialisation de la configuration du serveur DNS"
 
 # TLABEL cups_2002_01_04_0147__7
 #. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:964
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:973
 msgid "Check the environment"
 msgstr "Vérifier l'environnement "
 
 #. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:966 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1337
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:975 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1346
 msgid "Flush caches of the DNS daemon"
 msgstr "Purger les caches du démon DNS"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__279
 #. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:968
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:977
 msgid "Read the firewall settings"
 msgstr "Lire les paramètres du pare-feu"
 
 # TLABEL users_2002_08_07_0216__36
 #. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:970
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:979
 msgid "Read the settings"
 msgstr "Lire les paramètres"
 
 # TLABEL printconf_2002_01_04_0147__49
 #. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:974
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:983
 msgid "Checking the environment..."
 msgstr "Vérification de l'environnement... "
 
 #. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:976 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1353
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:985 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1362
 msgid "Flushing caches of the DNS daemon..."
 msgstr "Purge des caches du démon DNS..."
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__284
 #. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:978
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:987
 msgid "Reading the firewall settings..."
 msgstr "Lecture des paramètres du pare-feu..."
 
 # TLABEL users_2002_08_07_0216__41
 #. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:980
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:989
 msgid "Reading the settings..."
 msgstr "Lecture des paramètres..."
 
 # TLABEL lan_inetd_2002_03_14_2340__26
 #. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:982 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1367
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:991 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1376
 msgid "Finished"
 msgstr "Terminé"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__237
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1266
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1275
 msgid ""
 "Error occurred while calling netconfig.\n"
 "Error: "
@@ -2782,84 +2772,84 @@
 "Erreur : "
 
 #. DNS server read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1333
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1342
 msgid "Saving DNS Server Configuration"
 msgstr "Enregistrement de la configuration du serveur DNS"
 
 # TLABEL sw_single_2002_01_04_0147__11
 #. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1339
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1348
 msgid "Save configuration files"
 msgstr "Enregistrer les fichiers de configuration"
 
 # TLABEL users_2002_08_07_0216__21
 #. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1341
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1350
 msgid "Restart the DNS daemon"
 msgstr "Redémarrer le démon DNS"
 
 # TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__2
 #. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1343
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1352
 msgid "Update zone files"
 msgstr "Mettre à jour les fichiers de zone"
 
 # TLABEL users_2002_08_07_0216__47
 #. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1345
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1354
 msgid "Adjust the DNS service"
 msgstr "Ajuster le service DNS"
 
 #. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1347
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1356
 msgid "Call netconfig"
 msgstr "Appeler netconfig"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__328
 #. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1349
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1358
 msgid "Write the firewall settings"
 msgstr "Écrire les paramètres du pare-feu"
 
 # TLABEL sw_single_2002_01_04_0147__11
 #. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1355
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1364
 msgid "Saving configuration files..."
 msgstr "Enregistrement des fichiers de configuration..."
 
 # TLABEL nis_server_2002_01_04_0147__120
 #. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1357
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1366
 msgid "Restarting the DNS daemon..."
 msgstr "Redémarrage du démon DNS..."
 
 # TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__6
 #. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1359
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1368
 msgid "Updating zone files..."
 msgstr "Mise à jour des fichiers de zone..."
 
 # TLABEL inetd_2002_08_07_0216__3
 #. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1361
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1370
 msgid "Adjusting the DNS service..."
 msgstr "Ajustement du service DNS..."
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__73
 #. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1363
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1372
 msgid "Calling netconfig..."
 msgstr "Appel de netconfig ..."
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__299
 #. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1365
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1374
 msgid "Writing the firewall settings..."
 msgstr "Écriture des paramètres du pare-feu..."
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__237
 #. Cannot start service 'named', because of error that follows Error:.  Do not translate named.
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1538
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1547
 #, fuzzy
 #| msgid ""
 #| "Error occurred while starting service named.\n"
@@ -2872,47 +2862,47 @@
 "\n"
 
 #. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1662
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1671
 msgid "Stub"
 msgstr "Stub"
 
 # TLABEL rpm-groups_2002_03_14_2340__21
 #. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1664
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1673
 msgid "Hint"
 msgstr "Remarque"
 
 #. summary string
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1673
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1682
 msgid "The DNS server starts when booting the system."
 msgstr "Le serveur DNS démarre lors de l'amorçage du système."
 
 #. summary string
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1679
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1688
 msgid "The DNS server does not start when booting the system."
 msgstr "Le serveur DNS ne démarre pas à l'amorçage du système."
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__69
 # c-format, ycp-format
 #. summary string, %s is list of DNS zones (their names), coma separated
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1707
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1716
 #, perl-format
 msgid "Configured Zones: %s"
 msgstr "Zones configurées : %s"
 
 #. error message
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1721
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1730
 msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP."
 msgstr "Configuration LDAP incorrecte. Impossible d'utiliser LDAP."
 
 #. yes-no popup
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1802
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1811
 msgid "Enable LDAP support?"
 msgstr "Activer le support LDAP ?"
 
 # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__129
 #. error popup
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1890
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1899
 msgid ""
 "Installation of required packages failed.\n"
 "LDAP support will not be active."
@@ -2921,34 +2911,38 @@
 "Le support LDAP ne sera pas actif."
 
 #. BNC #679960
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1949
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1958
 msgid "Unknown LDAP initialization error."
 msgstr "Erreur dl'initialisation LDAP inconnue."
 
 # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__263
 #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, %1 is an LDAP object whose creation failed
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1985
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1994
 msgid "Error occurred while creating %1."
 msgstr "Une erreur s'est produite pendant la création de %1."
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__237
 #. error report, %1 is ldap object
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2021
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2030
 msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=defaultDNS,%1. Not using LDAP."
 msgstr "Une erreur s'est produite lors de la création de cn=defaultDNS,%1. LDAP non utilisé."
 
 # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__263
 #. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2047
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2056
 msgid "Error occurred while updating %1."
 msgstr "Une erreur s'est produite pendant la mise à jour de %1."
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__237
 #. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2082
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2091
 msgid "Error occurred while creating %1. Not using LDAP."
 msgstr "Une erreur s'est produite lors de la création de %1. LDAP non utilisé."
 
+# TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__80
+#~ msgid "Ad&vanced"
+#~ msgstr "A&vancé"
+
 # TLABEL general_2002_03_14_2340__29
 # &i taken by previous &installation
 # 2001-09-20 17:38:20 CEST -ke-

Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/docker.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/docker.fr.po	2016-09-02 21:33:42 UTC (rev 96676)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/docker.fr.po	2016-09-02 21:33:58 UTC (rev 96677)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-13 23:16+0200\n"
 "Last-Translator: Antoine Belvire \n"
 "Language-Team: français \n"
@@ -19,6 +19,116 @@
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
 "X-Generator: Gtranslator 2.91.7\n"
 
+#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.   See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:71
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Kill Container"
+msgid "Changes in Container"
+msgstr "&Tuer le conteneur"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:79
+msgid "Path"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:80 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:235
+msgid "Status"
+msgstr "Statut"
+
+#. TODO translation
+#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:110 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:304
+msgid "&Exit"
+msgstr "&Quitter"
+
+#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.   See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:81
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Stop Container"
+msgid "Commit Container"
+msgstr "&Arrêter le conteneur"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:90 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:217
+msgid "Repository"
+msgstr "Dépôt"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:96
+msgid "Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:102 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:218
+msgid "Tag"
+msgstr "Étiquette"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:105
+msgid "Author"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:106
+msgid "Message"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:112
+#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:92
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:162
+msgid "&Ok"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:113
+#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:93
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:163
+msgid "&Cancel"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.   See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:75
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Inject &Terminal"
+msgid "Inject Shell"
+msgstr "Injecter un &terminal"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:84
+msgid "Target Shell"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:110
+msgid "Failed to run terminal. Error: %{error}"
+msgstr ""
+
 #. Only root can start process
 #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:74
 msgid "Docker service does not run. Should YaST start docker? Otherwise YaST quits."
@@ -60,14 +170,6 @@
 msgid "Running Docker Containers"
 msgstr "Conteneurs Docker en fonctionnement"
 
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:217
-msgid "Repository"
-msgstr "Dépôt"
-
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:218
-msgid "Tag"
-msgstr "Étiquette"
-
 #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:219
 msgid "Image ID"
 msgstr "Identifiant de l'image"
@@ -88,15 +190,11 @@
 msgid "Image"
 msgstr "Image"
 
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:233
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:233 src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:127
 msgid "Command"
 msgstr "Commande"
 
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:235
-msgid "Status"
-msgstr "Statut"
-
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:236
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:236 src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:123
 msgid "Ports"
 msgstr "Ports"
 
@@ -132,10 +230,63 @@
 msgid "&Commit"
 msgstr "&Valider"
 
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:304
-msgid "&Exit"
-msgstr "&Quitter"
-
 #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:315
 msgid "Do you really want to delete image \"%s\"?"
 msgstr "Voulez-vous vraiment effacer l'image « %s » ?"
+
+#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.   See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:90
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Containers"
+msgid "Run Container"
+msgstr "&Conteneurs"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:100
+msgid "Host"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:101
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Containers"
+msgid "Container"
+msgstr "&Conteneurs"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:108
+msgid "Add"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:112
+msgid "Remove"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:122
+msgid "Volumes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:168
+msgid "Choose directory to share"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:173
+msgid "Choose target directory"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:200
+msgid "Choose external port"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:201
+msgid "Choose internal port"
+msgstr ""

Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/drbd.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/drbd.fr.po	2016-09-02 21:33:42 UTC (rev 96676)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/drbd.fr.po	2016-09-02 21:33:58 UTC (rev 96677)
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-28 12:59+0100\n"
 "Last-Translator: Pierre Henry \n"
 "Language-Team: French \n"
@@ -227,7 +227,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 
 #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:66 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:72
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:85
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:86
 msgid "<p><b><big>Resource Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -241,15 +241,16 @@
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "\t\t<p>\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device. For IPv6, the actual address that follows the ipv6 keyword must be placed inside brackets: ipv6 [2001:1945:fc03:abcd::1]:7788</p>\n"
 "\t\t<p>\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number. Otherwise, you may omit the name, or the word minor and its number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/drbd'minor number' will be used.\n"
 "\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'</p>\n"
 "\t\t<p>\"Disk\":  DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data.  Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of  it.</p>\n"
 "\t\t<p>\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Node-id\": Node id is an internal value for drbd, will be generated by yast automatically. A host can have different \"node-id\" in different resources.</p>\n"
 "\t\t"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:88
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:89
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "\t\t<p><b>Protocol</b></p>\n"
@@ -275,11 +276,11 @@
 "\t\t"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:113
 msgid "<p><b><big>LVM Configuration</big></b></p>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:116
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "\t\t<p><b>LVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf</b></p>\n"
@@ -288,21 +289,23 @@
 "\t\t<p><b>Device Filter</b>: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.</p>\t\t<p><b>AutoFilter</b>: According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.</p>\n"
 "\t\t<p>The filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).</p>\t\t<p>For example, setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]</p>\n"
 "\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Disable cache when for network storage, like nfs. </p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Should disable the LVM cache when combined drbd with LVM.</p>\n"
 "\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>LVMetad</b>: When lvmetad is enabled, the volume group metadata and PV state flags are obtained from the lvmetad instance and no scanning is done by the individual commands. Because lvmetad's cache cannot be synchronized between nodes, users are advised to disable lvmetad in cluster environments.</p>\n"
+"\n"
 "\t\t"
 msgstr ""
 
 # TLABEL security_2002_08_07_0216__2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:130
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133
 msgid "<p><b><big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
 msgstr "<p><b><big>Configuration de la DRBD</big></b></p>"
 
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136
 msgid "<p>Check <b>\"Disable IP Verification\"</b> to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check</p>"
 msgstr "<p>Cochez <b>\"Désactivez la vérification IP\"</b> pour désactiver la surveillance automatique de drbdadm</p>"
 
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:139
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Dialog Refresh:</b> The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n"
 "                far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n"
@@ -316,7 +319,7 @@
 "                La boîte de dialogue affichera le compte toutes les 'Rafraîchissement du dialogue' secondes,\n"
 "                Paramétrez-le à 0 pour désactiver la réactualisation. </p>"
 
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:144
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:147
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Minor Count:</b>\n"
 "           use this if you want to define more resources later\n"
@@ -331,7 +334,7 @@
 "           que configurés dans ce fichier. </p>"
 
 #. Summary dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:152
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:155
 msgid ""
 "<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
 "Configure drbd here.<br></p>\n"
@@ -339,7 +342,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__219
 #. Summary dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:156
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:159
 msgid ""
 "<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n"
 "Choose an drbd from the list of detected drbds.\n"
@@ -353,7 +356,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__50
 #. Summary dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:163
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:166
 msgid ""
 "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
 "If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n"
@@ -364,7 +367,7 @@
 "dialogue dans lequel vous pourrez changer la configuration.</p>\n"
 
 #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:169
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:172
 msgid ""
 "<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n"
 "Obtain an overview of installed drbds. Additionally\n"
@@ -373,7 +376,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__52
 #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:175
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:178
 msgid ""
 "<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n"
 "Press <b>Add</b> to configure a drbd.</p>"
@@ -383,7 +386,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__53
 #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:182
 msgid ""
 "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
 "Choose a drbd to change or remove.\n"
@@ -395,7 +398,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__48
 #. Configure1 dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:188
 msgid ""
 "<p><b><big>Configuration Part One</big></b><br>\n"
 "Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n"
@@ -407,7 +410,7 @@
 
 #. Configure1 dialog help 2/2
 #. Configure2 dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:191 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:203
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:194 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:206
 msgid ""
 "<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\n"
 "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n"
@@ -419,7 +422,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__48
 #. Configure2 dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:197
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:200
 msgid ""
 "<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\n"
 "Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n"
@@ -430,53 +433,134 @@
 " <br></p>\n"
 
 #. Default is always true (auto)
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:36
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44
 msgid "LVM Filter Configuration of DRBD"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:52
 msgid "Modify LVM Device filter Automatically"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:54
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:62
 msgid "Device Filter"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:64
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:72
 msgid "Writing the LVM cache"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:73
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:81
 msgid "Enable LVM Cache"
 msgstr ""
 
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:86
+msgid "Warning!  Should disable LVM cache for using drbd."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:97
+msgid "Use lvmetad for LVM"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:106
+msgid "Use LVM metad"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:111
+msgid "Warning!  Should not use lvmetad for cluster."
+msgstr ""
+
 # TLABEL packages_2002_03_14_2340__85
 #. encoding: utf-8
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:134
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:144
 msgid "Resource Name"
 msgstr "Nom de la ressource :"
 
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:151
+msgid "Nodes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:154
+msgid "Add"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:155
+msgid "Edit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:156
+msgid "Delete"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:188
+msgid "Save"
+msgstr ""
+
 # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__44
-#. Update new add disk used of drbd res for LVM filter
-#. Ignore the removed disk
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:326
+#. Since n_name can't be edit, so set direct is OK
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:336
 msgid "Protocol"
 msgstr "Protocole"
 
+#. return `cancel or a string
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:560
+msgid "OK"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:561
+msgid "Cancel"
+msgstr ""
+
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__102
-#. myHelp("basic_conf");
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:572
-msgid "Node names must be different."
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:575
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Node names must be different."
+msgid "Node name can not be empty."
 msgstr "Les noeuds doivent porter des noms différents."
 
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:578
+#. eg. ipv6 [fd01:2345:6789:abcd::1]:7800
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:623
+msgid "IPv6 address must be placed inside brackets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. IPv6 should including port
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:631 src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:636
+msgid "IP/port should use 'addr:port' combination."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:644
+msgid "Please enter a valid IP address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Checking the port is number
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:651
+msgid "Please enter a valid port number."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. myHelp("basic_conf");
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:719
 msgid "Node names must not include \".\" , using the local hostname."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:608
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:739
 msgid "Please fill out all fields."
 msgstr "Veuillez remplir tous les champs."
 
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:754
+msgid "Please configure at least two nodes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. No need to check integrity since it will disabled when configuring
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:789
+msgid "Enter the node name:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__102
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:795
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Node names must be different."
+msgid "Node name must be different."
+msgstr "Les noeuds doivent porter des noms différents."
+
 # TLABEL bootloader_2002_03_14_2340__3
 #. encoding: utf-8
 #. Package:	Configuration of heartbeat
@@ -587,90 +671,90 @@
 #.
 #. Representation of the configuration of drbd.
 #. Input and output routines.
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:110
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:114
 msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:132
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:136
 msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare"
 msgstr ""
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__61
 #. DRBD read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:185
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:191
 msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration"
 msgstr "Initialisation de la configuration DRBD"
 
 # TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__30
 #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:193
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:199
 msgid "Read global settings"
 msgstr "Lire les paramètres globaux "
 
 # TLABEL hwinfo_2002_01_04_0147__14
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:194
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200
 msgid "Read resources"
 msgstr "Lire les ressources"
 
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:195
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201
 msgid "Read LVM configurations"
 msgstr ""
 
 # TLABEL users_2002_08_07_0216__36
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:196
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202
 msgid "Read daemon status"
 msgstr "Lire l'état du daemon"
 
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:197 src/modules/Drbd.rb:204
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203 src/modules/Drbd.rb:210
 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
 msgstr ""
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__63
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:206
 msgid "Reading global settings..."
 msgstr "Lecture des paramètres globaux ..."
 
 # TLABEL menu_2002_01_04_0147__18
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:207
 msgid "Reading resources..."
 msgstr "Lecture des ressources ..."
 
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:208
 msgid "Reading LVM configurations..."
 msgstr ""
 
 # TLABEL users_2002_08_07_0216__41
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:209
 msgid "Reading daemon status..."
 msgstr "Lecture de l'état du service ..."
 
 # TLABEL lan_inetd_2002_03_14_2340__26
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:205 src/modules/Drbd.rb:629
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:211 src/modules/Drbd.rb:661
 msgid "Finished"
 msgstr "Terminé"
 
 #. new_map = remove(new_map, key);
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:497
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:514
 msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:506
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:523
 msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:530
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:547
 msgid ""
 "Invalid configuration of resource %1\n"
 "%2"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:549
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:566
 msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back"
 msgstr ""
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__331
 #. DRBD write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:605
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:637
 msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration"
 msgstr "Écriture de la configuration DRBD"
 
@@ -679,52 +763,52 @@
 #. won't change modified flag
 #. return true if !@modified
 #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:617
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:649
 msgid "Write global settings"
 msgstr "Écrire les paramètres généraux"
 
 # TLABEL nis_server_2002_01_04_0147__46
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:618
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:650
 msgid "Write resources"
 msgstr "Écrire les ressources"
 
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:619
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:651
 msgid "Write LVM configurations"
 msgstr ""
 
 # TLABEL users_2002_08_07_0216__36
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:620
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:652
 msgid "Set daemon status"
 msgstr "Détecter l'état du service"
 
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:621
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:653
 msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings"
 msgstr ""
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__68
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:624
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:656
 msgid "Writing global settings..."
 msgstr "Écriture des paramètres globaux..."
 
 # TLABEL tv_2002_03_14_2340__24
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:625
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:657
 msgid "Writing resources..."
 msgstr "Écriture des ressources..."
 
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:626
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:658
 msgid "Writing LVM configurations..."
 msgstr ""
 
 # TLABEL users_2002_08_07_0216__41
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:627
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:659
 msgid "Setting daemon status..."
 msgstr "Détection de l'état du service ..."
 
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:628
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:660
 msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:639
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:671
 msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d"
 msgstr ""
 

Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/fcoe-client.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/fcoe-client.fr.po	2016-09-02 21:33:42 UTC (rev 96676)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/fcoe-client.fr.po	2016-09-02 21:33:58 UTC (rev 96677)
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-07-10 15:17+0200\n"
 "Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET \n"
 "Language-Team: French \n"
@@ -637,36 +637,36 @@
 msgstr "<p>L'installer maintenant ?</p>"
 
 #. start service lldpad first
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:859
 msgid "Cannot start service 'lldpad'"
 msgstr ""
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__79
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:877
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868
 #, fuzzy
 #| msgid "Cannot detect devices."
 msgid "Cannot start service 'fcoe'"
 msgstr "Impossible de détecter les périphériques."
 
 #. first start lldpad
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:897
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:888
 msgid "Cannot start lldpad systemd socket"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:910
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:901
 msgid "Cannot start lldpad service."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:922
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:913
 msgid "Cannot start fcoemon systemd socket."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:935
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:926
 msgid "Cannot start fcoe service."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. warning if no valid configuration found
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1101
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1092
 msgid ""
 "Cannot read config file for %1.\n"
 "You may edit the settings and recreate the FCoE\n"
@@ -678,131 +678,131 @@
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__310
 #. FcoeClient read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1466
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1457
 msgid "Initializing fcoe-client Configuration"
 msgstr "Initialisation de la configuration fcoe-client"
 
 # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__129
 #. Progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1481
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1472
 msgid "Check installed packages"
 msgstr "Vérifier les paquets installés"
 
 # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__129
 #. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1483
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1474
 msgid "Check services"
 msgstr "Vérifier les services "
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__316
 #. Progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1485
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1476
 msgid "Detect network cards"
 msgstr "Détecter les cartes réseau"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__84
 #. Progress stage 4/4
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1487
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1478
 msgid "Read /etc/fcoe/config"
 msgstr "Lecture de  /etc/fcoe/config"
 
 #. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1491
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1482
 msgid "Checking for installed packages..."
 msgstr "Vérification des paquets installés..."
 
 # TLABEL tv_2002_03_14_2340__18
 #. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1493
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1484
 msgid "Checking for services..."
 msgstr "Vérification des services..."
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__316
 #. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1495
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1486
 msgid "Detecting network cards..."
 msgstr "Détection des cartes réseau..."
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__85
 #. Progress step 4/4
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1497
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1488
 msgid "Reading /etc/fcoe/config"
 msgstr "Lecture de /etc/fcoe/config"
 
 # TLABEL lan_inetd_2002_03_14_2340__26
 #. Progress finished
 #. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1499 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1490 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1584
 msgid "Finished"
 msgstr "Terminé"
 
 # TLABEL firewall_2002_03_14_2340__20
 #. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1525
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1516
 msgid "Starting of services failed."
 msgstr "Le démarrage des services a échoué."
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__79
 #. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1538
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1529
 msgid "Cannot detect devices."
 msgstr "Impossible de détecter les périphériques."
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__228
 #. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1548
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1539
 msgid "Cannot read /etc/fcoe/config."
 msgstr "Impossible de lire /etc/fcoe/config."
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__322
 #. FcoeClient read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1564
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1555
 msgid "Saving fcoe-client Configuration"
 msgstr "Enregistrement de la configuration fcoe-client"
 
 # TLABEL tv_2002_03_14_2340__21
 #. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1579
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1570
 msgid "Write the settings"
 msgstr "Écrire les paramètres"
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__74
 #. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1581
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1572
 msgid "Restart FCoE service"
 msgstr "Redémarrer le service FCoE"
 
 # TLABEL firewall_2002_03_14_2340__51
 #. Progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1583
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1574
 msgid "Adjust start of services"
 msgstr "Ajuster le démarrage des services"
 
 # TLABEL tv_2002_03_14_2340__24
 #. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1578
 msgid "Writing the settings..."
 msgstr "Écriture des paramètres..."
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__74
 #. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1589
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1580
 msgid "Restarting FCoE service..."
 msgstr "Redémarrage du service FCoE..."
 
 # TLABEL inetd_2002_08_07_0216__3
 #. Progress sstep 3/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1591
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1582
 msgid "Adjusting start of services..."
 msgstr "Ajustement du démarrage des services..."
 
 # TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__9
 #. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1611
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1602
 msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/fcoe/config."
 msgstr "Impossible d'enregistrer les paramètres dans /etc/fcoe/config."
 
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1617
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1608
 msgid ""
 "Cannot write settings for FCoE interfaces.\n"
 "For details, see /var/log/YaST2/y2log."
@@ -812,49 +812,49 @@
 
 # TLABEL firewall_2002_03_14_2340__20
 #. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1629
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1620
 msgid "Restarting of service fcoe failed."
 msgstr "Le redémarrage du service fcoe a échoué."
 
 # TLABEL rc_config_2002_03_14_2340__11
 #. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1636
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1627
 msgid "Cannot write /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-files."
 msgstr "Impossible d'enregistrer les fichiers /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-."
 
 # TLABEL security_2002_08_07_0216__2
 #. Configuration summary text for autoyast
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1693
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1684
 msgid "<b>General FCoE configuration</b>"
 msgstr "<b>Configuration générale de FCoE</b>"
 
 # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__340
 #. options from config file, not meant for translation
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1707
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1698
 msgid "<b>Interfaces</b>"
 msgstr "<b>Interfaces</b>"
 
 #. network card, e.g. eth0
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1715
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1706
 msgid "<i>Netcard</i>:"
 msgstr "<i>Carte réseau</i> :"
 
 # TLABEL firewall_2002_03_14_2340__20
 #. nothing to translate here (abbreviation for
 #. Fibre Channel over Ethernet Virtual LAN interface)
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1716
 msgid "<b>Starting of services</b>"
 msgstr "<b>Démarrage des services</b> "
 
 # TLABEL x11_2002_08_07_0216__5
 #. starting of service "fcoe" at boot time is enabled or disabled
 #. starting of service "lldpad" at boot time is enabled or disabled
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1733 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1743
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1724 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734
 msgid "enabled"
 msgstr "activé"
 
 # TLABEL x11_2002_08_07_0216__6
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1744
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1735
 msgid "disabled"
 msgstr "désactivé"
 

Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/firewall.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/firewall.fr.po	2016-09-02 21:33:42 UTC (rev 96676)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/firewall.fr.po	2016-09-02 21:33:58 UTC (rev 96677)
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: firewall\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-13 10:57+0200\n"
 "Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET \n"
 "Language-Team: French \n"
@@ -28,6 +28,16 @@
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
 "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.4\n"
 
+#. We can't do ncurces. Lets see if the firewalld-config
+#. is installed
+#: src/clients/firewall.rb:70
+msgid "Your display can't support the 'firewall-config' UI.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/firewall.rb:71
+msgid "Either use the Yast2 command line or the 'firewall-cmd' utility."
+msgstr ""
+
 #. TRANSLATORS: message popup
 #: src/clients/firewall_proposal.rb:113
 msgid ""
@@ -207,7 +217,7 @@
 #. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item
 #: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:379 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:382
 #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:840
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:727
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:740
 msgid "Logging Level"
 msgstr "Niveau de journalisation"
 
@@ -747,7 +757,7 @@
 #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:349
 #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:509
 #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1056
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1405
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1418
 msgid "Source Network"
 msgstr "Réseau source"
 
@@ -759,8 +769,8 @@
 #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:351
 #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:511
 #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1057
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1131
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1407
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1144
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1420
 msgid "Protocol"
 msgstr "Protocole"
 
@@ -820,7 +830,7 @@
 #. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Req. == Requested
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Req.=Requested
 #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:513
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1409
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1422
 msgid "Req. IP"
 msgstr "IP requis"
 
@@ -828,21 +838,21 @@
 #. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Req. == Requested
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Req.=Requested
 #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:515
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1411
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1424
 msgid "Req. Port"
 msgstr "Port requis"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Redir. == Redirect
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Redir.=Redirect
 #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:518
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1413
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1426
 msgid "Redir. to IP"
 msgstr "Redir. vers IP"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Redir. == Redirect
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Redir.=Redirect
 #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:520
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1415
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1428
 msgid "Redir. to Port"
 msgstr "Redir. vers port"
 
@@ -973,10 +983,10 @@
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
 #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:911
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:601
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1084
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1129
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1176
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:614
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1097
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1142
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1189
 msgid "Zone"
 msgstr "Zone"
 
@@ -1513,240 +1523,242 @@
 
 # TLABEL firewall_2002_03_14_2340__1
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:55
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:56
 msgid "Firewall configuration"
 msgstr "Configuration du pare-feu"
 
 # TLABEL nis_server_2002_01_04_0147__123
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:64
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:65
 msgid "Start-up settings"
 msgstr "Paramètres de démarrage"
 
 # TLABEL firewall_2002_08_07_0216__3
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:70
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:71
 msgid "Known firewall zones"
 msgstr "Zones de pare-feu connues"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__290
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:78
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:79
 msgid "Network interfaces configuration"
 msgstr "Configuration des interfaces réseau"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:89
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:90
 msgid "Allowed services, ports, and protocols"
 msgstr "Services, ports et protocoles autorisés"
 
 # TLABEL printconf_2002_01_04_0147__45
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:102
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:103
 msgid "Broadcast packet settings"
 msgstr "Paramètres de paquets de diffusion générale"
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__64
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:110
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:111
 msgid "Masquerading settings"
 msgstr "Paramètres de masquage"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:116
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:117
 msgid "Redirect requests to masqueraded IP"
 msgstr "Rediriger les requêtes vers l'IP masquée"
 
 # TLABEL security_2002_01_04_0147__14
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:124
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:125
 msgid "Logging settings"
 msgstr "Paramètres de journalisation"
 
 # TLABEL firewall_2002_03_14_2340__1
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:133
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:134
 msgid "Firewall configuration summary"
 msgstr "Résumé de la configuration du pare-feu"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:141
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:142
 msgid "Enables firewall"
 msgstr "Active le pare-feu"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:147
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:148
 msgid "Disables firewall"
 msgstr "Désactive le pare-feu"
 
 # TLABEL printconf_2002_01_04_0147__45
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:154
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:155
 msgid "Show current settings"
 msgstr "Afficher les paramètres actuels"
 
 # TLABEL firewall_2002_03_14_2340__74
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:158
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:159
 msgid "Start firewall in the boot process"
 msgstr "Démarrer le pare-feu lors du processus d'amorçage"
 
 # TLABEL firewall_2002_08_07_0216__4
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:164
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:165
 msgid "Start firewall manually"
 msgstr "Démarrer le pare-feu manuellement"
 
 # TLABEL wizard_2002_01_04_0147__43
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:170
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:171
 msgid "List configured entries"
 msgstr "Répertorier les entrées configurées"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__32
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:177
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:178
 msgid "Zone short name"
 msgstr "Nom court de zone"
 
 # TLABEL users_2002_01_04_0147__42
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:181
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:182
 msgid "Add a new record"
 msgstr "Ajouter un nouvel enregistrement"
 
 # TLABEL sound_2002_01_04_0147__11
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:185
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:186
 msgid "Remove a record"
 msgstr "Supprimer un enregistrement"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__290
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:190
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:191
 msgid "Network interface configuration name"
 msgstr "Nom de la configuration de l'interface réseau"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:197
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:198
 msgid "Logging accepted packets (all|crit|none)"
 msgstr "Journalisation des paquets acceptés (all|crit|none)"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:204
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:205
 msgid "Logging not accepted packets (all|crit|none)"
 msgstr "Journalisation des paquets non acceptés (all|crit|none)"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:211
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:212
 msgid "Logging broadcast packets (yes|no)"
 msgstr "Journalisation des paquets de diffusion générale (yes|no)"
 
 # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__62
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:217
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:218
 msgid "Set value"
 msgstr "Définir valeur"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:222
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:223
 msgid "Port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports"
 msgstr "Nom ou numéro de port ; ports multiples séparés par des virgules"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:229
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:230
 msgid "Known firewall service; comma-separate multiple services"
 msgstr "Service de pare-feu connu ; services multiples séparés par des virgules"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:236
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:237
 msgid "TCP port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports"
 msgstr "Nom ou numéro de port TCP ; ports multiples séparés par des virgules"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:243
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:244
 msgid "UDP port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports"
 msgstr "Nom ou numéro de port UDP ; ports multiples séparés par des virgules"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:250
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:251
 msgid "RPC port name; comma-separate multiple ports"
 msgstr "Nom de port RPC ; ports multiples séparés par des virgules"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:257
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:258
 msgid "IP protocol name; comma-separate multiple protocols"
 msgstr "Nom de protocole RPC ; protocoles multiples séparés par des virgules"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:264
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:265
 msgid "Set zone protection (yes|no)"
 msgstr "Définir la protection de la zone (yes|no)"
 
 # TLABEL hwinfo_2002_01_04_0147__59
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:270
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:271
 msgid "Detailed information"
 msgstr "Informations détaillées"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__73
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:274
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:275
 msgid "Enable option"
 msgstr "Activer l'option"
 
 # TLABEL storage_2002_08_07_0216__9
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:278
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:279
 msgid "Disable option"
 msgstr "Désactiver l'option"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:283
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:284
 msgid "Source network, such as 0/0 or 145.12.35.0/255.255.255.0"
 msgstr "Réseau source tel que 0/0 ou 145.12.35.0/255.255.255.0"
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__44
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:290
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:291
 msgid "Protocol (tcp|udp)"
 msgstr "Protocole (tcp|udp)"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:295
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:296
 msgid "Requested external IP (optional)"
 msgstr "IP externe requis (optionnel)"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:302
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:303
 msgid "Requested port name or number"
 msgstr "Nom ou numéro de port requis"
 
 # TLABEL firewall_2002_03_14_2340__58
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:309
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:310
 msgid "Redirect to internal IP"
 msgstr "Rediriger vers l'IP interne"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:316
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:317
 msgid "Redirect to port on internal IP (optional)"
 msgstr "Rediriger vers le port sur l'IP interne (optionnel)"
 
 # TLABEL rpm-groups_2002_03_14_2340__99
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:323
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:324
 msgid "Record number"
 msgstr "Numéro d'enregistrement"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:327
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:328
 msgid "Use port names instead of port numbers"
 msgstr "Utiliser des noms de port à la place des numéros de port"
 
 # TLABEL nfs_server_2002_01_04_0147__33
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is a firewall zone shortcut
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:401
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is zone
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:405
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1556
 msgid "Unknown zone %1."
 msgstr "Zone inconnue %1."
 
@@ -1760,27 +1772,27 @@
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:414
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:616
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:623
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:655
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:662
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:915
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:927
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1442
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1517
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:418
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:629
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:636
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:668
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:675
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:928
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:940
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1455
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1530
 msgid "Parameter %1 must be set."
 msgstr "Le paramètre %1 doit être défini."
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__299
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:425
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:429
 msgid "Listing Known Firewall Zones:"
 msgstr "Liste des zones de pare-feu connues :"
 
 # TLABEL rpm-groups_2002_03_14_2340__108
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:440
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:444
 msgid "Shortcut"
 msgstr "Raccourci"
 
@@ -1788,20 +1800,20 @@
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:442
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:775
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:895
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:446
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:788
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:908
 msgid "Zone Name"
 msgstr "Nom de zone"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__125
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:487
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:491
 msgid "Summary:"
 msgstr "Résumé :"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:502
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:516
 msgid "Only one parameter is allowed."
 msgstr "Un seul paramètre est autorisé."
 
@@ -1809,151 +1821,151 @@
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:506
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:515
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:524
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:520
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:529
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:538
 msgid "Start-Up:"
 msgstr "Démarrage :"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:509
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:523
 msgid "Enabling firewall in the boot process..."
 msgstr "Activation du pare-feu à l'amorçage..."
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__284
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:518
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:532
 msgid "Removing firewall from the boot process..."
 msgstr "Suppression du pare-feu du processus d'amorçage..."
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:528
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:542
 msgid "Firewall is enabled in the boot process"
 msgstr "Le pare-feu est activé dans le processus d'amorçage"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__279
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:531
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:545
 msgid "Firewall needs manual starting"
 msgstr "Le pare-feu nécessite un démarrage manuel"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:564
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:578
 msgid "Network Interfaces in Firewall Zones:"
 msgstr "Interfaces réseau dans les zones de pare-feu :"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__279
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (unknown/special string/interface)
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:583
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:596
 msgid "Special firewall string"
 msgstr "Chaîne de pare-feu spéciale"
 
 # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__340
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:603
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:616
 msgid "Interface"
 msgstr "Interface"
 
 # TLABEL hwinfo_2002_01_04_0147__8
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:605
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:618
 msgid "Device Name"
 msgstr "Nom du périphérique"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the special string, %2 is the zone name
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:632
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:645
 msgid "Adding special string %1 into zone %2..."
 msgstr "Ajout de la chaîne spéciale %1 dans la zone %2..."
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the network interface name, %2 is the zone name
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:642
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:655
 msgid "Adding interface %1 into zone %2..."
 msgstr "Ajout de l'interface %1 dans la zone %2..."
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the special string, %2 is the zone name
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:671
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:684
 msgid "Removing special string %1 from zone %2..."
 msgstr "Suppression de la chaîne spéciale %1 de la zone %2..."
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the network interface name, %2 is the zone name
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:681
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:694
 msgid "Removing interface %1 from zone %2..."
 msgstr "Suppression de l'interface %1 de la zone %2..."
 
 # TLABEL users_2002_01_04_0147__29
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:702
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:715
 msgid "Log all"
 msgstr "Tout journaliser"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:704
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:717
 msgid "Log only critical"
 msgstr "Ne journaliser que ce qui est critique"
 
 # TLABEL packages_2002_03_14_2340__31
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:706
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:719
 msgid "Do not log any"
 msgstr "Ne rien journaliser"
 
 # TLABEL firewall_2002_03_14_2340__51
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:716
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:729
 msgid "Global Logging Settings:"
 msgstr "Paramètres de journalisation globaux :"
 
 # TLABEL lilo_2002_01_04_0147__54
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:724
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:737
 msgid "Rule Type"
 msgstr "Type de règle"
 
 # TLABEL lilo_2002_01_04_0147__47
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:726
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:739
 msgid "Value"
 msgstr "Valeur"
 
 # TLABEL wizard_2002_03_14_2340__13
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:732
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:745
 msgid "Accepted"
 msgstr "Accepté"
 
 # TLABEL wizard_2002_03_14_2340__13
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:738
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:751
 msgid "Not accepted"
 msgstr "Non accepté"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:750
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:763
 msgid "Logging Broadcast Packets:"
 msgstr "Journalisation des paquets de diffusion générale :"
 
 # TLABEL nis_2002_08_07_0216__3
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:763
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:776
 msgid "Logging enabled"
 msgstr "Journalisation activée"
 
 # TLABEL x11_2002_08_07_0216__6
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:765
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:778
 msgid "Logging disabled"
 msgstr "Journalisation désactivée"
 
 # TLABEL rpm-groups_2002_03_14_2340__108
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:773
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:893
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:786
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:906
 msgid "Short"
 msgstr "Short"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:777
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:790
 msgid "Logging Status"
 msgstr "État de la journalisation"
 
@@ -1962,185 +1974,198 @@
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:794
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:809
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:838
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1262
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1468
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:807
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:822
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:851
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1275
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1481
 msgid "Value %1 is not allowed for option %2."
 msgstr "La valeur %1 n'est pas autorisée pour l'option %2."
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:878
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:891
 msgid "Allowed Broadcast Ports:"
 msgstr "Ports de diffusion générale acceptés :"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__303
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:897
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1133
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:910
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1146
 msgid "Port"
 msgstr "Port"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:908
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1304
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:921
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1317
 msgid "Only one action command is allowed here."
 msgstr "Une seule commande action est autorisée ici."
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__279
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:974
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:987
 msgid "Defined Firewall Services:"
 msgstr "Services de pare-feu définis :"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:985
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1403
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:998
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1416
 msgid "ID"
 msgstr "ID"
 
 # TLABEL runlevel_2002_03_14_2340__31
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:987
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1088
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1000
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1101
 msgid "Service Name"
 msgstr "Nom du service"
 
 # TLABEL cups_2002_01_04_0147__137
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1009
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1022
 msgid "TCP port"
 msgstr "Port TCP"
 
 # TLABEL cups_2002_01_04_0147__137
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1011
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1024
 msgid "UDP port"
 msgstr "Port UDP"
 
 # TLABEL cups_2002_01_04_0147__137
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1013
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1026
 msgid "RPC port"
 msgstr "Port RPC"
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__44
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1015
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1028
 msgid "IP protocol"
 msgstr "Protocole IP"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1021
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1034
 msgid "Allowed Services in Zones:"
 msgstr "Services autorisés dans les zones :"
 
 # TLABEL firewall_2002_03_14_2340__38
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all firewall services are allowed in this zone)
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1034
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1047
 msgid "All services"
 msgstr "Tous les services"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all)
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all)
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all)
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1037
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1114
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1163
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1050
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1127
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1176
 msgid "Entire zone unprotected"
 msgstr "Zone entière non protégée"
 
 # TLABEL lan_inetd_2002_01_04_0147__29
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1086
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1099
 msgid "Service ID"
 msgstr "ID Service"
 
 # TLABEL firewall_2002_03_14_2340__48
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1098
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1111
 msgid "Additional Allowed Ports:"
 msgstr "Ports autorisés supplémentaires :"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all ports are allowed in this zone)
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1111
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1124
 msgid "All ports"
 msgstr "Tous les ports"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1145
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1158
 msgid "Allowed Additional IP Protocols in Zones:"
 msgstr "Protocoles IP additionnels autorisés dans le zones :"
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__44
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all protocols are allowed in this zone)
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1160
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1173
 msgid "All IP protocols"
 msgstr "Tous les protocoles IP"
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__44
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1178
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1191
 msgid "IP Protocol"
 msgstr "Protocole IP"
 
 # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__265
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a service id
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1199
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1212
 msgid "Unknown service %1."
 msgstr "Service inconnu %1."
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1272
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1285
 msgid "Protection can only be set for internal zones."
 msgstr "La protection peut uniquement être définie pour les zones internes."
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a list of possible entries (without translation)
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1333
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1346
 msgid "At least one of %1 must be set."
 msgstr "Au moins une de %1 doit être défini."
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a list of possible action commands
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1348
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1361
 msgid "At least one action command from %1 must be set."
 msgstr "Au moins une commande d'action de %1 doit être définie."
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1365
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1378
 msgid "Redirect Requests to Masqueraded IP:"
 msgstr "Rediriger les requêtes vers l'IP masquée :"
 
 # TLABEL nfs_server_2002_01_04_0147__33
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a port name
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1491
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1504
 msgid "Unknown port name %1."
 msgstr "Nom de port inconnu %1."
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__64
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1541
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1570
 msgid "Masquerading Settings:"
 msgstr "Paramètres de masquage :"
 
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text, either "everywhere" or
+#. "in the %1 zone" where %1 is zone name.
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1576
+msgid "everywhere"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1577
+msgid "in the %1 zone"
+msgstr ""
+
 # TLABEL mail_2002_08_07_0216__27
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text, %1 is "enabled" or "disabled"
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1547
-msgid "Masquerading is %1"
+#. %2 is previously mentioned zone_msg
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1583
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Masquerading is %1"
+msgid "Masquerading is %1 %2"
 msgstr "Masquage %1"
 
 # TLABEL x11_2002_08_07_0216__5
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine masquerade status
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1550
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1586
 msgid "enabled"
 msgstr "activé"
 
 # TLABEL x11_2002_08_07_0216__6
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine masquerade status
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1552
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1588
 msgid "disabled"
 msgstr "désactivé"

Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/firstboot.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/firstboot.fr.po	2016-09-02 21:33:42 UTC (rev 96676)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/firstboot.fr.po	2016-09-02 21:33:58 UTC (rev 96677)
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: firstboot\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-12-13 12:33+0100\n"
 "Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET \n"
 "Language-Team: French \n"
@@ -129,16 +129,16 @@
 msgid "Label"
 msgstr "Label"
 
+# TLABEL lan_inetd_2002_01_04_0147__28
+#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
+msgid "Status"
+msgstr "État"
+
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__210
 #: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
 msgid "Module Name"
 msgstr "Nom du module"
 
-# TLABEL lan_inetd_2002_01_04_0147__28
-#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
-msgid "Status"
-msgstr "État"
-
 #. translators: dialog text
 #: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:90
 msgid ""
@@ -324,7 +324,7 @@
 "</p>\n"
 
 #. error message
-#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:271
+#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:265
 msgid "There is not enough space to install all additional packages."
 msgstr "Il n'y a pas assez d'espace pour installer tous les paquets supplémentaires."
 

Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/fonts.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/fonts.fr.po	2016-09-02 21:33:42 UTC (rev 96676)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/fonts.fr.po	2016-09-02 21:33:58 UTC (rev 96677)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: yast-font\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-27 19:42+0200\n"
 "Last-Translator: Antoine Belvire \n"
 "Language-Team: français \n"
@@ -22,61 +22,61 @@
 #. in case of changing profiles, please reflect
 #. edits in test/data/sysconfig.fonts-config.*
 #. otherwise testsuite will fail
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:58
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:59
 msgid "Bitmap Fonts"
 msgstr "Polices bitmap"
 
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:103
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:104
 msgid "Unlike 'outline fonts' (fonts described mathematically via curves; chosen in the rest of profiles), 'bitmap fonts' represents group of fonts, which contain bitmap for each glyph and size. Thus, only several sizes exist for each font. They are very fast to render, because there's no need to compute the bitmap and are considered more readable especially on small sizes (even, some outline fonts contains so called 'embedded bitmaps', bitmap versions of itself, for small sizes). Bitmap fonts are rendered black and white, not smoothed."
 msgstr "Contrairement aux « polices vectorielles » (polices décrites mathématiquement par des courbes ; type de polices privilégié dans les autres profils), les « polices bitmap » représentent un groupe de polices qui contiennent un bitmap pour chaque glyphe et taille. Ainsi, un nombre limité de tailles existe pour chaque police. Elles sont très rapides à afficher, parce qu'elles ne nécessitent pas de calculs, et elles sont considérées comme plus lisibles, en particulier pour les petites tailles (certaines polices vectorielles contiennent même des « bitmaps intégrés », une version en bitmap de la police pour les petites tailles). Les polices bitmap sont affichées en noir et blanc, sans lissage."
 
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:106
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:107
 msgid "Black and White Rendering"
 msgstr "Rendu en noir et blanc"
 
 # stem est employé ici dans un contexte typographique.
 # Il peut être traduit par fût, hampe, haste ou montant.
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:123
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:124
 msgid "Fonts rendered without antialiasing (grayscale smoothing), black and white. In contrast with smoothed fonts, they are much more readable without any drawback of smoothing (fuzzy or uneven stems etc.). In connection with good hinted fonts (e. g. Liberation 1 fonts), this setting can give bitmap quality fonts while maintaining scalability."
 msgstr "Polices affichées sans anticrénelage (lissage par niveaux de gris), en noir et blanc. À la différence des polices lissées, elles sont bien plus lisibles et n'ont pas les inconvénients du lissage (flou, fûts inégaux etc.). Combiné avec des polices bien optimisées (par exemple Libération 1), ce paramètre peut donner des polices de qualité bitmap tout en maintenant la capacité d'agrandissement."
 
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:126
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:127
 msgid "Black and White Rendering for Monospaced Fonts"
 msgstr "Rendu en noir et blanc pour polices à chasse fixe"
 
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:143
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:144
 msgid "Monospaced fonts rendered not smoothed, other fonts (sans-serif, sans and unspecified) will use default setting. Default family preference list is used."
 msgstr "Les polices à chasse fixe ne sont pas lissées. Les autres polices (sans-serif, sans et les non-spécifiées) utiliseront le réglage par défaut. La liste des familles préférées par défaut est utilisée."
 
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:146
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:147
 msgid "Default"
 msgstr "Par défaut"
 
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:163
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:164
 msgid "Fonts are smoothed with antialiasing. Unlike black and white rendered fonts, this setting can produce 'beautiful' fonts sometimes to the detriment of readability. TrueType fonts, which are known to have good hinting instructions are rendered with bytecode interpreter, otherwise FreeType autohinter is used on the 'hintslight' hinting level. Using font native hinting instructions produces glyphs displayed with thiner stems. Default family preference list is used (nowdays TrueType fonts with good instructions are prefered)."
 msgstr "Les polices sont lissées avec un anticrénelage. Contrairement aux polices affichées en noir et blanc, ce paramètre peut produire de « belles » polices, quelquefois au détriment de la lisibilité. Les polices TrueType, qui sont connues pour avoir de bonnes instructions d'optimisations, sont affichées avec un interpréteur de bytecode ; sinon, l'optimiseur automatique de FreeType est utilisé sur le niveau d'optimisation « hintslight ». Utiliser les instructions d'optimisations natives des polices permet de produire des glyphes qui seront affichés avec des fûts plus fins. La liste des familles préférées par défaut est utilisée (les polices TrueType avec de bonnes instructions sont préférées)."
 
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:166
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:167
 msgid "CFF Fonts"
 msgstr "Polices CFF"
 
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:206
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:207
 msgid "Given Adobe's contribution to FreeType library, CFF fonts can be considered good compromise between readability and smoothness of rendered glyphs."
 msgstr "Étant donné la contribution d'Adobe à la bibliothèque FreeType, les polices CFF peuvent être considérées comme un bon compromis entre lisibilité et lissage des glyphes."
 
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:209
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:210
 msgid "Exclusive Autohinter Rendering"
 msgstr "Rendu avec optimiseur automatique exclusif"
 
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:226
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:227
 msgid "Unlike in default profile, even for good hinted fonts, FreeType's autohinter is used (on the 'hintslight' level). That leads to thicker, but sometimes fuzzier (and therefore less readable), glyphs. Default family preference list is used."
 msgstr "Contrairement au profil par défaut, même pour les polices bien optimisées, l'optimiseur automatique de FreeType est utilisé (sur le niveau « hintslight »). Cela conduit à des glyphes plus épais, mais quelquefois plus flous (et donc moins lisibles). La liste des familles préférées par défaut est utilisée."
 
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:229 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:230 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818
 msgid "Subpixel Rendering"
 msgstr "Rendu sous-pixel"
 
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:254
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:255
 msgid "Use subpixel rendering capability of LCD monitor. Requires subpixel rendering enabled FreeType library."
 msgstr "Utiliser la capacité de rendu sous-pixel du moniteur LCD. Nécessite la bibliothèque FreeType compilée avec le support du rendu sous-pixel."
 

Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/geo-cluster.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/geo-cluster.fr.po	2016-09-02 21:33:42 UTC (rev 96676)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/geo-cluster.fr.po	2016-09-02 21:33:58 UTC (rev 96677)
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-31 21:14+0200\n"
 "Last-Translator: Antoine Belvire \n"
 "Language-Team: français \n"
@@ -65,10 +65,8 @@
 #.
 #. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
 #. Initialization dialog caption
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:465
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:814
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:480
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:829 src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46
 #: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:141
 msgid "Geo Cluster Configuration"
 msgstr "Configuration du Geo Cluster"
@@ -120,17 +118,17 @@
 msgstr "arbitre"
 
 #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:74 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:85
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:804
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:819
 msgid "Add"
 msgstr "Ajouter"
 
 #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:75 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:86
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:805
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:820
 msgid "Edit"
 msgstr "Modifier"
 
 #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:806
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:821
 msgid "Delete"
 msgstr "Supprimer"
 
@@ -138,25 +136,26 @@
 msgid "site"
 msgstr "site"
 
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:240
 msgid "ticket"
 msgstr "ticket"
 
 #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:106
-msgid "Authentification"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Authentification"
+msgid "Authentication"
 msgstr "Authentification"
 
 #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:108
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:156
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:161
 msgid "Ca&ncel"
 msgstr "A&nnuler"
 
 #. return `cancel or a string
 #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:109
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:157
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:177
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:162
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:259
 msgid "OK"
 msgstr "OK"
 
@@ -165,179 +164,198 @@
 msgstr "Activer l'authentification de sécurité"
 
 #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:128
-msgid "Authentification file"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Authentification file"
+msgid "Authentication file"
 msgstr "Fichier d'authentification"
 
 #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:132
-msgid "A relative path will be saved in /etc/booth, or using absolute path directly."
-msgstr "Un chemin relatif sera sauvegardé dans /etc/booth, ou en utilisant un chemin absolu directement."
+msgid "The file will be written to /etc/booth."
+msgstr ""
 
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:137
+msgid "To write it to a different directory, enter an absolute path."
+msgstr ""
+
 # On peut traduire <key>, ce n'est pas remplacé.
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:137
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142
 msgid "For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/booth/<key>."
 msgstr "Pour un Geo Cluster nouvellement créé, cliquez sur le bouton ci-dessous pour générer /etc/booth/."
 
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142
-msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other node manually."
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:147
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other node manually."
+msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other nodes manually."
 msgstr "Pour un rejoindre un Geo Cluster existant, veuillez copier manuellement /etc/booth/<key> depuis un autre nœud."
 
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:146
-msgid "Generate Authentification Key File"
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Generate Authentification Key File"
+msgid "Generate Authentication Key File"
 msgstr "Générer un fichier de clé d'authentification"
 
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:154
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:159
 msgid "Basic"
 msgstr "Simple"
 
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:255
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:183
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:260
 msgid "Cancel"
 msgstr "Annuler"
 
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197
 msgid "Please enter a valid ip address"
 msgstr "Veuillez entrer une adresse IP valide"
 
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:238
 msgid "Enter ticket and timeout"
 msgstr "Entrez le ticket et le délai d'attente"
 
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:244
 msgid "timeout"
 msgstr "délai d'attente"
 
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:246
 msgid "retries"
 msgstr "tentatives"
 
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:243
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:248
 msgid "weights"
 msgstr "poids"
 
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:245
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:250
 msgid "expire"
 msgstr "expiration"
 
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:247
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:252
 msgid "acquire-after"
 msgstr "acquérir après"
 
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:249
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254
 msgid "before-acquire-handler"
 msgstr "gestionnaire pré-acquisition"
 
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:286
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:291
 msgid "timeout is invalid"
 msgstr "Le délai d'attente est invalide"
 
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:288
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:293
 msgid "expire is invalid"
 msgstr "L'expiration est invalide"
 
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:290
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:295
 msgid "acquireafter is invalid"
 msgstr "Le délai d'acquisition est invalide"
 
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:292
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:297
 msgid "retries is invalid"
 msgstr "Le nombre de tentatives est invalide"
 
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:294
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:299
 msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal"
 msgstr "Un nombre de tentatives inférieur à 3 est invalide"
 
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:296
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:301
 msgid "weights is invalid"
 msgstr "Le poids est invalide"
 
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:298
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:303
 msgid "ticket can not be empty"
 msgstr "Le ticket ne peut être vide"
 
 #. fill confs with global_files
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:407
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:422 src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48
 msgid "Firewall Configuration"
 msgstr "Configuration du pare-feu"
 
 #. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"",
 #. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton());
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:554
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:569
 msgid "Enter an IP address of your arbitrator"
 msgstr "Entrez une adresse IP de votre arbitre"
 
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:565
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:580
 msgid "Edit IP address of your arbitrator"
 msgstr "Modifier l'adresse IP de votre arbitre"
 
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:581
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:596
 msgid "Enter an IP address of your site"
 msgstr "Entrez une adresse IP de votre site"
 
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:592
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:607
 msgid "Edit IP address of your site"
 msgstr "Modifier l'adresse IP de votre site"
 
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:614
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:629
 msgid "Ticket name already exist!"
 msgstr "Le nom du ticket existe déjà !"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__102
-#. Validation check before switch to authentification
-#. Still fall to :authentification or :ok
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:646
+#. Validation check before switch to authentication
+#. Still fall to :authentication or :ok
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:661
 msgid "Configuration name can not be empty."
 msgstr "Le nom de la configuration ne peut pas être vide."
 
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:649
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:664
 msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated."
 msgstr "Le nom de la configuration ne peut pas être dupliqué."
 
 #. "5405d4" will show like "5405"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:657
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:672
 msgid "port is invalid!"
 msgstr "Le port est invalide !"
 
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:663
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:678
 msgid "transport have to be filled!"
 msgstr "Le transport doit être renseigné !"
 
 #. Same to UI.QueryWidget(:arbitrator_box, :Value).to_s == ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:684
 msgid "arbitrator have to be filled!"
 msgstr "L'arbitre doit être renseigné !"
 
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:674
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:689
 msgid "site have to be filled!"
 msgstr "Le site doit être renseigné !"
 
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:694
 msgid "ticket have to be filled!"
 msgstr "Le ticket doit être renseigné !"
 
 #. Validation check before switch to basic
 #. Still fall to :basic or :ok
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:733
-msgid "Failed to create authentification file "
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:748
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Failed to create authentification file "
+msgid "Failed to create authentication file "
 msgstr "Échec de la création du fichier d'authentification"
 
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:736
-msgid "Succeed to created authentification file "
-msgstr "Fichier d'authentification créé avec succès"
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:751
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Authentification file"
+msgid "Authentication file "
+msgstr "Fichier d'authentification"
 
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:751
+msgid " created successfully."
+msgstr ""
+
 #. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:795
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:810
 msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select"
 msgstr "Sélection de la configuration de GeoCluster"
 
 #. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"",
 #. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton());
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:801
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:816
 msgid "Choose configuration file:"
 msgstr "Sélectionner le fichier de configuration :"
 
 #: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47
-msgid "Authentification Configuration"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Authentification Configuration"
+msgid "Authentication Configuration"
 msgstr "Configuration de l'authentification"
 
 #. Initialization dialog contents
@@ -484,3 +502,9 @@
 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:295
 msgid "Configuration summary ..."
 msgstr "Résumé de la configuration..."
+
+#~ msgid "A relative path will be saved in /etc/booth, or using absolute path directly."
+#~ msgstr "Un chemin relatif sera sauvegardé dans /etc/booth, ou en utilisant un chemin absolu directement."
+
+#~ msgid "Succeed to created authentification file "
+#~ msgstr "Fichier d'authentification créé avec succès"

Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/installation.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/installation.fr.po	2016-09-02 21:33:42 UTC (rev 96676)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/installation.fr.po	2016-09-02 21:33:58 UTC (rev 96677)
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: installation\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-27 10:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-31 15:39+0200\n"
 "Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET \n"
 "Language-Team: French \n"
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@
 #. dialog caption
 #. TRANSLATORS: progress message
 #: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:64
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:154
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151
 msgid "Initializing..."
 msgstr "Initialisation..."
 
@@ -128,31 +128,31 @@
 "différent de ceux représentés dans le manuel.\n"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:277
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:275
 msgid "Start service %1"
 msgstr "Démarrer le service %1"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name
 #. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:282
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:280
 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_restore_settings.rb:47
 msgid "Starting service %1..."
 msgstr "Démarrage du service %1..."
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__312
 #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:297
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:295
 msgid "Adjusting Network Settings"
 msgstr "Ajustement des paramètres réseau"
 
 # TLABEL scanner_2002_01_04_0147__1
 #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:303
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:301
 msgid "Network settings are being adjusted."
 msgstr "Les paramètres réseau sont en cours d'ajustement."
 
 #. popup question (#x1)
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:356
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:354
 msgid ""
 "The previous installation has failed.\n"
 "Would you like it to continue?\n"
@@ -165,7 +165,7 @@
 "Remarque : il se peut que vous deviez entrer à nouveau certaines informations."
 
 #. popup question (#x1)
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:364
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:362
 msgid ""
 "The previous installation has been aborted.\n"
 "Would you like it to continue?\n"
@@ -180,7 +180,7 @@
 #. popup headline (#x1)
 #. TRANSLATORS: starting the installation process
 #. dialog cotent (progress information)
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:378
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:376
 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:60
 msgid "Starting Installation..."
 msgstr "Démarrage de l'installation..."
@@ -224,7 +224,7 @@
 #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3
 #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3
 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:204 src/include/installation/misc.rb:222
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:133
 msgid "<p>Go back and check the settings if you are unsure.</p>"
 msgstr "<p>En cas de doute, revenez en arrière et vérifiez les paramètres.</p>"
 
@@ -232,21 +232,21 @@
 #. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts
 #. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts
 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:210
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:124
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:121
 msgid "Confirm Update"
 msgstr "Confirmer la mise à jour"
 
 #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3
 #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3
 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:128
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:125
 msgid "<p>Information required to perform an update is now complete.</p>"
 msgstr "<p>Les informations requises pour procéder à la mise à jour ont été fournies.</p>"
 
 #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3
 #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3
 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:216
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:130
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:127
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "<p>If you continue now, data on your hard disk will be overwritten\n"
@@ -260,7 +260,7 @@
 #. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation
 #. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation
 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:225
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:139
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136
 msgid "Start &Update"
 msgstr "Démarrer la &mise à jour"
 
@@ -296,55 +296,9 @@
 msgid "Blacklisting Devices..."
 msgstr "Mise sur liste noire des périphériques..."
 
-#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_finish.rb:43
-msgid "Generating AutoYaST profile if needed..."
-msgstr "Génération du profil AutoYaST si besoin..."
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39
-msgid ""
-"<p>Use <b>Clone System Settings</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n"
-"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n"
-"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n"
-"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Utilisez <b>Cloner les paramètres du système</b> si vous souhaitez créer un profil AutoYaST.\n"
-"AutoYaST permet d'effectuer une installation SUSE Linux complète sans intervention de l'utilisateur.\n"
-"AutoYaST nécessite un profil pour savoir à quoi doit ressembler le système installé. Si cette option\n"
-"est sélectionnée, un profil du système actuel est stocké dans <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
-
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:60
-msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xmlat the end of installation?"
-msgstr "Écrire le profil AutoYaST vers /root/autoinst.xml à la fin de l'installation ?"
-
-# TLABEL general_2002_01_04_0147__125
-#. this is a heading
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:71
-msgid "Clone System Configuration"
-msgstr "Cloner la configuration du système"
-
-# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__171
-#. this is a menu entry
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:73
-msgid "&Clone System Configuration"
-msgstr "&Cloner la configuration du système"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
-#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:101
-msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (do not write it</a>)."
-msgstr "Le profil AutoYaST sera écrit dans /root/autoinst.xml (ne pas l'écrire</a>)."
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
-#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:110
-msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (write it</a>)."
-msgstr "Le profil AutoYaST ne sera pas sauvegardé (l'écrire</a>)."
-
 # TLABEL general_2002_03_14_2340__15
 #. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:83
 msgid "Copying files to installed system..."
 msgstr "Copie des fichiers vers le système installé..."
 
@@ -551,7 +505,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__140
 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:172
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:321
 msgid "Unknown Product"
 msgstr "Produit inconnu"
 
@@ -584,58 +538,27 @@
 "Choisissez si vous voulez exécuter une mise à jour en ligne maintenant.\n"
 "Vous pouvez ignorer cette étape et lancer la mise à jour en ligne ultérieurement.\n"
 
-#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. Build dialog
-#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. heading text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:65
+#. This client shows main dialog for choosing the language,
+#. keyboard and accepting the license.
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:33
 msgid "Language, Keyboard and License Agreement"
 msgstr "Langue, clavier et accord de licence"
 
-# TLABEL proposal_2002_03_16_2031__6
-# &L is taken by "&Logiciels"
-# 2002-03-15 08:13:26 CET -ke-
-# TLABEL proposal_2002_03_14_2340__20
-#. combo box label
-#. combobox
-#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:71
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:431
-msgid "&Language"
-msgstr "&Langue"
+#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660)
+#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first
+#. exit codes (see "man curl"):
+#. 7 = Failed to connect to host.
+#. 28 = Operation timeout.
+#. push button
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:184
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:319
+msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
+msgstr "&Notes de version..."
 
-# TLABEL keyboard_2002_03_14_2340__2
-#. combo box label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:79
-msgid "&Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr "&Disposition du clavier"
-
-#. bnc #359456
-#. TRANSLATORS: check-box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:91
-msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms."
-msgstr "J'&accepte les conditions de la licence."
-
-#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:110
-msgid "K&eyboard Test"
-msgstr "T&est du clavier"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:119
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:299
-msgid "License Agreement"
-msgstr "Accord de licence"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: button label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:141
-msgid "License &Translations..."
-msgstr "&Traductions de la licence..."
-
 # TLABEL language_2002_01_04_0147__2
 #. help text for initial (first time) language screen
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:153
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:198
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "Choose the <b>Language</b> and the <b>Keyboard layout</b> to be used during\n"
@@ -649,7 +572,7 @@
 
 #. help text, continued
 #. Describes the #ICW_B1 button
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:161
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:206
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n"
@@ -662,7 +585,7 @@
 "</p>\n"
 
 #. help text, continued
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:168
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:213
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "Click <b>Next</b> to proceed to the next dialog.\n"
@@ -674,7 +597,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL language_2002_03_14_2340__2
 #. help text, continued
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:174
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:219
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n"
@@ -688,7 +611,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL language_2002_01_04_0147__5
 #. help text, continued
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:181
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:226
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "Select <b>Abort</b> to abort the\n"
@@ -700,22 +623,60 @@
 "le processus d'installation à tout moment.\n"
 "</p>\n"
 
-#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660)
-#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first
-#. exit codes (see "man curl"):
-#. 7 = Failed to connect to host.
-#. 28 = Operation timeout.
-#. push button
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:211
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:302
-msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
-msgstr "&Notes de version..."
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:242
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:469
+msgid "License Agreement"
+msgstr "Accord de licence"
 
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:323
+# TLABEL proposal_2002_03_16_2031__6
+# &L is taken by "&Logiciels"
+# 2002-03-15 08:13:26 CET -ke-
+# TLABEL proposal_2002_03_14_2340__20
+#. combo box label
+#. combobox
+#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:266
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:429
+msgid "&Language"
+msgstr "&Langue"
+
+# TLABEL keyboard_2002_03_14_2340__2
+#. combo box label
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:276
+msgid "&Keyboard Layout"
+msgstr "&Disposition du clavier"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: check-box
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:290
+msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms."
+msgstr "J'&accepte les conditions de la licence."
+
+#. Report error about missing license acceptance
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:317
 msgid "You must accept the license to install this product"
 msgstr "Vous devez accepter les termes de la licence pour installer ce produit"
 
+#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information
+#. %1 is replaced with the filename. Please keep
+#. the translation VERY short.
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:437
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Checking the installed system..."
+msgid "EULA location in the installed system: %s"
+msgstr "Vérification du système installé..."
+
+#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:460
+msgid "K&eyboard Test"
+msgstr "T&est du clavier"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: button label
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:494
+msgid "License &Translations..."
+msgstr "&Traductions de la licence..."
+
 # TLABEL runlevel_2002_08_07_0216__21
 #. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD
 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107
@@ -825,7 +786,7 @@
 msgstr "Le paquet autoyast2 n'est pas installé. Clonage désactivé."
 
 #. OEM image if target disk is defined
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:46
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:49
 msgid "The system will reboot now..."
 msgstr "Le système va maintenant redémarrer..."
 
@@ -835,16 +796,16 @@
 #. twice more steps
 #. FIXME: 2 minutes
 #. own workflow for OEM image deployment
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:106
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:351
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:107
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:352
 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:110
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:152
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:150
 msgid "Deploying Images..."
 msgstr "Déploiement des images..."
 
 #. BNC #444209
 #. false == error
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:167
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:168
 msgid ""
 "Deploying images has failed.\n"
 "Aborting the installation...\n"
@@ -853,7 +814,7 @@
 "Abandon de l'installation...\n"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:200
 msgid ""
 "Debugging has been turned on.\n"
 "YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages."
@@ -863,23 +824,23 @@
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_08_07_0216__23
 #. unknown image
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:375
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:376
 msgid "Downloading image at speed %1/s"
 msgstr "Téléchargement de l'image à la vitesse de %1/s"
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_08_07_0216__23
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:380
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:381
 msgid "Downloading image %1 at speed %2/s"
 msgstr "Téléchargement de l'image %1 à la vitesse de %2/s"
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_08_07_0216__23
 #. reset the label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:442
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:441
 msgid "Deploying image..."
 msgstr "Déploiement de l'image..."
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_08_07_0216__23
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:445
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:444
 msgid "Deploying image %1..."
 msgstr "Déploiement de l'image %1..."
 
@@ -896,49 +857,52 @@
 msgid "&Disk to Use"
 msgstr "&Disque à utiliser"
 
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:93
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:92
 msgid "Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image."
 msgstr "Sélectionner le disque vers lequel l'image sera déployée. Toutes les données présentes sur le disque seront perdues et le disque sera partitionné comme défini dans l'image. "
 
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:100
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:99
 msgid "Hard Disk for Image Deployment"
 msgstr "Disque dur pour le déploiement de l'image"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__102
 #. popup label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:60
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:65
 msgid "Detecting Available Controllers"
 msgstr "Détection des contrôleurs disponibles"
 
 # TLABEL rpm-groups_2002_03_14_2340__3
 #. dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:76
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:81
 msgid "Disk Activation"
 msgstr "Activation du disque"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__377
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:86
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:91
 msgid "Configure &DASD Disks"
 msgstr "Configurer les disques &DASD"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__377
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:92
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:97
 msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks"
 msgstr "Configurer les disques &ZFCP"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_03_14_2340__30
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:98
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:103
 msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces"
 msgstr "Configurer les interfaces &FCoE"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__377
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:110
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:117
 msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks"
 msgstr "Configurer les disques &iSCSI"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__322
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111
-msgid "Change Net&work Configuration"
+#. Finish
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:178
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Change Net&work Configuration"
+msgid "Net&work Configuration..."
 msgstr "&Modifier la configuration réseau"
 
 # TLABEL online_update_2002_01_04_0147__112
@@ -959,7 +923,7 @@
 #. bug #302384
 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:134
 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:152
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:149
 msgid "Initializing"
 msgstr "Initialisation"
 
@@ -986,80 +950,83 @@
 msgid "Show &package updates"
 msgstr "Afficher les mises à jour de &paquets"
 
+# TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__127
+#. a fallback busy message
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:98
+msgid "Calling step %1..."
+msgstr "Appel de l'étape %1..."
+
+#. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:112
+msgid " * %1"
+msgstr " * %1"
+
+#. get the latest errors
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:253
+msgid "Installation Error"
+msgstr "Erreur lors de l'installation"
+
 # TLABEL general_2002_01_04_0147__68
 #. Adjust a SlideShow dialog if not configured
 #. kilobytes
 #. just make it longer than inst_finish, TODO: better value later
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:79
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:140
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:158
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:276
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:138
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:156
 msgid "Finishing Basic Installation"
 msgstr "Fin de l'installation de base"
 
 # TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__101
 #. Might be left from the previous stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:105
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:299
 msgid "Creating list of finish scripts to call..."
 msgstr "Création de la liste des scripts de finalisation à appeler..."
 
+# TLABEL lan_inetd_2002_03_14_2340__26
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:307
+msgid "Finished"
+msgstr "Terminé"
+
 # TLABEL general_2002_03_14_2340__15
 #. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:204
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:456
 msgid "Copy files to installed system"
 msgstr "Copie des fichiers vers le système installé"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__171
 #. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:211
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:463
 msgid "Save configuration"
 msgstr "Enregistrer la configuration"
 
 # TLABEL proposal_2002_03_14_2340__2
 #. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:218
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:470
 msgid "Save installation settings"
 msgstr "Enregistrer les paramètres d'installation"
 
 # TLABEL general_2002_03_14_2340__16
 #. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:227
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:479
 msgid "Install boot manager"
 msgstr "Installation du gestionnaire d'amorçage"
 
 # TLABEL general_2002_03_14_2340__17
 #. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:234
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:486
 msgid "Prepare system for initial boot"
 msgstr "Préparer le système pour le démarrage initial"
 
-#. merge steps from add-on products
-#. bnc #438678
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:338
+#. some steps are called in live installer only
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:549
+msgid "Client %1 returned invalid data."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. FIXME: looks like product specific finish steps are not used at all
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:581
 msgid "Checking stage: %1..."
 msgstr "Vérification de l'étape : %1..."
 
-# TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__127
-#. a fallback busy message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:425
-msgid "Calling step %1..."
-msgstr "Appel de l'étape %1..."
-
-#. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:445
-msgid " * %1"
-msgstr " * %1"
-
-# TLABEL lan_inetd_2002_03_14_2340__26
-#. Anything else
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:482
-msgid "Finished"
-msgstr "Terminé"
-
-#. get the latest errors
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:614
-msgid "Installation Error"
-msgstr "Erreur lors de l'installation"
-
 #. Button to accept a license agreement
 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_info.rb:63
 msgid "I &Agree"
@@ -1085,28 +1052,28 @@
 
 # TLABEL proposal_2002_03_14_2340__2
 #. dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:80
 msgid "Installation Options"
 msgstr "Options d'installation"
 
 #. check box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:181
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:177
 msgid "&Add Online Repositories Before Installation"
 msgstr "&Ajouter des dépôts en ligne avant l'installation"
 
 #. check box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:193
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:189
 msgid "In&clude Add-on Products from Separate Media"
 msgstr "In&clure des produits complémentaires depuis un média séparé"
 
 # TLABEL security_2002_08_07_0216__0
 #. help text for installation method
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:204
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:200
 msgid "<p><big><b>Installation Options</b></big></p>"
 msgstr "<p><big><b>Option d'installation</b></big></p>"
 
 #. help text for installation option
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:207
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:203
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "To use suggested remote repositories during installation or update, select\n"
@@ -1117,7 +1084,7 @@
 "<b>Ajouter des dépôts en ligne avant l'installation</b>.</p>"
 
 #. help text for installation method
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:213
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:209
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n"
@@ -1128,7 +1095,7 @@
 "sélectionnez <b>Inclure des produits complémentaires depuis un média indépendant</b>.</p>\n"
 
 #. help text: additional help for installation
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:216
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:212
 msgid "<p>If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see <i>http://drivers.suse.com</i> site.</p>"
 msgstr "<p>Si vous avez besoin d'un pilote spécifique pour l'installation, reportez vous au site <i>http://drivers.suse.com</i></p>"
 
@@ -1262,7 +1229,7 @@
 # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__129
 #. Use 'zero' if image installation is not used
 #. BNC #439104
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:126
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:124
 msgid "Installing Packages..."
 msgstr "Installation des paquets..."
 
@@ -1297,7 +1264,7 @@
 "résumé des nouvelles fonctionnalités et des modifications.</p>\n"
 
 #. informative message in RichText widget
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:457
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:455
 msgid "<p>No release notes have been installed.</p>"
 msgstr "<p>Aucune note de version n'ont été installées.</p>"
 
@@ -1324,99 +1291,99 @@
 # TLABEL proposal_2002_03_14_2340__1
 #. This dialog in not interactive
 #. always return `back when came from the previous dialog
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:80
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:86
 msgid "Analyzing the Computer"
 msgstr "Analyse de l'ordinateur"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: progress steps in system probing
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:99
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:105
 msgid "Probe USB devices"
 msgstr "Détecter les périphériques USB"
 
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:100
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:106
 msgid "Probing USB devices..."
 msgstr "Détection des périphériques USB..."
 
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:103
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:109
 msgid "Probe FireWire devices"
 msgstr "Détecter les périphériques FireWire"
 
 # TLABEL general_2002_01_04_0147__116
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:104
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:110
 msgid "Probing FireWire devices..."
 msgstr "Détection des périphériques FireWire..."
 
 # TLABEL general_2002_01_04_0147__117
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:107
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113
 msgid "Probe floppy disk devices"
 msgstr "Détecter les lecteurs de disquettes"
 
 # TLABEL general_2002_01_04_0147__117
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:108
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:114
 msgid "Probing floppy disk devices..."
 msgstr "Détection des lecteurs de disquettes..."
 
 # TLABEL general_2002_01_04_0147__118
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:112
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:118
 msgid "Probe hard disk controllers"
 msgstr "Détecter les contrôleurs de disque dur"
 
 # TLABEL general_2002_01_04_0147__118
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:119
 msgid "Probing hard disk controllers..."
 msgstr "Détection des contrôleurs de disque dur..."
 
 # TLABEL general_2002_01_04_0147__120
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:116
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:122
 msgid "Load kernel modules for hard disk controllers"
 msgstr "Charger les modules du noyau pour les contrôleurs du disque dur"
 
 # TLABEL general_2002_01_04_0147__120
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:117
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:123
 msgid "Loading kernel modules for hard disk controllers..."
 msgstr "Chargement des modules du noyau pour les contrôleurs du disque dur..."
 
 # TLABEL general_2002_01_04_0147__121
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:120
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:126
 msgid "Probe hard disks"
 msgstr "Détecter les disques durs"
 
 # TLABEL general_2002_01_04_0147__121
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:121
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:127
 msgid "Probing hard disks..."
 msgstr "Détection des disques durs..."
 
 # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__106
 #. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:134
 msgid "Search for system files"
 msgstr "Rechercher les fichiers système"
 
 # TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__84
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:135
 msgid "Searching for system files..."
 msgstr "Recherche des fichiers système..."
 
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138
 msgid "Initialize software manager"
 msgstr "Initialiser le gestionnaire de logiciels"
 
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:139
 msgid "Initializing software manager..."
 msgstr "Initialisation du gestionnaire de logiciels..."
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144
 msgid "System Probing"
 msgstr "Analyse du système"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:150
 msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now."
 msgstr "YaST détecte actuellement le matériel de l'ordinateur, ainsi que les systèmes installés."
 
 #. additonal error when HW was not found
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:240
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:257
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation."
@@ -1425,7 +1392,7 @@
 "Rendez-vous sur 'drivers.suse.com' si vous avez besoin d'un pilote spécifique pour l'installation."
 
 #. pop-up error report
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:254
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:271
 msgid ""
 "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
 "Please check your hardware!\n"
@@ -1435,7 +1402,7 @@
 "Vérifiez votre matériel.\n"
 "%1\n"
 
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:264
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:281
 msgid ""
 "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
 "During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n"
@@ -1446,7 +1413,7 @@
 "ultérieurement. (particulièrement sur des systèmes S/390 ou iSCSI)\n"
 
 #. pop-up error report
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:275
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:292
 msgid ""
 "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n"
 "found for the installation.\n"
@@ -1459,7 +1426,7 @@
 "%1\n"
 
 #. popup message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:320
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:337
 msgid ""
 "Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n"
 "Aborting the installation."
@@ -1467,6 +1434,52 @@
 "Échec de l'initialisation des dépôts de logiciels.\n"
 "Abandon de l'installation."
 
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:187
+msgid ""
+"A valid update could not be found at\n"
+"%s.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:193
+msgid ""
+"Could not fetch update from\n"
+"%s.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Launch the network configuration client on users' demand
+#.
+#. Ask the user about checking network configuration. If she/he accepts,
+#. the `inst_lan` client will be launched.
+#.
+#. @return [Boolean] true if the network configuration client was launched;
+#. false if the network is not configured.
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:221
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Would you like to check your network configuration\n"
+"and try installing the updates again?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Note: the proxy cannot be configured in the YaST installer yet,
+#. it needs to be set via the "proxy" boot option.
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:265
+msgid ""
+"Downloading the optional installer updates from \n"
+"%s\n"
+"failed.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can continue the installation without applying the updates.\n"
+"However, some potentially important bug fixes might be missing.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you need a proxy server to access the update repository\n"
+"then use the \"proxy\" boot parameter.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
 # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__406
 #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository)
 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:109
@@ -1527,8 +1540,8 @@
 #. menu button
 #. menu button
 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:247
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:659
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:783
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:647
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:762
 msgid "&Change..."
 msgstr "&Modifier..."
 
@@ -1759,7 +1772,7 @@
 "à la configuration de base du système.</p>\n"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: error message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/installation.rb:83
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/installation.rb:87
 msgid "No workflow defined for this kind of installation."
 msgstr "Aucune procédure définie pour ce type d'installation."
 
@@ -1783,7 +1796,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__322
 #. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:68
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:60
 msgid "Saving network configuration..."
 msgstr "Enregistrement de la configuration réseau..."
 
@@ -1845,6 +1858,28 @@
 msgid "Saving hardware configuration..."
 msgstr "Enregistrement de la configuration matérielle..."
 
+#. normal=configuration in an installed system
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_auto.rb:138
+msgid "It makes no sense to write these settings to system."
+msgstr ""
+
+# TLABEL general_2002_01_04_0147__125
+#. proposal part - bootloader label
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_proposal.rb:21
+#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:91
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Clone System Configuration"
+msgid "Import SSH Host Keys and Configuration"
+msgstr "Cloner la configuration du système"
+
+# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__171
+#. menubutton entry
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_proposal.rb:23
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Clone System Configuration"
+msgid "&Import SSH Host Keys and Configuration"
+msgstr "&Cloner la configuration du système"
+
 # TLABEL general_2002_03_14_2340__26
 #. progress step title
 #: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_settings_finish.rb:64
@@ -1917,6 +1952,35 @@
 msgid "Copying log files to installed system..."
 msgstr "Copie des journaux vers le système installé..."
 
+#. Event callback for the 'ok' button
+#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:69
+msgid "I would like to import SSH keys from a previous installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:95
+msgid "<p>Every SSH server is identified by one or several public host keys. Choose an existing Linux installation to reuse the host keys -and thus the identity- of its SSH server. The key files found in /etc/ssh (one pair of files per host key) will be copied to the new system being installed.</p><p>Check <b>Import SSH Configuration</b> to also copy other files found in /etc/ssh, in addition to the keys.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. AutoYaST configuration mode. The user can input the device e.b. /dev/sda0
+#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:108
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Device"
+msgid "&Device"
+msgstr "Périphérique"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %{system_name} is a string like "openSUSE 13.2", %{device}
+#. is a string like /dev/sda1
+#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:129
+msgid "%{system_name} at %{device}"
+msgstr ""
+
+# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__171
+#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:134
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Export Configuration"
+msgid "Import SSH Configuration"
+msgstr "&Exporter la configuration"
+
 #. progress step title
 #: src/lib/installation/prep_shrink.rb:34
 msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..."
@@ -1924,36 +1988,24 @@
 
 # TLABEL proposal_2002_03_14_2340__11
 #. question in a popup box
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:207
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:204
 msgid "Really reset everything to default values?"
 msgstr "Faut-il vraiment rétablir toutes les valeurs par défaut ?"
 
 # TLABEL proposal_2002_03_14_2340__12
 #. explain consequences of a decision
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:209
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:206
 msgid "You will lose all changes."
 msgstr "Vous allez perdre toutes vos modifications."
 
-# TLABEL users_2002_08_07_0216__66
-#. while input loop
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:251
-msgid "Location of Stored Configuration"
-msgstr "Emplacement de la sauvegarde de la configuration"
-
-#. force write, so it always write profile even if user do not want
-#. to store profile after installation
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:257
-msgid "Failed to store configuration. Details can be found in log."
-msgstr "Impossible d'enregistrer la configuration. Des détails se trouvent dans le journal (log)."
-
 # TLABEL proposal_2002_03_16_2031__5
 #. message show when user has disabled the configuration
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:268
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:252
 msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request"
 msgstr "Annulation de la configuration à la demande de l'utilisateur"
 
 #. error message is a popup
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:288
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:272
 msgid ""
 "The proposal contains an error that must be\n"
 "resolved before continuing.\n"
@@ -1963,27 +2015,27 @@
 
 # TLABEL users_2002_08_07_0216__47
 #. busy message
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:394
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:381
 msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..."
 msgstr "Adaptation de la proposition aux paramètres actuels..."
 
 # TLABEL proposal_2002_03_14_2340__1
 #. busy message;
 #. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:398
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:687
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:385
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667
 msgid "Analyzing your system..."
 msgstr "Analyse de votre système..."
 
 #. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:500
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:487
 msgid "ERROR: No proposal"
 msgstr "ERREUR : Aucune proposition"
 
 # TLABEL proposal_2002_03_16_2031__0
 #. Submodules handle their own error reporting
 #. text for a message box
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:539
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:526
 msgid ""
 "Configuration saved.\n"
 "There were errors."
@@ -1997,49 +2049,42 @@
 #. Translators: About 40 characters max,
 #. use newlines for longer translations.
 #. radio button
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:634
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:621
 msgid "&Skip Configuration"
 msgstr "&Ignorer la configuration"
 
 # TLABEL users_2002_08_07_0216__66
 #. radio button
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:643
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:630
 msgid "&Use Following Configuration"
 msgstr "&Utiliser la configuration suivante"
 
-# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__171
-#. menu button
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:778
-msgid "&Export Configuration"
-msgstr "&Exporter la configuration"
-
 # TLABEL proposal_2002_03_14_2340__0
 #. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary.
 #. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:713
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:693
 msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
 msgstr "Cliquez sur l'un des titres pour effectuer des modifications ou utilisez le menu \"Modifier...\" ci-dessous."
 
 # TLABEL proposal_2002_03_14_2340__0
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:717
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:697
 msgid "Click a headline to make changes."
 msgstr "Cliquez sur l'un des titres pour effectuer des modifications."
 
 # TLABEL proposal_2002_03_14_2340__3
 #. menu button item
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:777
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:757
 msgid "&Reset to defaults"
 msgstr "&Rétablir les valeurs par défaut"
 
 # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__168
 #. FATE #120373
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779
 msgid "&Update"
 msgstr "&Mise à jour"
 
 # TLABEL wizard_2002_01_04_0147__33
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779
 msgid "&Install"
 msgstr "&Installer"
 
@@ -2078,7 +2123,7 @@
 # TLABEL proposal_2002_03_14_2340__5
 #. Help text for installation proposal
 #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:417
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:426
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "Select <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n"
@@ -2092,7 +2137,7 @@
 #. so update
 #. Help text for update proposal
 #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:425
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "Select <b>Update</b> to perform an update with the values displayed.\n"
@@ -2105,7 +2150,7 @@
 # TLABEL proposal_2002_03_14_2340__8
 #. Help text for network configuration proposal
 #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:443
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "Put the network settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -2118,7 +2163,7 @@
 # TLABEL proposal_2002_03_14_2340__8
 #. Help text for service configuration proposal
 #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:442
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:451
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "Put the service settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -2131,7 +2176,7 @@
 # TLABEL proposal_2002_03_14_2340__8
 #. Help text for hardware configuration proposal
 #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:450
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -2143,12 +2188,12 @@
 
 # TLABEL tv_2002_01_04_0147__20
 #. Proposal in uml module
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:457
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:466
 msgid "<P><B>UML Installation Proposal</B></P>"
 msgstr "<P><B>Proposition d'installation UML</B></P>"
 
 #. help text
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:468
 msgid ""
 "<P>UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n"
 "Linux virtual machines in the host system.</P>"
@@ -2160,7 +2205,7 @@
 #. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or
 #. hardhware configuration.
 #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:473
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:482
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "To use the settings as displayed, press <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -2177,6 +2222,11 @@
 msgid "Enabling remote administration..."
 msgstr "Activation de l'administration à distance..."
 
+#. A Continue-Cancel popup
+#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:79
+msgid "Changing the system role may undo adjustments you may have done."
+msgstr ""
+
 #. Writes configuration
 #.
 #. It creates a snapshot when no second stage is required and
@@ -2184,20 +2234,122 @@
 #.
 #. @return [TrueClass,FalseClass] True if snapshot was created;
 #. otherwise it returns false.
-#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:40
+#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:41
 msgid "Creating root filesystem snapshot..."
 msgstr "Création de l'instantané du système de fichier racine ..."
 
+#. TRANSLATORS: default name for a found Linux system (we don't know if
+#. it's an openSUSE, Ubuntu...)
+#: src/lib/installation/ssh_config.rb:64
+msgid "Linux"
+msgstr ""
+
+# TLABEL update_2002_01_04_0147__23
+#. Build a formatted summary based on the status of the importer
+#.
+#. @return [String] HTML formatted summary.
+#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:45
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "No Linux root partition found."
+msgid "No previous Linux installation found"
+msgstr "Aucune partition racine LINUX n'a été trouvée."
+
+#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:47
+msgid "No existing SSH host keys will be copied"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of a Linux system found in the hard
+#. disk, like 'openSUSE 13.2'
+#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:54
+msgid "SSH host keys and configuration will be copied from %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of a Linux system found in the hard
+#. disk, like 'openSUSE 13.2'
+#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:58
+msgid "SSH host keys will be copied from %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:156
+msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:176
+msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2."
+msgstr ""
+
+# TLABEL storage_2002_08_07_0216__44
+#. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:192
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n"
+msgstr "Le redimensionnement du périphérique %1 a échoué."
+
+# TLABEL storage_2002_08_07_0216__44
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:208
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n"
+msgstr "Le redimensionnement du périphérique %1 a échoué."
+
+# TLABEL storage_2002_08_07_0216__44
+#. autoyast tried to mount the CD but had no success.
+#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed
+#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:271 src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:327
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:371
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Mounting %1 failed."
+msgstr "Le redimensionnement du périphérique %1 a échoué."
+
+#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:302
+msgid "Reading a file on CD failed. Path: %1/%2."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed
+#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:350 src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:394
+msgid "Remote file %1 cannot be retrieved"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. this is workaround for bnc#849767
+#. because of changes in autoyast startup this code is now
+#. called much sooner (before Storage stuff is initialized)
+#. call dummy method to trigger Storage initialization
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:519
+msgid "%1 is not mounted and mount failed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to copy a file but that file can't be found
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:539
+msgid "File %1 cannot be found"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Device
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:561
+msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol TFTP."
+msgstr ""
+
+# TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__140
+#. the user wanted autoyast to fetch it's profile via an unknown protocol
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:568
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Unknown Product"
+msgid "Unknown protocol %1."
+msgstr "Produit inconnu"
+
 #. checking whether images are supported
 #. BNC #409927
 #. Checking files for signatures
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:840
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:841
 msgid "Failed to read information about installation images"
 msgstr "Impossible de lire les informations concernant les images d'installation"
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_08_07_0216__23
 #. count megabytes
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1196
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1192
 msgid "Deploying..."
 msgstr "Déploiement..."
 
@@ -2205,7 +2357,7 @@
 #.
 #. @see #all_supported_types
 #. @see #objects_state
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1219
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1215
 msgid "Storing user preferences..."
 msgstr "Enregistrement des préférences utilisateur..."
 
@@ -2213,12 +2365,12 @@
 #. Restores packages statuses from 'objects_state': Selects packages for removal, installation, upgrade.
 #.
 #. @return [Boolean] if successful
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1351
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1347
 msgid "Restoring user preferences..."
 msgstr "Restauration des préférences utilisateur..."
 
 #. Error message
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1448
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1444
 msgid ""
 "Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n"
 "Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually."
@@ -2226,6 +2378,36 @@
 "L'installation a été incapable de résoudre automatiquement les dépendances de paquets.\n"
 "Le gestionnaire de logiciels sera ouvert afin de vous permettre de les résoudre manuellement."
 
+#~ msgid "Generating AutoYaST profile if needed..."
+#~ msgstr "Génération du profil AutoYaST si besoin..."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>Use <b>Clone System Settings</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n"
+#~ "AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n"
+#~ "needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n"
+#~ "selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Utilisez <b>Cloner les paramètres du système</b> si vous souhaitez créer un profil AutoYaST.\n"
+#~ "AutoYaST permet d'effectuer une installation SUSE Linux complète sans intervention de l'utilisateur.\n"
+#~ "AutoYaST nécessite un profil pour savoir à quoi doit ressembler le système installé. Si cette option\n"
+#~ "est sélectionnée, un profil du système actuel est stocké dans <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
+
+#~ msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xmlat the end of installation?"
+#~ msgstr "Écrire le profil AutoYaST vers /root/autoinst.xml à la fin de l'installation ?"
+
+#~ msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (do not write it</a>)."
+#~ msgstr "Le profil AutoYaST sera écrit dans /root/autoinst.xml (ne pas l'écrire</a>)."
+
+#~ msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (write it</a>)."
+#~ msgstr "Le profil AutoYaST ne sera pas sauvegardé (l'écrire</a>)."
+
+# TLABEL users_2002_08_07_0216__66
+#~ msgid "Location of Stored Configuration"
+#~ msgstr "Emplacement de la sauvegarde de la configuration"
+
+#~ msgid "Failed to store configuration. Details can be found in log."
+#~ msgstr "Impossible d'enregistrer la configuration. Des détails se trouvent dans le journal (log)."
+
 #~ msgid "ERROR: Missing Title"
 #~ msgstr "ERREUR : titre manquant"
 
@@ -2368,9 +2550,6 @@
 #~ msgid "Network Card"
 #~ msgstr "Carte réseau"
 
-#~ msgid "Device"
-#~ msgstr "Périphérique"
-
 # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__178
 #~ msgid "Hardware Information of the Selected Network Card"
 #~ msgstr "Informations techniques relatives à la carte réseau sélectionnée"
@@ -3360,10 +3539,6 @@
 #~ msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..."
 #~ msgstr "Évaluation de la partition racine. Un instant s'il vous plaît..."
 
-# TLABEL update_2002_01_04_0147__23
-#~ msgid "No Linux root partition found."
-#~ msgstr "Aucune partition racine LINUX n'a été trouvée."
-
 # TLABEL general_2002_01_04_0147__102
 #~ msgid "Booting from %1"
 #~ msgstr "Amorçage depuis %1"
@@ -3561,12 +3736,7 @@
 #~ msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the configuration?"
 #~ msgstr "Voulez-vous vraiment annuler la création du profil %1 ?"
 
-# TLABEL storage_2002_08_07_0216__44
 #, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Adding source %1 failed"
-#~ msgstr "Le redimensionnement du périphérique %1 a échoué."
-
-#, fuzzy
 #~ msgid "Delete unselected external installation sources"
 #~ msgstr "Enlever de la liste la source d'installation sélectionnée ?"
 

Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/iscsi-client.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/iscsi-client.fr.po	2016-09-02 21:33:42 UTC (rev 96676)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/iscsi-client.fr.po	2016-09-02 21:33:58 UTC (rev 96677)
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-06-06 09:59+0200\n"
 "Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET \n"
 "Language-Team: French \n"
@@ -133,7 +133,6 @@
 msgstr "Ajouter"
 
 # TLABEL base_2002_08_07_0216__19
-#. `PushButton(`id(`toggle), _("Toggle Start-Up"))
 #: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:160
 msgid "Edit"
 msgstr "Édition"
@@ -199,52 +198,70 @@
 msgid "Startup"
 msgstr "Démarrage"
 
+# TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__42
+#. iSCSI target has to be connected manually
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:304
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Manually"
+msgid "manual"
+msgstr "Manuellement"
+
+#. iSCSI target available at boot (respected by 'dracut')
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:306
+msgid "onboot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. iSCSI target enabled automatically (by 'systemd')
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:308
+msgid "automatic"
+msgstr ""
+
 # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__306
 #. widget for portal address
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:312
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:315
 msgid "IP Address"
 msgstr "Adresse IP"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__303
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:313
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:316
 msgid "Port"
 msgstr "Port"
 
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:331
 msgid "Key"
 msgstr "Clé"
 
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:331
 msgid "Value"
 msgstr "Valeur"
 
 # TLABEL lan_inetd_2002_01_04_0147__29
 #. service status dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:339
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:342
 msgid "Service"
 msgstr "Service"
 
 # TLABEL scanner_2002_01_04_0147__22
 #. list og connected targets
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:362
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:365
 msgid "Connected Targets"
 msgstr "Cibles connectées"
 
 #. list of discovered targets
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:370
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:373
 msgid "Discovered Targets"
 msgstr "Cibles identifiées"
 
 # TLABEL printconf_2002_01_04_0147__149
 #. main tabbed dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:389
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:392
 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Overview"
 msgstr "Présentation de l'initiateur iSCSI"
 
 #. discovery new target
 #. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
 #. authentification dialog for add/discovery target
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:407
 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:110 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122
 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129
 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>"
@@ -253,9 +270,9 @@
 #. authentication dialog for add new target
 #. list of connected targets
 #. authentication for connect to portal
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:439
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:478
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:504
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:442
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:481
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:507
 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Discovery"
 msgstr "Identification de l'initiateur iSCSI"
 
@@ -490,29 +507,27 @@
 msgstr "Une erreur s'est produite lors de la déconnexion de la cible sélectionnée."
 
 # TLABEL nis_2002_01_04_0147__21
-#. toggle all 3 possible values (bnc#457252)
 #: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:228
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:266
 msgid "No record found."
 msgstr "Enregistrement introuvable."
 
 # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__56
 #. if nothing selected - disable some buttons, otherwise enable them
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:305
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:270
 msgid "No valid IP address"
 msgstr "Aucune adresse IP correcte"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__102
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:310
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:275
 msgid "Port field cannot be empty"
 msgstr "Le champ Port ne peut pas être vide"
 
 #. regexp for "cz.suse" or just "suse", "cz.su-se"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:428
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:393
 msgid "Incorrect Initiator Name"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:429
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:394
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "The correct syntax is\n"
@@ -526,13 +541,18 @@
 msgstr ""
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__151
-#. brackets needed around IPv6
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:635
+#. validate ip
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:572
 msgid "Insert the IP address."
 msgstr "Insérez l'adresse IP."
 
+#. check for valid host name
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:584
+msgid "Please check IP address resp. host name.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
 #. validate port number
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:641
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:596
 msgid "Insert the port."
 msgstr "Insérez le port."
 
@@ -540,40 +560,40 @@
 #. ******************* target table *************************
 #. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
 #. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:887
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:717
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:822
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:850
 msgid "True"
 msgstr "Vrai"
 
 # TLABEL restore_2002_08_07_0216__96
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:717
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:822
 msgid "False"
 msgstr "Faux"
 
 #. check if not already connected
 #. check if not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:792
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:912
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:755
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:875
 msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption."
 msgstr "La cible avec ce nom de cible (TargetName) est déjà connectée. Vérifiez que le multi chemin (multipathing) est activé pour éviter toute corruption des données."
 
 # TLABEL online_update_2002_01_04_0147__7
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:795
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:915
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:758
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:878
 msgid "Continue"
 msgstr "Continuer"
 
 # TLABEL wizard_2002_03_16_1943__0
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:796
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:916
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:759
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:879
 msgid "Cancel"
 msgstr "Annuler"
 
 # TLABEL lilo_2002_03_14_2340__75
 #. check if is not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:906
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:869
 msgid "The target is already connected."
 msgstr "La cible est déjà connectée."
 
@@ -677,7 +697,7 @@
 msgstr "tous"
 
 #. }
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:698
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:730
 msgid ""
 "InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n"
 "differ. The old initiator name will be replaced by the value of iBFT and a \n"
@@ -689,14 +709,15 @@
 "copie de sauvegarde sera créée. Si vous souhaitez utiliser un autre paramètre initiatorname,\n"
 "modifiez-le dans le BIOS.\n"
 
-#. change startup status (manual/onboot) for target
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1013
+#. Report a warning (not an error) if login failed for other reasons
+#. (also related to bsc#981693, warning popups usually are skipped)
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1070
 msgid "Target connection failed.\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 # TLABEL lan_inetd_2002_03_14_2340__28
 #. do discovery first
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1156
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1208
 msgid "Configuration summary..."
 msgstr "Résumé de la configuration..."
 

Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/iscsi-lio-server.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/iscsi-lio-server.fr.po	2016-09-02 21:33:42 UTC (rev 96676)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/iscsi-lio-server.fr.po	2016-09-02 21:33:58 UTC (rev 96677)
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-27 21:46+0100\n"
 "Last-Translator: Jean-Marc BOUCHE \n"
 "Language-Team: French \n"
@@ -46,15 +46,14 @@
 
 # TLABEL timezone_db_2002_01_04_0147__145
 #. second tab - global authentication
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:73
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:73 src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427
 msgid "Global"
 msgstr "Global"
 
 #. third tab - targets / luns
 #. targets dialog
 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:89
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:320
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321
 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:443
 msgid "Targets"
 msgstr "Cibles"
@@ -74,7 +73,7 @@
 # TLABEL nis_server_2002_01_04_0147__46
 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:128
 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:189
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:320
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321
 msgid "Portal group"
 msgstr "Groupe de portail"
 
@@ -101,7 +100,7 @@
 msgstr "Utiliser l'authentification"
 
 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:301
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:312
 msgid "LUN"
 msgstr "Numéro d'unité logique"
 
@@ -115,98 +114,98 @@
 msgstr "Chemin d'accès"
 
 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:154
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:198
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:237
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:325
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:372
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:442
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:453
 msgid "Add"
 msgstr "Ajouter"
 
 # TLABEL base_2002_08_07_0216__19
 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:155
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374
 msgid "Edit"
 msgstr "Modifier"
 
 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:156
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:443
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:240
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:328
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:375
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:454
 msgid "Delete"
 msgstr "Supprimer"
 
-# TLABEL rpm-groups_2002_03_14_2340__22
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193
-msgid "Client"
-msgstr "Client"
+#. table header (Initiator: iSCSI client, LUN Mapping: logical unit client/target mapping, Auth: authorization)
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194
+msgid "Initiator"
+msgstr ""
 
 # TLABEL hwinfo_2002_01_04_0147__55
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194
 #, fuzzy
 #| msgid "Mappings"
-msgid "Lun Mapping"
+msgid "LUN Mapping"
 msgstr "Cartographie Lun"
 
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194
 msgid "Auth"
 msgstr "Auth"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__154
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200
 msgid "Edit LUN"
 msgstr "Modifier LUN"
 
 # TLABEL newmodule_2002_01_04_0147__44
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201
 msgid "Edit Auth"
 msgstr "Modifier Auth"
 
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:203
 msgid "Copy"
 msgstr "Copier"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__146
 #. enable/disable none/incoming/outgoing authentication
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:216
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:207
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:217
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:218
 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:434
 msgid "No Authentication"
 msgstr "Pas d'authentification"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__146
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:225
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:218
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:226
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:229
 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:437
 msgid "Incoming Authentication"
 msgstr "Authentification entrante"
 
 # TLABEL packages_2002_03_14_2340__5
 #. dialog to add/modify user and password
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:232
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:253
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:223
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:236
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:721
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:234
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:247
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:732
 msgid "Username"
 msgstr "Nom d'utilisateur"
 
 # TLABEL packages_2002_03_14_2340__6
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:232
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:224
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:237
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:722
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:255
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:235
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:248
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:733
 msgid "Password"
 msgstr "Mot de passe"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__146
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:248
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:231
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:249
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:242
 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:440
 msgid "Outgoing Authentication"
 msgstr "Authentification sortante"
@@ -215,13 +214,13 @@
 # &i taken by previous &installation
 # 2001-09-20 17:38:20 CEST -ke-
 #. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 1)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:274
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:275
 msgid "When &Booting"
 msgstr "Au &démarrage"
 
 # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__42
 #. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 2)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:278
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:279
 msgid "&Manually"
 msgstr "&Manuellement"
 
@@ -229,24 +228,28 @@
 # &i taken by previous &installation
 # 2001-09-20 17:38:20 CEST -ke-
 #. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&")
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:284
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:285
 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:429
 msgid "When Booting"
 msgstr "Au démarrage"
 
 # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__42
 #. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&")
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:286
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:287
 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:431
 msgid "Manually"
 msgstr "Manuellement"
 
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321
+msgid "TPG Status"
+msgstr ""
+
 #. dialog for expert settings
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:369
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370
 msgid "Key"
 msgstr "Clé"
 
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:369
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370
 msgid "Value"
 msgstr "Valeur"
 
@@ -254,36 +257,39 @@
 #. Summary dialog
 #. @return dialog result
 #. Main dialog - tabbed
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:430
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:431
 msgid "iSCSI LIO Target Overview"
 msgstr "Aperçu de la cible LIO iSCSI"
 
 #. expert dialog
 #. LUN details
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:438
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:178
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:183
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:439
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184
 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target</h1>"
 msgstr "<h1>Cible iSCSI</h1>"
 
 #. dialog for add target
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:473
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:474
 msgid "Add iSCSI Target"
 msgstr "Ajouter une cible iSCSI"
 
-#. discovery authentication dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:507
-msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Client Setup"
-msgstr "Modifier la configuration du client de la cible iSCSI"
+#. dialog for modifying initiator setup for a target
+#. (includes authentication)
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:509
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Lun Setup"
+msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Initiator Setup"
+msgstr "Modifier la configuration du Lun de la cible iSCSI"
 
 #. edit target dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:541
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:543
 msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Lun Setup"
 msgstr "Modifier la configuration du Lun de la cible iSCSI"
 
 # TLABEL nis_2002_08_07_0216__29
 #. expert target dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:574
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:576
 msgid "iSCSI Target Expert Settings"
 msgstr "Paramètres avancés de la cible iSCSI"
 
@@ -452,7 +458,12 @@
 
 #. target client setup.
 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:124
-msgid "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give a client access for a LUN imported from target portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is <i>InitiatorName</i> in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi initiator). <b>Delete</b> will remove the client access to the LUN.</p>"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give a client access for a LUN imported from target portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is <i>InitiatorName</i> in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi initiator). <b>Delete</b> will remove the client access to the LUN.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give an initiator (iSCSI client) access to a LUN imported from\n"
+" target portal group. Specify which initiator is allowed to connect (use <i>InitiatorName</i>\n"
+" from '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iSCSI initiator). <b>Delete</b> will remove the initiator access to the LUN.</p>"
 msgstr "<p>Utilisez <b>Ajouter</b> pour donner un accès client pour un LUN importé d'un groupe de portail cible. Spécifiez quel client est autorisé à y accéder (le nom du client est <i>InitiatorName</i> dans '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' sur l'initiateur iscsi). <b>Supprimer</b> effacera l'accès du client au LUN.</p>"
 
 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130
@@ -460,15 +471,19 @@
 #| msgid ""
 #| "Select the type of authentication. Use <b>No Authentication</b> or one of <b>Incoming</b> and <b>Outgoing</b> (can be both together). Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>.\n"
 #| "For incoming authentication, it is possible to <b>Add</b> more  pairs or <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> them."
-msgid "<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, select the type of authentication. Use <b>Incoming</b>, <b>Outgoing</b> or both together. Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>. If <b>Use Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit Auth</b> is disabled here.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, select the type of authentication. Use <b>Incoming</b>, <b>Outgoing</b> or both together. Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>. Please make sure to set different passwords for incoming and outgoing authentication.\n"
+" If <b>Use Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit Auth</b> is disabled here.</p>"
 msgstr "Avec <b>Modifier LUN</b>, vous pouvez modifier la cartographie LUN. Noter que le numéro cible LUN doit être unique.<br>Après avoir pressé sur <b>Modifier Auth</b>, sélectionner le type d'authentification. Vous avez le choix entre <b>Entrant</b>, <b>Sortant</b> ou les deux en même temps. Entrez ensuite votre <b>Nom d'utilisateur</b> et votre <b>Mot de passe</b>. Si <b>Utiliser l'authentification</b> est désactivé dans la boîte de dialogue précédente, alors <b>Modifier Auth</b> sera également désactivé ici."
 
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:136
-msgid "<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional client access to the LUN.</p>"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:137
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional client access to the LUN.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional initiator access to the LUN.</p>"
 msgstr "<p><b>Copier</b> offre la possibilité de donner un accès client supplémentaire au LUN.</p>"
 
 #. target dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:138
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:139
 msgid ""
 "List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by clicking <b>Add</b>.\n"
 "To delete or modify an item, select it and press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b>."
@@ -478,12 +493,12 @@
 
 #. edit target
 #. add target
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:143
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:159
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:144
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:160
 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target IP/Port and LUN setup</h1>"
 msgstr "<h1>Configuration de l'adresse IP/numéro de port et du LUN de la cible iSCSI</h1>"
 
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:146
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:147
 msgid ""
 "It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a <b>LUN</b>.\n"
 "You have to provide <b>path</b> to either block devices or file. \n"
@@ -497,8 +512,8 @@
 "Il est nécessaire que le nom soit unique à l'intérieur du groupe de portail cible. Si l'utilisateur\n"
 "ne donne pas de nom pour le LUN, ce nom est généré automatiquement."
 
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:153
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:172
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:154
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:173
 msgid ""
 "<p>Under <b>Ip Address</b> and <b>Port Number</b> you specify under which address\n"
 "and port the service will be available. Default for port number is 3260.\n"
@@ -508,11 +523,11 @@
 "et sous quel port le service sera disponible. Le numéro de port par défaut est 3260.\n"
 "Seules les adresses IP assignées à une des cartes réseau sont possibles."
 
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:162
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:163
 msgid "Create a new target. Replace template values with the correct values."
 msgstr "Créer une nouvelle cible. Remplacer les valeurs du modèle par les valeurs correctes."
 
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:165
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:166
 msgid ""
 "It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a lun.\n"
 "You have to provide <b>path</b> to either block devices or file. \n"
@@ -526,11 +541,11 @@
 "Il est nécessaire que le nom soit unique à l'intérieur du groupe de portail cible. Si l'utilisateur\n"
 "ne donne pas de nom pour le LUN, ce nom est généré automatiquement."
 
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:180
 msgid "It is possible to <b>add</b>, <b>edit</b> or <b>delete</b> all additional configuration options."
 msgstr "Il est possible d'<b>ajouter</b>, de <b>modifier</b> ou de <b>supprimer</b> toutes les options de configuration supplémentaires."
 
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:185
 msgid ""
 "Edit <b>LUN</b> number if needed, set <b>Type</b> (nullio is for testing purposes).\n"
 "If Type=fileio set <b>Path</b> to disk device or file.<b>SCSI ID</b> and <b>Sectors</b> are optional."
@@ -540,197 +555,213 @@
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__146
 #. save discovery authentication or authentication for given target
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:145
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:156
 msgid "Problem changing authentication"
 msgstr "Problème lors du changement d'authentification"
 
 # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__219
 #. validate functions checks the secret for incoming and outgoing cannot be same
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:161
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:171
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:172
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:182
 msgid "Invalid Username"
 msgstr "Nom d'utilisateur incorrect"
 
 # TLABEL users_2002_01_04_0147__49
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:161
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:171
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:172
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:182
 msgid "Invalid Password."
 msgstr "Mot de passe incorrect."
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__385
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:251
-msgid "Selected Lun is already in use!"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:262
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Selected Lun is already in use!"
+msgid "Selected LUN is already in use!"
 msgstr "Le Lun sélectionné est déjà en cours d'utilisation !"
 
 # TLABEL lilo_2002_03_14_2340__75
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:260
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:271
 msgid "Selected Name is already in use!"
 msgstr "Le nom sélectionné est déjà en cours d'utilisation !"
 
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:269
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:280
 msgid "Selected Path must be either block device or normal file!"
 msgstr "Le chemin sélectionné doit être soit un périphérique de bloc soit un fichier normal !"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__385
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:275
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:286
 msgid "Selected Path is already in use!"
 msgstr "Le chemin sélectionné est déjà en cours d'utilisation !"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__95
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:310
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:321
 msgid "Path:"
 msgstr "Chemin d'accès :"
 
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:313
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:324
 msgid "Browse"
 msgstr "Naviguer"
 
 # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__31
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:333
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:344
 msgid "Select file or device"
 msgstr "Sélectionnez un fichier ou un périphérique"
 
-# TLABEL rpm-groups_2002_03_14_2340__22
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:436
-msgid "Client Lun"
-msgstr "Lun client"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:447
+msgid "Initiator LUN"
+msgstr ""
 
 # TLABEL packages_2002_03_14_2340__85
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:436
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:447
 msgid "Target LUN"
 msgstr "LUN cible"
 
 # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__257
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:444
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:455
 msgid "Change:"
 msgstr "Modifier :"
 
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:537
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:548
 msgid "Target LUN %1 used more than once!"
 msgstr "Le LUN cible %1 est utilisé plus d'une fois !"
 
 # TLABEL cups_2002_01_04_0147__197
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:599
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:610
 msgid "Need to enable at least one Authentification!"
 msgstr "Vous devez spécifier au moins une authentification !"
 
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:619
-msgid "Client name:"
-msgstr "Nom de client :"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:630
+msgid "Initiator name:"
+msgstr ""
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__389
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:622
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:633
 msgid "Import LUNs from TPG"
 msgstr "Importer des LUNs depuis TPG"
 
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:638
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:695
-msgid "Client name must not be empty!"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:649
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:706
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Client name must not be empty!"
+msgid "Initiator name must not be empty!"
 msgstr "Le nom du client ne doit pas être vide !"
 
 # TLABEL nfs_2002_01_04_0147__28
 #. Don't check IscsiLioData.GetClntList(@curr_target, @curr_tpg) for existing
-#. client name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same client.
+#. initiator name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same initiator.
 #. TODO: verify whether it's necessary to check @changed_lun here?
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:644
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:701
-msgid "Client name already exists!"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:655
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:712
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Client name already exists!"
+msgid "Initiator name already exists!"
 msgstr "Le non du client existe déjà !"
 
-#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional client access to the LUN
+#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional initiator access to the LUN
 #. (which is allowed, makes sense e.g. with multipath)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:678
-msgid "New client name:"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:689
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "New client name:"
+msgid "New initiator name:"
 msgstr "Nouveau nom de client :"
 
 # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__179
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:724
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:735
 msgid "OK"
 msgstr "OK"
 
 # TLABEL wizard_2002_03_16_1943__0
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:725
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:736
 msgid "Cancel"
 msgstr "Annuler"
 
+# TLABEL x11_2002_08_07_0216__6
+#. create items from targets
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:796
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Disabled"
+msgid "Enabled"
+msgstr "Désactivé"
+
+# TLABEL x11_2002_08_07_0216__6
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:796
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1274
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1377
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1414
+msgid "Disabled"
+msgstr "Désactivé"
+
 # TLABEL lilo_2002_01_04_0147__26
 #. remove a item
 #. **************** Edit Dialog	*****************************
 #. init values for modifying target (read it from stored map)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:820
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:934
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1288
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:833
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:947
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1301
 msgid "Really delete the selected item?"
 msgstr "Souhaitez-vous vraiment supprimer l'élément sélectionné ?"
 
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1002
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1015
 msgid "Problem creating target %1 with tpg %2"
 msgstr "Problème lors de la création de la cible %1 avec tpg %2"
 
 # TLABEL menu_2002_01_04_0147__26
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1024
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1037
 msgid "Problem setting network portal to %1"
 msgstr "Problème lors du paramétrage du portail de réseau vers %1"
 
 # TLABEL nis_server_2002_01_04_0147__95
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1045
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1058
 msgid "Problem removing lun %1"
 msgstr "Problème lors de la suppression du lun %1"
 
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1070
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1083
 msgid "Problem setting lun %1 (name:%2) to path %3"
 msgstr "Problème lors du paramétrage du lun %1 (nom : %2) vers le chemin %3"
 
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1084
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1097
 msgid "Problem setting auth on %1:%2 to %3"
 msgstr "Problème lors du paramétrage de auth sur %1:%2 vers %3"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__102
 #. validate function checks if target/tpg are unique and not empty
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1198
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1211
 msgid "The target cannot be empty."
 msgstr "La cible doit être renseignée."
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__102
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1202
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1215
 msgid "The target portal group cannot be empty."
 msgstr "Le groupe de portail cible ne doit pas être vide."
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__39
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1213
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1226
 msgid "The target already exists."
 msgstr "La cible spécifiée existe déjà."
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_08_07_0216__26
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1233
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1246
 msgid "Incoming"
 msgstr "Entrant"
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_08_07_0216__2
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1236
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1249
 msgid "Outgoing"
 msgstr "Sortant"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__16
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1238
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1251
 msgid "None"
 msgstr "Aucun"
 
-# TLABEL x11_2002_08_07_0216__6
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1261
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1364
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1401
-msgid "Disabled"
-msgstr "Désactivé"
-
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1450
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1463
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"There isn't any client specified.\n"
-"To allow a client login to the target, please\n"
+"There isn't any initiator specified.\n"
+"To allow an initiator login to the target, please\n"
 "use the 'Add' button and enter the name\n"
 "(see /etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi on initiator).\n"
-"Really want to continue without client access?"
+"Really want to continue without initiator access?"
 msgstr ""
 "Il n'y a aucun client renseigné.\n"
 "Pour autoriser un client à se connecter sur la cible,\n"
@@ -738,25 +769,35 @@
 "(voir /etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi sur initiator).\n"
 "Voulez-vous vraiment continuer sans accès client ?"
 
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1464
-msgid "Problem removing lun %4 for client %3 in %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1477
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Problem removing lun %4 for client %3 in %1:%2"
+msgid "Problem removing LUN %4 for initiator %3 in %1:%2"
 msgstr "Problème lors de la suppression du lun %4 pour le client %3 dans %1:%2"
 
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1479
-msgid "Problem adding lun %4:%5 for client %3 in %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1492
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Problem adding lun %4:%5 for client %3 in %1:%2"
+msgid "Problem adding LUN %4:%5 for initiator %3 in %1:%2"
 msgstr "Problème lors de l'ajout du lun %4:%5 pour le client %3 dans %1:%2"
 
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1500
-msgid "Problem removing client %3 from %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1513
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Problem removing client %3 from %1:%2"
+msgid "Problem removing initiator %3 from %1:%2"
 msgstr "Problème lors de la suppression du client %3 depuis %1:%2"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__237
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1524
-msgid "Problem creating client %3 for %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1537
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Problem creating client %3 for %1:%2"
+msgid "Problem creating initiator %3 for %1:%2"
 msgstr "Problème lors de la création du client %3 pour %1:%2"
 
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1559
-msgid "Problem changing auth for client %3 in %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1572
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Problem changing auth for client %3 in %1:%2"
+msgid "Problem changing auth for initiator %3 in %1:%2"
 msgstr "Problème lors du changement de auth pour le client %3 dans %1:%2"
 
 #. Initialization dialog caption
@@ -770,11 +811,11 @@
 msgstr "Initialisation..."
 
 #. scope link IPv6
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1424
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428
 msgid "Cannot save lio setup"
 msgstr "Impossible de sauver la configuration lio"
 
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1432
 msgid "Cannot save tcm setup"
 msgstr "Impossible de sauver la configuration tcm"
 
@@ -884,3 +925,17 @@
 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:425
 msgid "Configuration summary..."
 msgstr "Résumé de la configuration..."
+
+# TLABEL rpm-groups_2002_03_14_2340__22
+#~ msgid "Client"
+#~ msgstr "Client"
+
+#~ msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Client Setup"
+#~ msgstr "Modifier la configuration du client de la cible iSCSI"
+
+# TLABEL rpm-groups_2002_03_14_2340__22
+#~ msgid "Client Lun"
+#~ msgstr "Lun client"
+
+#~ msgid "Client name:"
+#~ msgstr "Nom de client :"

Added: trunk/yast/fr/po/journalctl.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/journalctl.fr.po	                        (rev 0)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/journalctl.fr.po	2016-09-02 21:33:58 UTC (rev 96677)
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+# French translations for opensuse-i package.
+# Copyright (C) 2016 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the opensuse-i package.
+# Automatically generated, 2016.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
+"Language-Team: none\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
+
+#. Header
+#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:62
+msgid "Journal entries"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Filters
+#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "Displaying entries with the following text"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Footer buttons
+#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:81
+msgid "Change filter..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:83
+msgid "Refresh"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Header
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:85
+msgid "Entries to display"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Boot selector
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:89
+msgid "Log entries for"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Filter checkboxes
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:96
+msgid "Filters"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. User readable description of the current filters
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:60
+msgid "from previous boot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:62
+msgid "since system's boot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:66
+msgid "unit (%s)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:67
+msgid "file (%s)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:68
+msgid "priority (%s)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:79
+msgid "with no additional conditions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:81
+msgid "filtering by %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Possible options for the :boot filter to be used in forms
+#.
+#. @return [Array<Hash>] each option is represented by a hash with two keys
+#. :value and :label
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:93
+msgid "Since system's boot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:94
+msgid "From previous boot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Possible filters (in addition to :boot) to be used in forms
+#.
+#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 3 possible keys
+#. * :name name of the filter
+#. * :label label for the widget used to set the filter
+#. * :values optional list of valid values
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:108
+msgid "For this systemd unit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:112
+msgid "For this file (executable or device)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:116
+msgid "With at least this priority"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Fields to display for listing the entries
+#.
+#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:128
+msgid "Time"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:129
+msgid "Source"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:130
+msgid "Message"
+msgstr ""

Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/kdump.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/kdump.fr.po	2016-09-02 21:33:42 UTC (rev 96676)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/kdump.fr.po	2016-09-02 21:33:58 UTC (rev 96677)
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: kdump\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-05 19:56+0100\n"
 "Last-Translator: Benoît Monin \n"
 "Language-Team: French \n"
@@ -420,10 +420,8 @@
 
 #. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#. start kdump at boot
 #. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:487
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:500
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:501
 msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary."
 msgstr "Pour appliquer ces changements, un redémarrage est nécessaire."
 
@@ -1401,22 +1399,37 @@
 #. several ranges and ask user about rewritting
 #.
 #. "KdumpMemory"
-#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1449
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1454
 #, fuzzy
 #| msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges. Rewrite it?"
 msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges or redundant values. Rewrite it?"
 msgstr "L'option noyau inclut plusieurs intervalles. Voulez-vous les redéfinir ?"
 
 #. T: Checkbox label
-#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1482
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1487
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Use &Firmware-Assisted Dump"
 msgstr "Utiliser le dump assisté par &firmware"
 
+#. Function validates options in
+#. "Dump Format"
+#. install makedumpfile if KDUMP_DUMPFORMAT == "compressed"
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1849
+msgid ""
+"Kdump is not supported on this system.\n"
+"If you continue now, the module may not function properly.\n"
+"For example, some settings will not be correctly read\n"
+"and the resulting configuration will probably be useless.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1855
+msgid "Kdump not supported"
+msgstr ""
+
 #. See FATE#315780
 #. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786
 #. FIXME what about dracut?
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:412
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:398
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n"
@@ -1427,38 +1440,38 @@
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__336
 #. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:514
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:511
 msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration"
 msgstr "Initialisation de la configuration de Kdump"
 
 # TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__6
 #. Progress stage 1/4
 #. Progress step 1/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:523 src/modules/Kdump.rb:531
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:520 src/modules/Kdump.rb:528
 msgid "Reading the config file..."
 msgstr "Lecture du fichier de configuration ..."
 
 # TLABEL lilo_2002_01_04_0147__84
 #. Progress stage 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:522
 msgid "Reading kernel boot options..."
 msgstr "Détecter les options de démarrage du noyau"
 
 #. Progress stage 4/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:527
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:524
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Calculating memory limits..."
 msgstr "Calcul des limites de mémoire"
 
 # TLABEL lilo_2002_03_14_2340__93
 #. Progress step 2/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:533
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:530
 msgid "Reading partitions of disks..."
 msgstr "Détection du partitionnement des disques..."
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__102
 #. Progress finished 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:535
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:532
 #, fuzzy
 #| msgid "Reading available memory..."
 msgid "Reading available memory and calibrating usage..."
@@ -1466,116 +1479,116 @@
 
 # TLABEL idedma_2002_03_14_2340__21
 #. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:547
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:544
 msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump"
 msgstr "Impossible de lire le fichier de configuration /etc/sysconfig/kdump"
 
 # TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__9
 #. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:555
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:552
 msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options."
 msgstr "Impossible de lire les options de démarrage du noyau."
 
 # TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__125
 #. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:563
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:560
 msgid "Cannot read available memory."
 msgstr "Impossible de calculer la mémoire disponible."
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__338
 #. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:589
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:586
 msgid "Saving kdump Configuration"
 msgstr "Enregistrement de la configuration de Kdump."
 
 # TLABEL tv_2002_03_14_2340__21
 #. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:615
 msgid "Write the settings"
 msgstr "Écrire les paramètres"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__68
 #. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:620
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:617
 msgid "Update boot options"
 msgstr "Mettre à jour les options de démarrage"
 
 # TLABEL tv_2002_03_14_2340__24
 #. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:621
 msgid "Writing the settings..."
 msgstr "Écriture des paramètres..."
 
 # TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__6
 #. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:623
 msgid "Updating boot options..."
 msgstr "Mise à jour des options de démarrage"
 
 # TLABEL lan_inetd_2002_03_14_2340__26
 #. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:628
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:625
 msgid "Finished"
 msgstr "Terminé"
 
 # TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__9
 #. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:638
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635
 msgid "Cannot write settings."
 msgstr "Impossible d'écrire les paramètres."
 
 #. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:647
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:644
 msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault."
 msgstr "L'ajout de l'option crashkernel au gestionnaire d'amorçage a échouée."
 
 # TLABEL runlevel_2002_08_07_0216__13
 #. Create a textual summary
 #. @return summary of the current configuration
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:758
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Kdump status: %1"
 msgstr "Statut de Kdump : %1"
 
 # TLABEL x11_2002_08_07_0216__5
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765
 msgid "enabled"
 msgstr "activé"
 
 # TLABEL x11_2002_08_07_0216__6
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765
 msgid "disabled"
 msgstr "désactivé"
 
 # TLABEL nfs_2002_01_04_0147__37
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:766
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:772
 #, fuzzy
 #| msgid "Value of crashkernel option: %1"
 msgid "Value(s) of crashkernel option: %1"
 msgstr "Valeur de l'option crashkernel : %1"
 
 # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__236
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:773
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:779
 msgid "Dump format: %1"
 msgstr "Format de l'image : %1"
 
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:780
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:786
 msgid "Target of dumps: %1"
 msgstr "Cible des images : %1"
 
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:787
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:793
 msgid "Number of dumps: %1"
 msgstr "Nombre d'anciennes images sauvegardées : %1"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal,
 #. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:879
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:885
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only %{available} are available."
 msgstr "Attention ! L'espace libre est peut-être insuffisant. %{required} sont nécessaires, mais seulement %{available} sont disponibles."
 
 #. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:974
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:972
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n"

Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/live-installer.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/live-installer.fr.po	2016-09-02 21:33:42 UTC (rev 96676)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/live-installer.fr.po	2016-09-02 21:33:58 UTC (rev 96677)
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: live-installer\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-07-20 10:05+0200\n"
 "Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET \n"
 "Language-Team: French \n"
@@ -48,16 +48,16 @@
 #.
 #. Progress::NextStage ();
 #. Progress::Title (_("Evaluating filesystems to copy..."));
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:57 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:58
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:58 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:59
 msgid "Evaluating filesystems to copy..."
 msgstr "Évaluation des systèmes de fichiers à copier..."
 
 # TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__54
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:60 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:61
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:61 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:62
 msgid "Copying root filesystem..."
 msgstr "Copie du système de fichiers racine..."
 
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:62
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:63
 msgid "Copying live image..."
 msgstr "Copie de l'image Live..."
 
@@ -65,12 +65,12 @@
 #. Copy all the symlinks as needed
 #. @param [Hash{String => String}] symlinks a map of resolved symlinks
 #. @return [Boolean] true on success
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:152 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:154
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:149 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:151
 msgid "Copying %1..."
 msgstr "Copie de %1..."
 
 #. need to set some lower limit - roughly estimated maximum size of the last file which could have failed
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:222
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:226
 msgid ""
 "Copying the live image to hard disk failed.\n"
 "\n"
@@ -85,80 +85,61 @@
 "du système Live."
 
 #. generic error report
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:250
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:254
 msgid "Copying the live image to hard disk failed."
 msgstr "La copie de l'image Live sur le disque dur a échoué."
 
 # TLABEL proposal_2002_03_14_2340__2
 #. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:45
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:211
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:44
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:179
 msgid "Installation Settings"
 msgstr "Paramètres d'installation"
 
 # TLABEL proposal_2002_03_14_2340__1
 #. label
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:47
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:46
 msgid "Analyzing the system..."
 msgstr "Analyse du système..."
 
 #. partitioning summary
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:111
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:110
 msgid "Use %1%% of disk %2 for Linux"
 msgstr "Utilisation de %1%% du disque %2 pour Linux"
 
 # TLABEL nis_2002_01_04_0147__6
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:120
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:119
 msgid "Do not use disk %1"
 msgstr "Ne pas utiliser le disque %1"
 
 # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__444
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:127
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:126
 msgid "Partitioning"
 msgstr "Partitionnement"
 
-# TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__70
-#. end of partitioning summary
-#. bootloader summary
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:143
-msgid "System start-up"
-msgstr "Démarrage du système"
-
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:149
-msgid "Ask whether to boot Linux or existing system"
-msgstr "Demander de démarrer soit Linux soit un système existant"
-
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:150
-msgid "Boot only Linux"
-msgstr "Démarrer uniquement Linux"
-
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:158
-msgid "System start time-out: %1 seconds"
-msgstr "Délai au démarrage du système : %1 secondes"
-
 # TLABEL hwinfo_2002_01_04_0147__37
-#. end of bootloader summary
+#. end of partitioning summary
 #. keyboard entry
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:167
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:135
 msgid "Keyboard"
 msgstr "Clavier"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__258
 #. end of keyboard entry
 #. timezone entry
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:177
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:145
 msgid "Time Zone"
 msgstr "Fuseau horaire"
 
 # TLABEL proposal_2002_03_14_2340__2
 #. end of timezone entry
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:187
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:155
 msgid "Change Installation Settings"
 msgstr "Modifier les paramètres d'installation"
 
 # TLABEL proposal_2002_03_14_2340__5
 #. help text 1/3
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:192
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:160
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "Use <b>Accept</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.</p>"
@@ -168,7 +149,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL proposal_2002_03_14_2340__4
 #. help text 2/3
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:196
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:164
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "To change the values, click the respective headline\n"
@@ -180,7 +161,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL proposal_2002_03_14_2340__7
 #. help text 3/3
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:202
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:170
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "Your hard disk has not been modified, you can still safely abort.\n"
@@ -300,7 +281,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL general_2002_03_14_2340__15
 #. progress step title
-#: src/clients/live_copy_files_finish.rb:76
+#: src/clients/live_copy_files_finish.rb:75
 msgid "Copying files to installed system..."
 msgstr "Copie des fichiers vers le système installé..."
 
@@ -327,6 +308,19 @@
 msgid "Saving time zone..."
 msgstr "Enregistrement du fuseau horaire..."
 
+# TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__70
+#~ msgid "System start-up"
+#~ msgstr "Démarrage du système"
+
+#~ msgid "Ask whether to boot Linux or existing system"
+#~ msgstr "Demander de démarrer soit Linux soit un système existant"
+
+#~ msgid "Boot only Linux"
+#~ msgstr "Démarrer uniquement Linux"
+
+#~ msgid "System start time-out: %1 seconds"
+#~ msgstr "Délai au démarrage du système : %1 secondes"
+
 # TLABEL proposal_2002_03_14_2340__2
 #~ msgid "Installation settings"
 #~ msgstr "Paramètres d'installation"

Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/mail.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/mail.fr.po	2016-09-02 21:33:42 UTC (rev 96676)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/mail.fr.po	2016-09-02 21:33:58 UTC (rev 96677)
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-08 09:53+0100\n"
 "Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET \n"
 "Language-Team: French \n"
@@ -348,67 +348,74 @@
 # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__28
 #. Translators: dialog caption
 #. frame label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:394 src/include/mail/ui.rb:419
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:394 src/include/mail/ui.rb:421
 msgid "Outgoing Mail"
 msgstr "Courrier sortant "
 
+#. OUTGOING NOMX
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:400
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "You cannot define local domains for the mail server."
+msgid "Do not make MX lookup for the outgoing mail server."
+msgstr "Vous ne pouvez pas définir de domaines locaux pour le serveur de messagerie."
+
 #. TLS
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:400
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:402
 msgid "TLS encryption"
 msgstr ""
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__459
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:404 src/modules/Mail.rb:1353
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1356 src/modules/Mail.rb:1359
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:406 src/modules/Mail.rb:1335 src/modules/Mail.rb:1338
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1341
 msgid "No"
 msgstr "Non"
 
 # TLABEL storage_2002_08_07_0216__61
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:405
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:407
 msgid "Use"
 msgstr "Utiliser"
 
 # TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__49
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:406
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:408
 msgid "Enforce"
 msgstr "Forcer"
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_08_07_0216__27
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:410
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:412
 msgid "&Masquerading"
 msgstr "&Masquage"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__146
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:411
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:413
 msgid "&Authentication"
 msgstr "&Authentification"
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_08_07_0216__26
 #. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:476
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:479
 msgid "Incoming Mail"
 msgstr "Courrier entrant "
 
 # TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__137
 #. pushbutton
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:516
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:519
 msgid "&Details..."
 msgstr "&Détails..."
 
 # TLABEL wizard_2002_03_14_2340__2
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:522
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:525
 msgid "Start &fetchmail"
 msgstr "Démarrer &fetchmail"
 
 # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__42
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:523
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:526
 #, fuzzy
 #| msgid "[manually set]"
 msgid "manual"
 msgstr "[Réglé manuellement]"
 
 # TLABEL users_2002_08_07_0216__21
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:523
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:526
 #, fuzzy
 #| msgid "FTP daemon"
 msgid "daemon"
@@ -416,18 +423,18 @@
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_08_07_0216__21
 #. frame label: mail downloading (fetchmail)
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:529
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:532
 msgid "&Downloading"
 msgstr "&Téléchargement"
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_08_07_0216__24
 #. menu button: details of incoming mail
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:548
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:551
 msgid "&Aliases..."
 msgstr "&Alias..."
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_08_07_0216__25
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:549
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:552
 msgid "&Virtual domains..."
 msgstr "&Domaines virtuels..."
 
@@ -435,7 +442,7 @@
 #. %1: variable name (eg. POSTFIX_LOCALDOMAINS)
 #. %2: file name (eg. /etc/sysconfig/postfix)
 #. %3: value (about 50 characters)
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:629
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:632
 msgid ""
 "To be able to deliver mail to your local MTA,\n"
 "the value of %1 in %2 will be set to\n"
@@ -450,7 +457,7 @@
 #. correct and complete.  The login name may contain only
 #. certain characters and must begin with a letter.
 #. Already in Translation Memory
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:670
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:673
 msgid ""
 "The user login may contain only\n"
 "lower case letters, digits, \"-\" and \"_\"\n"
@@ -464,45 +471,45 @@
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__39
 #. Translators: popup dialog heading
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:709
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:712
 msgid "Sender address rewriting"
 msgstr "Modification de l'adresse de l'expéditeur"
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__40
 #. Translators: text entry label
 #. Translators: combo box label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:712 src/include/mail/ui.rb:717
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:715 src/include/mail/ui.rb:720
 #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:269
 msgid "&Local user"
 msgstr "Utilisateur &local"
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__41
 #. Translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:722
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:725
 msgid "&Display as"
 msgstr "&Afficher comme"
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__42
 #. Translators: error message
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:754
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:757
 msgid "The address for this user is already defined."
 msgstr "L'adresse pour cet utilisateur est déjà définie."
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_03_20_2159__4
 #. error popup
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:760
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:763
 msgid "The mail address format is incorrect."
 msgstr "Le format de l'adresse de courriel est incorrect"
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_08_07_0216__27
 #. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:785
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:788
 msgid "Masquerading"
 msgstr "Masquage"
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_08_07_0216__28
 #. Translators: radio button label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:800
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:803
 msgid "Masquerade &local domains"
 msgstr "Masquage domaines &locaux"
 
@@ -513,26 +520,26 @@
 #. //			`Left (`Label (`opt (`outputField, `hstretch), ld))
 #. ),
 #. Translators: radio button label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:813
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:816
 msgid "Ma&squerade other domains"
 msgstr "Ma&squer d'autres domaines"
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__36
 #. Translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:823
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:826
 msgid "Do&mains to masquerade"
 msgstr "Do&maines à masquer"
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__37
 #. Translators: table column headings
 #. Translators: table column headings
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:835 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1153
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:838 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1156
 msgid "Local user"
 msgstr "Utilisateur local"
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__38
 #. Translators: table column headings
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:837
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:840
 msgid "Display as"
 msgstr "Afficher comme"
 
@@ -542,26 +549,26 @@
 #. ["holly", "jane", "tarzan"])),
 #. `HWeight (2, `TextEntry (`id (`address), _("Display as"), "holly@red.dwarf"))
 #. ),
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:847 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1158
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1314 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1397
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:850 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1161
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1317 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1400
 msgid "A&dd"
 msgstr "A&jouter"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__154
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:848 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1159
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1315 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1398
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:851 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1162
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1318 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1401
 msgid "&Edit"
 msgstr "&Modifier"
 
 # TLABEL base_2002_08_07_0216__21
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:849
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:852
 msgid "Dele&te"
 msgstr "E&ffacer"
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_03_20_2159__1
 #. Translators: error popup
 #. Already in Translation Memory
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:916
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:919
 msgid "The domain name is incorrect"
 msgstr "Le nom de domaine est incorrect"
 
@@ -570,125 +577,125 @@
 #. list<string> lmod = [];
 #. list<map> mu = Mail::masquerade_users;
 #. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:952
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:955
 msgid "Outgoing Server Authentication"
 msgstr "Authentification du serveur de courrier sortant"
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_08_07_0216__2
 #. text entry
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:960
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:963
 msgid "Outgoing &Server"
 msgstr "&Serveur de courrier sortant"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__32
 #. text entry
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:962
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:965
 msgid "&User name"
 msgstr "Nom d'&utilisateur"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__35
 #. password entry
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:964
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:967
 msgid "&Password"
 msgstr "Mot de &passe"
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__43
 #. Translators: popup dialog heading
 #. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1068 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1119
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1071 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1122
 msgid "Mail downloading"
 msgstr "Téléchargement du courrier"
 
 # TLABEL nfs_2002_01_04_0147__21
 #. Translators: table column headings
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1147
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1150
 msgid "Server"
 msgstr "Serveur"
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__44
 #. Translators: table column headings
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1149
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1152
 msgid "Protocol"
 msgstr "Protocole"
 
 # TLABEL lan_inetd_2002_01_04_0147__33
 #. Translators: table column headings
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1151
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1154
 msgid "User"
 msgstr "Utilisateur"
 
 # TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__60
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1160 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1316
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1399
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1163 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1319
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1402
 msgid "De&lete"
 msgstr "Ef&facer"
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__52
 #. Translators: popup dialog heading
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1232
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1235
 msgid "Incoming mail redirection"
 msgstr "Redirection du courrier entrant"
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__53
 #. Translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1234
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1237
 msgid "&Alias"
 msgstr "&Alias"
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__54
 #. Translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1236
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1239
 msgid "&Destinations"
 msgstr "&Destinations"
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_03_20_2159__6
 #. Translators: error message
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1269
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1272
 msgid "The alias format is incorrect."
 msgstr "Le format d'alias est incorrect."
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__55
 #. Translators: error message
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1274
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1277
 msgid "The destinations for this alias are already defined."
 msgstr "Les destinations pour cet alias sont déjà définies."
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__49
 #. Translators: dialog caption
 #. summary item
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1298 src/modules/Mail.rb:1366
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1301 src/modules/Mail.rb:1348
 msgid "Aliases"
 msgstr "Alias"
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__50
 #. Translators: table column headings
 #. Translators: table column headings
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1306 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1389
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1309 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1392
 msgid "Alias"
 msgstr "Alias"
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__51
 #. Translators: table column headings
 #. Translators: table column headings
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1308 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1391
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1311 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1394
 msgid "Destinations"
 msgstr "Destinations"
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__56
 #. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1381
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1384
 msgid "Virtual domains"
 msgstr "Domaines virtuels"
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__16
 #. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1499
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1502
 msgid "Mail configuration"
 msgstr "Configuration du courrier"
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_08_07_0216__17
 #. label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1501
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1504
 msgid "Initializing..."
 msgstr "Initialisation..."
 
@@ -998,12 +1005,12 @@
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__59
 #. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:214
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:216
 msgid "AMaViS, a virus scanner, will be installed.\n"
 msgstr "AMaViS, un scanner de virus, va être installé.\n"
 
 #. error popup.
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:228
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:230
 msgid ""
 "AMaViS needs a virus scanner such as ClamAV\n"
 "to do the actual scanning, but ClamAV was not found.\n"
@@ -1015,12 +1022,12 @@
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__60
 #. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:247
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:249
 msgid "Fetchmail, a mail downloading utility, will be installed.\n"
 msgstr "L'outil de téléchargement Fetchmail va être installé.\n"
 
 #. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:256
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:258
 #, fuzzy
 #| msgid "Cyrus-imapd, an IMAP server, will be installed.\n"
 msgid "Dovecot IMAP server, will be installed.\n"
@@ -1028,45 +1035,45 @@
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__61
 #. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:300
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:302
 msgid "Initializing mail configuration"
 msgstr "Initialisation de la configuration du courrier"
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__62
 #. Translators: progress label
 #. do not translate MTA
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:309
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:311
 msgid "Determining Mail Transport Agent (MTA)"
 msgstr "Détermination de l'Agent de Transmissions de Mail (MTA)"
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__63
 #. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:311
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:313
 msgid "Reading general settings"
 msgstr "Lecture des paramètres généraux"
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__64
 #. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:313
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:315
 msgid "Reading masquerading settings"
 msgstr "Lecture des paramètres de masquage"
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__65
 #. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:315
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:317
 msgid "Reading downloading settings"
 msgstr "Lecture des paramètres de téléchargement"
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__66
 #. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:317
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:319
 msgid "Reading alias tables"
 msgstr "Lecture de la table des alias"
 
 # TLABEL users_2002_08_07_0216__42
 #. Translators: progress label
 #. smtp-auth
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:320
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:322
 msgid "Reading authentication settings..."
 msgstr "Lecture des paramètres d'authentification..."
 
@@ -1074,7 +1081,7 @@
 #. Translators: error message,
 #. %1 is a file name,
 #. %2 is a long file name - leave it on a separate line
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:491
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:496
 msgid ""
 "Error reading file %1. The file must have\n"
 "a fixed format to be readable by YaST.  For details, see\n"
@@ -1086,20 +1093,20 @@
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__76
 #. Translators: error message
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:841
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:823
 msgid "Error writing the fetchmail configuration."
 msgstr "Erreur pendant l'écriture de la configuration de fetchmail."
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__77
 #. Translators: error message
 #. Translators: error message
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:933 src/modules/Mail.rb:942
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:915 src/modules/Mail.rb:924
 msgid "Error writing file %1"
 msgstr "Erreur pendant l'écriture du fichier %1"
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__78
 #. Translators: error message
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:963
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:945
 msgid "Error running config.postfix"
 msgstr "Erreur lors de l'exécution de config.postfix"
 
@@ -1107,25 +1114,25 @@
 #. Translators: error message
 #. Translators: error message
 #. Translators: error message
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:978 src/modules/Mail.rb:996 src/modules/Mail.rb:1013
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:960 src/modules/Mail.rb:978 src/modules/Mail.rb:995
 msgid "Error starting service %1."
 msgstr "Erreur lors du démarrage du service %1."
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__68
 #. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1032
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1014
 msgid "Writing general settings"
 msgstr "Écriture des paramètres généraux"
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__69
 #. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1041
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1023
 msgid "Writing masquerading settings"
 msgstr "Écriture des paramètres de masquage"
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__70
 #. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1049
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1031
 msgid "Writing alias tables"
 msgstr "Écriture des tables d'alias"
 
@@ -1133,25 +1140,25 @@
 #. Write them unconditionally, because it is now possible to
 #. enter them also in the Permanent mode. Bug #17417.
 #. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1061
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1043
 msgid "Writing downloading settings"
 msgstr "Écriture des paramètres de téléchargement"
 
 # TLABEL tv_2002_03_14_2340__24
 #. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1071
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1053
 msgid "Writing authentication settings..."
 msgstr "Écriture des paramètres d'authentification..."
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__72
 #. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1080
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1062
 msgid "Finishing writing configuration files"
 msgstr "Fin de l'écriture des fichiers de configuration"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__262
 #. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1088
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1070
 #, fuzzy
 #| msgid "Routing Configuration"
 msgid "Running Config Postfix"
@@ -1159,120 +1166,120 @@
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__74
 #. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1098
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1080
 msgid "Restarting services"
 msgstr "Redémarrage des services"
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__75
 #. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1105
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1087
 msgid "Saving mail configuration"
 msgstr "Enregistrement de la configuration courrier"
 
 # TLABEL rpm-groups_2002_03_14_2340__77
 #. MTA used: other than Sendmail or Postfix
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1300
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1282
 msgid "Other"
 msgstr "Autres"
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__22
 #. summary: connection type
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1307
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1289
 msgid "Permanent"
 msgstr "Permanent"
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__23
 #. summary: connection type
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1310
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1292
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Dial-up"
 msgstr "Numérotation"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__16
 #. summary: connection type
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1313
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1295
 msgid "None"
 msgstr "Aucun"
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_08_07_0216__0
 #. summary header; mail transfer agent
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1319
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1301
 msgid "MTA"
 msgstr "MTA"
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_08_07_0216__1
 #. summary header
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1322
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1304
 msgid "Connection Type"
 msgstr "Type de connexion"
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_08_07_0216__2
 #. summary header
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1326
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1308
 msgid "Outgoing Mail Server"
 msgstr "Serveur de courrier sortant"
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_08_07_0216__3
 #. summary header; the "From: foo@bar.com" mail header
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1333
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1315
 msgid "From Header"
 msgstr "En-tête Émetteur"
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_08_07_0216__4
 #. summary item
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1339
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1321
 msgid "Local Domains"
 msgstr "Domaines locaux"
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_08_07_0216__5
 #. summary item
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1344
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1326
 msgid "Masquerade Other Domains"
 msgstr "Masquage d'autres domaines"
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_08_07_0216__6
 #. summary item
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1349
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1331
 msgid "Masquerade Users"
 msgstr "Masquage utilisateurs"
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_08_07_0216__7
 #. summary header
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1352
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1334
 msgid "Accept remote SMTP connections"
 msgstr "Accepter les connexions SMTP distantes"
 
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1353 src/modules/Mail.rb:1356 src/modules/Mail.rb:1359
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1335 src/modules/Mail.rb:1338 src/modules/Mail.rb:1341
 msgid "Yes"
 msgstr "Oui"
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_08_07_0216__10
 #. summary header
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1355
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1337
 msgid "Use AMaViS"
 msgstr "Utiliser AMaViS"
 
 # TLABEL ldap_client_2002_03_16_1943__5
 #. summary header
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1358
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1340
 msgid "Use DKIM"
 msgstr "Utiliser DKIM"
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_08_07_0216__11
 #. summary item
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1361
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1343
 msgid "Fetchmail"
 msgstr "Fetchmail"
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_08_07_0216__12
 #. summary item
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1374
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1356
 msgid "Virtual Users"
 msgstr "Utilisateurs virtuels"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__146
 #. summary item
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1379
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1361
 msgid "Authentication"
 msgstr "Authentification"
 
@@ -1828,9 +1835,6 @@
 #~ "Les mots de passe sont différents.\n"
 #~ "Réessayez."
 
-#~ msgid "You cannot define local domains for the mail server."
-#~ msgstr "Vous ne pouvez pas définir de domaines locaux pour le serveur de messagerie."
-
 # TLABEL nis_2002_08_07_0216__43
 #~ msgid "Defined Domains"
 #~ msgstr "Domaines définis"

Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/network.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/network.fr.po	2016-09-02 21:33:42 UTC (rev 96676)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/network.fr.po	2016-09-02 21:33:58 UTC (rev 96677)
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: network\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-01 14:52+0100\n"
 "Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET \n"
 "Language-Team: French \n"
@@ -247,7 +247,7 @@
 # TLABEL lan_inetd_2002_03_14_2340__28
 #. Command line output Headline
 #. configuration of hosts
-#: src/clients/host.rb:123
+#: src/clients/host.rb:114
 msgid "Host Configuration Summary:"
 msgstr "Résumé de la configuration des hôtes :"
 
@@ -382,13 +382,13 @@
 
 # TLABEL printconf_2002_01_04_0147__185
 #. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:782
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:780
 msgid "Opening of Connection"
 msgstr "Ouverture de la connexion"
 
 #. popup to inform user about the failure
 #. popup to inform user about the failure
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:789 src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:815
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:787 src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:812
 msgid ""
 "Connecting to the Internet failed. View\n"
 "the logs for details.\n"
@@ -397,13 +397,13 @@
 "les journaux pour obtenir des détails.\n"
 
 #. Fallback for situation that mustn't exist
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:873
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:870
 msgid "No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed."
 msgstr "Il n'y a pas d'URL définie pour les notes de version. Le test de connexion internet ne peut être effectué."
 
 #. popup informing user about the failure to retrieve release notes
 #. most likely due to server-side error
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:886
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:882
 msgid ""
 "Download of latest release notes failed due to server-side error. \n"
 "This does not necessarily imply a faulty network configuration.\n"
@@ -420,7 +420,7 @@
 "cliquez sur 'Annuler'.\n"
 
 #. popup to inform user about the failure
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:898
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:894
 msgid ""
 "Download of latest release notes failed. View\n"
 "the logs for details."
@@ -429,13 +429,13 @@
 "Afficher les journaux (logs) pour plus de détails."
 
 #. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:945
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:940
 msgid "Check for Patches"
 msgstr "Vérification des patches"
 
 # TLABEL update_2002_03_14_2340__9
 #. popup to inform user about the failure
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:954
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:949
 msgid ""
 "Check for latest updates failed. View\n"
 "the logs for details.\n"
@@ -445,7 +445,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL printconf_2002_01_04_0147__124
 #. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:980
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:975
 msgid "Closing of Connection"
 msgstr "Fermeture de la connexion"
 
@@ -548,7 +548,7 @@
 #. in case keep_install_network is set to true (in AY)
 #. we'll keep values from installation
 #. and merge with XML data (bnc#712864)
-#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:136
+#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:108
 msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface."
 msgstr "Erreur de configuration : interface non initialisée."
 
@@ -647,7 +647,7 @@
 #. Commandline help title
 #. Main routing dialog
 #. @return dialog result
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:468
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:473
 msgid "Routing Configuration"
 msgstr "Configuration du routage"
 
@@ -749,7 +749,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__227
 #. Table header label
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:208 src/include/network/lan/address.rb:99
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:208 src/include/network/lan/address.rb:101
 msgid "Netmask"
 msgstr "Masque réseau"
 
@@ -771,86 +771,86 @@
 
 #. Handler for action "list"
 #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:239 src/clients/routing.rb:377
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:423
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:240 src/clients/routing.rb:378
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:422
 msgid "No entry for destination '%1' in routing table"
 msgstr "Pas d'entrée dans la table de routage pour l'emplacement '%1'"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__161
 #. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:261
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:262
 msgid "%s forwarding is enabled"
 msgstr "La transmission %s est activée"
 
 # TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__16
 #. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:264
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:265
 msgid "%s forwarding is disabled"
 msgstr "La transmission %s est désactivée"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__161
 #. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:268
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:269
 msgid "Enabling %s forwarding..."
 msgstr "Activation de la transmission %s..."
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__161
 #. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:272
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:273
 msgid "Disabling %s forwarding..."
 msgstr "Désactivation de la transmission %s..."
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__161
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:278
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:279
 msgid "IPv4 Forwarding:"
 msgstr "Transmission IPv4 :"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__161
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:288
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:289
 msgid "IPv6 Forwarding:"
 msgstr "Transmission IPv6 :"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__161
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:298
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:299
 msgid "IPv4 and IPv6 Forwarding:"
 msgstr "Transmissions IPv4 et IPv6 :"
 
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:320
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:321
 msgid "At least destination and gateway IP addresses must be specified."
 msgstr "Au moins les adresses IP de destination et de la passerelle doivent être spécifiés."
 
 # TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__92
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:329
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:330
 msgid "Adding '%1' destination to routing table ..."
 msgstr "Ajout de la destination '%1' dans la table de routage..."
 
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:343
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:344
 msgid "Destination IP address must be specified."
 msgstr "Une adresse IP de destination doit être spécifiée."
 
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:348
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:349
 msgid "At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) must be specified"
 msgstr "Au moins l'un de ces paramètres  (passerelle, masque, périphérique, options) doit être spécifié"
 
 # TLABEL general_2002_03_14_2340__24
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:370
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:371
 msgid "Updating '%1' destination in routing table ..."
 msgstr "Mise à jour de la destination '%1' dans la table de routage..."
 
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:415
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:414
 msgid "Deleting '%1' destination from routing table ..."
 msgstr "Suppression de la destination '%1' de la table de routage..."
 
 #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
 #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1371
 msgid "Warning: no encryption is used."
 msgstr "Avertissement : aucun chiffrement n'est utilisé."
 
 # TLABEL runlevel_2002_03_14_2340__35
 #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
 #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1365
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1373
 msgid "Change."
 msgstr "Modifier."
 
@@ -970,7 +970,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__66
 #. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:257
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:255
 msgid "Unknown Network Device"
 msgstr "Périphérique réseau inconnu"
 
@@ -979,75 +979,75 @@
 #. Modem status (%1 is device)
 #. ISDN device status (%1 is device)
 #. Network card status (%1 is device)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:312 src/include/network/complex.rb:324
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:383
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:309 src/include/network/complex.rb:320
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:374
 msgid "Configured as %1"
 msgstr "Configuré comme %1."
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__122
 #. Modem status (%1 is device, %2 is provider)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:316
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:313
 msgid "Configured as %1 with provider %2"
 msgstr "Configuré comme %1 avec FAI %2"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__122
 #. ISDN status (%1 is device, %2 is provider, %3 protocol)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:333
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:329
 msgid "Configured as %1 with provider %2 (protocol %3)"
 msgstr "Configuré comme %1 avec fournisseur %2 (protocole %3)"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__67
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:348
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:343
 msgid "Configured without address (NONE)"
 msgstr "Configuré sans adresse (NONE)"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__67
 #. Network card status
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:351
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:345
 msgid "Configured without an address"
 msgstr "Configuré sans adresse"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__67
 #. Network card status (%1 is address)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:355
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:348
 msgid "Configured with address %1"
 msgstr "Configuré avec l'adresse %1"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__67
 #. Network card status (%1 is address, %2 is address)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:361
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:354
 msgid "Configured with address %1 (remote %2)"
 msgstr "Configuré avec l'adresse %1 (distante %2)"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__69
 # c-format, ycp-format
 #. Network card status (%1 is protocol)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:369
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:361
 msgid "Configured with %1"
 msgstr "Configuré comme %1."
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__67
 #. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is address)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:387
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:378
 msgid "Configured as %1 with address %2"
 msgstr "Configuré comme %1 avec l'adresse %2"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__67
 #. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is address, %3 is address)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:394
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:383
 msgid "Configured as %1 with address %2 (remote %3)"
 msgstr "Configuré comme %1 avec l'adresse %2 (distante %3)"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__68
 #. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is protocol)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:403
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:392
 msgid "Configured as %1 with %2"
 msgstr "Configuré comme %1 avec %2"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__68
 #. Abbreviation for "The interface is Managed by NetworkManager"
 #. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:419 src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:438
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:407 src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:434
 msgid "Managed"
 msgstr "Géré"
 
@@ -1196,21 +1196,21 @@
 msgstr "&Sélectionner le journal :"
 
 #. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:83
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:85
 msgid "Additional Addresses"
 msgstr "Adresses supplémentaires"
 
 # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__306
 #. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:95
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:97
 msgid "IPv4 Address Label"
 msgstr "Label d'adresse IP"
 
 # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__306
 #. Table header label
 #. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:97 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:128
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:99 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:129
 msgid "IP Address"
 msgstr "Adresse IP"
 
@@ -1218,8 +1218,8 @@
 #. PushButton label
 #. PushButton label
 #. PushButton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:106
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:139
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:108
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:140
 #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:100
 msgid "Ad&d"
 msgstr "&Ajouter"
@@ -1229,8 +1229,8 @@
 #. PushButton label
 #. PushButton label
 #. Pushbutton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:108
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:141
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:110
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:142
 #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:102
 #: src/include/network/summary.rb:69
 msgid "&Edit"
@@ -1241,37 +1241,37 @@
 #. PushButton label
 #. PushButton label
 #. Pushbutton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:110
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:143
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:112
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:144
 #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:104
 #: src/include/network/summary.rb:71
 msgid "De&lete"
 msgstr "Ef&facer"
 
 # TLABEL hwinfo_2002_01_04_0147__40
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:131
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:133
 msgid "&Name of Interface"
 msgstr "&Nom de l'interface"
 
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:133
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:135
 msgid "<p>TODO kind of vague!</p>"
 msgstr "<p>À FAIRE vague !</p>"
 
 #. Combo Box label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:138
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:140
 msgid "Assign Interface to Firewall &Zone"
 msgstr "Assigner l'Interface dans la &zone de pare-feu"
 
 # TLABEL hwinfo_2002_01_04_0147__40
 #. check box label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:146
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:148
 msgid "&Mandatory Interface"
 msgstr "Interface &obligatoire"
 
 # TLABEL hwinfo_2002_01_04_0147__17
 #. ComboBox label
 #. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:154
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:156
 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:351
 msgid "&Device Type"
 msgstr "Type de &périphérique"
@@ -1279,62 +1279,62 @@
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__171
 #. ComboBox label
 #. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:172
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174
 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:337
 msgid "&Configuration Name"
 msgstr "Nom de la &configuration"
 
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:181
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:183
 msgid "Tunnel owner"
 msgstr "Propriétaire du tunnel"
 
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:182
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:184
 msgid "Tunnel group"
 msgstr "Groupe Tunnel "
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__79
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:191
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1297
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1307
 msgid "Bridged Devices"
 msgstr "Périphériques de type pont"
 
 # TLABEL firewall_2002_03_14_2340__26
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:211
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:213
 msgid "Real Interface for &VLAN"
 msgstr "Interface réelle pour le &VLAN"
 
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:214
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:216
 msgid "VLAN ID"
 msgstr "ID VLAN"
 
 # TLABEL nis_server_2002_01_04_0147__61
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:231
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:233
 #, fuzzy
 #| msgid "Bond Slaves"
 msgid "Bond Slaves and Order"
 msgstr "Esclaves bond"
 
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:235
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:237
 msgid "Up"
 msgstr "Monter"
 
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:236
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:238
 msgid "Down"
 msgstr "Descendre"
 
 # TLABEL nis_server_2002_01_04_0147__61
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:240
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:242
 msgid "Bond &Slaves"
 msgstr "E&sclaves Bond"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__0
 #. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:256
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:263
 msgid "&Bond Driver Options"
 msgstr "Options du pilote &Bond"
 
 # TLABEL sound_2002_03_15_0003__17
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:258
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:265
 #, fuzzy
 #| msgid "<p>Select the bond driver options, and edit it if necessary. </p>"
 msgid "<p>Select the bond driver options and edit them if necessary. </p>"
@@ -1342,79 +1342,79 @@
 
 #. if (LanItems::type=="br") UI::ReplaceWidget(`rp, `Empty());
 #. else
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:283
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:798
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:290
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:813
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "No Link and IP Setup (Bonding Slaves)"
 msgstr "Pas de liaison et de configuration IP (Bonding Slaves)"
 
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:286
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:293
 msgid "Use iBFT Values"
 msgstr "Utiliser les valeurs iBFT"
 
 # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__56
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:292
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:299
 msgid "Dynamic Address"
 msgstr "Adresse dynamique"
 
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:308
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:315
 msgid "DHCP both version 4 and 6"
 msgstr "DHCP versions 4 et 6"
 
 # TLABEL ldap-client_2002_08_07_0216__3
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:309
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:316
 msgid "DHCP version 4 only"
 msgstr "DHCP version 4 uniquement"
 
 # TLABEL ldap-client_2002_08_07_0216__3
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:310
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:317
 msgid "DHCP version 6 only"
 msgstr "DHCP version 6 uniquement"
 
 # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__306
 #. TODO : Stat ... Assigned
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:321
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:328
 msgid "Statically Assigned IP Address"
 msgstr "Adresse IP statique assignée"
 
 # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__269
 #. TextEntry label
 #. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:325
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:213
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:341
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:332
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:210
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:330
 msgid "&IP Address"
 msgstr "Adresse &IP"
 
 # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__270
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:327
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:334
 msgid "&Subnet Mask"
 msgstr "Masque de &sous-réseau"
 
 # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__127
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:329
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:336
 msgid "&Hostname"
 msgstr "Nom d'&hôte"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__151
 #. Text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:360
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:367
 msgid "R&emote IP Address"
 msgstr "Adresse IP d&istante"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__190
 #. validation error popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:369
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:376
 msgid "The remote IP address is invalid."
 msgstr "L'adresse IP distante est incorrecte."
 
 #. push button label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:377
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:384
 msgid "&S/390"
 msgstr "&S/390"
 
 #. validate device type, misdetection
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1018
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1030
 msgid ""
 "You have changed the interface type from the one\n"
 "that has been detected. This only makes sense\n"
@@ -1426,13 +1426,13 @@
 
 # TLABEL nfs_2002_01_04_0147__28
 #. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1038
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1050
 msgid "Configuration %1 already present."
 msgstr "Configuration %1 déjà présente."
 
 #. If firewall is active and interface in no zone, nothing
 #. gets through (#62309) so warn and redirect to details
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1062
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1074
 msgid ""
 "The firewall is active, but this interface is not\n"
 "in any zone. All its traffic would be blocked.\n"
@@ -1447,21 +1447,21 @@
 #. @param [String] key	the widget being validated
 #. @param [Hash] event	the event being handled
 #. @return whether valid
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1082
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1094
 msgid "No valid IP address."
 msgstr "Adresse IP invalide."
 
 # TLABEL update_2002_01_04_0147__51
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1089
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1101
 msgid "No valid netmask or prefix length."
 msgstr "Masque réseau ou longueur de préfixe invalide."
 
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1097
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1109
 msgid "Invalid hostname."
 msgstr "Nom d'hôte incorrect."
 
 #. There'll be no 127.0.0.2 -> remind user to define some hostname
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1105
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1116
 msgid ""
 "No hostname has been specified. We recommend to associate \n"
 "a hostname with a static IP, otherwise the machine name will \n"
@@ -1476,7 +1476,7 @@
 "Vraiment laisser le nom d'hôte vide ?\n"
 
 #. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1124
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1134
 msgid ""
 "Duplicate IP address detected.\n"
 "Really continue?\n"
@@ -1486,68 +1486,68 @@
 
 #. @param [Array<String>] types network card types
 #. @return their descriptions for CWM
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1177
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1187
 msgid "&General"
 msgstr "&Général"
 
 #. TODO: "MANDATORY",
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1188
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1198
 msgid "Device Activation"
 msgstr "Activation du périphérique"
 
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1192
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1202
 msgid "Firewall Zone"
 msgstr "Zone de pare-feu"
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__19
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1197
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207
 msgid "Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)"
 msgstr "Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)"
 
 # TLABEL general_2002_03_14_2340__8
 #. FIXME: we have helps per widget and for the whole
 #. tab set but not for one tab
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1217
 msgid "<p>Configure the detailed network card settings here.</p>"
 msgstr "<p>Configurer les paramètres détaillés de la carte réseau ici.</p>"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__15
 #. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing
 #. shortcuts
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1274
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1284
 msgid "&Address"
 msgstr "&Adresse"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__20
 #. Address tab help
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1277
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1287
 msgid "<p>Configure your IP address.</p>"
 msgstr "<p>Configurez votre adresse IP.</p>"
 
 # TLABEL support_2002_03_14_2340__12
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1283
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293
 msgid "&Hardware"
 msgstr "&Matériel"
 
 # TLABEL nis_server_2002_01_04_0147__61
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1290
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1300
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "&Bond Slaves"
 msgstr "Esclaves &bond"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__54
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1304
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1314
 msgid "&Wireless"
 msgstr "&Sans fil"
 
 #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..)
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1388
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1398
 msgid "Ifplugd Priority"
 msgstr "Priorité ifplugd"
 
 #. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be
 #. substituted as %1
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1394
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404
 msgid ""
 "<p><b><big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big></b></p> \n"
 "<p> All interfaces configured with <b>On Cable Connection</b> and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n"
@@ -1562,12 +1562,23 @@
 "la priorité de chaque interface.  </p>\n"
 
 #. Address dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1476
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1486
 msgid "Network Card Setup"
 msgstr "Configuration de carte réseau"
 
+#. Translators: Warn the user about not desired effect
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1617
+msgid ""
+"The interfaces selected share the same physical port and bonding them \n"
+"may not have the desired effect of redundancy.\n"
+"\n"
+"%s\n"
+"\n"
+"Really continue?\n"
+msgstr ""
+
 #. remove all aliases (bnc#590167)
-#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:103
+#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:86
 msgid ""
 "At least one selected device is already configured.\n"
 "Adapt the configuration for bridge?\n"
@@ -1786,24 +1797,24 @@
 #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options
 #. Handler for action "edit"
 #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:214
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:265
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:215
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:266
 msgid "Impossible value for bootproto."
 msgstr "La valeur pour bootproto est invalide."
 
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:223
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:289
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:224
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:290
 msgid "Impossible value for startmode."
 msgstr "La valeur pour startmode est invalide."
 
 # TLABEL printconf_2002_03_14_2340__44
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:271
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:272
 msgid "For static configuration, the \"ip\" option is needed."
 msgstr "Pour la configuration statique, l'option \"ip\" est nécessaire."
 
 #. Handler for action "delete"
 #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:316
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:318
 msgid "The device was deleted."
 msgstr "Le périphérique a été supprimé."
 
@@ -1867,7 +1878,7 @@
 
 #. Write settings dialog
 #. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:199
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:198
 msgid ""
 "Firmware is needed. Install it from \n"
 "the add-on CD.\n"
@@ -1879,7 +1890,7 @@
 "Commencer par ajouter le CD d'add-ons à vos dépôts YaST puis revenez \n"
 "dans cette fenêtre de configuration.\n"
 
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:213
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:212
 msgid ""
 "The device needs a firmware to function properly. Usually, it can be\n"
 "downloaded from your driver vendor's Web page. \n"
@@ -1898,21 +1909,21 @@
 #. - kernel modules (InstallKernel): before loaded
 #. - wlan firmware: here, just because it is copied from modems
 #. #45960
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:232
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:231
 msgid "Installing firmware"
 msgstr "Installation du microprogramme (firmware)"
 
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:233
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:232
 msgid "For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script needs to be executed. Execute it now?"
 msgstr "Pour installer correctement le  firmware, le script 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' doit être exécuté. L'exécuter maintenant ?"
 
 # TLABEL sound_2002_01_04_0147__36
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:247
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:246
 msgid "An error occurred during firmware installation."
 msgstr "Une erreur s'est produite au cours de l'installation du microprogramme."
 
 #. Continue-Cancel popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:402
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:401
 msgid ""
 "The interface is currently set to be managed\n"
 "by the NetworkManager applet.\n"
@@ -1927,13 +1938,13 @@
 " elle ne sera plus gérée par NetworkManager.\n"
 
 #. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867)
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:456
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:453
 msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?"
 msgstr "Le périphérique sélectionné dispose de STARTMODE=nfsroot. Vraiment supprimer ?"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__308
 #. Network setup method dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:487 src/include/network/widgets.rb:363
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:484 src/include/network/widgets.rb:364
 msgid "Network Setup Method"
 msgstr "Méthode d'installation du réseau"
 
@@ -1943,7 +1954,7 @@
 #. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some
 #. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation
 #. popup.
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:519
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:515
 msgid "Network Settings"
 msgstr "Paramètres réseau"
 
@@ -2145,7 +2156,7 @@
 #. Selection box label
 #. Selection box title
 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:485
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:540
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:537
 msgid "&Network Card"
 msgstr "Carte &réseau"
 
@@ -2157,7 +2168,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL partitioning_2002_03_14_2340__102
 #. bnc#767946
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:799
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:796
 msgid ""
 "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n"
 "Choose a different one."
@@ -2167,7 +2178,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__329
 #. S/390 dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:854
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:853
 msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration"
 msgstr "Configuration de la carte réseau S/390"
 
@@ -2176,145 +2187,145 @@
 #. Frame label
 #. Frame label
 #. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:873
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1079
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:872
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:974
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1078
 msgid "S/390 Device Settings"
 msgstr "Paramètres de périphérique S/390"
 
 # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__127
 #. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:883
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:882
 msgid "&Port Name"
 msgstr "Nom du &port"
 
 # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__127
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:888
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:887
 msgid "Port Number"
 msgstr "Numéro de port"
 
 # TLABEL printconf_2002_01_04_0147__89
 #. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:902
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:901
 msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover"
 msgstr "&Activer le relais IPA"
 
 #. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:909
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:908
 msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support"
 msgstr "Activer &la prise en charge de la couche 2"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__15
 #. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:916
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:915
 msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address"
 msgstr "Adresse &MAC de la couche 2"
 
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:924
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1000
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1054
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:923
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1053
 msgid "Read Channel"
 msgstr "Lire le canal"
 
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:930
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1006
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1060
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:929
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1005
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1059
 msgid "Write Channel"
 msgstr "Écrire le canal"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__211
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:936
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:935
 msgid "Control Channel"
 msgstr "Contrôler le canal"
 
 # TLABEL update_2002_01_04_0147__26
 #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:947
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:946
 msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Port Name</b> for this interface (case-sensitive).</p>"
 msgstr "<p>Entrer le <b>Nom de port</b> pour cette interface (sensible à la casse).</p>"
 
 #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:951
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:950
 msgid "<p>Enter any additional <b>Options</b> for this interface (separated by spaces).</p>"
 msgstr "<p>Entrez les éventuelles <b>Options</b> supplémentaires pour cette interface (séparées par des espaces).</p>"
 
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:954
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:953
 msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable IPA Takeover</b> if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface.</p>"
 msgstr "<p>Sélectionnez <b>Activer relais IPA</b> si le relais de l'adresse IP doit être activé pour cette interface.</p>"
 
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:957
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:956
 msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable Layer 2 Support</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>"
 msgstr "<p>Sélectionnez <b>Activer la prise en charge de la couche 2</b> si cette carte a été configurée pour prendre la couche 2 en charge.</p>"
 
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:960
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:959
 msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Layer 2 MAC Address</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>"
 msgstr "<p>Entrez l'<b>Adresse MAC de la couche 2</b> si cette carte a été configurée pour prendre la couche 2 en charge.</p>"
 
 # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__127
 #. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:984
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:983
 msgid "&Port Number"
 msgstr "Numéro de &port"
 
 # TLABEL timezone_db_2002_01_04_0147__12
 #. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:992
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:991
 msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out"
 msgstr "Timeout &LANCMD"
 
 # TLABEL update_2002_01_04_0147__26
 #. S/390 dialog help: LCS
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1017
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1016
 msgid "<p>Choose the <b>Port Number</b> for this interface.</p>"
 msgstr "<p>Choisissez le <b>Numéro de port</b> pour cette interface.</p>"
 
 # TLABEL update_2002_01_04_0147__26
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1018
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1017
 msgid "<p>Specify the <b>LANCMD Time-Out</b> for this interface.</p>"
 msgstr "<p>Spécifiez le <b>Timeout LANCMD</b> de cette interface.</p>"
 
 #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1023
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1022
 msgid "Compatibility Mode"
 msgstr "Mode compatibilité"
 
 # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__456
 #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1025
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1024
 msgid "Extended Mode"
 msgstr "Mode étendu"
 
 #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1027
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1026
 msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)"
 msgstr "tty basé sur CTC (connexions Linux à Linux)"
 
 #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1029
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1028
 msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS"
 msgstr "Mode compatibilité avec OS/390 et z/OS"
 
 # TLABEL lan_inetd_2002_01_04_0147__22
 #. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1048
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1047
 msgid "&Protocol"
 msgstr "&Protocole"
 
 # TLABEL update_2002_01_04_0147__26
 #. S/390 dialog help: CTC
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1071
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1070
 msgid "<p>Choose the <b>Protocol</b> for this interface.</p>"
 msgstr "<p>Choisissez le <b>Protocole</b> pour cette interface.</p>"
 
 # TLABEL packages_2002_03_14_2340__85
 #. TextEntry label, #42789
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1088
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1087
 msgid "&Peer Name"
 msgstr "Nom du &pair"
 
 #. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1099
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1098
 msgid ""
 "<p>Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n"
 "for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).</p>\n"
@@ -2323,8 +2334,7 @@
 "par exemple, le nom d'utilisateur z/VM avec lequel se connecter (sensible à la casse).</p>\n"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__237
-#. #176330, must be static
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1220
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1211
 msgid ""
 "An error occurred while creating device.\n"
 "See YaST log for details."
@@ -2335,7 +2345,7 @@
 # TLABEL hwinfo_2002_01_04_0147__35
 #. Manual network card configuration dialog
 #. @return dialog result
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1242
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1233
 msgid "Hardware Dialog"
 msgstr "Dialogue Matériel"
 
@@ -3005,32 +3015,32 @@
 
 # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__306
 #. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:209
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:206
 msgid "IPv4 &Address Label"
 msgstr "Label d'adresse IPv4"
 
 # TLABEL nis_server_2002_01_04_0147__68
 #. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:217
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:214
 msgid "Net&mask"
 msgstr "Masque &réseau"
 
 #. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:247
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:244
 msgid "Label is too long."
 msgstr "Le label est trop long."
 
 # TLABEL ldap_client_2002_03_16_1943__10
 #. Popup::Error text
 #. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:257
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:386
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:254
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:375
 msgid "The IP address is invalid."
 msgstr "L'adresse IP est incorrecte."
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__191
 #. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:266
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:263
 msgid "The subnet mask is invalid."
 msgstr "Le masque de sous-réseau est incorrect."
 
@@ -3220,141 +3230,141 @@
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__165
 #. Wireless authentication modes:
 #. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:357
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:353
 msgid "No Encryption"
 msgstr "Pas de cryptage"
 
 #. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:361
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:357
 msgid "WEP - Open"
 msgstr "WEP - ouvert"
 
 # TLABEL packages_2002_03_14_2340__85
 #. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:363
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:359
 msgid "WEP - Shared Key"
 msgstr "WEP - Clé partagée"
 
 #. ComboBox item
 #. Ask me what it means, I don't know yet
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:366
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:362
 msgid "WPA-PSK (WPA version 1 or 2)"
 msgstr "WPA-PSK (WPA version 1 ou 2)"
 
 #. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:370
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:366
 msgid "WPA-EAP (WPA version 1 or 2)"
 msgstr "WPA-EAP (WPA version 1 ou 2)"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__57
 #. Wireless dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:394
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:390
 msgid "Wireless Network Card Configuration"
 msgstr "Configuration de la carte réseau sans fil"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__65
 #. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:424
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:420
 msgid "Wireless Device Settings"
 msgstr "Paramètres du périphérique sans fil"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__66
 #. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:433
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:429
 msgid "O&perating Mode"
 msgstr "Mode d'e&xécution"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__67
 #. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:436
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:432
 msgid "Ad-Hoc"
 msgstr "Ad hoc"
 
 # TLABEL nis_server_2002_01_04_0147__7
 #. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:440
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:436
 msgid "Master"
 msgstr "Maître"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__71
 #. Text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:449
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:445
 msgid "Ne&twork Name (ESSID)"
 msgstr "Nom du ré&seau (ESSID) "
 
 # TLABEL packages_2002_03_14_2340__85
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:452
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:448
 msgid "Scan Network"
 msgstr "Scanner les réseaux"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__146
 #. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:459
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:455
 msgid "&Authentication Mode"
 msgstr "Mode d'&authentification"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__73
 #. Text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:466
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:462
 msgid "&Encryption Key"
 msgstr "Clé de &chiffrement"
 
 # TLABEL nis_2002_08_07_0216__29
 #. PushButton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:475
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:471
 msgid "E&xpert Settings"
 msgstr "Paramètres pour e&xperts"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__93
 #. PushButton label, keys for WEP encryption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:478
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:474
 msgid "&WEP Keys"
 msgstr "Clés &WEP"
 
 #. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:560
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:558
 msgid "WPA authentication mode is only possible in managed operating mode."
 msgstr "Le mode authentification WPA n'est possible que dans le mode d'exécution géré."
 
 #. Popup text
 #. modes: combination of operation and authentication
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:571
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:569
 msgid "Specify the network name for this mode."
 msgstr "Spécifiez le nom de réseau pour ce mode."
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__149
 #. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:578
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:576
 msgid "The network name must be shorter than 32 characters."
 msgstr "Le nom du réseau ne doit pas dépasser 32 caractères."
 
 # TLABEL users_2002_01_04_0147__62
 #. Error popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:598
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:596
 msgid "The passphrase must have between 8 and 63 characters (inclusively)."
 msgstr "La phrase d'authentification doit avoir de huit et 63 caractères."
 
 #. Error popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:609
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:607
 msgid "The key must have %1 hexadecimal digits."
 msgstr "La clé doit avoir %1 chiffres hexadécimaux."
 
 #. Popup text
 #. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:621
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:939
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:619
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:941
 msgid "The encryption key is invalid."
 msgstr "La clé de chiffrement est incorrecte."
 
 #. error
 #. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:629
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:627
 msgid "The encryption key must be specified for this authentication mode."
 msgstr "La clé de chiffrement doit être spécifiée pour ce mode d'authentification."
 
 #. warning only
 #. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:636
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:634
 msgid ""
 "Using no encryption is a security risk.\n"
 "Really continue?\n"
@@ -3459,30 +3469,30 @@
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__73
 #. Translators: popup dialog heading
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:897
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:899
 msgid "Enter Encryption Key"
 msgstr "Entrer la clé de chiffrement"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__93
 #. Translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:901
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:903
 msgid "&Key"
 msgstr "&Code"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__152
 #. Translators: popup title
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:925
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:927
 msgid "Help"
 msgstr "Aide"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__54
 #. Wireless keys dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:974
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:976
 msgid "Wireless Keys"
 msgstr "Clés sans fil"
 
 #. Wireless keys dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:977
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:979
 msgid ""
 "<p>In this dialog, define your WEP keys used\n"
 "to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four keys,\n"
@@ -3498,7 +3508,7 @@
 "vous n'avez qu'une clé.</p>"
 
 #. Wireless keys dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:985
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:987
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Key Length</b> defines the bit length of your WEP keys.\n"
 "Possible are 64 and 128 bit, sometimes also referred to as 40 and 104 bit.\n"
@@ -3514,48 +3524,48 @@
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__93
 #. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1010
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1012
 msgid "WEP Keys"
 msgstr "Clés WEP"
 
 #. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1016
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1018
 msgid "&Key Length"
 msgstr "Longueur de la &clé"
 
 # TLABEL sound_2002_08_07_0216__10
 #. Table header label
 #. Abbreviation of Number
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1024
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026
 msgid "No."
 msgstr "Non."
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__93
 #. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028
 msgid "Key"
 msgstr "Clé"
 
 # TLABEL printconf_2002_01_04_0147__157
 #. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1030
 msgid "Default"
 msgstr "Par défaut"
 
 # TLABEL lilo_2002_01_04_0147__44
 #. PushButton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1038
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1040
 msgid "&Set as Default"
 msgstr "&Défini par défaut"
 
 # TLABEL cups_2002_01_04_0147__147
 #. file browser dialog headline
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1210
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1214
 msgid "Choose a Certificate"
 msgstr "Choisir un certificat"
 
 #. validated in ValidateWpaEap
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1255
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1257
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in connections\n"
@@ -3565,7 +3575,7 @@
 "connexions vers des réseaux non sécurisés ou malveillants. Continuer sans AC ?"
 
 #. error popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1283
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1285
 msgid ""
 "Enter either the identity and password\n"
 "or the client certificate."
@@ -3574,51 +3584,51 @@
 " ou le certificat du client."
 
 #. dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1329
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1331
 msgid "WPA-EAP"
 msgstr "WPA-EAP"
 
 #. combo box item, any of EAP authentication methods
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1351
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1353
 msgid "Any"
 msgstr "Autres"
 
 #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1355
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357
 msgid "MD5"
 msgstr "MD5"
 
 # TLABEL hwinfo_2002_01_04_0147__103
 #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1359
 msgid "GTC"
 msgstr "GTC"
 
 # TLABEL rpm-groups_2002_03_14_2340__49
 #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1359
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1361
 msgid "CHAP"
 msgstr "CHAP"
 
 #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1361
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1363
 msgid "PAP"
 msgstr "PAP"
 
 # TLABEL rpm-groups_2002_03_14_2340__49
 #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1363
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1365
 msgid "MSCHAPv1"
 msgstr "MSCHAPv1"
 
 #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1367
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1369
 msgid "MSCHAPv2"
 msgstr "MSCHAPv2"
 
 # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__178
 #. dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1390
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1392
 msgid "WPA-EAP Details"
 msgstr "Détails WPA-EAP"
 
@@ -3636,25 +3646,46 @@
 # TLABEL menu_2002_01_04_0147__0
 #. RadioButton label
 #: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:64
-msgid "&Allow Remote Administration"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Allow Remote Administration"
+msgid "&Allow Remote Administration With Session Management"
 msgstr "&Autoriser l'administration à distance"
 
 # TLABEL menu_2002_01_04_0147__0
 #. RadioButton label
 #: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:72
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Allow Remote Administration"
+msgid "&Allow Remote Administration Without Session Management"
+msgstr "&Autoriser l'administration à distance"
+
+# TLABEL menu_2002_01_04_0147__0
+#. RadioButton label
+#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:80
 msgid "&Do Not Allow Remote Administration"
 msgstr "&Ne pas autoriser l'administration à distance"
 
 #. Remote Administration dialog help
 #. %1 and %2 are port numbers for vnc and vnchttp, eg. 5901, 5801
-#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:89
+#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:97
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p><b><big>Remote Administration Settings</big></b></p>\n"
+#| "<p>If this feature is enabled, you can\n"
+#| "administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a VNC\n"
+#| "client, such as krdc (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>), or\n"
+#| "a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).\n"
+#| "This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.</p>\n"
 msgid ""
 "<p><b><big>Remote Administration Settings</big></b></p>\n"
 "<p>If this feature is enabled, you can\n"
 "administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a VNC\n"
 "client, such as krdc (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>), or\n"
-"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).\n"
-"This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.</p>\n"
+"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>https://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).</p>\n"
+"<p>Without Session Management, only one user can be connected\n"
+"at a time to a session, and that session is terminated when the VNC client\n"
+"disconnects.</p><p>With Session Management, multiple users can interact with a single\n"
+"session, and the session may persist even if noone is connected.</p>"
 msgstr ""
 "<p><b><big>Paramètres d'administration à distance</big></b></p>\n"
 "<p>Si cette fonctionnalité est activée, vous pourrez administrer cette machine à\n"
@@ -3665,17 +3696,17 @@
 
 # TLABEL menu_2002_01_04_0147__0
 #. Dialog frame title
-#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:109
+#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:121
 msgid "Remote Administration Settings"
 msgstr "Paramètres d'administration distante"
 
 #. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:144
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:129
 msgid "These packages need to be installed:"
 msgstr "Ces paquets doivent être installés :"
 
 #. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:162
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:147
 msgid ""
 "The required packages are not installed.\n"
 "The configuration will be aborted.\n"
@@ -3688,90 +3719,28 @@
 "Essayer à nouveau ?\n"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__50
-#. Table field (Unknown device)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:255
+#. Create a list of items for UI from the given hardware list.
+#.
+#. This list is used when selecting <ol>
+#. <li> detected unconfigured cards,
+#. there we want to see the link status </li>
+#. <li> undetected cards manually. there is no link status there
+#. and it won't be displayed. all is ok. </li>
+#. </ol>
+#. @param [Array<Hash>] l given list for conversion
+#. @param [Fixnum] selected selected item (0 for the first)
+#. @return a list of items
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:195
 msgid "Unknown"
 msgstr "Inconnu"
 
-# TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__137
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:279
-msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "Configuration enregistrée avec succès"
-
-# TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__137
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:284
-msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "Configuration DNS enregistrée avec succès"
-
-# TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__137
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:286
-msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "Configuration DSL enregistrée avec succès"
-
-# TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__137
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:288
-msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "Configuration des hôtes enregistrée avec succès"
-
-# TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__137
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:292
-msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "Configuration RNIS (ISDN) enregistrée avec succès"
-
-# TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__193
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:296
-msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "Configuration carte réseau enregistrée avec succès"
-
-# TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__137
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:300
-msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "Configuration modem enregistrée avec succès"
-
-# TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__137
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304
-msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "Configuration proxy enregistrée avec succès"
-
-# TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__137
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308
-msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "Configuration fournisseur enregistrée avec succès"
-
-# TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__137
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312
-msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "Configuration routage enregistrée avec succès"
-
-# TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__117
-#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:321
-msgid "Configure mail now?"
-msgstr "Configurer le courrier maintenant ?"
-
-# TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__262
-#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:326
-msgid "Run configuration of %1?"
-msgstr "Exécuter la configuration de %1 ?"
-
 #. Disables all widgets which cannot be configured with current network service
 #.
 #. see bnc#433084
 #. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup
 #.
 #. returns true if items were disabled
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1004
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:829
 msgid ""
 "Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n"
 "or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options."
@@ -3781,37 +3750,37 @@
 
 # TLABEL hwinfo_2002_01_04_0147__39
 #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1064
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:889
 msgid "Network Cards"
 msgstr "Cartes réseau"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__4
 #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1068
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:893
 msgid "Modems"
 msgstr "Modems"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__173
 #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1072
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:897
 msgid "ISDN Cards"
 msgstr "Cartes RNIS (ISDN)"
 
 # TLABEL runlevel_2002_08_07_0216__3
 #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1076
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:901
 msgid "DSL Devices"
 msgstr "Périphériques DSL"
 
 # TLABEL hwinfo_2002_01_04_0147__39
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1081
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:906
 msgid "All Network Devices"
 msgstr "Tous les périphériques réseau"
 
 #. validation error popup
 #. Popup::Error text
 #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:92
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:398
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:387
 msgid "The hostname is invalid."
 msgstr "Le nom de machine est incorrect."
 
@@ -3896,8 +3865,8 @@
 #. Frame label
 #. dialog caption
 #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:234
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:684
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:697
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:677
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:690
 msgid "Hostname and Domain Name"
 msgstr "Nom d'hôte et nom de domaine"
 
@@ -3924,31 +3893,31 @@
 #. @param [String] key	the widget being validated
 #. @param [Hash] event	the event being handled
 #. @return whether valid
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:496
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:495
 msgid "It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it at your own risk?"
 msgstr "Il n'est pas recommandé d'utiliser .local comme nom de domaine à cause du multicast DNS. L'utiliser à vos risques et périls ?"
 
 #. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:520
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:513
 msgid "The search list can have at most %1 domains."
 msgstr "La liste de recherche peut avoir %1 domaines au plus."
 
 # TLABEL partitioning_2002_03_14_2340__73
 #. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:526
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:519
 msgid "The search list can have at most %1 characters."
 msgstr "La liste de recherche peut avoir %1 caractères au plus."
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__259
 #. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:535
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:528
 msgid "The search domain '%1' is invalid."
 msgstr "Le domaine de recherche \"%1\" est incorrect."
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__247
 #. Standalone dialog only - embedded one is handled separately
 #. via CWMTab
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:725
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:718
 msgid "Hostname and Name Server Configuration"
 msgstr "Nom d'hôte et configuration du serveur de nom"
 
@@ -3986,30 +3955,30 @@
 
 # TLABEL nis_server_2002_01_04_0147__18
 #. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:118
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:119
 msgid "Current Hosts"
 msgstr "Hôtes actuels"
 
 # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__127
 #. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:130
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:131
 msgid "Hostnames"
 msgstr "Noms d'hôtes"
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__49
 #. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:132
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:133
 msgid "Host Aliases"
 msgstr "Alias de l'hôte"
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__49
 #. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:351
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:340
 msgid "Hos&t Aliases"
 msgstr "Alias hô&te"
 
 #. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:414
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:403
 msgid "Alias name \"%1\" is invalid."
 msgstr "L'alias \"%1\" est incorrect."
 
@@ -4051,16 +4020,16 @@
 #. @param [Yast::Term] entry edited entry
 #. @param [Array] devs available devices
 #. @return route or nil, if canceled
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:161
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:163
 msgid "&Destination"
 msgstr "&Destination"
 
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:167
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:171
 msgid "Ge&nmask"
 msgstr "Ge&nmask"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__316
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:175
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:180
 msgid "&Gateway"
 msgstr "&Passerelle"
 
@@ -4068,31 +4037,31 @@
 # Shorten translated string; agreed by flermen 2001-01-27.
 # 2001-01-29 11:13:40 CET -ke-
 # TLABEL modules/inst_custom_part.ycp:2168
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:181
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:188
 msgid "De&vice"
 msgstr "Périphérique"
 
 #. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:240
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:247
 msgid "Destination is invalid."
 msgstr "La destination est incorrecte."
 
 # TLABEL ldap_client_2002_03_16_1943__10
 #. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:248
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:255
 msgid "Gateway IP address is invalid."
 msgstr "L'adresse IP de la passerelle est incorrecte."
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__164
 #. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:256
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:263
 msgid "Subnetmask is invalid."
 msgstr "Le masque de sous-réseau est incorrect."
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__267
 #. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used
 #. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:414
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:422
 msgid "The default gateway is invalid."
 msgstr "La passerelle par défaut est incorrecte"
 
@@ -4355,38 +4324,38 @@
 "Assurez-vous qu'il est lancé et sinon, le démarrer manuellement."
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__312
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:358
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:359
 msgid "General Network Settings"
 msgstr "Paramètres réseau généraux"
 
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:402
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403
 msgid "IPv6 Protocol Settings"
 msgstr "Paramètres du protocole IPv6"
 
 #. enable ipv6 support
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403 src/modules/Lan.rb:810
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:404 src/modules/Lan.rb:787
 msgid "Enable IPv6"
 msgstr "Activer IPv6"
 
 # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__265
 #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:420
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:421
 msgid "Unknown device"
 msgstr "Périphérique inconnu"
 
 # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__306
 #. TRANSLATORS: Part of label, device with IP address assigned by DHCP
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:429
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:430
 msgid "DHCP address"
 msgstr "Adresse DHCP"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that no IP has been assigned to the device
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:436
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:437
 msgid "No IP address assigned"
 msgstr "Aucune adresse IP n'est assignée"
 
 # TLABEL printconf_2002_01_04_0147__150
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:439
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:440
 msgid ""
 "%1 \n"
 "%2 - %3"
@@ -4396,13 +4365,13 @@
 
 # TLABEL scanner_2002_01_04_0147__27
 #. #186102
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:492
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:493
 msgid "&Change Device"
 msgstr "&Changer le périphérique"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__213
 #. popup dialog title
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:525
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:526
 msgid "Network Device Select"
 msgstr "Sélection du périphérique réseau"
 
@@ -4411,7 +4380,7 @@
 #. to "0.0.0.0/32"
 #.
 #. translators: a note that listed device is already configured
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:571
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:572
 msgid "configured"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -4466,7 +4435,7 @@
 # TLABEL general_2002_03_14_2340__14
 #. Progress stage 2
 #. Progress stage 10
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:534
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:537
 msgid "Update configuration"
 msgstr "Configuration de la mise à jour"
 
@@ -4493,7 +4462,7 @@
 # TLABEL general_2002_03_14_2340__14
 #. Progress step 2/3
 #. Progress step 10
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:622
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:625
 msgid "Updating configuration..."
 msgstr "Mise à jour de la configuration..."
 
@@ -4506,118 +4475,118 @@
 msgstr "Mise à jour de /etc/resolv.conf ..."
 
 #. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:538
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:543
 msgid "Hostname: Set by DHCP"
 msgstr "Nom d'hôte : défini par DHCP"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__26
 #. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:544
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:549
 msgid "Hostname: %1"
 msgstr "Nom d'hôte : %1"
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__18
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:552
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:557
 msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts"
 msgstr "Le nom d'hôte ne sera pas écrit dans /etc/hosts"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__97
 #. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:573
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:578
 msgid "Name Servers: %1"
 msgstr "Serveurs de noms : %1"
 
 # TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__52
 #. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:583
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:588
 msgid "Search List: %1"
 msgstr "Liste de recherche : %1"
 
 # TLABEL firewall_2002_03_14_2340__11
 #. Check if there is anything to do
-#: src/modules/Host.rb:138
+#: src/modules/Host.rb:165
 msgid "Update /etc/hosts"
 msgstr "Mettre à jour /etc/hosts"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__286
-#: src/modules/Host.rb:140
+#: src/modules/Host.rb:167
 msgid "Saving Hostname Configuration"
 msgstr "Enregistrement de la configuration du nom d'hôte"
 
 # TLABEL firewall_2002_03_14_2340__14
 #. sleep for longer time, so that progress does not disappear right afterwards
-#: src/modules/Host.rb:145
+#: src/modules/Host.rb:172
 msgid "Updating /etc/hosts ..."
 msgstr "Mise à jour de /etc/hosts ..."
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__310
 #. Read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:272
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:276
 msgid "Initializing Network Configuration"
 msgstr "Initialisation de la configuration réseau"
 
 # TLABEL tv_2002_03_14_2340__15
 #. Progress stage 1/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:285
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289
 msgid "Detect network devices"
 msgstr "Détecter les périphériques réseau"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__325
 #. Progress stage 2/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:287
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291
 msgid "Read driver information"
 msgstr "Lire les informations sur les pilotes"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__277
 #. Progress stage 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293
 msgid "Read device configuration"
 msgstr "Lire la configuration du périphérique"
 
 # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__329
 #. Progress stage 4/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295
 msgid "Read network configuration"
 msgstr "Lire la configuration du réseau"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__279
 #. Progress stage 5/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297
 msgid "Read firewall settings"
 msgstr "Lire les paramètres du pare-feu"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__313
 #. Progress stage 6/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299
 msgid "Read hostname and DNS configuration"
 msgstr "Lire le nom d'hôte et la configuration DNS"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__314
 #. Progress stage 7/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301
 msgid "Read installation information"
 msgstr "Lire les informations d'installation"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__312
 #. Progress stage 8/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:303
 msgid "Read routing configuration"
 msgstr "Lire la configuration du routage"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__315
 #. Progress stage 9/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:305
 msgid "Detect current status"
 msgstr "Détecter le statut actuel"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__281
 #. Progress step 1/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:315
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:319
 msgid "Detecting ndiswrapper..."
 msgstr "Détection ndiswrapper ..."
 
 #. modprobe ndiswrapper before hwinfo when needed (#343893)
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:334
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:338
 msgid ""
 "Detected a ndiswrapper configuration,\n"
 "but the kernel module was not modprobed.\n"
@@ -4627,7 +4596,7 @@
 "mais le module du noyau n'a pas été chargé.\n"
 "Charger le module ndiswrapper avec modprobe ?\n"
 
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:342
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:346
 msgid ""
 "ndiswrapper kernel module has not been loaded.\n"
 "Check configuration manually.\n"
@@ -4637,321 +4606,314 @@
 
 # TLABEL tv_2002_03_14_2340__18
 #. Progress step 2/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:356
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:360
 msgid "Detecting network devices..."
 msgstr "Détection des périphériques réseau..."
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__318
 #. Progress step 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:364
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:368
 msgid "Reading device configuration..."
 msgstr "Lecture de la configuration du périphérique..."
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__204
 #. Progress step 4/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:370
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:374
 msgid "Reading network configuration..."
 msgstr "Lecture de la configuration du réseau..."
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__284
 #. Progress step 5/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:379
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:383
 msgid "Reading firewall settings..."
 msgstr "Lecture des paramètres du pare-feu..."
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__319
 #. Progress step 6/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:387
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:391
 msgid "Reading hostname and DNS configuration..."
 msgstr "Lecture du nom d'hôte et de la configuration DNS..."
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__320
 #. Progress step 7/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:394
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:398
 msgid "Reading installation information..."
 msgstr "Lecture des informations sur l'installation..."
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__318
 #. Progress step 8/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:400
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:404
 msgid "Reading routing configuration..."
 msgstr "Lecture de la configuration du routage..."
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__321
 #. Progress step 9/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:406
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:410
 msgid "Detecting current status..."
 msgstr "Détection du statut actuel..."
 
 # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__250
 #. Final progress step
 #. Final progress step
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:643
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:416 src/modules/Lan.rb:646
 msgid "Finished"
 msgstr "Terminé"
 
 #. (a specialization used when a parameterless function is needed)
 #. @return Read(`cache)
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:438
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:441
 msgid "To apply this change, a reboot is needed."
 msgstr "Pour appliquer cette modification, un redémarrage est nécessaire."
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__322
 #. Write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:506
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:509
 msgid "Saving Network Configuration"
 msgstr "Enregistrement de la configuration réseau"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__325
 #. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:513
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516
 msgid "Write drivers information"
 msgstr "Écrire les informations sur les pilotes"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__324
 #. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:515
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518
 msgid "Write device configuration"
 msgstr "Écrire la configuration du périphérique"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__57
 #. Progress stage 4
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:517
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520
 msgid "Write network configuration"
 msgstr "Écriture de la configuration du réseau"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__326
 #. Progress stage 5
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:519
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522
 msgid "Write routing configuration"
 msgstr "Écrire la configuration du routage"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__327
 #. Progress stage 6
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:521
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:524
 msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration"
 msgstr "Écrire le nom d'hôte et la configuration DNS"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__86
 #. Progress stage 7
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:523
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:526
 msgid "Set up network services"
 msgstr "Configurer les services du réseau local"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__328
 #. Progress stage 8
 #. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:527 src/modules/Remote.rb:293
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:530 src/modules/Remote.rb:201
 msgid "Write firewall settings"
 msgstr "Écrire les paramètres du pare-feu"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__87
 #. Progress stage 9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:534
 msgid "Activate network services"
 msgstr "Activer les services réseau"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__332
 #. Progress step 2
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:547
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:550
 msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..."
 msgstr "Écriture de /etc/modprobe.conf..."
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__331
 #. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:552
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:555
 msgid "Writing device configuration..."
 msgstr "Écriture de la configuration du périphérique..."
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__57
 #. Progress step 4
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:558
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:561
 msgid "Writing network configuration..."
 msgstr "Écriture de la configuration du réseau"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__333
 #. Progress step 5
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:564
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:567
 msgid "Writing routing configuration..."
 msgstr "Écriture de la configuration du routage..."
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__334
 #. Progress step 6
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:572
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:575
 msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..."
 msgstr "Écriture du nom d'hôte et de la configuration DNS..."
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__88
 #. Progress step 7
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:585
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:588
 msgid "Setting up network services..."
 msgstr "Configuration des services réseau..."
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__299
 #. Progress step 8
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:593 src/modules/Remote.rb:307
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:596 src/modules/Remote.rb:215
 msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
 msgstr "Écriture des paramètres du pare-feu..."
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__89
 #. Progress step 9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:603
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:606
 msgid "Activating network services..."
 msgstr "Activation des services réseau..."
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__312
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:639
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:642
 msgid "No network running"
 msgstr "Réseau non fonctionnel"
 
-#. Import data
-#. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported
-#. @return true on success
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:698
-msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used."
-msgstr "Paramètre AutoYaST de réseau / géré : NetworkManager n'est pas disponible, Wicked sera utilisé."
-
 # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__264
 #. Create a textual summary for the general network settings
 #. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6)
 #. @return [rich text, links]
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:782
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:759
 msgid "Network Mode"
 msgstr "Mode réseau"
 
 #. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:787
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:764
 msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager"
 msgstr "Interfaces contrôlées par NetworkManager"
 
 # TLABEL rpm-groups_2002_01_04_0147__46
 #. disable NetworkManager applet
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:789
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:766
 msgid "Disable NetworkManager"
 msgstr "Désactiver NetworkManager"
 
 #. network mode
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:793
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:770
 msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup"
 msgstr "Configuration du réseau traditionnelle avec NetControl - ifup"
 
 # TLABEL rpm-groups_2002_01_04_0147__46
 #. enable NetworkManager applet
 #. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable networkmanager
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:796
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:773
 msgid "Enable NetworkManager"
 msgstr "Activer NetworkManager"
 
 #. ipv6 support is enabled
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:802
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:779
 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled"
 msgstr "Le support du protocole IPv6 est activé"
 
 #. disable ipv6 support
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:804
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:781
 msgid "Disable IPv6"
 msgstr "Désactiver IPv6"
 
 #. ipv6 support is disabled
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:808
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:785
 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled"
 msgstr "Le support du protocole IPv6 est désactivé"
 
 #. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:193
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:198
 msgid "connected"
 msgstr "connecté"
 
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:194
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:199
 msgid "datagram"
 msgstr "datagramme"
 
 #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
 #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
 #. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1260 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1264
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276
 msgid "Started automatically at boot"
 msgstr "Lancé automatiquement au démarrage"
 
 #. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280
 msgid "Started automatically on cable connection"
 msgstr "Démarré automatiquement sur une connexion par câble"
 
 #. summary description of STARTMODE=managed
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1284
 msgid "Managed by NetworkManager"
 msgstr "Géré par NetworkManager"
 
 #. summary description of STARTMODE=off
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288
 msgid "Will not be started at all"
 msgstr "Aucun redémarrage n'aura lieu"
 
 # TLABEL firewall_2002_08_07_0216__4
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1286
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1294
 msgid "Started manually"
 msgstr "Lancé manuellement"
 
 # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__53
 #. do nothing
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1298
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1306
 msgid "IP address assigned using"
 msgstr "Adresse IP assignée utilisant "
 
 # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__306
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1310
 msgid "IP address: %s/%s"
 msgstr "Adresse IP : %s/%s"
 
 # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__53
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1305
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1313
 msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s"
 msgstr "Adresse IP : %s, masque de sous-réseau %s"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__12
 #. FIXME: side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item
 #. overview. Check and remove.
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1329
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1337
 msgid "Not configured"
 msgstr "Non configuré"
 
 # TLABEL hwinfo_2002_01_04_0147__8
 #. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1351 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1411
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1359 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421
 msgid "Device Name: %s"
 msgstr "Nom du périphérique : %s"
 
 # TLABEL nis_server_2002_01_04_0147__54
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1372
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1380
 #, fuzzy
 #| msgid "Bond slaves"
 msgid "Bonding slaves"
 msgstr "Esclaves bond"
 
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1386
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1394
 msgid "enslaved in %s"
 msgstr "asservi dans %s"
 
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1387
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1395
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Bonding master"
 msgstr "Maître bond"
 
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1401
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1409
 msgid "Not connected"
 msgstr "Non connecté"
 
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1402
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1410
 msgid "No hwinfo"
 msgstr "Pas de hwinfo"
 
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1417
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427
 msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details."
 msgstr "Impossible de configurer la carte réseau car le périphérique du noyau (eth0, wlan0) n'est pas présent. La plupart du temps, ceci est causé par un firmware absent (pour les périphériques wlan). Voir la sortie dmesg pour plus d'informations."
 
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1423
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1433
 msgid ""
 "The device is not configured. Press <b>Edit</b>\n"
 "to configure.\n"
@@ -4960,18 +4922,18 @@
 "pour le configurer.\n"
 
 # TLABEL hwinfo_2002_01_04_0147__59
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1440
 msgid "Needed firmware"
 msgstr "Firmware nécessaire"
 
 # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__54
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1440
 msgid "unknown"
 msgstr "inconnu"
 
 #. Package containing SuSEfirewall2 services has to be installed before
 #. reading SuSEFirewall, otherwise exception is thrown by firewall
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:243
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:158
 msgid ""
 "Package %{package} is not installed\n"
 "firewall settings will be disabled."
@@ -4981,39 +4943,44 @@
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__117
 #. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:295
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:203
 msgid "Configure display manager"
 msgstr "Configurer le gestionnaire d'affichage"
 
 # TLABEL lan_inetd_2002_03_14_2340__23
 #. Progress stage 3
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:300
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:208
 msgid "Restart the services"
 msgstr "Redémarrer les services"
 
 # TLABEL rc_config_2002_01_04_0147__13
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:303
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:211
 msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration"
 msgstr "Enregistrement de la configuration de l'administration à distance"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_03_14_2340__14
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:312
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:220
 msgid "Configuring display manager..."
 msgstr "Configuration du gestionnaire d'affichage..."
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__74
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:316
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:224
 msgid "Restarting the service..."
 msgstr "Redémarrage du service..."
 
-#. Enable xinetd
-#. Enable XDM
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:342 src/modules/Remote.rb:350
+#. Install required packages
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:261
 msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed"
 msgstr "L'activation du service %{service} a échoué"
 
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:267
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed"
+msgid "Disabling service %{service} has failed"
+msgstr "L'activation du service %{service} a échoué"
+
 #. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385)
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:377
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:295
 msgid ""
 "Your display manager must be restarted.\n"
 "To take the changes in remote administration into account, \n"
@@ -5025,35 +4992,35 @@
 
 # TLABEL menu_2002_01_04_0147__0
 #. description in proposal
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:332
 msgid "Remote administration is enabled."
 msgstr "L'administration à distance est activée."
 
 # TLABEL menu_2002_01_04_0147__0
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:332
 msgid "Remote administration is disabled."
 msgstr "L'administration à distance est désactivée."
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__71
 #. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:261
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:264
 msgid "Write IP forwarding settings"
 msgstr "Écriture des paramètres de redirection IP (IP forwarding)"
 
 # TLABEL tv_2002_03_14_2340__21
 #. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:263
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266
 msgid "Write routing settings"
 msgstr "Écrire des paramètres de routage"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__322
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:269
 msgid "Saving Routing Configuration"
 msgstr "Enregistrement de la configuration de routage"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__299
 #. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:271
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:274
 msgid "Writing IP forwarding settings..."
 msgstr "Écriture des paramètres de redirection IP (IP forwarding)..."
 
@@ -5063,25 +5030,25 @@
 #. sysconfig does not support restarting routes only,
 #. so we let our caller do it together with other things
 #. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:281
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:284
 msgid "Writing routing settings..."
 msgstr "Écriture des paramètres de routage..."
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__316
 #. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:434
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:454
 msgid "Gateway: %s"
 msgstr "Passerelle : %s"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__161
 #. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:438
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:458
 msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv4: %s"
 msgstr "Transmission IP pour IPv4 : %s"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__161
 #. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:442
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:462
 msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv6: %s"
 msgstr "Transmission IP pour IPv6 : %s"
 
@@ -5103,6 +5070,57 @@
 msgid "(Unprotected)"
 msgstr "(non protégé)"
 
+# TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__137
+#~ msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "Configuration enregistrée avec succès"
+
+# TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__137
+#~ msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "Configuration DNS enregistrée avec succès"
+
+# TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__137
+#~ msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "Configuration DSL enregistrée avec succès"
+
+# TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__137
+#~ msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "Configuration des hôtes enregistrée avec succès"
+
+# TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__137
+#~ msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "Configuration RNIS (ISDN) enregistrée avec succès"
+
+# TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__193
+#~ msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "Configuration carte réseau enregistrée avec succès"
+
+# TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__137
+#~ msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "Configuration modem enregistrée avec succès"
+
+# TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__137
+#~ msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "Configuration proxy enregistrée avec succès"
+
+# TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__137
+#~ msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "Configuration fournisseur enregistrée avec succès"
+
+# TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__137
+#~ msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "Configuration routage enregistrée avec succès"
+
+# TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__117
+#~ msgid "Configure mail now?"
+#~ msgstr "Configurer le courrier maintenant ?"
+
+# TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__262
+#~ msgid "Run configuration of %1?"
+#~ msgstr "Exécuter la configuration de %1 ?"
+
+#~ msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used."
+#~ msgstr "Paramètre AutoYaST de réseau / géré : NetworkManager n'est pas disponible, Wicked sera utilisé."
+
 # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__213
 #~ msgid "Device boot protocol"
 #~ msgstr "Protocole d'amorçage du périphérique"

Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/nfs.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/nfs.fr.po	2016-09-02 21:33:42 UTC (rev 96676)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/nfs.fr.po	2016-09-02 21:33:58 UTC (rev 96677)
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: nfs\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-31 15:43+0200\n"
 "Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET \n"
 "Language-Team: French \n"
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL nfs_2002_01_04_0147__32
 #. error popup message
-#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:116
+#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:115
 msgid ""
 "fstab already contains an entry\n"
 "with mount point '%1'."
@@ -165,7 +165,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL nfs_2002_08_07_0216__4
 #. error popup message (spaces are now allowed)
-#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:139
+#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:137
 msgid ""
 "The path entered is invalid.\n"
 "It must be shorter than 70 characters\n"
@@ -434,13 +434,13 @@
 
 # TLABEL nfs_2002_01_04_0147__3
 #. error popup message
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:387
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:385
 msgid "Unable to create directory '%1'."
 msgstr "Impossible de créer le répertoire '%1'."
 
 # TLABEL nfs_2002_03_14_2340__5
 #. error popup message
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:405
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:403
 msgid ""
 "Unable to write to /etc/fstab.\n"
 "No changes will be made to the\n"
@@ -452,61 +452,61 @@
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__331
 #. dialog label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:447
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:446
 msgid "Writing NFS Configuration"
 msgstr "Écriture de la configuration NFS"
 
 # TLABEL runlevel_2002_08_07_0216__3
 #. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:452
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:451
 msgid "Stop services"
 msgstr "Arrêter les services"
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__74
 #. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:454
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:453
 msgid "Start services"
 msgstr "Démarrer les services"
 
 # TLABEL runlevel_2002_08_07_0216__1
 #. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:458
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:457
 msgid "Stopping services..."
 msgstr "Arrêt des services..."
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__74
 #. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:460
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:459
 msgid "Starting services..."
 msgstr "Démarrage des services..."
 
 # TLABEL lan_inetd_2002_03_14_2340__26
 #. final progress step label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:462
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:461
 msgid "Finished"
 msgstr "Terminé"
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__68
 #. help text
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:468
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:467
 msgid "Writing NFS client settings. Please wait..."
 msgstr "Écriture des paramètres du client NFS. Veuillez patienter..."
 
 # TLABEL nfs_2002_01_04_0147__5
 #. error popup message
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:488
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:487
 msgid "Unable to mount the NFS entries from /etc/fstab."
 msgstr "Impossible de monter les entrées NFS de /etc/fstab."
 
 # TLABEL nfs_2002_08_07_0216__0
 #. summary header
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:510
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:506
 msgid "NFS Entries"
 msgstr "Entrées NFS"
 
 # TLABEL nis_server_2002_01_04_0147__12
 #. summary item, %1 is a number
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:514
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:510
 msgid "%1 entries configured"
 msgstr "%1 entrées configurées"
 

Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/nis.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/nis.fr.po	2016-09-02 21:33:42 UTC (rev 96676)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/nis.fr.po	2016-09-02 21:33:58 UTC (rev 96677)
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: nis\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-02 17:46+0200\n"
 "Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET \n"
 "Language-Team: French \n"
@@ -295,11 +295,12 @@
 msgid "&Addresses of NIS servers"
 msgstr "&Adresses des serveurs NIS"
 
-# TLABEL nis_2002_08_07_0216__23
+# TLABEL nis_2002_08_07_0216__48
 #. check box label
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:411
-msgid "Br&oadcast"
-msgstr "Di&ffusion générale (Broadcast)"
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:411 src/include/nis/ui.rb:853
+msgid "&Broadcast"
+msgstr "&Diffusion générale (Broadcast)"
 
 # TLABEL country_2002_08_07_0216__31
 #. pushbutton label, find nis servers
@@ -427,12 +428,6 @@
 msgid "&Servers (separated by spaces or commas)"
 msgstr "&Serveurs (séparés par des espaces ou des virgules)"
 
-# TLABEL nis_2002_08_07_0216__48
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:853
-msgid "&Broadcast"
-msgstr "&Diffusion générale (Broadcast)"
-
 # TLABEL support_2002_01_04_0147__15
 #. checkbox label
 #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:859
@@ -677,5 +672,9 @@
 msgid "NIS server not found."
 msgstr "Aucun serveur NIS trouvé."
 
+# TLABEL nis_2002_08_07_0216__23
+#~ msgid "Br&oadcast"
+#~ msgstr "Di&ffusion générale (Broadcast)"
+
 #~ msgid "<p>If you are using <b>DHCP</b> and the server provides the NIS domain name or servers, you can enable their use here. DHCP itself can be set up in the network module.</p>"
 #~ msgstr "<p>Si vous utilisez <b>DHCP</b> et que le serveur fournit un nom de domaine NIS ou des serveurs, vous pouvez permettre leur utilisation ici. DHCP peut être mis en place dans un module de réseau.</p>"

Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/ntp-client.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/ntp-client.fr.po	2016-09-02 21:33:42 UTC (rev 96676)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/ntp-client.fr.po	2016-09-02 21:33:58 UTC (rev 96677)
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: ntp-client\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 21:08+0200\n"
 "Last-Translator: Antoine Belvire \n"
 "Language-Team: français \n"
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 msgstr "Écriture de la configuration NTP..."
 
 #. help text
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:92
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:90
 msgid "<p>Press <b>Synchronize Now</b>, to get your system time set correctly using the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable the <b>Save NTP Configuration</b> option</p>"
 msgstr "<p>Cliquez sur <b>Synchroniser maintenant<b> pour régler votre heure système correctement en utilisant le serveur NTP selectionné. Si vous voulez utiliser le NTP de façon permanente, activez l'option <b>Enregistrer la configuration NTP</b>.</p>"
 
@@ -43,51 +43,51 @@
 msgstr "<p>En activant l'option <b>Executer NTP en tant que démon, le service NTP sera démarré en tant que démon. Sinon, l'heure système sera synchronisée périodiquement. L'intervalle par défaut est 15 min. Vous pouvez le modifier après l'installation avec le <b>module ntp-client de yast2</b>.</p>"
 
 #. help text, cont.
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:107
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:110
 msgid "<p>Using the <b>Configure</b> button, open the advanced NTP configuration.</p>"
 msgstr "<p>Avec le bouton <b>Configurer</b>, ouvrez la configuration NTP avancée.</p>"
 
 #. help text, cont.
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:116
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:119
 msgid "<p>Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is configured.</p>"
 msgstr "<p>La synchronisation avec le serveur NTP ne peut se faire que lorsque le réseau est configuré.</p>"
 
 # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__219
 #. translators: error popup
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:141
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:145
 msgid "Invalid NTP server hostname %1"
 msgstr "Nom d'hôte du serveur NTP incorrect %1"
 
 # TLABEL nis_2002_08_07_0216__53
 #. combo box label
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:240
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:243
 msgid "&NTP Server Address"
 msgstr "Adresse du serveur &NTP"
 
 #. check box label
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:250
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:253
 msgid "&Run NTP as daemon"
 msgstr "&Executer NTP en tant que démon"
 
 #. check box label
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:259
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:262
 msgid "&Save NTP Configuration"
 msgstr "&Sauvegarder la configuration NTP"
 
 #. push button label
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:269
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:272
 msgid "S&ynchronize now"
 msgstr "S&ynchroniser maintenant"
 
 # TLABEL wizard_2002_03_14_2340__3
 #. push button label
 #. bnc#449615: only simple config for inst-sys
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:275
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:276
 msgid "&Configure..."
 msgstr "&Configurer..."
 
 #. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:380
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:379
 msgid ""
 "Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n"
 "without package %1 installed."
@@ -96,18 +96,18 @@
 "sans avoir installé le paquet %1."
 
 #. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:392
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:391
 msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..."
 msgstr "Synchronisation avec le serveur NTP..."
 
 #. update time widgets
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:438
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:439
 msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed."
 msgstr "La connexion au serveur NTP sélectionné a échouée."
 
 #. Translators: yes-no popup,
 #. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:469
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:470
 msgid ""
 "Test query to server '%1' failed.\n"
 "If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n"
@@ -325,309 +325,302 @@
 
 # TLABEL ldap_client_2002_03_16_1943__9
 #. command line help text for NTP client module
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:23
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:22
 msgid "NTP client configuration module."
 msgstr "Module de configuration du client NTP."
 
 # TLABEL printconf_2002_03_14_2340__1
 #. command line help text for an action
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:33
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:32
 msgid "Print the status of the NTP daemon"
 msgstr "Imprimer l'état du démon NTP."
 
 #. command line help text for an action
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:40
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:39
 msgid "Print all configured synchronization relationships"
 msgstr "Imprimer toutes les relations de synchronisation configurées"
 
 # TLABEL printconf_2002_03_14_2340__1
 #. command line help text for an action
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:47
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:46
 msgid "Enable the NTP daemon"
 msgstr "Activer le démon NTP"
 
 # TLABEL users_2002_08_07_0216__21
 #. command line help text for an action
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:54
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:53
 msgid "Disable the NTP daemon"
 msgstr "Désactiver le démon NTP"
 
 #. command line help text for an action
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:61
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:60
 msgid "Add new synchronization relationship"
 msgstr "Ajouter une nouvelle relation de synchronisation"
 
 # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__61
 #. command line help text for an action
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:68
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:67
 msgid "Edit existing synchronization relationship"
 msgstr "Modifier une relation de synchronisation existante"
 
 # TLABEL scanner_2002_01_04_0147__91
 #. command line help text for an action
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:75
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:74
 msgid "Delete a synchronization relationship"
 msgstr "Effacer une relation de synchronisation"
 
 # TLABEL nisplus_2002_03_16_1943__12
 #. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:83
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:82
 msgid "The address of the server"
 msgstr "L'adresse du serveur"
 
 # TLABEL ldap_client_2002_03_16_1943__7
 #. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:90
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:89
 msgid "The address of the peer"
 msgstr "L'adresse du pair"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__190
 #. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:97
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:96
 msgid "The address to which to broadcast"
 msgstr "L'adresse vers laquelle faire des diffusions générales"
 
 #. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:104
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:103
 msgid "The address from which to accept broadcasts"
 msgstr "L'adresse de laquelle accepter des diffusions générales"
 
 #. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:111
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:110
 msgid "The options of the relationship"
 msgstr "Les options de la relation"
 
 # TLABEL general_2002_03_14_2340__0
 #. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:118
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:117
 msgid "Options for clock driver calibration"
 msgstr "Options pour la calibration du pilote de l'horloge"
 
 #. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:125
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:124
 msgid "Use the server for initial synchronization"
 msgstr "Utiliser le serveur pour la synchronisation initiale"
 
 #. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:131
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:130
 msgid "Do not use the server for initial synchronization"
 msgstr "Ne pas utiliser le serveur pour la synchronisation initiale"
 
 #. error report for command line
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:191
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:190
 msgid "The synchronization peer not specified."
 msgstr "Pair de synchronisation non spécifié."
 
 #. error report for command line
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:198
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:197
 msgid "Specified synchronization peer not found."
 msgstr "Le pair de synchronisation spécifié n'a pas été trouvé."
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__157
 #. status information for command line
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:252
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:249
 msgid "NTP daemon is enabled."
 msgstr "Le démon NTP est activé."
 
 # TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__16
-#. status information for command line
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:254
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:249
 msgid "NTP daemon is disabled."
 msgstr "Le démon NTP est désactivé."
 
 # TLABEL nfs_2002_01_04_0147__21
 #. table cell, NTP relationship type
 #. table cell, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:268
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:565
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:262
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:542
 msgid "Server"
 msgstr "Serveur"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__402
 #. table cell, NTP relationship type
 #. table cell, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:270
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:567
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:264
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:544
 msgid "Peer"
 msgstr "Pair"
 
 # TLABEL nis_2002_08_07_0216__7
 #. table cell, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:272
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:266
 msgid "Broadcast"
 msgstr "Diffusion générale (broadcast)"
 
 # TLABEL nis_2002_08_07_0216__7
 #. table cell, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:274
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:268
 msgid "Accepting Broadcasts"
 msgstr "Accepter les diffusions générales (broadcasts)"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__400
 #. table cell, %1 is integer 0-3
 #. table cell, %1 is integer 0-3
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:288
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:587
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:281
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:564
 msgid "Unit Number: %1"
 msgstr "Numéro d'unité : %1"
 
 #. table cell, NTP relationship type
 #. table cell, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:294
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:593
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:287
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:570
 msgid "Local Radio Clock"
 msgstr "Horloge radio locale"
 
 # TLABEL users_2002_08_07_0216__41
 #. command line error message
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:344
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:335
 msgid "Reading the settings failed."
 msgstr "Échec de la lecture des paramètres."
 
 #. frame label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:100
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:99
 msgid "NTP Server Configuration"
 msgstr "Configuration du serveur NTP"
 
 #. dialog caption
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:113
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:112
 msgid "NTP Configuration"
 msgstr "Configuration NTP"
 
-# TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__279
-#. TRANSLATORS: UI frame label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:177
-msgid "Firewall Settings"
-msgstr "Paramètres du firewall"
-
 # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__20
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:189
+#. Main dialog
+#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:184
 msgid "General Settings"
 msgstr "Paramètres généraux"
 
 # TLABEL security_2002_01_04_0147__81
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:200
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:195
 msgid "Security Settings"
 msgstr "Paramètres de sécurité"
 
 #. dialog caption
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:229
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:222
 msgid "Advanced NTP Configuration"
 msgstr "Configuration NTP avancée"
 
 #. dialog caption
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:260
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:253
 msgid "New Synchronization"
 msgstr "Nouvelle synchronisation"
 
 # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__262
 #. Server editing dialog
 #. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:285
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:276
 msgid "Server Settings"
 msgstr "Paramètres du serveur"
 
 # TLABEL ldap-client_2002_08_07_0216__2
 #. dialog caption
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:301
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:292
 msgid "NTP Server"
 msgstr "Serveur NTP"
 
 # TLABEL firewall_2002_03_14_2340__38
 #. TRANSLATORS: frame label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:331
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1548
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:320 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1492
 msgid "Local NTP Server"
 msgstr "Serveur local NTP"
 
 # TLABEL ldap-client_2002_08_07_0216__2
 #. TRANSLATORS: frame label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:377
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1549
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:364 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1493
 msgid "Public NTP Server"
 msgstr "Serveur NTP public"
 
 # TLABEL ldap-client_2002_08_07_0216__2
 #. dialog caption
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:420
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:405
 msgid "NTP Peer"
 msgstr "Homologue NTP"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__31
 #. dialog caption
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:459
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:442
 msgid "Local Reference Clock"
 msgstr "Horloge de référence locale"
 
 # TLABEL nis_2002_08_07_0216__7
 #. dialog caption
 #. table cell, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:494 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:569
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:475 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:546
 msgid "Outgoing Broadcast"
 msgstr "Diffusion sortante"
 
 # TLABEL nis_2002_08_07_0216__7
 #. dialog caption
 #. table cell, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:521 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:573
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:500 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:550
 msgid "Incoming Broadcast"
 msgstr "Diffusion entrante"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__138
 #. text entry
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:547
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:524
 msgid "&Reference ID"
 msgstr "ID &référence"
 
 # TLABEL lan_inetd_2002_01_04_0147__28
 #. int field
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:550
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:527
 msgid "&Stratum"
 msgstr "&Stratum"
 
 #. text entry
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:555
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:532
 msgid "Calibration Offset 1"
 msgstr "Décalage de calibration 1"
 
 #. text entry
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:558
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:535
 msgid "Calibration Offset 2"
 msgstr "Décalage de calibration 2"
 
 # TLABEL lan_inetd_2002_01_04_0147__32
 #. check box
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:563
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:540
 msgid "Flag &1"
 msgstr "Indicateur &1"
 
 # TLABEL lan_inetd_2002_01_04_0147__32
 #. check box
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:566
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:543
 msgid "Flag &2"
 msgstr "Indicateur &2"
 
 # TLABEL lan_inetd_2002_01_04_0147__32
 #. check box
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:571
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:548
 msgid "Flag &3"
 msgstr "Indicateur &3"
 
 # TLABEL lan_inetd_2002_01_04_0147__32
 #. check box
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:574
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:551
 msgid "Flag &4"
 msgstr "Indicateur &4"
 
 # TLABEL general_2002_03_14_2340__0
 #. dialog caption
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:582
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:559
 msgid "Clock Driver Calibration"
 msgstr "Calibration du pilote de l'horloge"
 
 # TLABEL security_2002_08_07_0216__0
 #. Read dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:17
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:18
 msgid ""
 "<p><b><big>Initializing NTP Client Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
 "Please wait...<br></p>"
@@ -637,7 +630,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__68
 #. Read dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:21
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:22
 msgid ""
 "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
 "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
@@ -647,7 +640,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL security_2002_08_07_0216__2
 #. Write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:25
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:27
 msgid ""
 "<p><b><big>Saving NTP Client Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
 "Please wait...<br></p>"
@@ -657,7 +650,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__3
 #. Write dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:29
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:31
 msgid ""
 "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
 "Abort the save procedure by pressing  <b>Abort</b>.\n"
@@ -667,16 +660,23 @@
 "Interrompre l'enregistrement en cliquant sur <B>Interrompre</B>.\n"
 "Un nouveau dialogue vous fera savoir s'il est prudent de procéder ainsi.</P>"
 
-#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:35
+#. help text 1/5, %d is a number of minutes
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:37
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p><b><big>Start NTP Daemon</big></b><br>\n"
+#| "Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n"
+#| "The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n"
+#| "network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.</p>\n"
+#| "Selecting <b>Synchronize without Daemon</b> the ntp daemon will not be activated. \n"
+#| "The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is 15 minutes by default.\n"
+#| " You can change this when the system was set up."
 msgid ""
 "<p><b><big>Start NTP Daemon</big></b><br>\n"
 "Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n"
-"The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n"
-"network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.</p>\n"
-"Selecting <b>Synchronize without Daemon</b> the ntp daemon will not be activated. \n"
-"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is 15 minutes by default.\n"
-" You can change this when the system was set up."
+"Selecting <b>Synchronize without Daemon</b> the NTP daemon will not be activated\n"
+"and the system time will be set periodically by a <i>cron</i> script. \n"
+"The interval is configurable, by default it is %d minutes."
 msgstr ""
 "<p><b><big>Démarrer le démon NTP</big></b><br>\n"
 "Sélectionnez si le démon NTP doit être démarré maintenant et à chaque démarrage.\n"
@@ -712,7 +712,7 @@
 "Les indicateurs de contrôle d'accès peuvent être ajustés dans la table récapitulative des serveurs. Cette option n'est pas disponible si le NTP est configuré via DHCP.</p>\n"
 
 #. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:58
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:60
 msgid ""
 "<p><b><big>Configuring via DHCP</big></b><br>\n"
 "To retrieve the information about NTP servers via the DHCP protocol from\n"
@@ -727,7 +727,7 @@
 "réseau si les informations relatives aux serveurs NTP sont fournies par le serveur DHCP.</p>"
 
 #. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:66
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:68
 msgid ""
 "<p><b><big>Configured Servers</big></b><br>\n"
 "To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n"
@@ -744,7 +744,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__47
 #. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:74
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:76
 msgid ""
 "<p><b><big>Display Log</big></b></p>\n"
 "<p>To view the logs of the NTP daemon, click <b>Display Log</b>.</p>\n"
@@ -753,7 +753,7 @@
 "<p>Pour afficher les journaux (logs) du démon NTP, cliquez sur <b>Afficher le journal</b>.</p>\n"
 
 #. help text to a button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:78
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:81
 msgid ""
 "<p><b><big>Advanced configuration</big></b><br>\n"
 "To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n"
@@ -765,7 +765,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__47
 #. help text 1/4
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:84
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:87
 msgid ""
 "<p><b><big>Clock Type</big></b><br>\n"
 "Select the driver for the clock to configure.</p>"
@@ -774,7 +774,7 @@
 "Sélectionnez le pilote pour l'horloge à configurer.</p>"
 
 #. help text 2/4
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:88
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:91
 msgid ""
 "<p><b><big>Unit Number</big></b><br>\n"
 "If you have multiple clocks of the same type, you must set\n"
@@ -785,7 +785,7 @@
 "des <b>Numéros d'unité</b>.</p>"
 
 #. help text 3/4
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:94
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:97
 msgid ""
 "<p><b><big>Device</big></b><br>\n"
 "To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n"
@@ -805,7 +805,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__47
 #. help text 4/4
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:104
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:107
 msgid ""
 "<p><b><big>Driver Calibration</big></b><br>\n"
 "To calibrate the clock driver, click <b>Driver Calibration</b>.</p>"
@@ -814,7 +814,7 @@
 "Pour calibrer le pilote de l'horloge, cliquez sur <b>Calibration du pilote</b>.</p>"
 
 #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:108
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:112
 msgid ""
 "<p><b><big>Address of the NTP Server</big></b><br>\n"
 "To set the address of the NTP server, use the <b>Address</b> entry.\n"
@@ -827,7 +827,7 @@
 "Internet.</p>"
 
 #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:115
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:119
 msgid ""
 "<p><b><big>Selecting a Server</big></b><br>\n"
 "To select an NTP server from those found in the local network\n"
@@ -841,7 +841,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__47
 #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:122
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:126
 msgid ""
 "<p><b><big>Testing Server Accessibility</big></b><br>\n"
 "To test if the selected server is up and responds properly,\n"
@@ -853,7 +853,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__47
 #. help text 1/1, alt. 2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:128
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:132
 msgid ""
 "<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n"
 "To set the address of the host with which to synchronize mutually,\n"
@@ -865,7 +865,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__47
 #. help text 1/1, alt. 3
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:134
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:138
 msgid ""
 "<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n"
 "To set the address to which to broadcast, use the <b>Address</b>\n"
@@ -877,7 +877,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__47
 #. help text 1/1, alt. 4
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:140
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:144
 msgid ""
 "<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n"
 "To set the address from which to accept broadcast packets, use \n"
@@ -889,7 +889,7 @@
 
 #. help text 2/4, was removed
 #. help text 3/4, optional
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:148
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:152
 msgid ""
 "<p><b><big>Options</big></b><br>\n"
 "To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in the\n"
@@ -901,7 +901,7 @@
 "options dans le champ de texte <b>Options</b>. Pour plus de détails,\n"
 "consultez <i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm</i>.</p>\n"
 
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:154
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:158
 msgid ""
 "<p><b><big>Access Control Options</big></b><br>\n"
 "Define the access control flags (<b><tt>restrict</tt></b> directive in\n"
@@ -921,7 +921,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__47
 #. help text 1/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:164
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168
 msgid ""
 "<p><b><big>Synchronization Peer Type</big></b><br>\n"
 "Select the kind of synchronization peer to add here.</p>"
@@ -930,7 +930,7 @@
 "Sélectionnez le type de pair de synchronisation à ajouter ici.</p>"
 
 #. help text 2/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:173
 msgid ""
 "<p>To add an NTP server to which to synchronize,\n"
 "select <b>Server</b>.</p>"
@@ -939,7 +939,7 @@
 "sélectionnez <b>Serveur</b>.</p>"
 
 #. help text 3/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:172
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:177
 msgid ""
 "<p>To add an NTP peer to synchronize mutually, select\n"
 "<b>Peer</b>.</p>"
@@ -948,7 +948,7 @@
 "synchronisation mutuelle, sélectionnez <b>Pair</b>.</p>"
 
 #. help text 4/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:176
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:181
 msgid ""
 "<p>To configure a local clock connected directly to your computer,\n"
 "select <b>Radio Clock</b>.</p>"
@@ -957,7 +957,7 @@
 "sélectionnez <b>Horloge radio</b>.</p>"
 
 #. help text 5/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:180
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:186
 msgid ""
 "<p>To broadcast time information through your network, select\n"
 "<b>Outgoing Broadcast</b>.</p>"
@@ -966,7 +966,7 @@
 "<b>Diffusion sortante</b>.</p>"
 
 #. help text 6/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:184
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:191
 msgid ""
 "<p>To accept NTP packets broadcasted by other hosts on the network\n"
 "and use them for setting local time, select <b>Incoming Broadcast<b>.</p>"
@@ -975,7 +975,7 @@
 "et les utiliser pour définir l'heure locale, sélectionnez <b>Diffusion entrante<b>.</p>"
 
 #. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:188
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:196
 msgid ""
 "<p><big><b>Server Location</b></big>\n"
 "Select if you want to find the NTP server in the local network or select\n"
@@ -986,7 +986,7 @@
 "choisissez le serveur NTP dans la liste des serveurs NTP connus.</p>"
 
 #. help text 2/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:194
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202
 msgid ""
 "<p><big><b>Finding Server in the Local\n"
 "Network</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -1000,7 +1000,7 @@
 "Sélectionnez ensuite le serveur dans la liste des serveurs trouvés.</p>"
 
 #. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:210
 msgid ""
 "<p><big><b>Selecting a Public NTP Server</b></big><br>\n"
 "Select the NTP server to use from the <b>Public NTP Servers</b> list. To display\n"
@@ -1012,7 +1012,7 @@
 "<b>Pays</b>.</p>"
 
 #. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:208
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:216
 msgid ""
 "<p><big><b>Note</b></big><br>\n"
 "The listed NTP servers may not be available from any country, but only\n"
@@ -1035,7 +1035,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__47
 #. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:219
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:227
 msgid ""
 "<p><big><b>Testing Server Accessibility</b></big><br>\n"
 "To test if the selected server responds properly, click <b>Test</b>.</p>"
@@ -1046,7 +1046,7 @@
 
 #. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org"
 #. rwalter, please, correct it ;)
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:224
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:233
 msgid ""
 "<p><big><b>Use Random Servers</b></big><br>\n"
 "This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n"
@@ -1061,7 +1061,7 @@
 " client NTP est synchronisé avec des serveurs différents toutes les heures.</p>\n"
 
 #. help text 1/2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:238
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:247
 msgid ""
 "<p><big><b>Clock Driver Calibration</b></big><br>\n"
 "The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n"
@@ -1075,7 +1075,7 @@
 "pas toutes les options.</p>"
 
 #. help text 2/2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:245
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:254
 msgid ""
 "To learn more about available options, install the package\n"
 "<i>ntp-doc</i> and see <i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</i>.</p>\n"
@@ -1095,18 +1095,18 @@
 
 # TLABEL users_2002_08_07_0216__21
 #. menubutton entry, try to keep short
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:65
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:66
 msgid "Restart NTP Daemon"
 msgstr "Redémarrer le démon NTP"
 
 # TLABEL firewall_2002_03_14_2340__7
 #. menubutton entry, try to keep short
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:70
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:71
 msgid "Save Settings and Restart NTP Daemon"
 msgstr "Enregistrer les paramètres et redémarrer le démon NTP"
 
-#. continue-cancel popup
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:179
+#. Do not display this warning if we use NetworkManager (#299666)
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:178
 msgid ""
 "Warning!\n"
 "\n"
@@ -1121,7 +1121,7 @@
 "démon NTP ne fonctionnera peut-être pas correctement."
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:240
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:237
 msgid ""
 "NTP server '%1' is not a valid hostname,\n"
 "fully qualified hostname, IPv4 address, or IPv6 address."
@@ -1130,7 +1130,7 @@
 "un nom de machine complet, une adresse IPv4 ou une adresse IPv6."
 
 #. if there is already some server defined
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:531
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:509
 msgid ""
 "Enabling Random Servers from pool.ntp.org would\n"
 "replace the current NTP server.\n"
@@ -1144,49 +1144,49 @@
 
 # TLABEL cups_2002_01_04_0147__154
 #. popup header
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1067
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1037
 msgid "Select the Device"
 msgstr "Sélectionnez le périphérique:"
 
 # TLABEL ldap-client_2002_08_07_0216__2
 #. selection box header
 #. selection box header
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1132
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1791
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1101
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1734
 msgid "Public NTP &Servers"
 msgstr "&Serveurs NTP publics"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__289
 #. message report (no server selected)
 #. report message
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1143
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1226
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1112
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1191
 msgid "Select an NTP server."
 msgstr "Sélectionner un serveur NTP."
 
 # TLABEL tune_2002_08_07_0216__0
 #. combo box item
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1172
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1139
 msgid "All Countries"
 msgstr "Tous les pays"
 
 # TLABEL support_2002_01_04_0147__39
 #. combo box header
 #. combo box header
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1179
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1781
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1146
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1724
 msgid "&Country"
 msgstr "&Pays"
 
 # TLABEL nfs_2002_01_04_0147__13
 #. TRANSLATORS: Busy message
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1252
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1216
 msgid "Scanning for NTP servers on your network..."
 msgstr "Recherche des serveurs NTP sur votre réseau..."
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error - no NTP server has been found during scanning the network.
 #. There is a very high possibility that is is because of running firewall.
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1267
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1231
 msgid ""
 "No NTP server has been found on your network.\n"
 "This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n"
@@ -1197,108 +1197,108 @@
 "qui bloque probablement la recherche sur le réseau."
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error - no NTP server has been found during scanning the network.
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1276
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1240
 msgid "No NTP server has been found on your network."
 msgstr "Aucun serveur NTP n'a été trouvé sur votre réseau."
 
 # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__306
 #. combo box label
 #. table header
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1287
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1573
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1251
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1516
 msgid "Address"
 msgstr "Adresse"
 
 # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__130
 #. popup message
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1347
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1309
 msgid "No server is selected."
 msgstr "Aucun serveur sélectionné."
 
 # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__306
 #. text entry label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1389
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1347
 msgid "A&ddress"
 msgstr "A&dresse"
 
 #. push button label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1398
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1356
 msgid "Ad&vanced Configuration"
 msgstr "&Configuration avancée"
 
 #. push button label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1409
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1367
 msgid "&Driver Calibration"
 msgstr "Calibration du &pilote"
 
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1419
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1377
 msgid "&Interval of the Synchronization in Minutes"
 msgstr "&Intervalle de synchronisation en minutes"
 
 # TLABEL users_2002_08_07_0216__21
 #. frame
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1430
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1388
 msgid "Start NTP Daemon"
 msgstr "Démarrer le démon NTP"
 
 # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__42
 #. radio button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1433
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1391
 msgid "Only &Manually"
 msgstr "&Manuellement uniquement"
 
 #. radio button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1435
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1393
 msgid "&Synchronize without Daemon"
 msgstr "&Synchroniser sans démon"
 
 # TLABEL nfs_server_2002_01_04_0147__14
 #. radio button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1437
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1395
 msgid "Now and on &Boot"
 msgstr "Maintenant et lors de l'&amorçage"
 
 #. check box
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1452
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1410
 msgid "Run NTP Daemon in Chroot &Jail"
 msgstr "Exécuter le démon NTP dans Chroot &Jail"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS:
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1464
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1422
 msgid "&Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only "
 msgstr "&Restreindre le service NTP aux serveurs configurés uniquement"
 
 # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__42
 #. combo box item FIXME usability
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1478
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1434
 msgid "Manual"
 msgstr "Manuel"
 
 # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__41
 #. combo box item
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1480
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1436
 msgid "Auto"
 msgstr "Auto"
 
 # TLABEL security_2002_01_04_0147__80
 #. combo box item
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1482
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1438
 msgid "Custom"
 msgstr "Personnaliser"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__222
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1484
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1440
 msgid "&Runtime Configuration Policy"
 msgstr "Politique de configu&ration personnalisée."
 
 # TLABEL security_2002_01_04_0147__80
 #. FIXME
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1497
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1448
 msgid "&Custom Policy"
 msgstr "&Politique personnalisée"
 
 #. check box
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1508
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1456
 msgid "&Use Random Servers from pool.ntp.org"
 msgstr "&Utiliser des serveurs aléatoires à partir de pool.ntp.org"
 
@@ -1306,15 +1306,15 @@
 #. text entry label
 #. text entry
 #. combo box label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1521
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1539
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1739
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1465
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1483
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1682
 msgid "&Address"
 msgstr "&Adresse"
 
 # TLABEL restore_2002_08_07_0216__46
 #. push button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1546
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1490
 msgid "&Select..."
 msgstr "&Sélectionner..."
 
@@ -1322,107 +1322,107 @@
 #. push button
 #. push button
 #. push button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1557
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1818
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1829
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1501
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1761
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1772
 msgid "&Test"
 msgstr "&Tester"
 
 #. table header
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1571
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1514
 msgid "Synchronization Type"
 msgstr "Type de synchronisation"
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__41
 #. push button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1586
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1529
 msgid "Display &Log..."
 msgstr "Afficher le &journal..."
 
 #. combo box label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1611
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1554
 msgid "Clock &Type"
 msgstr "&Type d'horloge"
 
 # TLABEL sound_2002_01_04_0147__116
 #. int field
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1622
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1565
 msgid "Unit &Number"
 msgstr "&Numéro d'unité"
 
 # TLABEL update_2002_03_14_2340__10
 #. check box
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1632
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1575
 msgid "Create &Symlink"
 msgstr "Créer &Symlink"
 
 # TLABEL restore_2002_08_07_0216__52
 #. text entry
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1656
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1599
 msgid "&Device"
 msgstr "&Périphérique"
 
 # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__260
 #. text entry label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1681
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1624
 msgid "Access Control Options"
 msgstr "Options de contrôle des accès"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__302
 #. radio button, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1693
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1636
 msgid "&Server"
 msgstr "&Serveur"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__302
 #. radio button, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1695
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1638
 msgid "&Peer"
 msgstr "&Pair"
 
 #. radio button, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1697
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1640
 msgid "&Radio Clock"
 msgstr "&Horloge radio"
 
 # TLABEL nis_2002_08_07_0216__7
 #. radio button, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1699
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1642
 msgid "&Outgoing Broadcast"
 msgstr "Diffusion &sortante"
 
 # TLABEL nis_2002_08_07_0216__7
 #. radio button, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1701
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1644
 msgid "&Incoming Broadcast"
 msgstr "Diffusion &entrante"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__69
 #. frame
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1704
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1647
 msgid "Type"
 msgstr "Type"
 
 # TLABEL nis_server_2002_01_04_0147__77
 #. radio button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1718
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1661
 msgid "Loc&al Network"
 msgstr "Réseau loc&al"
 
 # TLABEL ldap-client_2002_08_07_0216__2
 #. radio button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1720
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1663
 msgid "&Public NTP Server"
 msgstr "Serveur NTP &public"
 
 #. frame label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1725
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1668
 msgid "NTP Server Location"
 msgstr "Emplacement du serveur NTP"
 
 # TLABEL printconf_2002_01_04_0147__75
 #. push button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1749
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1692
 msgid "&Lookup"
 msgstr "&Recherche"
 
@@ -1438,166 +1438,99 @@
 msgid "Initializing ..."
 msgstr "Initialisation..."
 
-# TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__310
-#. NtpClient read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:486
-msgid "Initializing NTP Client Configuration"
-msgstr "Initialisation de la configuration du client NTP"
-
-# TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__322
-#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:501
-msgid "Read network configuration"
-msgstr "Lire la configuration réseau"
-
-# TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__30
-#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:503
-msgid "Read NTP settings"
-msgstr "Lire les paramètres NTP"
-
-# TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__318
-#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:507
-msgid "Reading network configuration..."
-msgstr "Lecture de la configuration réseau..."
-
-# TLABEL firewall_2002_03_14_2340__3
-#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:509
-msgid "Reading NTP settings..."
-msgstr "Lecture des paramètres NTP..."
-
 # TLABEL lan_inetd_2002_03_14_2340__26
-#. progress step
 #. While calling "yast clone_system" it is possible that
 #. the ntp server has not already been installed at that time.
 #. (This would be done if yast2-ntp-client will be called in the UI)
 #. In that case the error popup will not be shown. (bnc#889557)
+#. SuSEFirewall::Write checks on its own whether there are pending
+#. changes, so call it always. bnc#476951
 #. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:511 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:606
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:767 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:918
+#. progress step
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:494 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:627
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1031 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1055
 msgid "Finished"
 msgstr "Terminé"
 
-# TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__322
-#. boolean update_dhcp = original_config_dhcp != config_dhcp;
-#. NtpClient read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:740
-msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration"
-msgstr "Enregistrement de la configuration du client NTP"
-
-# TLABEL tv_2002_03_14_2340__21
-#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:757
-msgid "Write NTP settings"
-msgstr "Écrire les paramètres NTP"
-
-# TLABEL users_2002_08_07_0216__21
-#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:759
-msgid "Restart NTP daemon"
-msgstr "Redémarrer le démon NTP"
-
-# TLABEL tv_2002_03_14_2340__24
-#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:763
-msgid "Writing the settings..."
-msgstr "Écriture des paramètres..."
-
-# TLABEL nis_server_2002_01_04_0147__120
-#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:765
-msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..."
-msgstr "Redémarrage du démon NTP..."
-
-# TLABEL autoinst_2002_03_14_2340__17
-#. error message
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:850
-msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy."
-msgstr "Impossible de mettre à jour la politique de configuration dynamique."
-
-# TLABEL printconf_2002_03_14_2340__1
-#. error report
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:888
-msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon."
-msgstr "Impossible de redémarrer le démon NTP."
-
 #. summary string
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:998
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:704
 msgid "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system."
 msgstr "Le démon NTP démarre lors de l'amorçage du système."
 
 #. summary string
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1004
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:710
 msgid "The NTP daemon does not start automatically."
 msgstr "Le démon NTP ne démarre pas automatiquement."
 
 # TLABEL nis_2002_08_07_0216__38
 #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1010
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:716
 msgid "Servers: %1"
 msgstr "Serveurs : %1"
 
 #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1014
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:720
 msgid "Radio Clocks: %1"
 msgstr "Horloges radio : %1"
 
 # TLABEL online_update_2002_01_04_0147__21
 #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1018
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:724
 msgid "Peers: %1"
 msgstr "Pairs : %1"
 
 # TLABEL online_update_2002_01_04_0147__39
 #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1022
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:728
 msgid "Broadcast time information to: %1"
 msgstr "Diffusion générale des informations de temps vers : %1"
 
 #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1026
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:732
 msgid "Accept broadcasted time information from: %1"
 msgstr "Accepter les informations de temps en diffusion générale de : %1"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__327
 #. summary string, FIXME
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1042
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:748
 msgid "Combine static and DHCP configuration."
 msgstr "Combiner les configurations statique et DHCP."
 
 # TLABEL printconf_2002_03_14_2340__44
 #. summary string, FIXME
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1046
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:752
 msgid "Static configuration only."
 msgstr "Configuration statique uniquement."
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__222
-#. summary string, FIXME
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1049
+#. summary string, FIXME: too generic!
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:755
 msgid "Custom configuration policy."
 msgstr "Politique de configuration personnalisée."
 
 # TLABEL inetd_2002_08_07_0216__3
-#. An informative popup label diring the NTP server testings
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1082
+#. Handle UI of NTP server test answers
+#. @param [String] server string host name or IP address of the NTP server
+#. @param [Symbol] verbosity `no_ui: ..., `transient_popup: pop up while scanning,
+#. `result_popup: also final pop up about the result
+#. @return [Boolean] true if NTP server answers properly
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:809
 msgid "Testing the NTP server..."
 msgstr "Test du serveur NTP..."
 
 #. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1103
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:817
 msgid "Server is reachable and responds properly."
 msgstr "Le serveur est joignable et répond correctement."
 
 #. error message  - result of test of connection to NTP server
 #. report error instead of simple message (#306018)
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1107
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:821
 msgid "Server is unreachable or does not respond properly."
 msgstr "Le serveur est injoignable ou ne répond pas correctement."
 
 #. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659)
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1125
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:839
 msgid ""
 "Cannot search for NTP server in local network\n"
 "without package %1 installed.\n"
@@ -1605,6 +1538,85 @@
 "Impossible de rechercher un serveur NTP sur le réseau local\n"
 "sans avoir installé le paquet %1.\n"
 
+# TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__310
+#. Start a new progress for Read NTP Configuration
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1016
+msgid "Initializing NTP Client Configuration"
+msgstr "Initialisation de la configuration du client NTP"
+
+# TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__322
+#. progress stage
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021
+msgid "Read network configuration"
+msgstr "Lire la configuration réseau"
+
+# TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__30
+#. progress stage
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1023
+msgid "Read NTP settings"
+msgstr "Lire les paramètres NTP"
+
+# TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__318
+#. progress step
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1027
+msgid "Reading network configuration..."
+msgstr "Lecture de la configuration réseau..."
+
+# TLABEL firewall_2002_03_14_2340__3
+#. progress step
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1029
+msgid "Reading NTP settings..."
+msgstr "Lecture des paramètres NTP..."
+
+# TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__322
+#. Start a new progress for Write NTP Configuration
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1040
+msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration"
+msgstr "Enregistrement de la configuration du client NTP"
+
+# TLABEL tv_2002_03_14_2340__21
+#. progress stage
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1045
+msgid "Write NTP settings"
+msgstr "Écrire les paramètres NTP"
+
+# TLABEL users_2002_08_07_0216__21
+#. progress stage
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1047
+msgid "Restart NTP daemon"
+msgstr "Redémarrer le démon NTP"
+
+# TLABEL tv_2002_03_14_2340__24
+#. progress step
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1051
+msgid "Writing the settings..."
+msgstr "Écriture des paramètres..."
+
+# TLABEL nis_server_2002_01_04_0147__120
+#. progress step
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1053
+msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..."
+msgstr "Redémarrage du démon NTP..."
+
+# TLABEL autoinst_2002_03_14_2340__17
+#. Writes sysconfig ntp policy and calls netconfig to update ntp. Report an
+#. error if some of the call fails.
+#.
+#. @return [Boolean] true if write and update success
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1103
+msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy."
+msgstr "Impossible de mettre à jour la politique de configuration dynamique."
+
+# TLABEL printconf_2002_03_14_2340__1
+#. error report
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1135
+msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon."
+msgstr "Impossible de redémarrer le démon NTP."
+
+# TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__279
+#~ msgid "Firewall Settings"
+#~ msgstr "Paramètres du firewall"
+
 #~ msgid "'Test query to server '%1' failed. If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?"
 #~ msgstr "La requête de test vers le serveur '%1' a échoué. Si le serveur n'est pas encore accessible ou que le réseau n'est pas configuré, cliquer sur 'Non' pour ignorer. Revisiter la configuration du serveur NTP ?"
 

Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/packager.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/packager.fr.po	2016-09-02 21:33:42 UTC (rev 96676)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/packager.fr.po	2016-09-02 21:33:58 UTC (rev 96677)
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: packager\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-10-06 16:04+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-29 09:24+0100\n"
 "Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET \n"
 "Language-Team: French \n"
@@ -442,7 +442,7 @@
 #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
 #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
 #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1380
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:93
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:95
 msgid "<p>The repository manager is downloading repository details...</p>"
 msgstr "<p>Le gestionnaire de dépôts télécharge les détails du dépôt...</p>"
 
@@ -571,7 +571,7 @@
 #. dialog caption
 #. dialog caption
 #: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1845
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:684
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:688
 msgid "Initializing..."
 msgstr "Initialisation..."
 
@@ -599,12 +599,6 @@
 msgid "&Media"
 msgstr "&Support de données"
 
-# TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__322
-#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/pkg_finish.rb:50
-msgid "Saving the software manager configuration..."
-msgstr "Enregistrement de la configuration du gestionnaire de logiciels..."
-
 #. default (minimal) priority of a repository
 #: src/clients/repositories.rb:58
 msgid "&Priority"
@@ -644,7 +638,7 @@
 
 #. label to be used instead of URL if not found
 #: src/clients/repositories.rb:337 src/clients/repositories.rb:376
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1336
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1351
 msgid "URL: %1"
 msgstr "URL : %1"
 
@@ -925,7 +919,7 @@
 # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__201
 #. popup message part 2 followed by other info
 #. popup message, after message header, header of details
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1328
 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310
 msgid "Details:"
 msgstr "Détails :"
@@ -934,7 +928,7 @@
 #. popup message part 3
 #. end of popup message, question
 #. end of popup message, question
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1336
 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312
 msgid "Try again?"
 msgstr "Réessayer ?"
@@ -1536,47 +1530,47 @@
 
 # TLABEL users_2002_01_04_0147__42
 #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:79
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:81
 msgid "Adding a New Repository"
 msgstr "Ajout d'un nouveau dépôt"
 
 # TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__29
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:83
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:85
 msgid "Check Repository Type"
 msgstr "Vérifier le type de dépôt"
 
 # TLABEL restore_2002_08_07_0216__93
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:84
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:86
 msgid "Add Repository"
 msgstr "Ajouter un dépôt"
 
 # TLABEL restore_2002_08_07_0216__93
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:85
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:87
 msgid "Read Repository License"
 msgstr "Lire de la licence du dépôt"
 
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:88
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:90
 msgid "Checking Repository Type"
 msgstr "Vérification du type de dépôt"
 
 # TLABEL users_2002_01_04_0147__42
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:89
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:91
 msgid "Adding Repository"
 msgstr "Ajout du dépôt"
 
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:90
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:92
 msgid "Reading Repository License"
 msgstr "Lecture de la licence du dépôt"
 
 # TLABEL restore_2002_08_07_0216__93
 #. add at least one product if the scan result is empty (no product info available)
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:154
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:156
 msgid "Repository"
 msgstr "Dépôt"
 
 #. continue-back popup
 #. continue-back popup
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:226
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:228
 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:330
 msgid ""
 "There is no product information available at the given location.\n"
@@ -1593,8 +1587,8 @@
 
 #. popup message part 1
 #. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:321
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1324 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:323
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1323 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306
 msgid ""
 "Unable to create repository\n"
 "from URL '%1'."
@@ -1603,7 +1597,7 @@
 "à partir de l'URL '%1'."
 
 #. error message
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:333
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:335
 msgid ""
 "Using an ISO image over ftp or http protocol is not possible.\n"
 "Change the protocol or unpack the ISO image on the server side."
@@ -1613,12 +1607,12 @@
 
 # TLABEL sound_2002_01_04_0147__82
 #. popup message part 2
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:343
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:345
 msgid "Change the URL and try again?"
 msgstr "Modifier l'URL et réessayer ?"
 
 #. popup error message, %1 is the package name
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:420
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:422
 msgid ""
 "Cannot search for SLP repositories\n"
 "without having %1 package installed.\n"
@@ -1626,6 +1620,12 @@
 "Impossible de rechercher les dépôts SLP\n"
 "sans avoir installé le paquet %1\n"
 
+# TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__322
+#. @see Implements ::Installation::FinishClient#title
+#: src/lib/packager/clients/pkg_finish.rb:55
+msgid "Saving the software manager configuration..."
+msgstr "Enregistrement de la configuration du gestionnaire de logiciels..."
+
 # TLABEL sound_2002_01_04_0147__36
 #. New add-on product might add also new agents.
 #. Functions Rereads all available agents.
@@ -1634,19 +1634,19 @@
 #. error report
 #. popup error
 #. popup error
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:518 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:620
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:539 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:730
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:522 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:624
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:533 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:726
 msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system."
 msgstr "Une erreur s'est produite lors de la préparation du système d'installation."
 
 #. error report
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:655
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:659
 msgid "Control file %1 not found on media."
 msgstr "Fichier de contrôle %1 introuvable sur le support."
 
 #. FATE #305578: Add-On Product Requiring Registration
 #. or check the content file
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:896
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:900
 msgid ""
 "Package '%s' is not installed.\n"
 "The add-on product cannot be registered."
@@ -1654,31 +1654,47 @@
 "Le paquet '%s' n'est pas installé.\n"
 "Le produit supplémentaire ne peut être enregistré."
 
+# TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__140
+#. FATE #302398: PATTERNS keyword in content file
+#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625)
+#. no such products
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1143 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1781
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1787 src/modules/Packages.rb:471
+msgid "Unknown Product"
+msgstr "Produit inconnu"
+
+#. push button
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1152
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Release &Notes"
+msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
+msgstr "&Notes de version"
+
 # TLABEL users_2002_01_04_0147__79
 #. TRANSLATORS: error report
 #. TRANSLATORS: error report
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1263 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1427
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1278 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1442
 msgid "Unable to use additional products."
 msgstr "Impossible d'utiliser les produits complémentaires."
 
 # TLABEL cups_2002_01_04_0147__248
 #. fill up internal map (used later when item selected)
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1314 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1320
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1329 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1335
 msgid "%1, URL: %2"
 msgstr "%1, URL : %2"
 
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1330
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1345
 msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2"
 msgstr "URL : %1, Chemin : %2"
 
 # TLABEL users_2002_03_15_0147__2
 #. TRANSLATORS: popup heading
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1361
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1376
 msgid "Additional Products"
 msgstr "Produits supplémentaires"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1382
 msgid ""
 "The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n"
 "Select the ones you want to use.\n"
@@ -1687,41 +1703,33 @@
 "Sélectionnez ceux que vous souhaitez utiliser.\n"
 
 # TLABEL users_2002_03_15_0147__2
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1378
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1393
 msgid "Additional Products to Select"
 msgstr "Produits supplémentaires à sélectionner"
 
 #. push button label
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1385
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1400
 msgid "Add Selected &Products"
 msgstr "Ajouter les &produits sélectionnés"
 
 # TLABEL users_2002_01_04_0147__79
 #. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1517
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1532
 msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium"
 msgstr "Insérer le produit complémentaire %1"
 
 # TLABEL scanner_2002_01_04_0147__39
 #. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1522
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1537
 msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium"
 msgstr "Insérez le support %1 %2"
 
 # TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__9
 #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1574
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1589
 msgid "Unable to add product %1."
 msgstr "Impossible d'ajouter le produit %1."
 
-# TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__140
-#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625)
-#. no such products
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1766 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1772
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:471
-msgid "Unknown Product"
-msgstr "Produit inconnu"
-
 #. update the trusted flag
 #: src/modules/KeyManager.rb:214
 msgid ""
@@ -1751,31 +1759,31 @@
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__68
 #. button label
-#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:53
+#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:54
 msgid "&Show Failed Packages List"
 msgstr "&Afficher la liste de paquets ayant échoué"
 
 # TLABEL rc_config_2002_01_04_0147__33
 #. button label
-#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:62
+#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:63
 msgid "&Show Full Log"
 msgstr "&Afficher le journal complet"
 
 # TLABEL online_update_2002_01_04_0147__112
 #. dialog headline
-#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:74
+#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:75
 msgid "Installation of some Packages Failed"
 msgstr "L'installation de certains paquets a échoué"
 
 # TLABEL online_update_2002_01_04_0147__112
 #. collect and set installation summary data
-#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:206
+#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:208
 msgid "Installation aborted by user."
 msgstr "Installation interrompue par l'utilisateur."
 
 # TLABEL security_2002_01_04_0147__70
 #. the string is follwed by a media number, e.g. "Medium 1"
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:50
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:51
 msgid "Medium %1"
 msgstr "Média %1"
 
@@ -1784,14 +1792,14 @@
 #. When data throughput goes downhill (stalled network connection etc.),
 #. cut off the predicted time at a reasonable maximum.
 #. "%1" is a predefined maximum time.
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:204
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:202
 msgid ">%1"
 msgstr ">%1"
 
 # TLABEL general_2002_01_04_0147__129
 #. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!)
 #. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!)
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:222 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:220 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:235
 msgid "Done."
 msgstr "Terminé."
 
@@ -1799,7 +1807,7 @@
 #. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???)
 #. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" )
 #. %3: Time remaining until this media will be needed
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:262
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:260
 msgid "Next: %1 -- %2"
 msgstr "Suivant : %1 -- %2"
 
@@ -1807,14 +1815,14 @@
 #. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used
 #. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???)
 #. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" )
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:279
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:277
 msgid "Next: %1"
 msgstr "Suivant : %1"
 
 #. Add "Total" item - at the top so it is visible by default even if there are many items
 #.
 #. List column header for total remaining MB and time to install
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:918
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:922
 msgid "Total"
 msgstr "Total"
 
@@ -1823,44 +1831,44 @@
 #.
 #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name,
 #. %2 is package size
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1045 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1297
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1349
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1049 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1301
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1353
 msgid "Downloading %1 (download size %2)"
 msgstr "Téléchargement de %1 (taille du téléchargement : %2)"
 
 # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__203
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1075
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1079
 msgid " (Remaining: %1%2 packages)"
 msgstr "(Restant : %1%2 paquets)"
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_08_07_0216__23
 #. display download progress in DownloadInAdvance mode
 #. translations: progress message (part1)
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1108
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1112
 msgid "Downloading Packages..."
 msgstr "Téléchargement des paquets..."
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_08_07_0216__23
 #. progress message (part2)
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1111
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1115
 msgid " (Downloaded %1 of %2 packages)"
 msgstr "(Téléchargés : %1 sur %2 paquets)"
 
 #. Heading for the progress bar for the current package
 #. while it is deleted. "%1" is the package name.
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1247
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1251
 msgid "Deleting %1"
 msgstr "Effacement de %1"
 
 #. package installation - summary text
 #. %1 is RPM name, %2 is installed (unpacked) size (e.g. 6.20MB)
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1254
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1258
 msgid "Installing %1 (installed size %2)"
 msgstr "Installation de %1 (taille installé %2)"
 
 #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name,
 #. %2 is package size
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1332
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1336
 msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1"
 msgstr "Application du delta RPM : %1"
 
@@ -1988,7 +1996,9 @@
 msgstr "<b>Attention :</b> Le produit <b>%</b> va être supprimé"
 
 #: src/modules/Packages.rb:734
-msgid "<b>Error:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be automatically removed.</font>"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<b>Error:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be automatically removed.</font>"
+msgid "<b>Error:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be automatically removed."
 msgstr "<b>Erreur :</b> Le produit <b>%</b> va être supprimé automatiquement."
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release",
@@ -2010,12 +2020,12 @@
 "</li></ul></li></ul>"
 
 #. error in proposal, %1 is URL
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1345
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1344
 msgid "No repository found at '%1'."
 msgstr "Aucun dépôt trouvé à l'adresse '%1'."
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1618
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1617
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n"
 "media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n"
@@ -2026,33 +2036,33 @@
 "vous pouvez télécharger les notes de version mises à jour depuis le serveur Web SUSE Linux.</b></p>\n"
 
 #. popup - information label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1645
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1644
 msgid "Integrating booted media..."
 msgstr "Intégration du média d'amorçage..."
 
 # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__106
 #. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1667
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1666
 msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository."
 msgstr "Échec de l'intégration du dépôt du service pack."
 
 #. popup - information label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1700
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1699
 msgid "Initializing repositories..."
 msgstr "Initialisation des dépôts..."
 
 # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__208
 #. message popup, %1 is product name
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1932
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1931
 msgid "Insert %1 CD 1"
 msgstr "Insérez le CD 1 %1"
 
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1934
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1933
 msgid "%1 CD 1 not found"
 msgstr "%1 CD 1 non trouvé"
 
 #. an error message
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2044
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2043
 msgid ""
 "Error while initializing package descriptions.\n"
 "Check the log file %1 for more details."
@@ -2061,7 +2071,7 @@
 "Vérifiez le fichier journal %1 pour plus de détails."
 
 #. bnc #436925
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2305
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2304
 msgid ""
 "The software selection has been changed externally.\n"
 "Software proposal will be called again."
@@ -2071,12 +2081,12 @@
 
 # TLABEL packages_2002_03_14_2340__65
 #. popup label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2323
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2322
 msgid "Evaluating package selection..."
 msgstr "Évaluation de la sélection de paquets..."
 
 #. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2621
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2627
 msgid ""
 "Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n"
 "Pattern has not been found."
@@ -2087,11 +2097,11 @@
 #. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted
 #.
 #. @param [String] license_ident file name
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:150 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:157
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:152 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:159
 msgid "Cannot read license file %1"
 msgstr "Impossible de lire le fichier de licence %1"
 
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:151
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:153
 msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image."
 msgstr "Pour afficher la licence du produit correctement, mettre le fichier license.tar.gz à la racine du média live lors de la construction de l'image."
 
@@ -2100,27 +2110,39 @@
 # 2002-03-15 08:13:26 CET -ke-
 # TLABEL proposal_2002_03_14_2340__20
 #. combo box
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:295
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:297
 msgid "&Language"
 msgstr "&Langue"
 
 #. check box label
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:345
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:347
 msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms."
 msgstr "J'&accepte les accords de licence."
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information
-#. %1 is replaced with the filename
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:383
+#. %s is replaced with the directory name
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:372
 msgid ""
+"This EULA can be found in the directory\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information
+#. %s is replaced with the filename
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:376
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n"
+#| "on the first media in the file %1"
+msgid ""
 "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n"
-"on the first media in the file %1"
+"on the first media in the file %s"
 msgstr ""
 "Si vous voulez imprimer cet accord de licence, vous le trouverez\n"
 "sur le premier support de données dans le fichier %1"
 
 #. help text
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:400
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:394
 msgid ""
 "<p>Read the license agreement carefully and select\n"
 "one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n"
@@ -2134,19 +2156,19 @@
 #. #459391
 #. If a progress is running open another dialog
 #. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:410 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1149
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1227
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:404 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1144
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1217
 msgid "License Agreement"
 msgstr "Accord de licence"
 
 # TLABEL wizard_2002_01_04_0147__14
 #. popup question
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1021
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1017
 msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?"
 msgstr "Voulez-vous vraiment abandonner l'installation du produit complémentaire ?"
 
 #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup)
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1045
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1041
 msgid ""
 "Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n"
 "Really refuse the agreement?"
@@ -2155,7 +2177,7 @@
 "Refusez-vous vraiment l'accord ?"
 
 #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup)
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1048
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1044
 msgid ""
 "Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n"
 "product installation. Really refuse the agreement?"
@@ -2165,17 +2187,18 @@
 
 # TLABEL printconf_2002_01_04_0147__62
 #. timed ok/cancel popup
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1058
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1054
 msgid "The system is shutting down..."
 msgstr "Le système est en cours d'extinction..."
 
-#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit"
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an extension name
+#. e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit"
 #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1153
 msgid "%s License Agreement"
 msgstr "Accord de licence %s"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1593
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1573
 msgid ""
 "If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n"
 "%{license_url}"
@@ -2288,7 +2311,7 @@
 
 #. radio button
 #. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1757
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1759
 msgid "S&MB/CIFS"
 msgstr "S&MB/CIFS"
 
@@ -2336,7 +2359,7 @@
 msgstr "&Télécharger les fichiers de description du dépôt"
 
 #. Help text suffix for some types of the media
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:116
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:117
 msgid ""
 "<p>If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n"
 "of the media, set <b>ISO Image</b>.</p>"
@@ -2345,7 +2368,7 @@
 "du support, configurez <b>Image ISO</b>.</p>"
 
 #. Help text suffix for some types of the media
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:121
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:122
 msgid ""
 "<p>If the repository is on multiple media,\n"
 "set the location of the first media of the set.</p>\n"
@@ -2355,51 +2378,51 @@
 
 # TLABEL packages_2002_03_14_2340__85
 #. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:135
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136
 msgid "&Server Name"
 msgstr "Nom du &serveur"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__204
 #. text entry
 #. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:143 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1621
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1623
 msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image"
 msgstr "&Chemin d'accès au dossier ou à l'image ISO"
 
 #. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:151
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:152
 msgid "&ISO Image"
 msgstr "&Image ISO"
 
 # TLABEL lan_inetd_2002_01_04_0147__22
 #. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:153
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:154
 msgid "N&FS v4 Protocol"
 msgstr "Protocole N&FS v4"
 
 # TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__78
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:159
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:160
 msgid "Mount Options"
 msgstr "Options de montage"
 
 # TLABEL lilo_2002_03_14_2340__6
 #. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp
 #. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable)
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:163
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:164
 msgid "(default)"
 msgstr "(par défaut)"
 
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:174
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:175
 msgid "URL of the Repository"
 msgstr "URL du dépôt"
 
 #. frame
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:183
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:184
 msgid "P&rotocol"
 msgstr "P&rotocole"
 
 #. input field label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:193
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:194
 msgid "&URL of the Repository"
 msgstr "&URL du dépôt"
 
@@ -2407,43 +2430,43 @@
 #. label / dialog caption
 #. bugzilla #219759
 #. service label can be empty (not defined)
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:208 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323
 msgid "Repository URL"
 msgstr "URL du dépôt"
 
 # TLABEL nfs_server_2002_01_04_0147__13
 #. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:210
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211
 msgid "NFS Server"
 msgstr "Serveur NFS"
 
 #. label / dialog caption
 #. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:212 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:214
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215
 msgid "CD or DVD Media"
 msgstr "Support CD ou DVD"
 
 # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__12
 #. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:216
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217
 msgid "Hard Disk"
 msgstr "Disque dur"
 
 # TLABEL update_2002_01_04_0147__31
 #. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:218
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:219
 msgid "USB Stick or Disk"
 msgstr "Disque ou clé USB"
 
 # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__13
 #. label / dialog caption
 #. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:220 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:221 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:928
 msgid "Local Directory"
 msgstr "Dossier local"
 
 #. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:222
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:223
 msgid "Local ISO Image"
 msgstr "Image ISO locale"
 
@@ -2452,25 +2475,25 @@
 #. label / dialog caption
 #. label / dialog caption
 #. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:224 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:226
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:228 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:230
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:232
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:225 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:227
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:229 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:231
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:233
 msgid "Server and Directory"
 msgstr "Serveur et dossier"
 
 #. popup message
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:468
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:469
 msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty."
 msgstr "Le nom du dépôt ne peut pas être vide."
 
 # TLABEL restore_2002_08_07_0216__93
 #. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:480
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:482
 msgid "&Repository Name"
 msgstr "&Nom du dépôt"
 
 #. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:495
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:497
 msgid ""
 "<p><big><b>Repository Name</b></big><br>\n"
 "Use <b>Repository Name</b> to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.</p>\n"
@@ -2480,12 +2503,12 @@
 
 # TLABEL runlevel_2002_03_14_2340__31
 #. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:509
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:511
 msgid "&Service Name"
 msgstr "Nom du &service"
 
 #. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:517
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:519
 msgid ""
 "<p><big><b>Service Name</b></big><br>\n"
 "Use <b>Service Name</b> to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.</p>\n"
@@ -2495,17 +2518,17 @@
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__102
 #. popup message
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:552
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:554
 msgid "URL cannot be empty."
 msgstr "L'URL ne doit pas être vide."
 
 #. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:566
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:568
 msgid "&URL"
 msgstr "&URL"
 
 #. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:580
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:582
 msgid ""
 "<p><big><b>Repository URL</b></big><br>\n"
 "Use <b>URL</b> to specify the URL of the repository.</p>"
@@ -2517,16 +2540,16 @@
 #. @return widget description map
 #. Get widget description map
 #. @return widget description map
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:753 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1893
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:755 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1895
 msgid "Edit Parts of the URL"
 msgstr "Modifier une partie de l'URL"
 
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:760 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1900
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:762 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1902
 msgid "Edit Complete URL"
 msgstr "Modifier l'URL complète"
 
 #. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:772
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:774
 msgid ""
 "<p><big><b>NFS Server</b></big><br>\n"
 "Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n"
@@ -2536,7 +2559,7 @@
 "Utiliser le <b>Nom du serveur</b> et le <b>Chemin d'accès au dossier ou à l'image ISO</b>\n"
 "pour spécifier le nom d'hôte du serveur NFS et le chemin d'accès sur le serveur.<p>"
 
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:779
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:781
 msgid ""
 "<p><big><b>Mount Options</b></big><br>\n"
 "You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n"
@@ -2550,17 +2573,17 @@
 
 # TLABEL hwinfo_2002_01_04_0147__144
 #. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:834
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:836
 msgid "&CD-ROM"
 msgstr "&CD-ROM"
 
 # TLABEL hwinfo_2002_01_04_0147__144
 #. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:836
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:838
 msgid "&DVD-ROM"
 msgstr "&DVD-ROM"
 
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:841
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:843
 msgid ""
 "<p><big><b>CD or DVD Media</b></big><br>\n"
 "Set <b>CD-ROM</b> or <b>DVD-ROM</b> to specify the type of media.</p>"
@@ -2570,12 +2593,12 @@
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__34
 #. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:941
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:943
 msgid "ISO Image File"
 msgstr "Fichier d'image ISO"
 
 #. error popup - the entered path is not a directory
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:964
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:966
 msgid ""
 "The entered path is not a directory\n"
 "or the directory does not exist.\n"
@@ -2584,7 +2607,7 @@
 "ou le dossier n'existe pas.\n"
 
 #. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:994
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:996
 msgid ""
 "The entered path is not a file\n"
 "or the file does not exist.\n"
@@ -2593,7 +2616,7 @@
 "ou le fichier n'existe pas.\n"
 
 #. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1018
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1020
 msgid ""
 "File '%1'\n"
 "does not seem to be an ISO image.\n"
@@ -2604,17 +2627,17 @@
 "L'utiliser quand même ?\n"
 
 #. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1039
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1041
 msgid "&Path to Directory"
 msgstr "&Chemin d'accès au dossier"
 
 #. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1047 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1305
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1372
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1049 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1307
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1374
 msgid "&Plain RPM Directory"
 msgstr "&Simple dossier de RPM"
 
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1062
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1064
 msgid ""
 "<p><big><b>Local Directory</b></big><br>\n"
 "Use <b>Path to Directory</b> to specify the path to the\n"
@@ -2630,22 +2653,22 @@
 
 # TLABEL hwinfo_2002_01_04_0147__142
 #. `opt(`hstretch),
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1298
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1300
 msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device"
 msgstr "Périphérique de stockage de masse &USB"
 
 # TLABEL partitioning_2002_03_14_2340__74
 #. the spacing is added to make the widget wider
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1303 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1370
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1305 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1372
 msgid "&File System"
 msgstr "&Système de fichiers"
 
 # TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__57
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1304 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1371
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1306 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1373
 msgid "Dire&ctory"
 msgstr "&Dossier"
 
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1309
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1311
 msgid ""
 "<p><big><b>USB Stick or Disk</b></big><br>\n"
 "Select the USB device on which the repository is located.\n"
@@ -2665,7 +2688,7 @@
 
 #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it!
 #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it!
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1319 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1386
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1321 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1388
 msgid ""
 "<p>The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n"
 "if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n"
@@ -2677,11 +2700,11 @@
 
 # TLABEL wizard_2002_01_04_0147__19
 #. combobox title
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1369
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1371
 msgid "&Disk Device"
 msgstr "Périphérique &disque"
 
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1376
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1378
 msgid ""
 "<p><big><b>Disk</b></big><br>\n"
 "Select the disk on which the repository is located.\n"
@@ -2700,12 +2723,12 @@
 "<b>Simple dossier de RPM</b>.</p>\n"
 
 #. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1402
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1404
 msgid "&Path to ISO Image"
 msgstr "&Chemin d'accès à l'image ISO"
 
 #. push button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1422
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1424
 msgid ""
 "<p><big><b>Local ISO Image</b></big><br>\n"
 "Use <b>Path to ISO Image</b> to specify the path to the\n"
@@ -2717,80 +2740,80 @@
 
 # TLABEL packages_2002_03_14_2340__85
 #. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1605
 msgid "Server &Name"
 msgstr "&Nom du serveur"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__326
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1607
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1609
 msgid "&Port"
 msgstr "&Port"
 
 # TLABEL nis_server_2002_01_04_0147__61
 #. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1614
 msgid "&Share"
 msgstr "&Partage"
 
 #. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1625
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1627
 msgid "ISO &Image"
 msgstr "&Image ISO"
 
 # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__11
 #. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1628
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1630
 msgid "&Directory on Server"
 msgstr "&Dossier sur le serveur"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__146
 #. frame
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1633
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1635
 msgid "Au&thentication"
 msgstr "Au&thentification"
 
 #. check box
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1640
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1642
 msgid "&Anonymous"
 msgstr "&Anonyme"
 
 #. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1649
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1651
 msgid "&Workgroup or Domain"
 msgstr "&Groupe de travail ou domaine"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__32
 #. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1658
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1660
 msgid "&User Name"
 msgstr "Nom d'&utilisateur"
 
 # TLABEL packages_2002_03_14_2340__6
 #. password entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1665
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1667
 msgid "&Password"
 msgstr "Mot de &passe"
 
 # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__6
 #. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1740
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1742
 msgid "&FTP"
 msgstr "&FTP"
 
 # TLABEL packages_2002_03_14_2340__8
 #. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1743
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1745
 msgid "H&TTP"
 msgstr "H&TTP"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__300
 #. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1750
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1752
 msgid "HTT&PS"
 msgstr "HTT&PS"
 
 #. help text - server dialog
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1924
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1926
 msgid ""
 "<p><big><b>Server and Directory</b></big><br>\n"
 "Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n"
@@ -2815,7 +2838,7 @@
 "du support de données, utilisez <b>Image ISO</b>.</p>\n"
 
 #. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1937
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1939
 msgid ""
 "<p>It is possible to set the <b>Port</b> number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n"
 "Leave it empty to use the default port.</p>\n"
@@ -2826,12 +2849,21 @@
 #. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file.
 #.
 #. @return [Boolean] whether defined
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1999
-msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product"
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2001
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product"
+msgid "I would li&ke to install an additional Add On Product"
 msgstr "Je voudrais installer un produit complémentaire en plus"
 
+# TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__318
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2020
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Checking Network Configuration ..."
+msgid "Net&work Configuration..."
+msgstr "Vérification de la configuration réseau..."
+
 #. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2126
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2136
 msgid ""
 "<p><big><b>Media Type</b></big><br>\n"
 "The software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\n"
@@ -2842,7 +2874,7 @@
 "ou sur le disque dur.</p>"
 
 #. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2135
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2145
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "To add  <b>CD</b> or <b>DVD</b>,\n"
@@ -2854,7 +2886,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL packages_2002_03_14_2340__11
 #. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2145
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2155
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "The product CDs can be copied to the hard disk.\n"
@@ -2869,7 +2901,7 @@
 "dans le même dossier.</p>\n"
 
 #. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2157
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2167
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "Network installation requires a working network connection.\n"
@@ -2882,28 +2914,28 @@
 "premier CD, par exemple /data1/CD1.</p>\n"
 
 #. error popup
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2172
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2182
 msgid "Select the media type"
 msgstr "Sélectionnez le type de support"
 
 # TLABEL users_2002_01_04_0147__79
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2178
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2188
 msgid "Insert the add-on product CD"
 msgstr "Insérer le CD du produit complémentaire"
 
 # TLABEL users_2002_01_04_0147__79
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2179
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2189
 msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD"
 msgstr "Insérer le DVD du produit complémentaire"
 
 # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__130
 #. ask for a medium
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2197
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2207
 msgid "No USB disk was detected."
 msgstr "Aucun disque USB n'a été détecté."
 
 #. use three slashes as third slash means path
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2403
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2415
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Download Files</b><br>\n"
 "Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n"
@@ -2918,19 +2950,19 @@
 "automatiquement les fichiers lorsqu'il en aura besoin ultérieurement. </p>\n"
 
 #. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2623
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2635
 msgid "Media Type"
 msgstr "Type de support"
 
 #. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2647
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2659
 msgid "Add On Product"
 msgstr "Produit complémentaire"
 
 #. Returns boolean whether user confirmed to abort the configuration
 #.
 #. @return [Boolean] whether to abort
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2678
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2690
 msgid "URL scheme '%s' is not valid."
 msgstr "Le modèle d'URL '%s' est invalide."
 
@@ -3143,12 +3175,12 @@
 
 # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__46
 #. Warning message, e.g.: Partition /usr needs 35 MB more disk space
-#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:869
+#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:870
 msgid "Partition \"%1\" needs %2 more disk space."
 msgstr "La partition \"%1\" requiert %2 d'espace disque supplémentaire."
 
 #. popup message
-#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:889
+#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:890
 msgid ""
 "Deselect packages or delete data or temporary files\n"
 "before updating the system.\n"
@@ -3157,7 +3189,7 @@
 "ou des fichiers temporaires avant la mise à jour du système.\n"
 
 #. popup message
-#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:898
+#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:899
 msgid "Deselect some packages."
 msgstr "Désélectionner des paquets."
 
@@ -3215,10 +3247,6 @@
 #~ msgid "Initialize Software Manager"
 #~ msgstr "Initialiser le gestionnaire de logiciels"
 
-# TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__318
-#~ msgid "Checking Network Configuration ..."
-#~ msgstr "Vérification de la configuration réseau..."
-
 #~ msgid "Initializing Software Manager ... "
 #~ msgstr "Initialisation du gestionnaire de logiciels..."
 
@@ -3687,9 +3715,6 @@
 #~ msgid "&Details"
 #~ msgstr "&Détails"
 
-#~ msgid "Release &Notes"
-#~ msgstr "&Notes de version"
-
 # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__188
 #~ msgid "Package Installation"
 #~ msgstr "Installation des paquets"

Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/pkg-bindings.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/pkg-bindings.fr.po	2016-09-02 21:33:42 UTC (rev 96676)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/pkg-bindings.fr.po	2016-09-02 21:33:58 UTC (rev 96677)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: pkg-bindings\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-06-09 13:48+0200\n"
 "Last-Translator: Fabien Crespel \n"
 "Language-Team: French \n"
@@ -47,12 +47,12 @@
 msgstr "<P><BIG><B>Rafraichissement du dépôt</B></BIG></P><P>Le gestionnaire du paquet met à jour le contenu du dépôt...</P>"
 
 #. error message
-#: src/Package.cc:655
+#: src/Package.cc:658
 msgid "The package cannot be selected to install."
 msgstr "Le paquet ne peut pas être sélectionné pour l'installation."
 
 #. error message
-#: src/Package.cc:661
+#: src/Package.cc:664
 msgid "The package is not available."
 msgstr "Le paquet n'est pas disponible."
 

Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/printer.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/printer.fr.po	2016-09-02 21:33:42 UTC (rev 96676)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/printer.fr.po	2016-09-02 21:33:58 UTC (rev 96677)
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: printer\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-08 16:51+0200\n"
 "Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET \n"
 "Language-Team: French \n"
@@ -213,7 +213,7 @@
 #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
 #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
 #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1098
+#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1101
 #: src/include/printer/policies.rb:135
 #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:463
 #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:639
@@ -229,8 +229,8 @@
 #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
 #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
 #. Remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf:
-#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:217
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1115 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153
+#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:220
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1118 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153
 #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:478
 #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:657
 msgid "Failed to remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf"
@@ -367,7 +367,7 @@
 #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:371
 #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:899
 #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:551
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89
 msgid "Description"
 msgstr "Description"
 
@@ -478,8 +478,8 @@
 #. does not set a valid Printer::selected_connections_index so that the BasicAddDialog
 #. does not preselect a connection so that the first connection in the list is preselected
 #. (via Table widget fallback) which is still better than an arbitrary preselected entry:
-#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:590
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:676 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1150
+#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:593
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:679 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1153
 msgid "Nothing Selected"
 msgstr "Rien n'est sélectionné"
 
@@ -3346,64 +3346,64 @@
 #. Authors:     Johannes Meixner 
 #.
 #. $Id: overview.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:46
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:49
 msgid "Show"
 msgstr "Afficher"
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__37
 #. CheckBox to select local print queues to be listed:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:52
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:55
 msgid "&Local"
 msgstr "&Locales"
 
 # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__406
 #. CheckBox to select remote print queues to be listed:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:59
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:62
 msgid "&Remote"
 msgstr "&Distantes"
 
 # TLABEL printerdb_2002_03_15_0210__3
 #. Where the queue configuration exists (local or remote):
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:80
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83
 msgid "Configuration"
 msgstr "Configuration"
 
 # TLABEL printconf_2002_01_04_0147__158
 #. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
 #. Print queue name:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86
 msgid "Name"
 msgstr "Nom"
 
 #. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
 #. Location of the printer (e.g. second floor, room 2.3):
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92
 msgid "Location"
 msgstr "Emplacement"
 
 # TLABEL printconf_2002_01_04_0147__157
 #. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
 #. Whether or not is is the default queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95
 msgid "Default"
 msgstr "Par défaut"
 
 # TLABEL lan_inetd_2002_01_04_0147__28
 #. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
 #. Queue status (accepting/rejecting and enabled/disabled):
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:98
 msgid "Status"
 msgstr "État"
 
 # TLABEL runlevel_2002_01_04_0147__45
 #. PushButton label to refresh the list of print queues:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:107
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:110
 msgid "Re&fresh List"
 msgstr "&Actualiser la liste"
 
 # TLABEL printerdb_2002_03_15_0210__5
 #. PushButton label to print a test page:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:112
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:115
 msgid "Print &Test Page"
 msgstr "Imprimer la page &test"
 
@@ -3413,7 +3413,7 @@
 #. to check whether or not a local cupsd is accessible.
 #. The command is shown here to the user (even if it is a bit technical)
 #. to have him informed what goes on here and what he can do on his own.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:128
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:131
 msgid ""
 "A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not accessible.\n"
 "Check with 'lpstat -h localhost -r' whether a local cupsd is accessible.\n"
@@ -3429,7 +3429,7 @@
 #. By default the cupsd uses the official IPP port (631).
 #. If not, the user must have intentionally and manually changed
 #. the port setting for the cupsd in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:140
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:143
 msgid ""
 "The CUPS daemon seems not to listen on the official IANA IPP port (631).\n"
 "Check with 'netstat -nap | grep cupsd' where the cupsd actually listens.\n"
@@ -3453,7 +3453,7 @@
 
 #. Busy message:
 #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:182
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:185
 msgid ""
 "Running several tests regarding CUPS server accessibility...\n"
 "(this might take some time)"
@@ -3462,32 +3462,32 @@
 "(ceci peut prendre un certain temps)"
 
 #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:201
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:204
 msgid "Do no longer use the inaccessible CUPS server '%1'?"
 msgstr "Ne plus utiliser le serveur CUPS inaccessible '%1' ?"
 
 #. Popup::YesNoHeadline body recommendation how to answer the headline question
 #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:207
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:210
 msgid "To proceed, you should agree that '%1' will be no longer used."
 msgstr "Pour continuer, vous devriez accepter de ne plus utiliser '%1'."
 
 #. The 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf was removed
 #. so that it is now no longer a real client-only config and
 #. therefore the Printerlib::client_* values must be determined anew:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:223 src/include/printer/overview.rb:234
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:226 src/include/printer/overview.rb:237
 msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures."
 msgstr "Un serveur inaccessible entraîne une suite sans fin de délais et d'échecs."
 
 # TLABEL cups_2002_01_04_0147__287
 #. where %1 will be replaced by the CUPS server name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:253
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:256
 msgid "CUPS Server %1"
 msgstr "Serveur CUPS %1"
 
 #. Busy message:
 #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:277
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:280
 msgid "Testing if CUPS server is accessible..."
 msgstr "Test de l'accessibilité du serveur CUPS..."
 
@@ -3495,39 +3495,39 @@
 #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
 #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
 #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:592 src/include/printer/overview.rb:678
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1152
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:595 src/include/printer/overview.rb:681
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1155
 msgid "Select an entry."
 msgstr "Sélectionnez une entrée."
 
 # TLABEL users_2002_08_07_0216__45
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:605
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:608
 msgid "Cannot Delete"
 msgstr "Impossible de supprimer"
 
 #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:607
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:610
 msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted."
 msgstr "Ceci est une configuration distante. Seules les configurations locales peuvent être supprimées."
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__252
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:614
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:617
 msgid "Confirm Deletion"
 msgstr "Confirmer la suppression"
 
 #. Body of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:616
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:619
 msgid "The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be restored."
 msgstr "La configuration sélectionnée va être supprimée immédiatement et ne pourra pas être restaurée."
 
 # TLABEL nis_server_2002_01_04_0147__80
 #. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:620
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:623
 msgid "Delete configuration %1"
 msgstr "Supprimer la configuration %1"
 
 #. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:622
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:625
 msgid "Do not delete it"
 msgstr "Ne pas supprimer"
 
@@ -3539,22 +3539,22 @@
 #. Nevertheless it is possible to delete a class with the YaST printer module
 #. so that the user can get rid of a class which may have been created by accident
 #. with whatever other setup tool:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:637
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:640
 msgid "Confirm Deletion of a Class"
 msgstr "Confirmer la suppression d'une classe"
 
 #. Body of a confirmation popup before a class will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:639
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:642
 msgid "A deleted class cannot be re-created with this tool."
 msgstr "Une classe supprimée ne peut pas être recréée avec cet outil."
 
 # TLABEL cups_2002_01_04_0147__139
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:685
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:688
 msgid "Rejecting Print Jobs"
 msgstr "Rejeter les travaux d'impression"
 
 #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the queue rejects print jobs:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:687
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:690
 msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because print jobs are rejected."
 msgstr "La page de test ne peut pas être imprimée car les travaux d'impression sont rejetés."
 
@@ -3562,12 +3562,12 @@
 #. Do a refresh of the overview content to be on the safe side.
 #. Perhaps the actual current queue state is no longer "rejecting".
 #. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:697
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:700
 msgid "Printout Disabled"
 msgstr "Impression désactivée"
 
 #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when printing is disabled for the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:699
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:702
 msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because printout is disabled."
 msgstr "La page de test ne peut pas être imprimée car l'impression est désactivée."
 
@@ -3576,26 +3576,26 @@
 #. the test above makes sure that the queue has printing enabled.
 #. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback
 #. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:728
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:731
 msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is printed."
 msgstr "Certains travaux d'impression en attente pourraient être supprimés avant l'impression de la page de test."
 
 # TLABEL cups_2002_01_04_0147__139
 #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
 #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:748 src/include/printer/overview.rb:917
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:751 src/include/printer/overview.rb:920
 msgid "Delete Pending Print Jobs For %1"
 msgstr "Supprimer les travaux d'impression en attente pour %1"
 
 #. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup
 #. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:756
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759
 msgid "Delete them before printing testpage"
 msgstr "Les supprimer avant l'impression de la page de test"
 
 #. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup
 #. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:762
 msgid "Print testpage after the other jobs"
 msgstr "Imprimer la page de test après les autres travaux d'impression"
 
@@ -3604,7 +3604,7 @@
 #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
 #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
 #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:772 src/include/printer/overview.rb:941
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:775 src/include/printer/overview.rb:944
 msgid "Failed to delete all pending jobs for %1."
 msgstr "Impossible de supprimer les travaux en attente pour %1"
 
@@ -3624,31 +3624,31 @@
 #. +  (Printed with CUPS) show
 #. make it obvious that it is not a YaST testpage but a CUPS testpage
 #. and it is now independent of the CUPS version.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:799
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:802
 msgid "Test printout"
 msgstr "Impression de test"
 
 #. Popup::AnyQuestion message:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:801
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:804
 msgid "Print one or two pages e.g. to test duplex printing"
 msgstr "Imprimer une ou deux pages, par exemple pour tester l'impression double face"
 
 # TLABEL printerdb_2002_03_15_0210__5
 #. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'yes' (default) button label:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:803
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:806
 msgid "Single test page"
 msgstr "Une seule page de test"
 
 # TLABEL printerdb_2002_03_15_0210__5
 #. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'no' button label:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:805
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:808
 msgid "Two test pages"
 msgstr "Deux pages de test"
 
 # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__106
 #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
 #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:835
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:838
 msgid "Failed to print testpage for %1."
 msgstr "Impossible d'imprimer la page de test pour %1"
 
@@ -3656,27 +3656,27 @@
 #. there might be whatever reason (e.g. a remote queue might have been deleted in the meantime)
 #. so that a refresh of the overview content is needed to be on the safe side.
 #. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:852
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:855
 msgid "Wait Until Testpage Printing Finished"
 msgstr "Attendre jusqu'à la fin de l'impression de test"
 
 #. Popup::AnyQuestion message regarding testpage printout result
 #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:856
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:859
 msgid "Sent testpage to %1. Printing should start soon."
 msgstr "La page de test a été envoyée à %1. Son impression devrait bientôt commencer."
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__176
 #. Popup::AnyQuestion 'Yes' button label
 #. regarding a positive testpage printout result:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:861
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864
 msgid "Testpage printout was successful"
 msgstr "L'impression de la page de test a été effectuée avec succès"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__472
 #. Popup::AnyQuestion 'No' button label
 #. regarding a negative testpage printout result:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:867
 msgid "Testpage printing failed"
 msgstr "L'impression de la page de test a échoué."
 
@@ -3696,54 +3696,54 @@
 #. spit out zillions of sheets with nonsense characters.
 #. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback
 #. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:897
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:900
 msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted now."
 msgstr "Certains travaux d'impression en attente pourraient être supprimés maintenant."
 
 #. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup
 #. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:925
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928
 msgid "Delete all pending jobs"
 msgstr "Supprimer tous les travaux d'impression en attente"
 
 #. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup
 #. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:931
 msgid "Do not delete them"
 msgstr "Ne pas les supprimer"
 
 #. Ignore an effectively empty test_print_cups_error_log:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1043
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1046
 msgid "For the full log, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file."
 msgstr "Pour le journal complet, consulter le fichier /var/log/cups/error_log."
 
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1048
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1051
 msgid "CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)"
 msgstr "Informations du journal CUPS lors du traitement de la page de test pour %1 (anglais seulement)"
 
 #. but the test_print_cups_error_log was effectively empty,
 #. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1065
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1068
 msgid "For CUPS log information, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file."
 msgstr "Pour visualiser les journaux de CUPS, consulter le fichier /var/log/cups/error_log."
 
 #. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1075
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1078
 msgid "When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote system."
 msgstr "Lorsque l'impression via un système distant échoue, vous pouvez demander à un administrateur du système distant."
 
 #. PopupYesNoHeadline body:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1102
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1105
 msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with adding a configuration."
 msgstr "Un réglage du serveur CUPS distant entre en conflit avec l'ajout d'une configuration."
 
 # TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__125
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1159
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1162
 msgid "Cannot Modify"
 msgstr "Impossible de modifier"
 
 #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be modified:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1161
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1164
 msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified."
 msgstr "Ceci est une configuration distante. Seules les configurations locales peuvent être modifiées."
 

Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/rdp.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/rdp.fr.po	2016-09-02 21:33:42 UTC (rev 96676)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/rdp.fr.po	2016-09-02 21:33:58 UTC (rev 96677)
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-01-10 15:53+0100\n"
 "Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET \n"
 "Language-Team: French \n"
@@ -117,62 +117,62 @@
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__328
 #. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:90
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:85
 msgid "Write firewall settings"
 msgstr "Écriture des paramètres du pare-feu"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__213
 #. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:92
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:87
 msgid "Configure xrdp"
 msgstr "Configurer xrdp"
 
 # TLABEL lan_inetd_2002_03_14_2340__23
 #. Progress stage 3
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:98
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:93
 msgid "Restart the services"
 msgstr "Redémarrer les services"
 
 # TLABEL runlevel_2002_08_07_0216__3
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:100
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:95
 msgid "Stop the services"
 msgstr "Arrêter les services"
 
 # TLABEL rc_config_2002_01_04_0147__13
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:104
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:99
 msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration"
 msgstr "Enregistrement de la configuration de l'administration à distance"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__299
 #. 100; //for testing
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:109
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:104
 msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
 msgstr "Écriture des paramètres du pare-feu..."
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_03_14_2340__14
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:115
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:110
 msgid "Configuring xrdp..."
 msgstr "Configuration de xrdp..."
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__74
 #. Disable xrdp
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:134
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:129
 msgid "Restarting the service..."
 msgstr "Redémarrage du service..."
 
 # TLABEL runlevel_2002_08_07_0216__1
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:137
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:132
 msgid "Stopping the service..."
 msgstr "Arrêt des services..."
 
 # TLABEL menu_2002_01_04_0147__0
 #. Label in proposal text
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:153
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:148
 msgid "Remote administration is enabled."
 msgstr "L'administration à distance est activée."
 
 # TLABEL menu_2002_01_04_0147__0
 #. Label in proposal text
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:156
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:151
 msgid "Remote administration is disabled."
 msgstr "L'administration à distance est désactivée."

Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/rear.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/rear.fr.po	2016-09-02 21:33:42 UTC (rev 96676)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/rear.fr.po	2016-09-02 21:33:58 UTC (rev 96677)
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-11 14:41+0100\n"
 "Last-Translator: Sylvain Tostain \n"
 "Language-Team: French \n"
@@ -318,13 +318,6 @@
 msgid "Reading Rear Configuration"
 msgstr "Lecture de la configuration de rear"
 
-# TLABEL proposal_2002_03_14_2340__1
-#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Analyzing the system..."
-msgid "Analyzing system"
-msgstr "Analyse du système"
-
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__284
 #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698
 #, fuzzy
@@ -333,6 +326,13 @@
 msgstr "Lecture des paramètres de rear"
 
 # TLABEL proposal_2002_03_14_2340__1
+#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Analyzing the system..."
+msgid "Analyzing system"
+msgstr "Analyse du système"
+
+# TLABEL proposal_2002_03_14_2340__1
 #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:699
 msgid "Analyzing system..."
 msgstr "Analyse du système..."

Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/registration.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/registration.fr.po	2016-09-02 21:33:42 UTC (rev 96676)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/registration.fr.po	2016-09-02 21:33:58 UTC (rev 96677)
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: registration\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-15 17:44+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-05 20:11+0100\n"
 "Last-Translator: Benoît Monin \n"
 "Language-Team: French \n"
@@ -27,36 +27,6 @@
 "X-Poedit-Language: French\n"
 
 # TLABEL online_update_2002_03_14_2340__8
-#. popup heading (in bold)
-#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:42
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Local Registration Server"
-msgid "Local Registration Servers"
-msgstr "Serveurs d'enregistrement locaux"
-
-#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:44
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"Select a detected registration server from the list\n"
-"or the default SUSE registration server."
-msgstr ""
-"Sélectionner un serveur d'enregistrement dans la liste\n"
-"ou le serveur d'enregistrement SUSE par défaut."
-
-#. error popup
-#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:68
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Use custom registration server "
-msgid "No registration server selected."
-msgstr "Aucun serveur d'enregistrement sélectionné."
-
-#. %s is the default SCC URL
-#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:114
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)"
-msgstr "SUSE Customer Center (%s)"
-
-# TLABEL online_update_2002_03_14_2340__8
 #. popup message
 #. popup message
 #. popup message
@@ -76,9 +46,9 @@
 #. dialog title
 #. display and run a dialog for updating the current registration
 #. @return [Symbol] user input
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:186
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189
 #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:104
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:48
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:61
 #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:287
 #: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:37
 #: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:41
@@ -93,25 +63,25 @@
 msgstr "Utiliser '%s' au lieu de ce module YaST."
 
 #. popup message: registration finished properly
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:201
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:204
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Registration was successfull."
 msgstr "L'enregistrement a réussi."
 
 #. remove possible duplicates
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:229
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:232
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found"
 msgstr "Échec de la découverte SLP, aucun serveur trouvé"
 
 #. download and install the specified SSL certificate to the system
 #. @param url [String] URL of the certificate
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:247
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:250
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate"
 msgstr "Téléchargement du certificat SSL"
 
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:251
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:254
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Importing SSL Certificate"
 msgstr "Import du certificat SSL"
@@ -120,8 +90,8 @@
 #. %s is name of given product
 #. then register the product(s)
 #. %s is name of given product
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:326 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:281
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:311
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:329 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:286
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:319
 #, fuzzy
 #| msgid "Registration Code"
 msgid "Registering %s ..."
@@ -291,35 +261,27 @@
 msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: "
 msgstr "Empreinte SHA256 : "
 
-#. Error popup
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:74
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n"
-"Do you want to configure the network now?"
-msgstr ""
-"Le réseau n'est pas configuré, le serveur d'enregistrement ne peut pas être joint.\n"
-"Voulez-vous configurer le réseau maintenant ?"
-
+#. FIXME: to not break existing translation, this typo should be fixed
+#. later after SP2: time -> timed
 #: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:80
 #, fuzzy
-msgid "Network error, check the network configuration."
-msgstr "Erreur réseau, vérifiez la configuration du réseau."
-
-#. Error popup
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:85
-#, fuzzy
 msgid "Connection time out."
 msgstr "Timeout de la connexion."
 
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:81
+msgid ""
+"Make sure that the registration server is reachable and\n"
+"the connection is reliable."
+msgstr ""
+
 #. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:93
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:91
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server."
 msgstr "Veuillez vérifier que ce système est connu du serveur d'enregistrement."
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:99
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:97
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n"
@@ -345,41 +307,41 @@
 #. update the message when an old SMT server is found
 #. Error popup
 #. update the message when an old SMT server is found
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:118
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:128
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:179
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:182
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:111
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:116
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:126
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:177
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:181
 #, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Registration Code"
-msgid "Registration failed."
-msgstr "L'enregistrement a échoué."
+#| msgid "Local Registration Server"
+msgid "Connection to registration server failed."
+msgstr "Connexion au serveur d'enregistrement"
 
 # TLABEL online_update_2002_03_14_2340__8
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121
 #, fuzzy
 #| msgid "Registration can not be performed."
 msgid "Registration client error."
 msgstr "Erreur du client d'enregistrement."
 
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "Registration server error.\n"
-"Retry registration later."
+"Retry the operation later."
 msgstr ""
 "Erreur du serveur d'enregistrement.\n"
 "Réessayez l'enregistrement ultérieurement."
 
 #. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:165
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate."
 msgstr "Le certificat SSL reçu ne correspond pas au certificat attendu."
 
 #. %s are error details
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:197
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:198
 #, fuzzy
 #| msgid "Details..."
 msgid "Details: %s"
@@ -388,7 +350,7 @@
 #. TRANSLATORS: multiline error message - a SSL certificate has been
 #. imported but the registration server still cannot be accessed securely,
 #. user has to solve the certificate issue manually.
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:226
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:227
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "A certificate has been already imported\n"
@@ -404,26 +366,26 @@
 "d'assurer une connexion sécurisée au serveur et relancer le module YaST."
 
 #. progress label
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:238
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Importing the SSL certificate"
 msgstr "Import du certificat SSL"
 
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:240
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..."
 msgstr "Import du certificat '%s'..."
 
 #. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use
 #. the original error message from openSSL
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:260
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:261
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Secure connection error: %s"
 msgstr "Erreur lors de la connexion sécurisée : %s"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL,
 #. e.g. https://smt.example.com
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:279
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:280
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "An old registration server was detected at\n"
@@ -436,6 +398,29 @@
 "Assurez-vous que le dernier produit gérant le nouveau protocole\n"
 "d'enregistrement est installé sur le serveur."
 
+#. FIXME: use a better message, this one has been reused after the text freeze
+#. error message, the entered URL is not valid.
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:292
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:544
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Invalid URL."
+msgstr "URL invalide."
+
+#. Error popup
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:296
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n"
+"Do you want to configure the network now?"
+msgstr ""
+"Le réseau n'est pas configuré, le serveur d'enregistrement ne peut pas être joint.\n"
+"Voulez-vous configurer le réseau maintenant ?"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:303
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Network error, check the network configuration."
+msgstr "Erreur réseau, vérifiez la configuration du réseau."
+
 #. progress step title
 #: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:35
 #, fuzzy
@@ -443,7 +428,7 @@
 msgstr "Sauvegarde de la configuration d'enregistrement..."
 
 #. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:231
+#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:234
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "The base product was not found,\n"
@@ -453,7 +438,7 @@
 "vérifiez votre système."
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL
-#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:235
+#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:238
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n"
@@ -462,7 +447,7 @@
 "Le support d'installation ou l'installeur lui-même est endommagé.\n"
 "Signaler le problème à %s."
 
-#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:238
+#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:241
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n"
@@ -474,7 +459,7 @@
 #. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze
 #. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...)
 #: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:80
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:267
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:272
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Registering the System..."
 msgstr "Enregistrement du système..."
@@ -484,8 +469,8 @@
 #. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name
 #. TRANSLATORS: Progress label
 #: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:106
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:146
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:346
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:149
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:357
 #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:304
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Updating to %s ..."
@@ -493,7 +478,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL online_update_2002_03_14_2340__8
 #. TRANSLATORS: progress label
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:163
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:166
 #, fuzzy
 #| msgid "Registration Code"
 msgid "Synchronizing Products..."
@@ -505,33 +490,33 @@
 #. @return [ArrayRegistration::Addon] available addons
 #. download the addons from SCC, let the user select addons to install
 #. @return [Symbol] the user input
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:177
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:180
 #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:106
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..."
 msgstr "Chargement des extensions et des modules disponibles..."
 
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:191
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:195
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Loading Migration Products..."
 msgstr "Chargement des produits de migration..."
 
 # TLABEL online_update_2002_03_14_2340__8
 #. dialog title
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:208
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:213
 #, fuzzy
 #| msgid "Registration Module Help"
 msgid "Register Extensions and Modules"
 msgstr "Enregistrer les extensions et les modules"
 
 #. help text
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:212
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:217
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "<p>Extensions and Modules are being registered.</p>"
 msgstr "<p>Les extensions et les modules sont en cours d'enregistrement.</p>"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (1/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:237
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:242
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "The registration server offers update repositories.\n"
@@ -541,7 +526,7 @@
 "\n"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:241
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:246
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "Would you like to enable these repositories during installation\n"
@@ -550,7 +535,7 @@
 
 #. Yast::Mode.update
 #. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:245
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:250
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "Would you like to enable these repositories during upgrade\n"
@@ -567,7 +552,7 @@
 #. TRANSLATORS: error popup, %s is a repository name, the popup is displayed
 #. when a migration repository cannot be accessed, there are [Skip]
 #. and [Abort] buttons displayed below the question
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:97
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:99
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "Repository '%s'\n"
@@ -584,7 +569,7 @@
 #. create UI label for a base product
 #. @param base_product [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings)
 #. @return [String] UI Label
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:192
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:175
 #, fuzzy
 #| msgid "Unknown error"
 msgid "Unknown product"
@@ -592,7 +577,7 @@
 
 #. error message
 #. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:219 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:292
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:202 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:275
 #, fuzzy
 #| msgid "Starting registration..."
 msgid "Saving repository configuration failed."
@@ -600,31 +585,31 @@
 
 #. # error message
 #. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:256 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:267
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:238 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:249
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Updating service '%s' failed."
 msgstr "La mise à jour du service '%s' a échoué."
 
 #. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:262
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:244
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Adding service '%s' failed."
 msgstr "L'ajout du service '%s' a échoué."
 
 #. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:274
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:256
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Saving service '%s' failed."
 msgstr "La sauvegarde du service '%s' a échoué."
 
 #. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:279
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:262
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed."
 msgstr "L'actualisation du service '%s' a échoué."
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: %s is a product name
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:486
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:474
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "Cannot find remote product %s.\n"
@@ -712,7 +697,11 @@
 
 #. create the main dialog definition
 #. @return [Yast::Term] the main UI dialog term
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:77
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:91
+msgid "&Filter Out Beta Versions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:93
 #, fuzzy
 #| msgid "Details..."
 msgid "Details"
@@ -720,32 +709,32 @@
 
 #. addon description widget
 #. @return [Yast::Term] the addon details widget
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:88
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:103
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here"
 msgstr "Veuillez sélectionner une extension ou un module pour afficher ses détails ici"
 
 #. checkbox label for an unavailable extension
 #. (%s is an extension name)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:164
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:116
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "%s (not available)"
 msgstr "%s (non disponible)"
 
 #. check if the count of addons requiring a reg. code fits two columns
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:246
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:254
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules."
 msgstr "YaST permet de sélectionner au plus %s extensions ou modules.s"
 
 #. help text (2/3)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:257
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:265
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "<p>Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code.</p>"
 msgstr "<p>Veuillez noter que certaines extensions ou certains modules peuvent nécessiter des codes d'enregistrement spécifiques.</p>"
 
 #. help text (3/3)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:260
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:268
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "<p>If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there.</p>"
 msgstr "<p>Si vous voulez supprimer des extensions ou des modules vous devez vous connecter au SUSE Customer Center et les supprimer manuellement.</p>"
@@ -763,7 +752,7 @@
 msgstr "<p>Ici vous pouvez sélectionner les extensions et  les modules disponibles pour votre système.</p>"
 
 #. @return [String] the main dialog label
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:52
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:50
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Available Extensions and Modules"
 msgstr "Extensions et modules disponibles"
@@ -832,36 +821,36 @@
 msgstr "Télécharger les extensions disponibles..."
 
 #. remove the selected addon after user confirms the removal
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:137
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:136
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Really delete '%s'?"
 msgstr "Voulez-vous vraiment supprimer '%s' ?"
 
 #. dialog definition for adding/editing an addon
 #. @return [Yast::Term] popup definition
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:185
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:184
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Extension or Module &Identifier"
 msgstr "&Identificateur de l'extension ou du module"
 
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:186
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:185
 msgid "&Version"
 msgstr "&Version"
 
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:187
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:186
 msgid "&Architecture"
 msgstr "&Architecture"
 
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:188
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:187
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "&Release Type"
 msgstr "&Type de support"
 
 # TLABEL online_update_2002_03_14_2340__8
 #. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:191
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:190
 #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:108
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:133
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:266
 #, fuzzy
 #| msgid "Registration Code"
 msgid "Registration &Code"
@@ -896,10 +885,8 @@
 msgid "Register the Product"
 msgstr "Enregistrer le produit"
 
-#. part of the main dialog definition - the input fields
-#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
 #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:106
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:131
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:263
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "&E-mail Address"
 msgstr "Adresse él&ectronique"
@@ -911,67 +898,77 @@
 
 # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__262
 #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:128
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:127
 msgid "Server Settings"
 msgstr "Paramètres du serveur"
 
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:132
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:131
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery"
 msgstr "Trouver le serveur d'enregistrement à l'aide de la découverte SLP"
 
 #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:137
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:136
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default"
 msgstr "Utiliser l'URL d'un serveur spécifique au lieu de celle par défaut"
 
 #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:144
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:143
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate URL"
 msgstr "URL du certificat SSL du serveur optionnel"
 
 #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:153
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate Fingerprint"
 msgstr "Empreinte du certificat SSL du serveur optionnel"
 
 # TLABEL lilo_2002_03_14_2340__74
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:155
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:154
 msgid "none"
 msgstr "aucun"
 
 #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:166
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:165
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint"
 msgstr "Empreinte du certificat SSL"
 
 #. the UI defition for the main dialog
 #. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:189
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:187
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..."
 msgstr "Enregistrer des extensions ou des modules..."
 
-#. button label
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:84
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button; %s is a host name.
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:254
 #, fuzzy
-msgid "&Local Registration Server..."
-msgstr "Serveur d'enregistrement &local..."
+msgid "Register System via %s"
+msgstr "Enregistrement du système..."
 
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:297
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Register System via local SMT Server"
+msgstr "Serveur d'enregistrement"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:308
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Local Registration Server URL"
+msgstr "URL du serveur d'enregistrement &local"
+
 # TLABEL online_update_2002_03_14_2340__8
-#. button label
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:97
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:322
 #, fuzzy
 #| msgid "Registration"
 msgid "&Skip Registration"
 msgstr "Pa&sser l'enregistrement"
 
 #. display the addon re-registration button only in registered installed system
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:106
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:334
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "&Register Extensions or Modules Again"
 msgstr "En®istrer les extensions et modules à nouveau"
@@ -980,29 +977,31 @@
 #. @return [Yast::Term]  UI term
 #. the main dialog content
 #. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:118
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:342
 #: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:67
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "The system is already registered."
 msgstr "Le système est déjà enregistré."
 
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:344
+msgid "Please select your preferred method of registration."
+msgstr ""
+
 #. help text
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:142
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:360
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions."
 msgstr "Entrer les références SUSE Customer Center ici pour enregistrer le système et recevoir les mises à jour et les extensions."
 
 #. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:177
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:369
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "If you do not register your system we will not be able\n"
 "to grant you access to the update repositories.\n"
 "\n"
 "You can register after the installation or visit our\n"
-"Customer Center for online registration.\n"
-"\n"
-"Really skip the registration now?"
+"Customer Center for online registration."
 msgstr ""
 "Si vous n'enregistrez pas votre système, nous ne pourrons\n"
 "pas vous donner accès aux dépôts de mise à jour.\n"
@@ -1012,40 +1011,13 @@
 "\n"
 "Voulez-vous vraiment passer l'enregistrement ?"
 
-#. label text describing the registration (1/2)
-#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:194
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n"
-"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n"
-"Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n"
-"a registered system."
-msgstr ""
-"Merci d'entrer un code d'enregistrement ou d'évaluation pour ce produit\n"
-"ainsi que votre nom d'utilisateur/adresse électronique pour le SUSE\n"
-"Customer Center dans les champs ci-dessous. L'accès aux mises à jour de\n"
-"sécurité et des logiciels est uniquement possible sur un système enregistré."
-
-#. label text describing the registration (2/2),
-#. not displayed in installed system
-#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:206
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n"
-"installation has completed."
-msgstr ""
-"Si vous passez l'enregistrement du produit maintenant, pensez à le faire\n"
-"une fois l'installation terminée."
-
 # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__69
 #. UI term for the network configuration button (or empty if not needed)
 #. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:218
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:381
 #, fuzzy
 #| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration"
-msgid "Network Configuration..."
+msgid "Net&work Configuration..."
 msgstr "Configuration du réseau..."
 
 #. SSL error message
@@ -1076,25 +1048,25 @@
 #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5)
 #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122
 #, fuzzy
-msgid "<p>Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Secure connections (e.g. HTTPS) use SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and encrypting the data being transferred.</p>"
 msgstr "<p>La connexion sécurisée (HTTPS) utilise des certificats SSL pour vérifier l'authenticité du serveur et pour chiffrer les données transférées.</p>"
 
 #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:126
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127
 #, fuzzy
-msgid "<p>You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate.</p>"
+msgid "<p>You can choose to import the certificate into the list of known certificate authorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate.</p>"
 msgstr "<p>Vous pouvez choisir d'importer le certificat dans la liste des autorités de certification (CA) connues, indiquant que vous faites confiance au sujet et à l'émetteur du certificat inconnu.<p>"
 
 #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:132
 #, fuzzy
-msgid "<p>Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Importing a certificate will, for example, allow you to use a self-signed certificate.</p>"
 msgstr "<p>Importer un certificat vous permet d'utiliser un certificat auto-signé par exemple.</p>"
 
 #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:135
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136
 #, fuzzy
-msgid "<p><b>Important:</b> You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Important:</b> You should always verify the fingerprints of certificates you import to ensure they are genuine.</p>"
 msgstr "<p><b>Important:</b> Vous devriez vérifier l'empreinte du certificat pour être sur que vous importez le véritable certificat du serveur</p>"
 
 #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5)
@@ -1102,18 +1074,6 @@
 msgid "<p><b>Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk.</b></p>"
 msgstr "<p><b>Importer un certificat inconnu sans vérification présente un risque de sécurité important.</b></p>"
 
-#. error message, the entered URL is not valid
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:67
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Invalid URL."
-msgstr "URL invalide."
-
-#. input field label
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:106
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Local Registration Server URL"
-msgstr "URL du serveur d'enregistrement &local"
-
 #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details
 #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details
 #: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:95
@@ -1151,19 +1111,19 @@
 msgstr "Veuillez sélectionner une cible de migration."
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: Push button label, starts the repository management module
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:89
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:88
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Manage Repositories..."
 msgstr "Gérer les dépôts..."
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository URL
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:114
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:113
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "URL: %s"
 msgstr "URL : %s"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository priority (1-99)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:116
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:115
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Priority: %s"
 msgstr "Priorité : %s"
@@ -1236,19 +1196,19 @@
 msgstr "Veuillez sélectionner une cible de migration."
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: check button label
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:138
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:137
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Manually Adjust the Repositories for Migration"
 msgstr "Ajuster Manuellement les dépôts pour la migration"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: selection box label
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:153
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:152
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Possible Migration Targets"
 msgstr "Cibles de migration disponibles"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: RichText header (details for the selected item)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:191
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:189
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Migration Summary"
 msgstr "Résumé de la migration"
@@ -1259,7 +1219,7 @@
 #. using the selected migration.
 #. %{url} is the URL of the registration server (SMT)
 #. %{product} is a full product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:214
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:212
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "ERROR: Product <b>%{product}</b> is not available at the registration server (%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration."
 msgstr "ERREUR : Le produit <b>%{product}</b> n'est pas disponible sur le serveur d'enregistrement (%{url}). REndez ce produit disponible pour permettre cette migration."
@@ -1267,14 +1227,14 @@
 #. this is rather a theoretical case, but anyway....
 #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
 #. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:225
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:224
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "%s <b>will be installed.</b>"
 msgstr "%s <b>va être installé.</b>"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
 #. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:242
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:241
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "%s <b>stays unchanged.</b>"
 msgstr "%s <b>ne sera pas modifié.</b>"
@@ -1282,20 +1242,20 @@
 #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
 #. %{old_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12"
 #. %{new_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:252
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:251
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "%{old_product} <b>will be upgraded to</b> %{new_product}."
 msgstr "%{old_product} <b>sera mis à jour vers</b> %{new_product}."
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
 #. %{old_product} and %{new_product} are product names
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:257
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:256
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "%{old_product} <b>will be downgraded to</b> %{new_product}."
 msgstr "%{old_product} <b>va être descendu en version vers</b> %{new_product}."
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: an error popup message
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:290
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:289
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "The selected migration contains a product\n"
@@ -1360,22 +1320,117 @@
 "Échec lors de la mise à jour automatique de l'enregistrement.\n"
 "Vous pouvez enregistrer manuellement le système."
 
+# TLABEL online_update_2002_03_14_2340__8
+#. Constructor
+#.
+#. @param services    [ArrayYast::SlpServiceClass::Service]
+#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:220
 #, fuzzy
 #| msgid "Checking..."
 msgid "Searching..."
 msgstr "Recherche..."
 
 # TLABEL online_update_2002_03_14_2340__14
-#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203
+#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:220
 #, fuzzy
 #| msgid "Use local registration server"
 msgid "Looking up local registration servers..."
 msgstr "Recherche des serveurs d'enregistrement..."
 
+# TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__262
+#. Constructor
+#.
+#. @param services        [ArraySlpServiceClass::Service] list of services to show
+#. @param heading         [String] Dialog's heading. If nil (or not specified), a default
+#. heading will be used).
+#. @param description     [String] Dialog's description (to be shown on top of the list).
+#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used.
+#. @param no_selected_msg [String] Message to be shown when no service was selected
+#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used.
+#. @param initial         [SlpServiceClass::Service] initially selected service. If nil
+#. (or not specified) the first service will be used.
+#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:78
 #, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Server Settings"
+msgid "Service selection"
+msgstr "Paramètres du serveur"
+
+#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:79
+msgid "Select a detected service from the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:80
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Use custom registration server "
+msgid "No service was selected."
+msgstr "Aucun serveur d'enregistrement sélectionné."
+
+# TLABEL online_update_2002_03_14_2340__8
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Registration Code"
+#~ msgid "Registration failed."
+#~ msgstr "L'enregistrement a échoué."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "&Local Registration Server..."
+#~ msgstr "Serveur d'enregistrement &local..."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n"
+#~ "User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n"
+#~ "Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n"
+#~ "a registered system."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Merci d'entrer un code d'enregistrement ou d'évaluation pour ce produit\n"
+#~ "ainsi que votre nom d'utilisateur/adresse électronique pour le SUSE\n"
+#~ "Customer Center dans les champs ci-dessous. L'accès aux mises à jour de\n"
+#~ "sécurité et des logiciels est uniquement possible sur un système enregistré."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n"
+#~ "installation has completed."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Si vous passez l'enregistrement du produit maintenant, pensez à le faire\n"
+#~ "une fois l'installation terminée."
+
+#, fuzzy
 #~ msgid "Migration Repositories"
 #~ msgstr "Dépôts de migration"
 

Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/reipl.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/reipl.fr.po	2016-09-02 21:33:42 UTC (rev 96676)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/reipl.fr.po	2016-09-02 21:33:58 UTC (rev 96677)
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: reipl\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-05-04 21:03+0100\n"
 "Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET \n"
 "Language-Team: French Team \n"
@@ -32,11 +32,16 @@
 #. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message
 #. %1 is replaced with a device name
 #. Newline at the end is required
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:64
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:66
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "\n"
+#| "After shutdown, reload the system\n"
+#| "with an IPL from DASD '%1'.\n"
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "After shutdown, reload the system\n"
-"with an IPL from DASD '%1'.\n"
+"with an IPL from device '%1'.\n"
 msgstr ""
 "\n"
 "Après extinction, recharger le système\n"
@@ -47,7 +52,7 @@
 #. %2 is replaced with a WWPN name
 #. %3 is replaced with a LUN name
 #. Newline at the end is required
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:83
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:85
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "After shutdown, reload the system\n"
@@ -62,7 +67,7 @@
 "et le LUN '%3'.\n"
 
 # TLABEL installation_2002_08_07_0216__5
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:97
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:99
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "After shutdown, reload the system \n"

Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/samba-client.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/samba-client.fr.po	2016-09-02 21:33:42 UTC (rev 96676)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/samba-client.fr.po	2016-09-02 21:33:58 UTC (rev 96677)
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: samba-client\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-03 09:33+0200\n"
 "Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET \n"
 "Language-Team: French \n"
@@ -933,81 +933,81 @@
 msgstr "Installation des paquets nécessaires..."
 
 #. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:947
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953
 msgid "PAM Login"
 msgstr "Connexion PAM"
 
 #. summary item
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959
 msgid "Use Kerberos"
 msgstr "Utiliser Kerberos"
 
 #. summary item
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:955
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:961
 msgid "Do Not Use Kerberos"
 msgstr "Ne pas utiliser Kerberos"
 
 #. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:965
 msgid "Default Realm"
 msgstr "Domaine Kerberos (realm) par défaut"
 
 #. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:966
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:972
 msgid "Default Domain"
 msgstr "Domaine par défaut"
 
 #. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:973
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:979
 msgid "KDC Server Address"
 msgstr "Adresse du serveur KDC"
 
 #. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:977
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:983
 msgid "Clock Skew"
 msgstr "Décalage de l'horloge"
 
 #. summary text, %1 is value
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:993
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:999
 msgid "<b>KDC Server</b>: %1<br>"
 msgstr "<b>Serveur KDC</b> : %1<br>"
 
 #. summary text, %1 is value
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:998
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004
 msgid "<b>Default Domain</b>: %1<br>"
 msgstr "<p><b>Domaine par défaut</b> : %1</p>"
 
 #. summary text, %1 is value
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010
 msgid "<b>Default Realm</b>: %1<br>"
 msgstr "<b>Domaine Kerberos (realm) par défaut</b> : %1<br>"
 
 #. summary text (yes/no follows)
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1016
 msgid "<b>Kerberos Authentication Enabled</b>: %1"
 msgstr "<b>Authentification Kerberos activée</b> : %1"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__451
 #. summary value
 #. translators: winbind status in summary
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1019 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112
 msgid "Yes"
 msgstr "Oui"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__459
 #. summary value
 #. translators: winbind status in summary
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1021 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114
 msgid "No"
 msgstr "Non"
 
 #. summary line
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1022
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1028
 msgid "Configuration Acquired via DNS"
 msgstr "Configuration acquise via DNS"
 
 #. error popup (wrong format of entered value)
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1050
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1056
 msgid ""
 "Clock skew is invalid.\n"
 "Try again.\n"
@@ -1016,7 +1016,7 @@
 "Essayez à nouveau.\n"
 
 #. error popup (wrong format of entered value)
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1053
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1059
 msgid ""
 "Lifetime is invalid.\n"
 "Try again."

Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/samba-server.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/samba-server.fr.po	2016-09-02 21:33:42 UTC (rev 96676)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/samba-server.fr.po	2016-09-02 21:33:58 UTC (rev 96677)
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: samba-server\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-13 11:16+0100\n"
 "Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET \n"
 "Language-Team: French \n"
@@ -273,11 +273,17 @@
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: a popup message
 #: src/include/samba-server/complex.rb:88
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Because users are currently connected to this Samba server,\n"
+#| "the server configuration has been reloaded instead of restarted.\n"
+#| "To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the users,\n"
+#| "run '/etc/init.d/smb restart' and '/etc/init.d/nmb restart'"
 msgid ""
 "Because users are currently connected to this Samba server,\n"
 "the server configuration has been reloaded instead of restarted.\n"
 "To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the users,\n"
-"run '/etc/init.d/smb restart' and '/etc/init.d/nmb restart'"
+"run 'systemctl restart smb' and 'systemctl restart nmb'"
 msgstr ""
 "Étant donné que des utilisateurs sont actuellement connectés à ce serveur Samba,\n"
 "la configuration du serveur a été rechargée, et non redémarrée.\n"

Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/security.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/security.fr.po	2016-09-02 21:33:42 UTC (rev 96676)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/security.fr.po	2016-09-02 21:33:58 UTC (rev 96677)
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: security\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-12-07 19:24+0100\n"
 "Last-Translator: Antoine Belvire \n"
 "Language-Team: français \n"
@@ -56,8 +56,7 @@
 #. command line help text for 'level roaming' option
 #: src/clients/security.rb:100
 msgid "Roaming Device (e.g. laptop or tablet) security level"
-msgstr ""
-"Niveau de sécurité « appareil itinérant » (ordinateur portable ou tablette)"
+msgstr "Niveau de sécurité « appareil itinérant » (ordinateur portable ou tablette)"
 
 #. command line help text for 'level server' option
 #: src/clients/security.rb:106
@@ -136,224 +135,219 @@
 #. Authors:	Michal Svec 
 #.
 #. $Id$
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:62
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:64
 msgid "Unknown"
 msgstr "Inconnu"
 
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:65
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:67
 msgid "Use magic SysRq keys"
 msgstr "Utiliser les touches magiques SysRq"
 
 # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__250
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:66
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:68
 msgid "Use secure file permissions"
 msgstr "Utiliser les permissions de fichiers sécurisés"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__442
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:69
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:71
 msgid "Remote access to the display manager"
 msgstr "Accès à distance au gestionnaire d'affichage"
 
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:72
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:74
 msgid "Write back system time to the hardware clock"
 msgstr "Retranscrire l'heure du système vers l'horloge matérielle"
 
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:75
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:77
 msgid "Always generate syslog message for cron scripts"
 msgstr "Toujours générer des messages syslog pour les scripts cron"
 
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:78
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:80
 msgid "Run the DHCP daemon in a chroot"
 msgstr "Exécuter le démon DHCP dans un chroot"
 
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:81
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:83
 msgid "Run the DHCP daemon as dhcp user"
 msgstr "Exécuter le démon DHCP en tant qu'utilisateur dhcp"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__442
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:84
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:86
 msgid "Remote root login in the display manager"
-msgstr ""
-"Identification à distance en tant que superutilisateur (root) au "
-"gestionnaire d'affichage"
+msgstr "Identification à distance en tant que superutilisateur (root) au gestionnaire d'affichage"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__442
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:87
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:89
 msgid "Remote access to the X server"
 msgstr "Accès à distance au serveur X"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__442
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:90
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:92
 msgid "Remote access to the email delivery subsystem"
 msgstr "Accès à distance au sous-système de réception d'e-mail"
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__74
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:93
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:95
 msgid "Restart services on update"
 msgstr "Redémarrer les services lors de la mise à jour"
 
 # TLABEL runlevel_2002_08_07_0216__21
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:96
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:98
 msgid "Stop services on removal"
 msgstr "Arrêter les services lors de la suppression"
 
 # TLABEL lilo_2002_01_04_0147__23
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:99
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:101
 msgid "Enable TCP syncookies"
 msgstr "Activer les syncookies TCP"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__161
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:102
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104
 msgid "IPv4 forwarding"
 msgstr "Transmission IPv4"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__161
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:103
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:105
 msgid "IPv6 forwarding"
 msgstr "Transmission IPv6"
 
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:106
 msgid "Enable basic system services"
 msgstr "Activer les services système de base"
 
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:107
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:109
 msgid "Disable extra services"
 msgstr "Désactiver les services additionnels"
 
 # TLABEL wizard_2002_03_14_2340__3
 #. handle the special cases at first
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:150
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152
 msgid "Configure"
 msgstr "Configurer"
 
 # TLABEL x11_2002_08_07_0216__5
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154
 msgid "Enabled"
 msgstr "Activé"
 
 # TLABEL x11_2002_08_07_0216__6
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:156
 msgid "Disabled"
 msgstr "Désactivé"
 
 # TLABEL security_2002_01_04_0147__81
 #. table header
 #. table header
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:180 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:409
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411
 msgid "Security Setting"
 msgstr "Paramètres de sécurité"
 
 # TLABEL lan_inetd_2002_01_04_0147__28
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:181 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:410
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:183 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:412
 msgid "Status"
 msgstr "État"
 
 # TLABEL security_2002_01_04_0147__81
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:184 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:413
 msgid "Security Status"
 msgstr "État de la sécurité"
 
 #. add one line for each security setting
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:318
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:320
 msgid "Help"
 msgstr "Aide"
 
 #. this is a separator between service names
 #. e.g.: "postfix" + " or " + "sendmail"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:361
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:363
 msgid " or "
 msgstr " ou "
 
 #. richtext message: %1 = runlevel ("3" or "5"), %2 = list of services
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:368
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370
 msgid "<P>These basic system services are not enabled:<BR><B>%s</B></P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>Ces services système de base ne sont pas activés : <BR><B>%s</B></P>"
+msgstr "<P>Ces services système de base ne sont pas activés : <BR><B>%s</B></P>"
 
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:372
 msgid "<P>All basic services are enabled.</P>"
 msgstr "<P>Tous les systèmes basiques sont activés.</P>"
 
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:378
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:380
 msgid "<P>These extra services are enabled:<BR><B>%s</B></P>"
 msgstr "<P>Ces services additionnels sont activés :<BR><B>%s</B></P>"
 
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:379
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381
 msgid "<P>Check the list of services and disable all unused services.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>Verifiez la liste des services et désactivez tous les services inutilisés."
-"</P>"
+msgstr "<P>Verifiez la liste des services et désactivez tous les services inutilisés.</P>"
 
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:383
 msgid "<P>Only basic system services are enabled.</P>"
 msgstr "<P>Les services systèmes basiques uniquement sont activés.</P>"
 
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:387
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:389
 msgid "Description"
 msgstr "description"
 
 # TLABEL scanner_2002_01_04_0147__27
 #. Overview dialog caption
 #. params: input tree, parent, label, id
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:399 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:401 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49
 msgid "Security Overview"
 msgstr "Aperçu de la sécurité"
 
 # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__257
 #. push button label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:424
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:426
 msgid "Change &Status"
 msgstr "Changer &l'état"
 
 #. push button label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:427
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:429
 msgid "&Description"
 msgstr "&Description"
 
 #. update the current value
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:521
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:523
 msgid "Analyzing system"
 msgstr "Analyse du système"
 
 # TLABEL security_2002_01_04_0147__10
 #. Boot dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:575 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:589 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57
 msgid "Boot Settings"
 msgstr "Paramètres d'amorçage "
 
 # TLABEL security_2002_01_04_0147__86
 #. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:587
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:601
 msgid "Boot Permissions"
 msgstr "Permissions d'amorçage "
 
 # TLABEL security_2002_01_04_0147__30
 #. Misc dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:664 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:670 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60
 msgid "Miscellaneous Settings"
 msgstr "Paramètres divers"
 
 # TLABEL security_2002_01_04_0147__19
 #. Password dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:744 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:750 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56
 msgid "Password Settings"
 msgstr "Paramètres du mot de passe "
 
 # TLABEL security_2002_01_04_0147__88
 #. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:753
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:759
 msgid "Checks"
 msgstr "Contrôles"
 
 # TLABEL online_update_2002_03_14_2340__10
 #. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:768
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:774
 msgid "Password Age"
 msgstr "Âge du mot de passe"
 
 # TLABEL security_2002_01_04_0147__92
 #. Popup text
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:846
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:852
 msgid ""
 "The minimum number of days cannot be larger\n"
 "than the maximum."
@@ -363,31 +357,29 @@
 
 # TLABEL security_2002_01_04_0147__91
 #. Popup text, %1 is number
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:863
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:869
 msgid ""
 "The minimum password length cannot be larger than the maximum.\n"
 "The maximum password length for the selected encryption method is %1."
 msgstr ""
-"La longueur minimale du mot de passe ne doit pas dépasser la longueur "
-"maximale.\n"
-"La longueur maximale du mot de passe pour la méthode de chiffrement "
-"sélectionnée est de %1."
+"La longueur minimale du mot de passe ne doit pas dépasser la longueur maximale.\n"
+"La longueur maximale du mot de passe pour la méthode de chiffrement sélectionnée est de %1."
 
 # TLABEL security_2002_01_04_0147__14
 #. Login dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:895 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:901 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58
 msgid "Login Settings"
 msgstr "Paramètres de login "
 
 # TLABEL security_2002_01_04_0147__87
 #. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:904
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:910
 msgid "Login"
 msgstr "Login"
 
 # TLABEL security_2002_08_07_0216__0
 #. Read dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:39
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:41
 msgid ""
 "<p><b><big>Initializing Security Configuration</big></b>\n"
 "<br>Please wait...<br></p>"
@@ -397,18 +389,17 @@
 
 # TLABEL security_2002_08_07_0216__1
 #. Read dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:43
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:45
 msgid ""
 "<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization</big></b><br>\n"
 "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
 msgstr ""
 "<p><b><big>Annulation de l'initialisation :</big></b><br>\n"
-"Cliquez sur <b>Annuler</b> pour quitter l'utilitaire de configuration en "
-"toute sécurité.</p>"
+"Cliquez sur <b>Annuler</b> pour quitter l'utilitaire de configuration en toute sécurité.</p>"
 
 # TLABEL security_2002_08_07_0216__2
 #. Write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:47
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:49
 msgid ""
 "<p><b><big>Saving Security Configuration</big></b>\n"
 "<br>Please wait...<br></p>"
@@ -418,90 +409,31 @@
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__47
 #. Write dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:51
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:53
 msgid ""
 "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n"
 "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.</p>"
 msgstr ""
 "<p><b><big>Annulation de l'enregistrement</big></b><br>\n"
-"Cliquez sur <b>Annuler</b> pour quitter la procédure d'enregistrement."
-"<p><b><big>"
+"Cliquez sur <b>Annuler</b> pour quitter la procédure d'enregistrement.<p><b><big>"
 
-# TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__48
-#. Boot dialog help 1/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:55
-msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Boot Security</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Sécurité d'amorçage</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>Utilisez cette boîte de dialogue pour modifier divers paramètres "
-"d'amorçage relatifs à la sécurité.</p>"
-
-# TLABEL security_2002_08_07_0216__5
-#. Boot dialog help 2/4
+#. Main dialog help 1/8
 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:59
 msgid ""
-"<p><b>Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
-"Configure what the system should do in response to\n"
-"someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n"
-"combination. Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n"
-"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
-"workstation and server.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Interprétation de Ctrl + Alt + Del</b> :\n"
-"Configurez le comportement du système en réponse\n"
-"à la pression simultanée des touches CTRL + ALT + DEL\n"
-"sur la console. Généralement, cette manipulation entraîne le redémarrage du "
-"système. Dans certains cas, il est\n"
-"souhaitable d'ignorer cet évènement, par exemple quand le système\n"
-"sert à la fois de station de travail et de serveur.</p>"
-
-#. Boot dialog help 3/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:68
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager</b>:\n"
-"Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from KDM.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Comportement de l'arrêt du gestionnaire de login</b> :\n"
-"Définissez qui est autorisé à éteindre la machine à partir de KDM.</p>\n"
-
-#. Boot dialog help 4/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:72
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Hibernate System</b>:\n"
-"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, "
-"user on active console has such right.\n"
-"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring "
-"authentication in all cases.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Hiberner le système</b> :\n"
-"Paramétrer les conditions pour autoriser les utilisateurs à hiberner le "
-"système. Par défaut, l'utilisateur sur la console active a un tel droit.\n"
-"D'autres options permettent d'autoriser l'action à n'importe quel "
-"utilisateur ou nécessiter une authentification dans tous les cas.</p>\n"
-
-#. Main dialog help 1/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:78
-msgid ""
 "<P><BIG><B>Configuring Local Security</B></BIG></P>\n"
-"<p>Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which "
-"include\n"
-"    booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The "
-"default\n"
+"<p>Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which include\n"
+"    booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The default\n"
 "    settings can be modified as needed.\n"
 "</p>"
 msgstr ""
 "<P><BIG><B>Configuration de sécurité locale</B></BIG></P>\n"
-"<p>À l'aide des valeurs par défaut prédéfinies, modifiez les paramètres de "
-"sécurité locale,\n"
-"    qui comprennent l'amorçage, la connexion, les mots de passe, la création "
-"d'utilisateurs et les autorisations de fichier. Les paramètres\n"
+"<p>À l'aide des valeurs par défaut prédéfinies, modifiez les paramètres de sécurité locale,\n"
+"    qui comprennent l'amorçage, la connexion, les mots de passe, la création d'utilisateurs et les autorisations de fichier. Les paramètres\n"
 "    par défaut peuvent être modifiés si nécessaire.\n"
 "</p>"
 
 #. Main dialog help 5/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:86
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:67
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Workstation</b>: For a computer connected\n"
 "to any type of network including the Internet.</p>"
@@ -510,17 +442,15 @@
 "à n'importe quel type de réseau, notamment Internet.</p>"
 
 #. Main dialog help 6/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:90
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:71
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Roaming Device</b>: For a laptop, tablet or similar device\n"
 "that connects to different networks.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Appareil itinérant</b> : pour un ordinateur portable, une tablette ou "
-"un appareil similaire qui se connecte à différents réseaux.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Appareil itinérant</b> : pour un ordinateur portable, une tablette ou un appareil similaire qui se connecte à différents réseaux.</p>"
 
 # TLABEL security_2002_08_07_0216__11
 #. Main dialog help 7/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:75
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Network Server</b>: For a computer that provides\n"
 "any type of service.</p>"
@@ -530,14 +460,13 @@
 
 # TLABEL security_2002_08_07_0216__12
 #. Main dialog help 8/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:98
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:79
 msgid "<p><b>Custom Settings</b>: Create your own configuration.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Paramètres personnalisés</b> : créez votre propre configuration.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Paramètres personnalisés</b> : créez votre propre configuration.</p>"
 
 # TLABEL security_2002_08_07_0216__18
 #. Login dialog help 1/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:100
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:81
 msgid ""
 "<p><big><b>Login Security</b></big></p>\n"
 "<p>These login settings\n"
@@ -549,60 +478,47 @@
 
 # TLABEL security_2002_08_07_0216__14
 #. Login dialog help 2/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:106
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:87
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt:</b>\n"
-"It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to "
-"prevent\n"
-"password guessing. Make the time small enough that users do not need to wait "
-"to\n"
-"retry if a password is mistyped. A sensible value is three seconds (<tt>3).</p>"
+"It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to prevent\n"
+"password guessing. Make the time small enough that users do not need to wait to\n"
+"retry if a password is mistyped. A sensible value is three seconds (<tt>3</tt>).</p>"
 msgstr ""
 "<p><b>Délai après une tentative de connexion incorrecte :</b>\n"
 "Il est conseillé de prévoir un délai d'attente après une tentative\n"
-"de connexion incorrecte pour éviter les tentatives de déchiffrement du mot "
-"de passe. Choisissez un délai suffisamment court pour que les utilisateurs\n"
-"ne doivent pas attendre entre deux saisies. Une valeur de l'ordre de trois "
-"secondes (<tt>3</tt>) est sensée.</p>"
+"de connexion incorrecte pour éviter les tentatives de déchiffrement du mot de passe. Choisissez un délai suffisamment court pour que les utilisateurs\n"
+"ne doivent pas attendre entre deux saisies. Une valeur de l'ordre de trois secondes (<tt>3</tt>) est sensée.</p>"
 
 # TLABEL security_2002_08_07_0216__16
 #. Login dialog help 3/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:113
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Record Successful Login Attempts:</b> Logging successful login\n"
 "attempts is useful. It can warn you of unauthorized access to the\n"
-"system (for example, a user logging in from a different location than "
-"usual).\n"
+"system (for example, a user logging in from a different location than usual).\n"
 "</p>\n"
 msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Enregistrer les tentatives de connexion réussies :</b> La "
-"journalisation des\n"
-"tentatives de connexion réussies est très utile.  Elle peut vous prévenir "
-"des accès non autorisés\n"
-"au système (par exemple, quand un utilisateur se connecte depuis un autre "
-"emplacement que d'habitude).\n"
+"<p><b>Enregistrer les tentatives de connexion réussies :</b> La journalisation des\n"
+"tentatives de connexion réussies est très utile.  Elle peut vous prévenir des accès non autorisés\n"
+"au système (par exemple, quand un utilisateur se connecte depuis un autre emplacement que d'habitude).\n"
 "</p>\n"
 
 # TLABEL security_2002_08_07_0216__17
 #. Login dialog help 4/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:120
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:101
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Allow Remote Graphical Login:</b> Checking this allows access\n"
-"to a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote "
-"access\n"
+"to a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote access\n"
 "to your machine using a display manager might be a security risk.</p>"
 msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Autoriser la connexion graphique à distance :</b> cette option permet "
-"d'autoriser\n"
-"l'accès à un écran de connexion graphique pour cette machine sur le réseau. "
-"L'accès distant\n"
-"à votre machine par le biais d'un gestionnaire d'affichage peut poser un "
-"risque de sécurité.</p>"
+"<p><b>Autoriser la connexion graphique à distance :</b> cette option permet d'autoriser\n"
+"l'accès à un écran de connexion graphique pour cette machine sur le réseau. L'accès distant\n"
+"à votre machine par le biais d'un gestionnaire d'affichage peut poser un risque de sécurité.</p>"
 
 # TLABEL security_2002_08_07_0216__18
 #. Password dialog help 1/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:126
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:107
 msgid ""
 "<p>These password settings\n"
 "are mainly stored in the /etc/login.defs file.</p>"
@@ -612,66 +528,54 @@
 
 # TLABEL security_2002_08_07_0216__19
 #. Password dialog help 2/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:130
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:111
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Check New Passwords</b>: It is wise to choose a password that\n"
-"cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common "
-"word.\n"
+"cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common word.\n"
 "By checking the box, enforce password checking in regard to these rules.</p>"
 msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Vérifier les nouveaux mots de passe</b> : Il est judicieux de choisir "
-"un mot de\n"
-"passe qui ne figure dans aucun dictionnaire et qui ne soit pas un nom ou "
-"autre mot simple et commun.\n"
-"Si vous cochez cette option, le mot de passe sera vérifié en fonction de ces "
-"règles.</p>"
+"<p><b>Vérifier les nouveaux mots de passe</b> : Il est judicieux de choisir un mot de\n"
+"passe qui ne figure dans aucun dictionnaire et qui ne soit pas un nom ou autre mot simple et commun.\n"
+"Si vous cochez cette option, le mot de passe sera vérifié en fonction de ces règles.</p>"
 
 #. Password dialog help
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:136
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:117
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Minimum Acceptable Password Length:</b>\n"
 "The minimum acceptable size for the new password reduced by the number\n"
-"of different character classes (other, upper, lower and digit) used in the "
-"new\n"
+"of different character classes (other, upper, lower and digit) used in the new\n"
 "password. See man pam_cracklib for a more detailed explanation.\n"
 "This option can only be modified when <b>Check New Passwords</b> is set.</p>"
 msgstr ""
 "<p><b>Longueur minimum acceptable pour un mot de passe :</b>\n"
-"La taille minimum acceptable pour le nouveau mot de passe réduite par le "
-"nombre\n"
-"de classes de caractères différentes (autre, majuscule, minuscule et nombre) "
-"utilisé dans\n"
-"le nouveau mot de passe. Regardez man pam_cracklib pour de plus amples "
-"explications.\n"
-"Cette option ne peut être modifiée que si <b>Vérifier les nouveaux mots de "
-"passe</b> est activé.</p>"
+"La taille minimum acceptable pour le nouveau mot de passe réduite par le nombre\n"
+"de classes de caractères différentes (autre, majuscule, minuscule et nombre) utilisé dans\n"
+"le nouveau mot de passe. Regardez man pam_cracklib pour de plus amples explications.\n"
+"Cette option ne peut être modifiée que si <b>Vérifier les nouveaux mots de passe</b> est activé.</p>"
 
 #. Password dialog help 4/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:144
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:125
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Passwords to Remember</b>:\n"
-"Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from "
-"reusing.\n"
+"Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from reusing.\n"
 "Enter 0 if passwords should not be stored.</p>"
 msgstr ""
 "<p><b>Mots de passe à mémoriser</b> :\n"
-"Entrez le nombre de mots de passe d'utilisateur à stocker pour empêcher leur "
-"réutilisation.\n"
+"Entrez le nombre de mots de passe d'utilisateur à stocker pour empêcher leur réutilisation.\n"
 " Entrez 0 si les mots de passe ne doivent pas être stockés.</p>"
 
 # TLABEL security_2002_01_04_0147__89
 #. Password dialog help 5a/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:150
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:131
 msgid "<p><b>Password Encryption Method:</b></p>"
 msgstr "<p><b>Méthode de chiffrement du mot de passe :</b></p>"
 
 # TLABEL user_2002_03_14_2340__1
 #. Password dialog help 5b/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:152
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:133
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>DES</b>, the Linux default method, works in all network environments,\n"
-"but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you "
-"need\n"
+"but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you need\n"
 "compatibility with other systems, use this method.</p>"
 msgstr ""
 "<p><b>DES<b>, la méthode par défaut de Linux, fonctionne dans tous les\n"
@@ -680,30 +584,22 @@
 "utilisez cette méthode.</p>"
 
 #. Password dialog help 5c/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:158
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:139
 msgid ""
-"<p><b>MD5</b> allows longer passwords and is supported by all current "
-"Linux \n"
+"<p><b>MD5</b> allows longer passwords and is supported by all current Linux \n"
 "distributions, but not by other systems or old software.</p>"
 msgstr ""
-"<p><b>MD5</b> permet l'utilisation de mots de passe plus longs. Cette "
-"méthode\n"
-"est prise en charge par toutes les distributions Linux actuelles, mais pas "
-"par d'autres systèmes ou de vieux logiciels.</p>"
+"<p><b>MD5</b> permet l'utilisation de mots de passe plus longs. Cette méthode\n"
+"est prise en charge par toutes les distributions Linux actuelles, mais pas par d'autres systèmes ou de vieux logiciels.</p>"
 
 #. Password dialog help 5d/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:162
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method, using other "
-"algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>SHA-512<b>, est la méthode de hashage standard actuelle, l'utilisation "
-"d'autres algorithmes n'est pas recommandé à moins d'en avoir besoin pour des "
-"raisons de compatibilité.</p>"
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:143
+msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method, using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>SHA-512<b>, est la méthode de hashage standard actuelle, l'utilisation d'autres algorithmes n'est pas recommandé à moins d'en avoir besoin pour des raisons de compatibilité.</p>"
 
 # TLABEL security_2002_08_07_0216__20
 #. Password dialog help 7/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:166
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:147
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Password Age:</b> Set the minimum and\n"
 "maximum number of days a password may be used.</p>"
@@ -713,33 +609,28 @@
 
 # TLABEL security_2002_08_07_0216__21
 #. Password dialog help 8/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:170
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:151
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Days before Password Expires Warning</b>: This entry sets the\n"
-"number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer "
-"the\n"
+"number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer the\n"
 "time, the less likely it is that someone can guess passwords.</p>"
 msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Jours avant avertissement de l'expiration du mot de passe</b> : "
-"définit le nombre de\n"
-"jours que les utilisateurs seront avertis avant expiration de leur mot de "
-"passe. Plus ce délai\n"
-"sera long, moins il y aura de risques que quelqu'un devine les mots de passe."
-"</p>"
+"<p><b>Jours avant avertissement de l'expiration du mot de passe</b> : définit le nombre de\n"
+"jours que les utilisateurs seront avertis avant expiration de leur mot de passe. Plus ce délai\n"
+"sera long, moins il y aura de risques que quelqu'un devine les mots de passe.</p>"
 
 #. Adduser dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:176
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:157
 msgid ""
 "<p><big><b>User Security</b></big></P>\n"
 "<p>In this dialog, change various settings used to create users.</p>"
 msgstr ""
 "<p><big><b>Sécurité utilisateur</b></big></P>\n"
-"<p>Utilisez cette boîte de dialogue pour modifier divers paramètres servant "
-"à la création d'utilisateurs.</p>"
+"<p>Utilisez cette boîte de dialogue pour modifier divers paramètres servant à la création d'utilisateurs.</p>"
 
 # TLABEL security_2002_01_04_0147__28
 #. Adduser dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:180
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:161
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>User ID Limitations:</b>\n"
 "Set the minimum and maximum possible user ID.</p>"
@@ -749,7 +640,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL security_2002_01_04_0147__29
 #. Adduser dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:184
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:165
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Group ID Limitations</b>:\n"
 "Set the minimum and maximum possible group ID.</p>"
@@ -758,112 +649,86 @@
 "Définissez le nombre minimum et maximum d'ID de groupe possibles.</p>"
 
 #. Misc dialog help 1/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:188
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:169
 msgid ""
 "<p><big><b>Other Security Settings</b></big></P>\n"
-"<p>In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security."
+"<p>In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security.</p>"
 msgstr ""
 "<p><big><b>Autres paramètres de sécurité</b></big></P>\n"
-"<p>Utilisez cette boîte de dialogue pour modifier divers paramètres relatifs "
-"à la sécurité locale.</p>"
+"<p>Utilisez cette boîte de dialogue pour modifier divers paramètres relatifs à la sécurité locale.</p>"
 
 # TLABEL security_2002_08_07_0216__24
 #. Misc dialog help 2/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:192
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:173
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>File Permissions</b>: Settings for the permissions\n"
-"of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions."
-"secure\n"
+"of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions.secure\n"
 "or /etc/permissions.easy. Which file is used depends on this selection.\n"
-"Launching SuSEconfig sets these permissions according to /etc/permissions."
-"*.\n"
-"This fixes files with incorrect permissions, whether this occurred "
-"accidentally\n"
+"Launching SuSEconfig sets these permissions according to /etc/permissions.*.\n"
+"This fixes files with incorrect permissions, whether this occurred accidentally\n"
 "or by intruders.</p><p>\n"
 "With <b>Easy</b>, most of the system files that are only readable by root\n"
 "in Secure are modified so other users can also read these files.\n"
-"Using <b>Secure</b>, certain system files, such as /var/log/messages, can "
-"only\n"
-"be viewed by the user root. Some programs can only be launched by root or "
-"by\n"
+"Using <b>Secure</b>, certain system files, such as /var/log/messages, can only\n"
+"be viewed by the user root. Some programs can only be launched by root or by\n"
 "daemons, not by ordinary users.\n"
 "The most secure setting is <b>Paranoid</B>. With it, you must\n"
 "decide which users are able to run X applications and setuid programs.</p>\n"
 msgstr ""
 "<p><b>Autorisations de fichier</b> : les paramètres relatifs aux\n"
-"autorisations de certains fichiers système sont définis en fonction des "
-"données contenues\n"
-"dans /etc/permissions.secure ou /etc/permissions.easy. Le fichier utilisé "
-"dépend de cette sélection.\n"
-"Le lancement de SuSEconfig définit ces autorisation d'après /etc/permissions."
-"*.\n"
-"Les fichiers dont les autorisations étaient incorrectes, pour des raisons "
-"accidentelles\n"
+"autorisations de certains fichiers système sont définis en fonction des données contenues\n"
+"dans /etc/permissions.secure ou /etc/permissions.easy. Le fichier utilisé dépend de cette sélection.\n"
+"Le lancement de SuSEconfig définit ces autorisation d'après /etc/permissions.*.\n"
+"Les fichiers dont les autorisations étaient incorrectes, pour des raisons accidentelles\n"
 "ou du fait d'une intrusion, sont ainsi réparés.</p><p>\n"
-"Avec <b>Simple</b>, la majorité des fichiers système exclusivement lisibles "
-"par root\n"
-"en mode Sécurisé est modifiée pour en permettre la lecture par d'autres "
-"utilisateurs.\n"
-"Avec <b>Sécurisé</b>, certains fichiers système, tels que /var/log/messages, "
-"ne peuvent\n"
-"être visualisés que par l'utilisateur root. Certains programmes ne peuvent "
-"être\n"
-"exécutés que par root ou par des démons, mais pas par des utilisateur "
-"ordinaires.\n"
+"Avec <b>Simple</b>, la majorité des fichiers système exclusivement lisibles par root\n"
+"en mode Sécurisé est modifiée pour en permettre la lecture par d'autres utilisateurs.\n"
+"Avec <b>Sécurisé</b>, certains fichiers système, tels que /var/log/messages, ne peuvent\n"
+"être visualisés que par l'utilisateur root. Certains programmes ne peuvent être\n"
+"exécutés que par root ou par des démons, mais pas par des utilisateur ordinaires.\n"
 "Le paramètre le plus sécurisé est <b>Paranoïa</B>. Avec ce dernier, vous\n"
-"devez définir les utilisateurs autorisés à exécuter des applications X et "
-"des programmes setuid.</p>\n"
+"devez définir les utilisateurs autorisés à exécuter des applications X et des programmes setuid.</p>\n"
 
 # TLABEL security_2002_01_04_0147__36
 #. Misc dialog help 6/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:208
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:189
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>User Launching updatedb</b>: The program updatedb runs \n"
-"once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database "
-"(locatedb)\n"
+"once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database (locatedb)\n"
 "that stores the location of every file. The database can be searched by the\n"
-"program \"locate\".  Here, set the user that runs this command: <b>nobody\n"
+"program \"locate\".  Here, set the user that runs this command: <b>nobody</b>\n"
 "    (few files) or <b>root</b> (all files).</p>"
 msgstr ""
 "<p><b>Utilisateur lançant updatedb</b> : le programme updatedb est\n"
-"exécuté une fois par jour. Il analyse l'intégralité de votre système de "
-"fichiers et crée une\n"
-"base de données (locatedb) où est consigné l'emplacement de chaque fichier. "
-"La base de données peut être consultée\n"
-"à l'aide du programme \"locate\".  Définissez ici l'utilisateur qui exécute "
-"cette commande : <b>nobody</b>\n"
+"exécuté une fois par jour. Il analyse l'intégralité de votre système de fichiers et crée une\n"
+"base de données (locatedb) où est consigné l'emplacement de chaque fichier. La base de données peut être consultée\n"
+"à l'aide du programme \"locate\".  Définissez ici l'utilisateur qui exécute cette commande : <b>nobody</b>\n"
 "    (quelques fichiers) ou <b>root</b> (tous les fichiers).</p>"
 
 # TLABEL security_2002_08_07_0216__25
 #. Misc dialog help 10/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:216
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:197
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Current Directory in root's Path</b> On a DOS system,\n"
 "the system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current\n"
-"directory then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like "
-"system\n"
+"directory then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like system\n"
 "searches for them exclusively via the search path (variable PATH).</p>"
 msgstr ""
 "<p><b>Répertoire actuel dans le chemin de root</b> Dans un système DOS,\n"
 "le système recherche les fichiers exécutables (programmes) d'abord\n"
-"dans le répertoire actuel, puis dans la variable path actuelle. Un système "
-"de type UNIX, au contraire,\n"
+"dans le répertoire actuel, puis dans la variable path actuelle. Un système de type UNIX, au contraire,\n"
 "ne les recherche que dans le chemin de recherche (variable PATH).</p>"
 
 # TLABEL security_2002_01_04_0147__40
 #. Misc dialog help 11/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:223
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:204
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Current Directory in the Path of Regular Users</b><br> A DOS\n"
-"system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current "
-"directory\n"
+"system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current directory\n"
 "then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like system searches\n"
 "for them exclusively via the search path (variable PATH).</p>"
 msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Répertoire courant dans le chemin d'accès des utilisateurs normaux<br>\n"
+"<p><b>Répertoire courant dans le chemin d'accès des utilisateurs normaux</b><br>\n"
 "Un système DOS recherche d'abord les fichiers exécutables (programmes)\n"
 "dans le répertoire courant et ensuite par le biais du le chemin d'accès. \n"
 "Dans un système de type UNIX, par contre, ces fichiers sont recherchés\n"
@@ -871,32 +736,25 @@
 
 # TLABEL security_2002_01_04_0147__41
 #. Misc dialog help 12/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:230
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:211
 msgid ""
 "<p>Some systems set up a work-around by adding the dot (\".\") to the\n"
 "search path, enabling files in the current path to be found and executed.\n"
-"This is highly dangerous because you may accidentally launch unknown "
-"programs in\n"
+"This is highly dangerous because you may accidentally launch unknown programs in\n"
 "the current directory instead of the usual systemwide files. As a result,\n"
-"executing <i>Trojan Horses</i>, which exploit this weakness and invade your "
-"system,\n"
+"executing <i>Trojan Horses</i>, which exploit this weakness and invade your system,\n"
 "is rather easy if you set this option.</p>"
 msgstr ""
-"<p>Certains systèmes mettent en place une parade en ajoutant un point (\"."
-"\") au \n"
-"chemin de recherche, pour permettre aux fichiers situés dans le chemin "
-"actuel d'être trouvés et exécutés.\n"
-"Ceci est extrêmement dangereux car vous risquez de lancer accidentellement "
-"des programmes inconnus\n"
-"dans le répertoire actuel au lieu des fichiers système habituels. Cette "
-"solution constitue\n"
-", par conséquent, une porte ouverte à l'exécution de <i>Chevaux de Troie, \n"
+"<p>Certains systèmes mettent en place une parade en ajoutant un point (\".\") au \n"
+"chemin de recherche, pour permettre aux fichiers situés dans le chemin actuel d'être trouvés et exécutés.\n"
+"Ceci est extrêmement dangereux car vous risquez de lancer accidentellement des programmes inconnus\n"
+"dans le répertoire actuel au lieu des fichiers système habituels. Cette solution constitue\n"
+", par conséquent, une porte ouverte à l'exécution de <i>Chevaux de Troie</i>, \n"
 "qui exploitent cette faiblesse pour envahir votre système.</p>"
 
 # TLABEL security_2002_01_04_0147__42
 #. Misc dialog help 13/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:239
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:220
 msgid ""
 "<p>\"yes\": the dot (\".\") is attached to the end of the search\n"
 "path of root, making it the last to be searched.</p>"
@@ -906,7 +764,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL security_2002_01_04_0147__43
 #. Misc dialog help 14/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:243
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:224
 msgid ""
 "<p>\"no\": the user root always must launch programs in the\n"
 "current directory prefixed with a \"./\". Example: \"./configure\".</p>"
@@ -915,349 +773,289 @@
 "répertoire courant avec le préfixe \"./\". Exemple : \"./configure\".</p>"
 
 #. Misc dialog help 14/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:247
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:228
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Enable Magic SysRq Keys</b><br> If you check this option, you\n"
-"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, "
-"during kernel\n"
+"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, during kernel\n"
 "debugging). For details, see /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</p>"
 msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Activer Magic SysRq Keys</b><br> Si vous sélectionnez cette option, "
-"vous\n"
-"gardez un certain contrôle du système, même en cas de crash système (par "
-"exemple durant le\n"
-"débogage de kernel). Pour plus de détails, consultez /usr/src/linux/"
-"Documentation/sysrq.txt</p>"
+"<p><b>Activer Magic SysRq Keys</b><br> Si vous sélectionnez cette option, vous\n"
+"gardez un certain contrôle du système, même en cas de crash système (par exemple durant le\n"
+"débogage de kernel). Pour plus de détails, consultez /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</p>"
 
 #. help text: security overview dialog 1/
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:253
-msgid ""
-"<P><B>Security Overview</B><BR>This overview shows the most important "
-"security settings.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P><B>Aperçu de la sécurité</B><BR> Cet aperçu montre les paramètres de "
-"sécurité les plus importants.</P>"
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:234
+msgid "<P><B>Security Overview</B><BR>This overview shows the most important security settings.</P>"
+msgstr "<P><B>Aperçu de la sécurité</B><BR> Cet aperçu montre les paramètres de sécurité les plus importants.</P>"
 
 #. help text: security overview dialog 1/
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:257
-msgid ""
-"<P>To change the current value, click the link associated to the option.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>Pour changer la valeur actuelle, cliquez sur le lien associé à l'option."
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:238
+msgid "<P>To change the current value, click the link associated to the option.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>Pour changer la valeur actuelle, cliquez sur le lien associé à l'option.</P>"
 
 #. help text: security overview dialog 1/
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:261
-msgid ""
-"<P> A check mark in the <B>Security Status</B> column means that the current "
-"value of the option is secure.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>La coche dans la colonne <B>État de la sécurité</B>  signifie que la "
-"valeur actuelle de l'option est sécurisée.</P>"
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:242
+msgid "<P> A check mark in the <B>Security Status</B> column means that the current value of the option is secure.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>La coche dans la colonne <B>État de la sécurité</B>  signifie que la valeur actuelle de l'option est sécurisée.</P>"
 
 #. an error message (rich text)
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:265
-msgid ""
-"<P><B>The current value could not be read. The service is probably not "
-"installed or the option is missing on the system.</B></P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P><B>La valeur actuelle ne peut être lue. Le service n'est probablement pas "
-"installé ou l'option est manquante sur le système.</B></P>"
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:246
+msgid "<P><B>The current value could not be read. The service is probably not installed or the option is missing on the system.</B></P>"
+msgstr "<P><B>La valeur actuelle ne peut être lue. Le service n'est probablement pas installé ou l'option est manquante sur le système.</B></P>"
 
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:252
 msgid ""
 "<P>A display manager provides a graphical login screen and can be accessed\n"
 "across the network by an X server running on another system if so\n"
 "configured.</P><P>The windows that are being displayed would then transmit\n"
-"their data across the network. If that network is not fully trusted, then "
-"the\n"
-"network traffic can be eavesdropped by an attacker, gaining access not only "
-"to\n"
-"the graphical content of the display, but also to usernames and passwords "
-"that\n"
-"are being used.</P><P>If you do not need <EM>XDMCP</EM> for remote "
-"graphical\n"
+"their data across the network. If that network is not fully trusted, then the\n"
+"network traffic can be eavesdropped by an attacker, gaining access not only to\n"
+"the graphical content of the display, but also to usernames and passwords that\n"
+"are being used.</P><P>If you do not need <EM>XDMCP</EM> for remote graphical\n"
 "logins, then disable this option.</P>"
 msgstr ""
-"<P>Un gestionnaire d'affichage fournit un écran de login graphique et peut "
-"être accédé \n"
-"à travers le réseau par un serveur X lancé sur un autre système s'il est "
-"configuré \n"
-"ainsi.</P><P>Les fenêtres qui sont actuellement affichées transmettraient "
-"alors leurs données \n"
-"à travers le réseau. Si ce réseau n'est pas complètement sécurisé, le "
-"traffic réseau peut être \n"
-"espionné par un attaquant, obtenant ainsi l'accès non seulement au contenu "
-"graphique \n"
-"de l'affichage mais aussi aux identifiants et aux mots de passe qui sont "
-"utilisés.</P>\n"
-"<P>Si vous n'avez pas besoin de <EM>XDMCP</EM> pour des logins graphiques "
-"distants, \n"
+"<P>Un gestionnaire d'affichage fournit un écran de login graphique et peut être accédé \n"
+"à travers le réseau par un serveur X lancé sur un autre système s'il est configuré \n"
+"ainsi.</P><P>Les fenêtres qui sont actuellement affichées transmettraient alors leurs données \n"
+"à travers le réseau. Si ce réseau n'est pas complètement sécurisé, le traffic réseau peut être \n"
+"espionné par un attaquant, obtenant ainsi l'accès non seulement au contenu graphique \n"
+"de l'affichage mais aussi aux identifiants et aux mots de passe qui sont utilisés.</P>\n"
+"<P>Si vous n'avez pas besoin de <EM>XDMCP</EM> pour des logins graphiques distants, \n"
 "alors désactivez cette option.</P>"
 
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:281
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:262
 msgid ""
-"<P>Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of "
-"the\n"
-"computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down "
-"is\n"
-"necessary.</P><P>Consistent system time is essential for the system to "
-"create\n"
+"<P>Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of the\n"
+"computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down is\n"
+"necessary.</P><P>Consistent system time is essential for the system to create\n"
 "correct log messages.</P>"
 msgstr ""
-"<P>Au démarrage, l'heure du système est réglée à partir de l'horloge "
-"matérielle de \n"
-"l'ordinateur. Par conséquent, paramétrer l'horloge matérielle juste avant "
-"l'extinction est \n"
-"nécessaire.</P><P>Une heure système cohérente est essentielle pour la "
-"capacité du \n"
+"<P>Au démarrage, l'heure du système est réglée à partir de l'horloge matérielle de \n"
+"l'ordinateur. Par conséquent, paramétrer l'horloge matérielle juste avant l'extinction est \n"
+"nécessaire.</P><P>Une heure système cohérente est essentielle pour la capacité du \n"
 "système à créer des messages log corrects.</P>"
 
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:287
-msgid ""
-"<P>Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its "
-"behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are "
-"important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can "
-"tell more than the absence of all log records.</P><P>Therefore, syslog "
-"messages of system events are only useful if they are present.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>Les dysfonctionnements d'un système sont habituellement détectées par des "
-"anomalies de comportement. Les messages syslog à propos des évènements qui "
-"réapparaissent de façon régulière sont importants pour trouver la cause des "
-"problèmes et l'absence d'un unique enregistrement peut nous en apprendre "
-"plus que l'absence de tous les enregistrements de journaux (log).<P>C'est pourquoi, les messages syslog des évènements système sont utiles "
-"uniquement s'ils sont présents.</P>"
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:268
+msgid "<P>Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can tell more than the absence of all log records.</P><P>Therefore, syslog messages of system events are only useful if they are present.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>Les dysfonctionnements d'un système sont habituellement détectées par des anomalies de comportement. Les messages syslog à propos des évènements qui réapparaissent de façon régulière sont importants pour trouver la cause des problèmes et l'absence d'un unique enregistrement peut nous en apprendre plus que l'absence de tous les enregistrements de journaux (log).</P><P>C'est pourquoi, les messages syslog des évènements système sont utiles uniquement s'ils sont présents.</P>"
 
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290
-msgid ""
-"<P>Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files "
-"that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the "
-"process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>Les environnements d'exécution chroot sont utilisés pour restreindre un "
-"processus uniquement aux fichiers dont il a besoin en les plaçant dans un "
-"sous-dossier séparé et en exécutant le processus dans une racine modifiée "
-"(chroot) à ce dossier.</P>"
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271
+msgid "<P>Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>Les environnements d'exécution chroot sont utilisés pour restreindre un processus uniquement aux fichiers dont il a besoin en les plaçant dans un sous-dossier séparé et en exécutant le processus dans une racine modifiée (chroot) à ce dossier.</P>"
 
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293
-msgid ""
-"<P>The DHCP client daemon should run as the user <EM>dhcpd</EM> to minimize "
-"a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its "
-"program code.</P><P>Note that dhcpd must never run as <EM>root</EM> or with "
-"the <EM>CAP_SYS_CHROOT</EM> capability for the chroot execution confinement "
-"to be effective.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>Le démon client DHCP devrait être exécuté par l'utilisateur <EM>dhcpd pour minimiser une possible menace si le service se révèle vulnérable "
-"par une faiblesse dans son code.</P><P>Notez que dhcpd ne doit pas être "
-"lancé en tant que <EM>root</EM> ou avec la capacité <EM>CAP_SYS_CHROOT</EM> "
-"pour que le confinement d'exécution chroot soit effectif.</P>"
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:274
+msgid "<P>The DHCP client daemon should run as the user <EM>dhcpd</EM> to minimize a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its program code.</P><P>Note that dhcpd must never run as <EM>root</EM> or with the <EM>CAP_SYS_CHROOT</EM> capability for the chroot execution confinement to be effective.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>Le démon client DHCP devrait être exécuté par l'utilisateur <EM>dhcpd</EM> pour minimiser une possible menace si le service se révèle vulnérable par une faiblesse dans son code.</P><P>Notez que dhcpd ne doit pas être lancé en tant que <EM>root</EM> ou avec la capacité <EM>CAP_SYS_CHROOT</EM> pour que le confinement d'exécution chroot soit effectif.</P>"
 
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:296
-msgid ""
-"<P>Administrators should never log on as <EM>root</EM> into an X Window "
-"session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.</P><P>This option does "
-"not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be "
-"able to log on as <EM>root</EM> via the display manager if they guess or "
-"otherwise acquire the password.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>Les administrateurs ne devraient jamais se loguer en tant que <EM>root dans une session X Window pour minimiser l'utilisation des privilèges "
-"root.</P><P>Cette option n'aide pas contre les administrateurs imprudents "
-"mais devrait empêcher les attaquants d'être capable de se loguer en tant que "
-"<EM>root</EM> via le gestionnaire d'affichage s'ils devinent ou acquièrent "
-"le mot de passe.</P>"
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:277
+msgid "<P>Administrators should never log on as <EM>root</EM> into an X Window session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.</P><P>This option does not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be able to log on as <EM>root</EM> via the display manager if they guess or otherwise acquire the password.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>Les administrateurs ne devraient jamais se loguer en tant que <EM>root</EM> dans une session X Window pour minimiser l'utilisation des privilèges root.</P><P>Cette option n'aide pas contre les administrateurs imprudents mais devrait empêcher les attaquants d'être capable de se loguer en tant que <EM>root</EM> via le gestionnaire d'affichage s'ils devinent ou acquièrent le mot de passe.</P>"
 
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:299
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:280
 msgid ""
-"<P>X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, "
-"connect\n"
-"to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on "
-"a\n"
+"<P>X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, connect\n"
+"to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on a\n"
 "different system and display their content on the X server through network\n"
-"connections.</P><P>When enabled, the X server listens on a port 6000 plus "
-"the\n"
-"display number. Since network traffic is transferred unencrypted and "
-"therefore\n"
+"connections.</P><P>When enabled, the X server listens on a port 6000 plus the\n"
+"display number. Since network traffic is transferred unencrypted and therefore\n"
 "subject to network sniffing, and since the port held open by the X server\n"
-"offers attack options, the secure setting is to disable it.</P><P>To display "
-"X\n"
-"Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell "
-"(<EM>ssh</EM>), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server "
-"through the encrypted ssh connection.</P>"
+"offers attack options, the secure setting is to disable it.</P><P>To display X\n"
+"Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell (<EM>ssh</EM>), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server through the encrypted ssh connection.</P>"
 msgstr ""
-"<P>Les clients X Window, par exemple les programmes qui ouvrent une fenêtre "
-"sur votre affichage, se connectent \n"
-"à un serveur X qui s'exécute sur la machine physique. Les programmes peuvent "
-"aussi s'exécuter sur un système \n"
-"différent et peuvent afficher leur contenu sur le serveur X par des "
-"connexions réseau.</P>\n"
-"<P>Lorsque c'est activé, le serveur X écoute sur le port 6000 plus le numéro "
-"de l'affichage.\n"
-"Étant donné que le traffic réseau est transféré de façon non cryptée et donc "
-"sujet au \"sniffing\"\n"
-"du réseau et qu'un autre port est maintenu ouvert par le serveur X, cela "
-"ouvre des options d'attaque,\n"
-"le paramétrage sécurisé est de le désactiver.</P><P>Pour afficher des "
-"clients X Window à travers le \n"
-"réseau, nous recommandons l'utilisation d'un shell sécurisé (<EM>ssh</EM>) "
-"qui permet aux clients X Window de se connecter au serveur X à travers la "
-"connexion cryptée ssh.</P>"
+"<P>Les clients X Window, par exemple les programmes qui ouvrent une fenêtre sur votre affichage, se connectent \n"
+"à un serveur X qui s'exécute sur la machine physique. Les programmes peuvent aussi s'exécuter sur un système \n"
+"différent et peuvent afficher leur contenu sur le serveur X par des connexions réseau.</P>\n"
+"<P>Lorsque c'est activé, le serveur X écoute sur le port 6000 plus le numéro de l'affichage.\n"
+"Étant donné que le traffic réseau est transféré de façon non cryptée et donc sujet au \"sniffing\"\n"
+"du réseau et qu'un autre port est maintenu ouvert par le serveur X, cela ouvre des options d'attaque,\n"
+"le paramétrage sécurisé est de le désactiver.</P><P>Pour afficher des clients X Window à travers le \n"
+"réseau, nous recommandons l'utilisation d'un shell sécurisé (<EM>ssh</EM>) qui permet aux clients X Window de se connecter au serveur X à travers la connexion cryptée ssh.</P>"
 
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:309
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290
 msgid ""
-"<P>The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not "
-"expose\n"
-"itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP "
-"network port 25.</P><P>If you do not deliver emails to your system through "
-"the SMTP protocol, then disable this option.</P>"
+"<P>The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not expose\n"
+"itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP network port 25.</P><P>If you do not deliver emails to your system through the SMTP protocol, then disable this option.</P>"
 msgstr ""
-"<P>Le sous système d'envois d'e-mails est toujours démarré. Cependant, il ne "
-"s'expose pas\n"
-"lui même à l'extérieur du système, par défaut, parce qu'il n'écoute pas le "
-"port réseau SMTP 25.</P><P> Si vous n'envoyez pas d'e-mails sur votre "
-"système par le protocole SMTP, alors désactivez cette option.</P>"
+"<P>Le sous système d'envois d'e-mails est toujours démarré. Cependant, il ne s'expose pas\n"
+"lui même à l'extérieur du système, par défaut, parce qu'il n'écoute pas le port réseau SMTP 25.</P><P> Si vous n'envoyez pas d'e-mails sur votre système par le protocole SMTP, alors désactivez cette option.</P>"
 
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:312
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293
 msgid ""
 "<P>If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\n"
 "updated, the service is restarted after the files in the package have been\n"
 "installed.</P><P>This makes sense in most cases, and it is safe to do,\n"
 "considering that many services either need their binaries or configuration\n"
-"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would "
-"continue\n"
+"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would continue\n"
 "to run until the services are stopped, e.g. running daemons are\n"
 "killed.</P><P>This setting should only be changed if there is a specific\n"
 "reason to do so.</P>"
 msgstr ""
 "<P>Si un paquet contenant un service actuellement en cours d'exécution est \n"
-"mis à jour, alors le service est redémarré après que les fichiers du paquets "
-"soient\n"
-"installés.</P><P>Cela est utile dans la plupart des cas et cela est sûr "
-"aussi,\n"
-"en considérant que beaucoup de services ont  besoin que leurs binaires ou "
-"leurs fichiers de configuration\n"
-"soient accessibles dans le système de fichiers. Sinon, ces services "
-"continueraient à\n"
-"s'exécuter jusqu'à ce que les services soient arrêtés, par exemple lorsque "
-"les démons \n"
-"d'exécution sont tués.</P><P>Ce paramètre devrait être modifié uniquement "
-"s'il existe une \n"
+"mis à jour, alors le service est redémarré après que les fichiers du paquets soient\n"
+"installés.</P><P>Cela est utile dans la plupart des cas et cela est sûr aussi,\n"
+"en considérant que beaucoup de services ont  besoin que leurs binaires ou leurs fichiers de configuration\n"
+"soient accessibles dans le système de fichiers. Sinon, ces services continueraient à\n"
+"s'exécuter jusqu'à ce que les services soient arrêtés, par exemple lorsque les démons \n"
+"d'exécution sont tués.</P><P>Ce paramètre devrait être modifié uniquement s'il existe une \n"
 "raison spécifique à cela.</P>"
 
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:322
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:303
 msgid ""
 "<P>If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\n"
 "uninstalled, the service is stopped before the files of the package are\n"
 "removed.</P><P>This makes sense in most cases, and it is safe to do,\n"
 "considering that many services either need their binaries or configuration\n"
-"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would "
-"continue\n"
+"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would continue\n"
 "to run until they are stopped, e.g. running daemons are\n"
 "killed.</P><P>This setting should only be changed if there is a specific\n"
 "reason to do so.</P>"
 msgstr ""
-"<P>Si un paquet contenant un service actuellement en cours d'exécution est "
-"désinstallé,\n"
-"alors le service est arrêté avant que les fichiers du paquets soient "
-"supprimés.</P>\n"
-"<P>Cela est utile dans la plupart des cas et cela est sûr en considérant que "
-"beaucoup\n"
-"de services ont  besoin que leurs binaires ou leurs fichiers de "
-"configuration soient \n"
-"accessibles dans le système de fichiers. Sinon, ces services continueraient "
-"à s'exécuter \n"
-"jusqu'à ce que les services soient arrêtés, par exemple lorsque les démons "
-"d'exécution \n"
-"sont tués.</P><P>Ce paramètre devrait être modifié uniquement s'il existe "
-"une raison \n"
+"<P>Si un paquet contenant un service actuellement en cours d'exécution est désinstallé,\n"
+"alors le service est arrêté avant que les fichiers du paquets soient supprimés.</P>\n"
+"<P>Cela est utile dans la plupart des cas et cela est sûr en considérant que beaucoup\n"
+"de services ont  besoin que leurs binaires ou leurs fichiers de configuration soient \n"
+"accessibles dans le système de fichiers. Sinon, ces services continueraient à s'exécuter \n"
+"jusqu'à ce que les services soient arrêtés, par exemple lorsque les démons d'exécution \n"
+"sont tués.</P><P>Ce paramètre devrait être modifié uniquement s'il existe une raison \n"
 "spécifique à cela.</P>"
 
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:332
-msgid ""
-"<P>A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the "
-"system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) "
-"vulnerability.</P><P>The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such "
-"situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate "
-"connection attempts from one source, the <EM>Enabled</EM> setting can cause "
-"problems with denied TCP connections under high load.</P><P>Still, for most "
-"environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS "
-"attacks, so the secure setting is <EM>Enabled</EM>.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>Un système peut être submergé par de nombreuses tentatives de connexions "
-"à tel point que le système ne dispose plus de mémoire suffisante, amenant à "
-"une vulnérabilité de type déni de service (Denial of Service : DoS).<P>L'utilisation de syncookies est une méthode qui peut aider dans de "
-"telles situations. Mais dans les configurations avec un nombre très "
-"important de tentatives de connexions légitimes depuis une même source, le "
-"paramètre <EM>Activé</EM> peut causer des problèmes avec des refus de "
-"connexions TCP sous forte charge.</P><P>Mais, pour la plupart des "
-"environnements, les syncookies sont la première ligne de défense contre les "
-"attaques du type \"SYN flood DoS\", donc le paramètre sécurisé est "
-"<EM>Activé</EM>.</P>"
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:313
+msgid "<P>A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) vulnerability.</P><P>The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate connection attempts from one source, the <EM>Enabled</EM> setting can cause problems with denied TCP connections under high load.</P><P>Still, for most environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS attacks, so the secure setting is <EM>Enabled</EM>.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>Un système peut être submergé par de nombreuses tentatives de connexions à tel point que le système ne dispose plus de mémoire suffisante, amenant à une vulnérabilité de type déni de service (Denial of Service : DoS).</P><P>L'utilisation de syncookies est une méthode qui peut aider dans de telles situations. Mais dans les configurations avec un nombre très important de tentatives de connexions légitimes depuis une même source, le paramètre <EM>Activé</EM> peut causer des problèmes avec des refus de connexions TCP sous forte charge.</P><P>Mais, pour la plupart des environnements, les syncookies sont la première ligne de défense contre les attaques du type \"SYN flood DoS\", donc le paramètre sécurisé est <EM>Activé</EM>.</P>"
 
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:335 src/include/security/helps.rb:339
-msgid ""
-"<P>IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, "
-"but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network "
-"interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.</P><P>If a system forwards "
-"network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not "
-"need that routing functionality, then disable this option.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>Transmission IP (IP forwarding) signifie transmettre les paquets réseau "
-"qui ont été reçus mais qui ne sont pas déstinés à l'une des interfaces "
-"réseau configurées du système, comme les adresses d'interface réseau.<P>Si un système transmet un traffic réseau sur la couche 3 du modèle ISO/"
-"OSI, il est appelé routeur. Si vous n'avez pas besoin de cette "
-"fonctionnalité de routage, alors désactivez cette option.</P>"
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:316 src/include/security/helps.rb:320
+msgid "<P>IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.</P><P>If a system forwards network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not need that routing functionality, then disable this option.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>Transmission IP (IP forwarding) signifie transmettre les paquets réseau qui ont été reçus mais qui ne sont pas déstinés à l'une des interfaces réseau configurées du système, comme les adresses d'interface réseau.</P><P>Si un système transmet un traffic réseau sur la couche 3 du modèle ISO/OSI, il est appelé routeur. Si vous n'avez pas besoin de cette fonctionnalité de routage, alors désactivez cette option.</P>"
 
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:338
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:319
 msgid "<P>This setting applies to <EM>IPv4</EM> only.</P>"
 msgstr "<P>Ce paramètre s'applique uniquement à  <EM>IPV4</EM>.</P>"
 
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:342
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:323
 msgid "<P>This setting applies to <EM>IPv6</EM> only.</P>"
 msgstr "<P>Ce paramètre s'applique uniquement à  <EM>IPV6</EM>.</P>"
 
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:343
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:324
+msgid "<P>Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes (e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>Les touches magiques SysRq autorise un certain contrôle du système même s'il plante (par ex. lors du débogage du noyau) ou si le système ne répond plus.</P>"
+
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:327
+msgid "<P>There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>Il existe des permissions de fichiers prédéfinis dans les fichiers /etc/permissions.* . Les permissions de fichiers les plus restrictives sont dénommés fichiers 'secure' ou 'paranoid'.</P>"
+
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:330
+msgid "<P>Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and to run the security-related services.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>Les services système basiques doivent être activés pour fournir une cohérence du système et pour exécuter les services relatifs à la sécurité.</P>"
+
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:333
+msgid "<P>Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by the system.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>Chaque service en cours d'exécution est une cible potentielle d'une attaque de sécurité. C'est pourquoi il est recommandé de désactiver tous les services qui ne sont pas utilisés par le système.</P>"
+
+# TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__48
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:341
 msgid ""
-"<P>Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes "
-"(e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond.</P>"
+"<p><b><big>Boot Security</big></b></p>\n"
+"<p>In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security.</p>"
 msgstr ""
-"<P>Les touches magiques SysRq autorise un certain contrôle du système même "
-"s'il plante (par ex. lors du débogage du noyau) ou si le système ne répond "
-"plus.</P>"
+"<p><b><big>Sécurité d'amorçage</big></b></p>\n"
+"<p>Utilisez cette boîte de dialogue pour modifier divers paramètres d'amorçage relatifs à la sécurité.</p>"
 
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:346
+# TLABEL security_2002_08_07_0216__5
+#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is
+#. reboot)
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:348
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p><b>Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
+#| "Configure what the system should do in response to\n"
+#| "someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n"
+#| "combination. Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n"
+#| "to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
+#| "workstation and server.</p>"
 msgid ""
-"<P>There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The "
-"most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file."
+"Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n"
+"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
+"workstation and server."
 msgstr ""
-"<P>Il existe des permissions de fichiers prédéfinis dans les fichiers /etc/"
-"permissions.* . Les permissions de fichiers les plus restrictives sont "
-"dénommés fichiers 'secure' ou 'paranoid'.</P>"
+"<p><b>Interprétation de Ctrl + Alt + Del</b> :\n"
+"Configurez le comportement du système en réponse\n"
+"à la pression simultanée des touches CTRL + ALT + DEL\n"
+"sur la console. Généralement, cette manipulation entraîne le redémarrage du système. Dans certains cas, il est\n"
+"souhaitable d'ignorer cet évènement, par exemple quand le système\n"
+"sert à la fois de station de travail et de serveur.</p>"
 
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:349
+# TLABEL security_2002_08_07_0216__5
+#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is halt)
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:355
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p><b>Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
+#| "Configure what the system should do in response to\n"
+#| "someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n"
+#| "combination. Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n"
+#| "to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
+#| "workstation and server.</p>"
 msgid ""
-"<P>Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and "
-"to run the security-related services.</P>"
+"By default the system halts but sometimes it is desirable\n"
+"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
+"workstation and server."
 msgstr ""
-"<P>Les services système basiques doivent être activés pour fournir une "
-"cohérence du système et pour exécuter les services relatifs à la sécurité."
+"<p><b>Interprétation de Ctrl + Alt + Del</b> :\n"
+"Configurez le comportement du système en réponse\n"
+"à la pression simultanée des touches CTRL + ALT + DEL\n"
+"sur la console. Généralement, cette manipulation entraîne le redémarrage du système. Dans certains cas, il est\n"
+"souhaitable d'ignorer cet évènement, par exemple quand le système\n"
+"sert à la fois de station de travail et de serveur.</p>"
 
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:352
+# TLABEL security_2002_08_07_0216__5
+#. Boot dialog help 2/4
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is help text - default action
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:364
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p><b>Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
+#| "Configure what the system should do in response to\n"
+#| "someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n"
+#| "combination. Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n"
+#| "to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
+#| "workstation and server.</p>"
 msgid ""
-"<P>Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. "
-"Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by "
-"the system.</P>"
+"<p><b>Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
+"Configure what the system should do in response to\n"
+"someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n"
+"combination. %s</p>"
 msgstr ""
-"<P>Chaque service en cours d'exécution est une cible potentielle d'une "
-"attaque de sécurité. C'est pourquoi il est recommandé de désactiver tous les "
-"services qui ne sont pas utilisés par le système.</P>"
+"<p><b>Interprétation de Ctrl + Alt + Del</b> :\n"
+"Configurez le comportement du système en réponse\n"
+"à la pression simultanée des touches CTRL + ALT + DEL\n"
+"sur la console. Généralement, cette manipulation entraîne le redémarrage du système. Dans certains cas, il est\n"
+"souhaitable d'ignorer cet évènement, par exemple quand le système\n"
+"sert à la fois de station de travail et de serveur.</p>"
 
+#. Boot dialog help 3/4
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:373
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p><b>Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager</b>:\n"
+#| "Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from KDM.</p>\n"
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager</b>:\n"
+"Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from %s.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Comportement de l'arrêt du gestionnaire de login</b> :\n"
+"Définissez qui est autorisé à éteindre la machine à partir de KDM.</p>\n"
+
+#. Boot dialog help 4/4
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:377
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Hibernate System</b>:\n"
+"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n"
+"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Hiberner le système</b> :\n"
+"Paramétrer les conditions pour autoriser les utilisateurs à hiberner le système. Par défaut, l'utilisateur sur la console active a un tel droit.\n"
+"D'autres options permettent d'autoriser l'action à n'importe quel utilisateur ou nécessiter une authentification dans tous les cas.</p>\n"
+
 #. level name
 #: src/include/security/levels.rb:54
 msgid "Workstation"
@@ -1324,188 +1122,263 @@
 "L'ID de groupe minimum ne peut pas être supérieur\n"
 "à l'ID maximum."
 
-# TLABEL security_2002_01_04_0147__45
-#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:100
-msgid "&Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del"
-msgstr "&Interprétation de Ctrl + Alt + Del"
-
 # TLABEL security_2002_01_04_0147__46
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:105
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#. Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
+#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. * File:	include/security/widgets.ycp
+#. * Module:	Security configuration
+#. * Summary:	Security widgets definitions
+#. * Authors:	Michal Svec 
+#. *
+#. * $Id$
+#. *
+#. * This file contains the definitions of all widgets used by the
+#. * security module. They are all in one map (function) called
+#. * WIDGETS.
+#.
+#. <pre>
+#.
+#. The WIDGETS format:
+#. -------------------
+#.
+#. map WIDGETS = $[
+#. "Item unique ID" : $[
+#. "Widget" : "ComboBox",
+#. "Label" : "Item Label",
+#. "Options" : [ "option1", "option2", ... ],
+#. "Value" : "option2"
+#. ],
+#. ...
+#. ];
+#.
+#. The "Value" is the current value of this option and one from "Options".
+#.
+#. Particular "Options" can be either <string> or [ <string>, <string> ]. In the
+#. latter case, the first string is used as ID and the second is displayed. For
+#. example: [ "option1", ["option2",_("Option2 translation")], ... ].
+#.
+#. Possible "Widget" values so far: "ComboBox, CheckBox, TextEntry".
+#.
+#. Implementation:
+#. ---------------
+#.
+#. map2widget("ID")
+#. - look up the "ID" in the "WIDGETS" map
+#. - create the widget
+#.
+#. widget2value("ID")
+#. - query UI for the widget with `id(ID)
+#. - return its current value
+#.
+#. updatewidget("ID")
+#. - look up the "ID" and change its "Value" to the "val"
+#. - updates the WIDGETS map
+#. - called after start and after each subdialog [OK]
+#. - must check if the value is in "Options"! (TODO)
+#.
+#. processinput()
+#. - return true (OK) or false (abort, back, nil, help!, ...)
+#.
+#. </pre>
+#.
+#. *
+#. @return [Hash] all widgets
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:87
 msgid "Ignore"
 msgstr "Ignorer"
 
 # TLABEL security_2002_01_04_0147__47
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:107
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:88
 msgid "Reboot"
 msgstr "Réamorcer"
 
 # TLABEL security_2002_01_04_0147__48
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:109
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:89
 msgid "Halt"
 msgstr "Arrêter"
 
+# TLABEL security_2002_01_04_0147__50
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:93
+msgid "Only root"
+msgstr "Seulement root"
+
+# TLABEL security_2002_01_04_0147__51
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:94
+msgid "All Users"
+msgstr "Tous les utilisateurs"
+
+# TLABEL security_2002_01_04_0147__52
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:95
+msgid "Nobody"
+msgstr "Personne"
+
+# TLABEL security_2002_01_04_0147__45
+#. ComboBox label
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:117
+msgid "&Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del"
+msgstr "&Interprétation de Ctrl + Alt + Del"
+
 # TLABEL security_2002_08_07_0216__36
 #. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:116
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:126
 msgid "Allow Remote &Graphical Login"
 msgstr "Autoriser la connexion &graphique à distance "
 
 #. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:122
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:132
 msgid "&Magic SysRq Keys"
 msgstr "Touches &Magic SysRq"
 
 # TLABEL x11_2002_08_07_0216__6
 #. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:125
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:135
 msgid "Disable"
 msgstr "Désactiver"
 
 #. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:127
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:137
 msgid "Enable All Functions"
 msgstr "Activer toutes les fonctions"
 
 # TLABEL security_2002_01_04_0147__56
 #. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:134
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:144
 msgid "&Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt"
 msgstr "&Délai après une tentative de connexion incorrecte"
 
 # TLABEL security_2002_01_04_0147__69
 #. IntField label
 #. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:142 src/include/security/widgets.rb:205
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:152 src/include/security/widgets.rb:199
 msgid "Maxim&um"
 msgstr "Maxim&um"
 
 # TLABEL security_2002_01_04_0147__68
 #. IntField label
 #. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:148 src/include/security/widgets.rb:218
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:158 src/include/security/widgets.rb:212
 msgid "M&inimum"
 msgstr "M&inimum"
 
-#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:154
-msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of KDM Login Manager:"
-msgstr "&Comportement de l'arrêt du gestionnaire de login KDM :"
-
-# TLABEL security_2002_01_04_0147__50
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:159
-msgid "Only root"
-msgstr "Seulement root"
-
-# TLABEL security_2002_01_04_0147__51
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:161
-msgid "All Users"
-msgstr "Tous les utilisateurs"
-
-# TLABEL security_2002_01_04_0147__52
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:163
-msgid "Nobody"
-msgstr "Personne"
-
 # TLABEL online_update_2002_01_04_0147__18
 #. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:170
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:164
 msgid "System Hybernation"
 msgstr "Hybernation du système"
 
 # TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__44
 #. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:173
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:167
 msgid "User on the active console"
 msgstr "Utilisateur sur la console active"
 
 #. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:175
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:169
 msgid "Anyone can hibernate"
 msgstr "N'importe qui peut hyberner"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__146
 #. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:177
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:171
 msgid "Authentication always required"
 msgstr "Authentification toujours requise"
 
 # TLABEL security_2002_01_04_0147__89
 #. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:184
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:178
 msgid "P&assword Encryption Method"
 msgstr "Méthode de chiffrement des mots de p&asse"
 
 # TLABEL security_2002_01_04_0147__59
 #. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:198
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:192
 msgid "&Check New Passwords"
 msgstr "&Vérifier les nouveaux mots de passe"
 
 #. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:211
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:205
 msgid "Numb&er of Passwords to Remember"
 msgstr "Nombre de mots de passe à mémoriser"
 
 #. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:224
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:218
 msgid "&Minimum Acceptable Password Length"
 msgstr "Nombre &minimum de caractères dans un mot de passe acceptable"
 
 # TLABEL security_2002_01_04_0147__61
 #. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:232
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:226
 msgid "&Days before Password Expires Warning"
 msgstr "&Jours avant avertissement de l'expiration du mot de passe"
 
 # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__249
 #. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:240
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:234
 msgid "&File Permissions"
 msgstr "Autorisations de &fichier"
 
 # TLABEL security_2002_01_04_0147__63
 #. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:243
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:237
 msgid "Easy"
 msgstr "Simple"
 
 # TLABEL security_2002_01_04_0147__64
 #. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:245
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:239
 msgid "Secure"
 msgstr "Sécurisé"
 
 # TLABEL security_2002_01_04_0147__65
 #. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:247
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:241
 msgid "Paranoid"
 msgstr "Paranoïa"
 
 # TLABEL security_2002_01_04_0147__67
 #. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:254
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:248
 msgid "&User Launching updatedb"
 msgstr "&Utilisateur lançant updatedb"
 
 # TLABEL security_2002_01_04_0147__71
 #. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:255
 msgid "Ma&ximum"
 msgstr "Ma&ximum"
 
 # TLABEL security_2002_01_04_0147__70
 #. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:267
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261
 msgid "&Minimum"
 msgstr "&Minimum"
 
+#. ComboBox label
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s will be the configured display manager usually: GDM or KDM,
+#. but could be XDM,WDM,ENTRANCE,CONSOLE
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:277
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of KDM Login Manager:"
+msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of %s Login Manager:"
+msgstr "&Comportement de l'arrêt du gestionnaire de login KDM :"
+
 # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__200
 #: src/include/security/wizards.rb:53
 msgid "Predefined Security Configurations"
@@ -1525,73 +1398,72 @@
 
 # TLABEL security_2002_08_07_0216__38
 #. Security read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:654
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:638
 msgid "Saving Security Configuration"
 msgstr "Enregistrement de la configuration de la sécurité"
 
 # TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__30
 #. Progress stage 1/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:663
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:647
 msgid "Write security settings"
 msgstr "Enregistrer les paramètres de sécurité"
 
 # TLABEL tv_2002_03_14_2340__21
 #. Progress stage 2/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:665
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:649
 msgid "Write inittab settings"
 msgstr "Écrire les paramètres inittab"
 
 # TLABEL tv_2002_03_14_2340__21
 #. Progress stage 3/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:667
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:651
 msgid "Write PAM settings"
 msgstr "Écrire les paramètres PAM"
 
 # TLABEL printconf_2002_01_04_0147__60
 #. Progress stage 4/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:669
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:653
 msgid "Update system settings"
 msgstr "Mettre à jour les paramètres du système"
 
 # TLABEL tv_2002_03_14_2340__24
 #. Progress step 1/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:673
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:657
 msgid "Writing security settings..."
 msgstr "Écriture des paramètres de sécurité..."
 
 # TLABEL tv_2002_03_14_2340__24
 #. Progress step 2/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:675
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:659
 msgid "Writing inittab settings..."
 msgstr "Écriture des paramètres inittab..."
 
 # TLABEL tv_2002_03_14_2340__24
 #. Progress step 3/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:677
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:661
 msgid "Writing PAM settings..."
 msgstr "Écriture des paramètres PAM..."
 
 # TLABEL printconf_2002_01_04_0147__62
 #. Progress step 4/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:679
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:663
 msgid "Updating system settings..."
 msgstr "Mise à jour des paramètres du système..."
 
 # TLABEL lan_inetd_2002_03_14_2340__26
 #. Progress step 5/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:681
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:665
 msgid "Finished"
 msgstr "Terminé"
 
 # TLABEL security_2002_01_04_0147__81
 #. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:791
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:754
 msgid "Current Security Level: Custom settings"
 msgstr "Niveau de sécurité actuel : paramètres personnalisés"
 
 # TLABEL security_2002_01_04_0147__81
 #. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:795
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:758
 msgid "Current Security Level: %1"
 msgstr "Niveau de sécurité actuel : %1"
-

Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/services-manager.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/services-manager.fr.po	2016-09-02 21:33:42 UTC (rev 96676)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/services-manager.fr.po	2016-09-02 21:33:58 UTC (rev 96677)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-27 20:14+0200\n"
 "Last-Translator: Antoine Belvire \n"
 "Language-Team: français \n"
@@ -298,11 +298,11 @@
 # => non, ils seront remplacés.
 #. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state.
 #. They might be coming from AutoYast import and thus marked as :modified.
-#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:407
+#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:415
 msgid "Could not %{change} %{service} which is currently %{status}. "
 msgstr "Ne peut pas %{change} %{service} qui est actuellement %{status}. "
 
-#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:426
+#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:434
 msgid "Could not %{change} %{service}. "
 msgstr "Ne peut pas %{change} %{service}. "
 

Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/snapper.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/snapper.fr.po	2016-09-02 21:33:42 UTC (rev 96676)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/snapper.fr.po	2016-09-02 21:33:58 UTC (rev 96677)
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-09 09:03+0200\n"
 "Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET \n"
 "Language-Team: French \n"
@@ -53,143 +53,143 @@
 
 #. text entry label
 #. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:123 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:244
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:496
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:131 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:252
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500
 msgid "Description"
 msgstr "description"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__32
 #. text entry label
 #. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:290
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:298
 msgid "User data"
 msgstr "Données de l'utilisateur"
 
 # TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__37
 #. combo box label
 #. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:295
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:303
 msgid "Cleanup algorithm"
 msgstr "Script de nettoyage"
 
 #. popup label, %{num} is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:153
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161
 msgid "Modify Snapshot %{num}"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. popup label, %{pre} and %{post} are numbers
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:159
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:167
 msgid "Modify Snapshot %{pre} and %{post}"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169
 msgid "Pre (%{pre})"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:165
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173
 msgid "Post (%{post})"
 msgstr ""
 
 # TLABEL printconf_2002_01_04_0147__81
 #. popup label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:242
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:250
 msgid "Create New Snapshot"
 msgstr "Créer un nouvel instantané"
 
 #. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:255
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:263
 msgid "Single snapshot"
 msgstr "Instantané unique"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__405
 #. radio button label
 #. 0 means there's no post
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:264 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:442
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:272 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:450
 msgid "Pre"
 msgstr "Pré"
 
 #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:274
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:282
 msgid "Post, paired with:"
 msgstr "Post, apparié avec :"
 
 #. yes/no popup question
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:350
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:358
 msgid "Really delete snapshot %{num}?"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. yes/no popup question
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:357
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365
 msgid "Really delete snapshots %{pre} and %{post}?"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. summary dialog caption
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:372
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:380
 msgid "Snapshots"
 msgstr "Instantanés"
 
 #. generate list of snapshot table items
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:401
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:409
 msgid "Single"
 msgstr "Unique"
 
 #. pre canot be 0
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:426
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:434
 msgid "Pre & Post"
 msgstr "Pre & Post"
 
 # TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__2
 #. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:461
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:469
 msgid "Reading list of snapshots..."
 msgstr "Lecture de la liste des instantanés..."
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__228
 #. combo box label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:481
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:485
 msgid "Current Configuration"
 msgstr "Configuration actuelle"
 
 #. table header
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:492
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:496
 msgid "ID"
 msgstr "ID"
 
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:493
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497
 msgid "Type"
 msgstr "Type"
 
 # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__31
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:494
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:498
 msgid "Start Date"
 msgstr "Date de début"
 
 # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__32
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:495
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:499
 msgid "End Date"
 msgstr "Date de fin"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__32
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:501
 msgid "User Data"
 msgstr "Données de l'utilisateur"
 
 # TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__53
 #. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:503
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:507
 msgid "Show Changes"
 msgstr "Afficher les modifications"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__142
 #. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:506
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:510
 msgid "Modify"
 msgstr "Modifier"
 
 #. popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:549
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:553
 msgid ""
 "This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n"
 "Showing differences is not possible."
@@ -198,137 +198,137 @@
 "Afficher des différences n'est pas possible."
 
 #. dialog caption
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:634
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:638
 msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview"
 msgstr "Aperçu de l'instantané sélectionné"
 
 #. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:666
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:670
 msgid "%1: %2"
 msgstr "%1 : %2"
 
 # TLABEL runlevel_2002_03_14_2340__40
 #. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:685
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:689
 msgid "Calculating changed files..."
 msgstr "Calcul des fichiers modifiés..."
 
 #. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:695
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:699
 msgid "Calculating file modifications..."
 msgstr "Calcul des modifications de fichiers..."
 
 #. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:703
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:707
 msgid "New file was created."
 msgstr "Un nouveau fichier a été créé."
 
 #. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:707
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:711
 msgid "File was removed."
 msgstr "Le fichier a été supprimé."
 
 #. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:712
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:716
 msgid "File content was not changed."
 msgstr "Le contenu du fichier n'a pas été changé."
 
 #. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:718
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:722
 msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot."
 msgstr "Le fichier n'existe dans aucun instantané."
 
 #. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:724
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:728
 msgid "File content was modified."
 msgstr "Le contenu du fichier a été modifié."
 
 #. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--')
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:734
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:738
 msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
 msgstr "Le mode de fichier a été modifié de '%1' à '%2'."
 
 #. text label, %1, %2 are user names
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:749
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:753
 msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
 msgstr "La propriété utilisateur du fichier a été modifiée de '%1' à '%2'."
 
 #. text label, %1, %2 are group names
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:769
 msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
 msgstr "La propriété de groupe du fichier a été modifiée de '%1' à '%2'."
 
 # TLABEL restore_2002_08_07_0216__87
 #. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:782
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:786
 msgid "R&estore from First"
 msgstr "R&estaurer à partir du premier"
 
 # TLABEL restore_2002_08_07_0216__87
 #. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:784
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:788
 msgid "Restore"
 msgstr "Restaurer"
 
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:807
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:811
 msgid "Res&tore from Second"
 msgstr "Res&taurer à partir du second"
 
 #. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:844
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:848
 msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system"
 msgstr "Afficher la différence entre l'instantané et le système actuel"
 
 #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:856
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:860
 msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:"
 msgstr "Afficher la différence entre l'instantané actuel et l'instantané sélectionné :"
 
 #. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:903
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:907
 msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot"
 msgstr "Afficher la différence entre le premier et le second instantané"
 
 #. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:914
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:918
 msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system"
 msgstr "Afficher la différence entre le premier instantané et le système actuel"
 
 #. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:925
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:929
 msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system"
 msgstr "Afficher la différence entre le second instantané et le système actuel"
 
 #. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:954
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:958
 msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:"
 msgstr "Date de prise de l'instantané :"
 
 #. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:962
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:966
 msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:"
 msgstr "Date de prise du premier instantané :"
 
 #. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:967
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:971
 msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:"
 msgstr "Date de prise du second instantané :"
 
 # TLABEL printconf_2002_03_14_2340__24
 #. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:994
 msgid "&Open"
 msgstr "&Ouvert"
 
 # TLABEL hwinfo_2002_01_04_0147__14
 #. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1040
 msgid "Restore Selected"
 msgstr "Restaurer la sélection"
 
 # TLABEL sound_2002_01_04_0147__0
 #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1121
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1125
 msgid ""
 "Do you want to delete the file\n"
 "\n"
@@ -344,7 +344,7 @@
 
 #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
 #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1142 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1161
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1146 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1165
 msgid ""
 "Do you want to copy the file\n"
 "\n"
@@ -359,18 +359,18 @@
 "de l'instantané '%2' vers votre système actuel ?"
 
 #. popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1187
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1191
 msgid "No file was selected for restoring."
 msgstr ""
 
 # TLABEL restore_2002_08_07_0216__93
 #. popup headline
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1197
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1201
 msgid "Restoring files"
 msgstr "Fichiers de restauration"
 
 #. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1200
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1204
 msgid ""
 "<p>These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':</p>\n"
 "<p>\n"

Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/storage.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/storage.fr.po	2016-09-02 21:33:42 UTC (rev 96676)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/storage.fr.po	2016-09-02 21:33:58 UTC (rev 96677)
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: storage\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-03 23:56+0200\n"
 "Last-Translator: Antoine Belvire \n"
 "Language-Team: français \n"
@@ -117,8 +117,7 @@
 # FIXME!  Reused old trans intentionally!
 # FIXME!
 #. popup text
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123
-#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105
 msgid ""
 "No automatic proposal possible.\n"
 "Specify mount points manually in the 'Partitioner' dialog."
@@ -199,7 +198,14 @@
 msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home."
 msgstr "Pas assez d'espace disponible pour proposer un /home séparé."
 
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:295
+# TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__54
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:283
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!"
+msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem. Cannot continue."
+msgstr "Rien n'est assigné en tant que système de fichiers racine !"
+
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:304
 msgid ""
 "Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n"
 "done so far. Continue with computing proposal?"
@@ -1055,7 +1061,7 @@
 #. Label text
 #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
 #: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6245
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272
 msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition"
 msgstr "Proposer une partition personnelle (&home) séparée"
 
@@ -1075,7 +1081,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL partitioning_2002_03_14_2340__61
 #. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:251
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:244
 msgid ""
 "You have not assigned a root partition for\n"
 "installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n"
@@ -1091,7 +1097,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL partitioning_2002_03_14_2340__62
 #. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:264
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:257
 msgid ""
 "You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n"
 "points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n"
@@ -1106,7 +1112,7 @@
 "Vraiment utiliser cette configuration ?\n"
 
 #. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:277
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:270
 msgid ""
 "You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n"
 "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n"
@@ -1121,7 +1127,7 @@
 "Vraiment utiliser cette configuration ?\n"
 
 #. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:291
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:284
 msgid ""
 "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n"
 "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n"
@@ -1137,7 +1143,7 @@
 
 #. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any
 #. other /boot partition, we should warn the user.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:305
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:298
 msgid ""
 "Warning:\n"
 "Your system needs a boot partition with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n"
@@ -1153,7 +1159,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__190
 #. popup text, %1 is a number
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:320
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:313
 msgid ""
 "Warning:\n"
 "Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n"
@@ -1175,7 +1181,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__192
 #. popup text, %1 is a size
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:340
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:333
 msgid ""
 "Warning:\n"
 "Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n"
@@ -1190,7 +1196,7 @@
 "Vraiment conserver la taille de la partition d'amorçage ?\n"
 
 #. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT ///////////////////////////
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:357
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:350
 msgid ""
 "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n"
 "Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n"
@@ -1207,7 +1213,7 @@
 #. popup text
 #. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to
 #. boot from the hard drive!
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:377
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:370
 msgid ""
 "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n"
 "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n"
@@ -1225,7 +1231,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL partitioning_2002_03_14_2340__64
 #. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:396
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:389
 msgid ""
 "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n"
 "boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n"
@@ -1244,11 +1250,17 @@
 "\n"
 "Vraiment utiliser cette configuration ?\n"
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:416
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n"
+#| "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n"
+#| "\n"
+#| "Really use this setup?\n"
 msgid ""
 "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n"
 "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n"
-"\n"
+"%s\n"
 "Really use this setup?\n"
 msgstr ""
 "Attention : Certains sous-volumes du système de fichiers racine sont\n"
@@ -1408,7 +1420,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__204
 #. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:595
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:601
 msgid ""
 "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
 "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n"
@@ -1418,7 +1430,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__205
 #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:606
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:612
 msgid ""
 "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n"
 "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n"
@@ -1428,7 +1440,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__205
 #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:616
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:622
 msgid ""
 "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n"
 "Remove the volume before editing it.\n"
@@ -1438,7 +1450,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__207
 #. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:649
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:655
 msgid ""
 "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
 "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n"
@@ -1448,7 +1460,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__207
 #. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:660
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:666
 msgid ""
 "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n"
 "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n"
@@ -1456,12 +1468,12 @@
 "Le périphérique (%2) est utilisé par %1.\n"
 "Supprimez %1 avant de l'effacer.\n"
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:672
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:678
 msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted."
 msgstr "Il ne peut être effacé lorsqu'il est monté."
 
 #. popup text, %1 is a device name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:708
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:714
 msgid ""
 "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n"
 "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n"
@@ -1471,7 +1483,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__209
 #. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:790
 msgid ""
 "The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n"
 "%1\n"
@@ -1485,7 +1497,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL partitioning_2002_03_14_2340__70
 #. popup text, Do not translate LVM.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:802
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:808
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n"
@@ -1501,7 +1513,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL partitioning_2002_03_14_2340__71
 #. popup text, Do not translate RAID.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:813
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:819
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1517,7 +1529,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL partitioning_2002_03_14_2340__70
 #. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:824
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:830
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1538,14 +1550,14 @@
 # TLABEL user_2002_03_14_2340__8
 #. label text
 #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6372
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:806
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6400
 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!"
 msgstr "N'oubliez pas ce que vous saisissez ici !"
 
 # TLABEL nfs_2002_01_04_0147__34
 #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:809
 msgid "Empty password allowed."
 msgstr "Mot de passe vide autorisé."
 
@@ -1578,7 +1590,7 @@
 #. Label: get password for user root
 #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
 #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:834
 msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:"
 msgstr "&Entrez un mot de passe pour votre système de fichiers :"
 
@@ -1590,7 +1602,7 @@
 #. Label: get same password again for verification
 #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
 #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:4002
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:818 src/modules/Storage.rb:4006
 msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:"
 msgstr "Entrez à nouveau votre mot de passe pour &vérification :"
 
@@ -1616,7 +1628,7 @@
 #. popup text
 #. popup text
 #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3958
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962
 msgid ""
 "You did not enter a password.\n"
 "Try again.\n"
@@ -1628,7 +1640,7 @@
 #. popup text
 #. popup text
 #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3966
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3970
 msgid ""
 "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n"
 "Try again.\n"
@@ -2026,7 +2038,7 @@
 #. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text
 #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
 #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1592
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6226
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6253
 msgid "Enable Snapshots"
 msgstr "Activer les instantanés"
 
@@ -2042,7 +2054,7 @@
 msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed."
 msgstr "Les noms de sous-volumes vides ne sont pas autorisés."
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1670
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1671
 msgid ""
 "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n"
 "Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume."
@@ -2051,11 +2063,11 @@
 "Ajout automatique de \"%1\" devant le nom du sous-volume."
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__39
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1680
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1681
 msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists."
 msgstr "Le nom de sous-volume %1 existe déjà."
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1709
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1711
 msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost."
 msgstr "Les modifications effectuées jusqu'à présent dans cette boite de dialogue seront perdues."
 
@@ -2101,7 +2113,7 @@
 
 #. helptext
 #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:746
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n"
@@ -2121,7 +2133,7 @@
 #. help text, continued
 #. helptext
 #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:761
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n"
@@ -2141,7 +2153,7 @@
 #. help text, continued
 #. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer
 #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:775
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
@@ -2175,7 +2187,7 @@
 #. help text, continued
 #. helptext
 #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:749
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:787
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "Do not forget this password!\n"
@@ -2396,7 +2408,7 @@
 "à un périphérique avec un système de fichiers inexistant ou inconnu."
 
 #. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3)
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:491
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:482
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "WARNING:\n"
@@ -2420,12 +2432,12 @@
 
 #. //////////////////////////////////////////////
 #. modify map new
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:919
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:946
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951
 msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1."
 msgstr "Le système de fichiers est actuellement monté sur %1."
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:929
 msgid ""
 "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n"
 "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing."
@@ -2436,12 +2448,12 @@
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__117
 #. button text
 #. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:935
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:960
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:940
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:965
 msgid "Unmount"
 msgstr "Démonter"
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:956
 msgid ""
 "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n"
 "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing."
@@ -2449,15 +2461,15 @@
 "Vous pouvez essayer de le démonter maintenant ou annuler.\n"
 "Cliquez sur Annuler à moins que vous ne sachiez exactement ce que vous faites."
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:997
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1002
 msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted."
 msgstr "Il n'est pas possible de réduire le système de fichiers tant qu'il est monté."
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1010
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1015
 msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted."
 msgstr "Il n'est pas possible d'étendre le système de fichiers tant qu'il est monté."
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1026
 msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted."
 msgstr "Il n'est pas possible de redimensionner le système de fichiers tant qu'il est monté."
 
@@ -2751,11 +2763,9 @@
 #. Package:     yast2-storage
 #. Summary:     Expert Partitioner
 #. Authors:     Arvin Schnell 
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38
 msgid "Edit"
 msgstr "Modifier"
 
@@ -2786,9 +2796,8 @@
 #. Package:     yast2-storage
 #. Summary:     Expert Partitioner
 #. Authors:     Arvin Schnell 
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37
 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66
 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40
 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36
@@ -2810,8 +2819,7 @@
 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140
 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205
 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86
 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59
 msgid "Edit..."
 msgstr "Modifier..."
@@ -2828,8 +2836,7 @@
 #. push button text
 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145
 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63
 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112
 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170
 msgid "Delete..."
@@ -2899,34 +2906,42 @@
 msgid "<p>Choose the role of the device.</p>"
 msgstr "<p>Choisissez le rôle du périphérique.</p>"
 
+# TLABEL storage_2002_08_07_0216__14
 #. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:56
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Format partition"
+msgid "EFI Boot Partition"
+msgstr "Formater la partition"
+
+#. radio button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:64
 msgid "Operating System"
 msgstr "Système d'exploitation"
 
 #. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:60
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:69
 msgid "Data and ISV Applications"
 msgstr "Données et applications tierces"
 
 #. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:65
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:75
 msgid "Swap"
 msgstr "Swap"
 
 #. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:70
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:80
 msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)"
 msgstr "Volume brut (non formaté)"
 
 #. heading for a frame in a dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:78
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:88
 msgid "Role"
 msgstr "Rôle"
 
 # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__272
 #. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:107
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:120
 msgid ""
 "<p>First, choose whether the partition should be\n"
 "formatted and the desired file system type.</p>"
@@ -2935,7 +2950,7 @@
 "ainsi que le format du système de fichiers désiré.</p>"
 
 #. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127
 msgid ""
 "<p>If you want to encrypt all data on the\n"
 "volume, select <b>Encrypt Device</b>. Changing the encryption on an existing\n"
@@ -2947,7 +2962,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL partitioning_2002_03_14_2340__88
 #. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:124
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:137
 msgid ""
 "<p>Then, choose whether the partition should\n"
 "be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.).</p>"
@@ -2957,55 +2972,55 @@
 
 # TLABEL firewall_2002_03_14_2340__62
 #. set globals
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:309
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:337
 msgid "Formatting Options"
 msgstr "Options de formatage "
 
 # TLABEL storage_2002_08_07_0216__14
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:317
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:345
 msgid "Format partition"
 msgstr "Formater la partition"
 
 # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__235
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:328
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:356
 msgid "Do not format partition"
 msgstr "Ne pas formater la partition"
 
 # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__160
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:372
 msgid "Do not mount partition"
 msgstr "Ne pas monter la partition"
 
 # TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__78
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:363
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:391
 msgid "Mounting Options"
 msgstr "Options de montage"
 
 # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__160
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:399
 msgid "Mount partition"
 msgstr "Monter la partition"
 
 # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__241
 #. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:405 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144
 msgid "Mount Point"
 msgstr "Point de montage"
 
 # TLABEL storage_2002_08_07_0216__16
 #. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:384
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:412
 msgid "Fs&tab Options..."
 msgstr "Options Fs&tab"
 
 # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__130
 #. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:558
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:596
 msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted."
 msgstr "Les fichiers de chiffrement doivent être chiffrés."
 
 #. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:569
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:607
 msgid ""
 "You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n"
 "that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n"
@@ -3019,19 +3034,19 @@
 
 # TLABEL general_2002_01_04_0147__73
 #. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:585
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:623
 msgid "Crypt files require a mount point."
 msgstr "Les fichiers de chiffrement nécessitent un point de montage."
 
 # TLABEL general_2002_01_04_0147__73
 #. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:599
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:637
 msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point."
 msgstr "Tmpfs nécessite un point de montage."
 
 # TLABEL partitioning_2002_03_14_2340__83
 #. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:683
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:721
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n"
@@ -3046,7 +3061,7 @@
 " max_size_k
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1014
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1052
 msgid "Current size: %1"
 msgstr "Taille actuelle : %1"
 
 # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__62
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1026
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1064
 msgid "Currently used: %1"
 msgstr "Actuellement utilisé : %1"
 
@@ -3131,8 +3146,8 @@
 #. input field label
 #. combo box label
 #. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1039
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1077
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1114
 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256
 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118
 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559
@@ -3144,20 +3159,20 @@
 
 #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
 #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1049
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1087
 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242
 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535
 msgid "Maximum Size (%1)"
 msgstr "Taille maximale (%1)"
 
 #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1059
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1097
 msgid "Minimum Size (%1)"
 msgstr "Taille minimale (%1)"
 
 #. radio button text
 #. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1068
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1106
 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251
 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568
 msgid "Custom Size"
@@ -3165,14 +3180,14 @@
 
 # TLABEL storage_2002_08_07_0216__55
 #. help text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1102
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1140
 msgid "<p>Choose new size.</p>"
 msgstr "<p>Choisissez la nouvelle taille.<p>"
 
 # TLABEL partitioning_2002_03_14_2340__111
 #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes
 #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1153
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1191
 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359
 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692
 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2."
@@ -3184,7 +3199,7 @@
 #. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases
 #. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this
 #. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted)
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1196
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1234
 msgid ""
 "You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n"
 "This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n"
@@ -3197,13 +3212,13 @@
 "de redimensionnement."
 
 #. label for log view
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1272
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1310
 msgid "Output of %1"
 msgstr "Sortie de %1"
 
 # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__444
 #. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1299
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1337
 msgid "Rescanning disks..."
 msgstr "Réanalyse des disques..."
 
@@ -3423,57 +3438,57 @@
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__370
 #. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:548
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:549
 msgid "Add Partition on %1"
 msgstr "Ajouter la partition sur %1"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__370
 #. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:594
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:595
 msgid "Edit Partition %1"
 msgstr "Modifier la partition %1"
 
 # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__15
 #. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:627
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:628
 msgid "No space to moved partition %1."
 msgstr "Pas d'espace libre pour déplacer la partition %1."
 
 # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__425
 #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:637
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:638
 msgid "Move partition %1 forward?"
 msgstr "Déplacer la partition %1 en avant ?"
 
 #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:646
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:647
 msgid "Move partition %1 backward?"
 msgstr "Déplacer la partition %1 en arrière ?"
 
 # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__160
 #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:665
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:666
 msgid "Move partition %1?"
 msgstr "Déplacer la partition %1 ?"
 
 # TLABEL rpm-groups_2002_03_14_2340__11
 #. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:667
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:668
 msgid "Forward"
 msgstr "En avant"
 
 # TLABEL rpm-groups_2002_03_14_2340__7
 #. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:669
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:670
 msgid "Backward"
 msgstr "En arrière"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__252
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:725
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:726
 msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions"
 msgstr "Confirmer la suppression de toutes les partitions"
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:727
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:728
 msgid ""
 "The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n"
 "If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:"
@@ -3482,7 +3497,7 @@
 "Si vous continuez, les partitions suivantes seront supprimées :"
 
 # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__64
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:732
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:733
 msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?"
 msgstr "Vraiment supprimer toutes les partitions sur \"%1\" ?"
 
@@ -3490,24 +3505,29 @@
 #. error popup
 #. error popup
 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:245
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:251
 msgid "No hard disk selected."
 msgstr "Aucun disque dur sélectionné."
 
 #. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51
+msgid "Cannot create partition table on LDL formatted DASD."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error popup
 #. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5240
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5250
 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified."
 msgstr "Le disque est en cours d'utilisation et ne peut être modifié."
 
 # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__65
 #. dialog heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:86
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:92
 msgid "Select new partition table type for %1."
 msgstr "Sélectionner le nouveau type de la table de partitions : pour %1."
 
 #. popup text, %1 is be replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/sda
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:111
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:117
 msgid ""
 "Really create new partition table on %1? This will delete all data\n"
 "on %1 and all RAIDs and Volume Groups using partitions on %1."
@@ -3515,32 +3535,32 @@
 
 # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__130
 #. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:131
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:137
 msgid "No disk selected."
 msgstr "Aucun disque sélectionné."
 
 #. popup text
 #. Must be called before removing device.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:145
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:199
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:151
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:202
 msgid "Really delete BIOS RAID %1?"
 msgstr "Voulez-vous vraiment supprimer BIOS RAID %1 ?"
 
 # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__64
 #. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:159
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:165
 msgid "Really delete Partitioned RAID %1?"
 msgstr "Voulez-vous vraiment supprimer le RAID partitionné %1 ?"
 
 # TLABEL sound_2002_01_04_0147__30
 #. error ppup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:176
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:182
 msgid "There are no partitions to delete on this disk."
 msgstr "Il n'y a aucune partition à supprimer sur ce disque."
 
 # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__54
 #. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:229
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:235
 msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1."
 msgstr "Impossible de créer une partition sur %1."
 
@@ -3548,15 +3568,15 @@
 #. error popup
 #. error popup
 #. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:321
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:370
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:426
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:483
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:327
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:376
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:432
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:489
 msgid "No partition selected."
 msgstr "Aucune partition sélectionnée."
 
 #. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/sdb1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:334
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:340
 msgid ""
 "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
 "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used."
@@ -3566,13 +3586,13 @@
 
 # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__18
 #. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:345
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:351
 msgid "An extended partition cannot be edited."
 msgstr "Une partition étendue ne peut pas être modifiée."
 
 # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__217
 #. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:387
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:393
 msgid ""
 "The partition %1 is already created on disk\n"
 "and cannot be moved."
@@ -3582,12 +3602,12 @@
 
 # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__18
 #. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:398
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:404
 msgid "An extended partition cannot be moved."
 msgstr "Une partition étendue ne peut pas être déplacée."
 
 #. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:443
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:449
 msgid ""
 "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
 "resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used."
@@ -3597,12 +3617,12 @@
 
 # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__18
 #. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:454
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:460
 msgid "An extended partition cannot be resized."
 msgstr "Une partition étendue ne peut pas être redimensionnée."
 
 #. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:527
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:533
 msgid ""
 "<p>Select one or more (if available) hard disks\n"
 "that will have the same partition layout as\n"
@@ -3618,7 +3638,7 @@
 "une ou plusieurs partitions. Après clonage, ces\n"
 "partitions seront supprimées.</p>\n"
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:573
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:579
 msgid ""
 "The following partitions will be deleted\n"
 "and all data on them will be lost:"
@@ -3627,11 +3647,11 @@
 "et toutes les données présentes dessus seront perdues :"
 
 # TLABEL lilo_2002_01_04_0147__26
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:580
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:586
 msgid "Really delete these partitions?"
 msgstr "Vraiment supprimer ces partitions ?"
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:596
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:602
 msgid ""
 "There are no partitions on this disk, but a clonable\n"
 "disk must have at least one partition.\n"
@@ -3641,7 +3661,7 @@
 "clonable doit avoir au moins une partition.\n"
 "Créez des partitions avant de cloner ce disque.\n"
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:609
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:615
 msgid ""
 "This disk cannot be cloned. There are no suitable\n"
 "disks that could have the same partitioning layout."
@@ -3650,21 +3670,21 @@
 "adéquat qui pourrait avoir le même partitionnement."
 
 # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__44
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:638
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:644
 msgid "Clone partition layout of %1"
 msgstr "Cloner la disposition de la partition de %1"
 
 # TLABEL wizard_2002_03_14_2340__1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:642
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:648
 msgid "Available target disks:"
 msgstr "Disques cibles disponibles :"
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:670
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:676
 msgid "Select a target disk for creating a clone"
 msgstr "Sélectionner un disque cible pour créer un clone"
 
 #. popup text, %1 is replaced by a dasd name e.g. /dev/dasda
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:751
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:757
 msgid ""
 "Running dasdfmt deletes all data on the disk.\n"
 "Really execute dasdfmt on disk %1?\n"
@@ -3673,7 +3693,7 @@
 "Voulez-vous vraiment exécuter dasdfmt sur le disque %1 ?\n"
 
 #. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:762
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:768
 msgid ""
 "The disk is no longer marked for dasdfmt.\n"
 "\n"
@@ -3719,8 +3739,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL storage_2002_08_07_0216__64
 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39
 msgid "Resize"
 msgstr "Redimensionner"
 
@@ -3826,8 +3845,7 @@
 
 #. push button text
 #. push button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213
 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337
 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110
 msgid "Add..."
@@ -3956,11 +3974,11 @@
 
 # TLABEL update_2002_01_04_0147__20
 #. Must be called before removing device.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:107
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:110
 msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by LVM"
 msgstr "Confirmer la suppression de la partition utilisée par LVM"
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:109
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:112
 msgid ""
 "The selected partition is used by volume group \"%1\".\n"
 "To keep the system in a consistent state, the following volume group\n"
@@ -3971,17 +3989,17 @@
 "et ses volumes logiques seront supprimés :\n"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__39
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:117
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:120
 msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and volume group \"%2\" now?"
 msgstr "Supprimer la partition \"%1\" et le groupe de volumes \"%2\" maintenant ?"
 
 # TLABEL update_2002_01_04_0147__20
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:127
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:130
 msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by RAID"
 msgstr "Confirmer la suppression de la partition utilisée par RAID"
 
 # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__204
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:129
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:132
 msgid ""
 "The selected partition belongs to RAID  \"%1\".\n"
 "To keep the system in a consistent state, the following\n"
@@ -3992,13 +4010,13 @@
 "périphérique RAID suivant sera supprimé :\n"
 
 # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__422
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:137
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:140
 msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and RAID \"%2\" now?"
 msgstr "Supprimer la partition \"%1\" et le RAID \"%2\" maintenant ?"
 
 # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__64
 #. YesNo popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:207
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:210
 msgid "Really delete all partitions on %1?"
 msgstr "Voulez-vous vraiment supprimer toutes les partitions de %1 ?"
 
@@ -4006,12 +4024,12 @@
 #. ///////////////////////////////////////////////////
 #. now delete partition!!
 #. YesNo popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:259
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:262
 msgid "Really delete %1?"
 msgstr "Vraiment effacer %1 ?"
 
 #. YesNo popup.  %1 is path to a file
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:273
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:276
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "Should the loop file %1 also be removed?\n"
@@ -4022,7 +4040,7 @@
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__90
 #. Guarantee some minimal share (1%) of total graph width to the segment.
 #. Prevents small partitions e.g. swaps from disappearing completely.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:340
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:358
 msgid "Unpartitioned"
 msgstr "Non partitionné"
 
@@ -4031,35 +4049,35 @@
 #. or the end of the disk if
 #. 1. end +1th cyl is not the next one
 #. 2. end cyl is not the same as the next one (yeah, partitions may share a cylinder)
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:443
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:461
 msgid "Unallocated"
 msgstr "Non alloué"
 
 # TLABEL support_2002_01_04_0147__23
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:482
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500
 msgid "<p>No changes to partitioning.</p>"
 msgstr "<p>Aucun changement dans le partitionnement.</p>"
 
 # TLABEL support_2002_01_04_0147__23
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:484
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:502
 msgid "<p>Changes to partitioning:</p>"
 msgstr "<p>Changements dans le partitionnement :</p>"
 
 # TLABEL security_2002_08_07_0216__22
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:487
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:505
 msgid "<p>No changes to storage settings.</p>"
 msgstr "<p>Aucun changement dans les paramètres de stockage.</p>"
 
 # TLABEL security_2002_08_07_0216__22
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:489
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:507
 msgid "<p>Storage settings:</p>"
 msgstr "<p>Paramètres de stockage :</p>"
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:498
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:516
 msgid "<p>Packages to install:</p>"
 msgstr "<p>Paquets à installer :</p>"
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:518
 msgid "<p>No packages need to be installed.</p>"
 msgstr "<p>Aucun paquet à installer.</p>"
 
@@ -4185,13 +4203,13 @@
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__162
 #. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:281
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:282
 msgid "Add Crypt File"
 msgstr "Ajouter fichier de chiffrement"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__162
 #. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:325
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:326
 msgid "Edit Crypt File %1"
 msgstr "Modifier fichier de chiffrement %1"
 
@@ -4548,13 +4566,13 @@
 
 # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__354
 #. dialog title, %1 is a volume group
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1028
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1029
 msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1"
 msgstr "Ajouter un volume logique sur %1"
 
 # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__354
 #. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1075
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1076
 msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2"
 msgstr "Modifier le volume logique %1 sur %2"
 
@@ -4596,9 +4614,9 @@
 #. error popup
 #. error popup
 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:315
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:367
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:402
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:316
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:368
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:403
 msgid "No logical volume selected."
 msgstr "Aucun volume logique sélectionné."
 
@@ -4609,7 +4627,7 @@
 msgstr "Pas d'espace disponible dans le groupe de volumes %1."
 
 #. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:326
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:327
 msgid ""
 "The volume %1 is a thin pool.\n"
 "It cannot be edited."
@@ -4618,7 +4636,7 @@
 "Impossible de le modifier."
 
 #. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:337
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:338
 msgid ""
 "The volume %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
 "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used."
@@ -5039,19 +5057,19 @@
 
 # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__485
 #. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:642
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:643
 msgid "Add RAID %1"
 msgstr "Ajouter RAI&D %1"
 
 # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__484
 #. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:676
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:677
 msgid "Resize RAID %1"
 msgstr "Redimensionner RAID %1"
 
 # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__48
 #. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:722
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:723
 msgid "Edit RAID %1"
 msgstr "Modifier RAID %1"
 
@@ -5369,7 +5387,7 @@
 msgstr "<p>Cette vue affiche le résumé de l'installation.</p>"
 
 #. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:49
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:50
 msgid "Add tmpfs Mount"
 msgstr "Ajouter un montage tmpfs"
 
@@ -6288,19 +6306,62 @@
 "si vous savez ce que vous faites.</p>\n"
 
 #. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:930
-msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %1.\n"
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:937
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %1.\n"
+msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %{device}.\n"
 msgstr "Opération interdite sur le disque %1.\n"
 
-#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:940
+#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:942
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "\n"
+#| "The partitioning on your disk %1 is either not readable or not \n"
+#| "supported by the partitioning tool parted used to change the\n"
+#| "partition table.\n"
+#| "\n"
+#| "You can use the partitions on disk %1 as they are or\n"
+#| "format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add, edit, \n"
+#| "resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n"
 msgid ""
 "\n"
-"The partitioning on your disk %1 is either not readable or not \n"
+"It's not supported by the partitioning tool parted to change\n"
+"the partition table on your disk %{device}\n"
+"(the disk is LDL formatted).\n"
+"\n"
+"You can use the partitions on disk %{device} as they are or\n"
+"format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add,\n"
+"resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"Le partitionnement du disque %1 n'est pas lisible ou pas supporté par\n"
+"l'outil de partitionnement parted utilisé pour changer la\n"
+"table de partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Vous pouvez utiliser les partitions sur le disque %1 telles quelles ou\n"
+"les formater et leur assigner des points de montage, mais vous ne pouvez\n"
+"pas ajouter, modifier, redimensionner ou supprimer des partitions de ce disque ici.\n"
+
+#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:954
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "\n"
+#| "The partitioning on your disk %1 is either not readable or not \n"
+#| "supported by the partitioning tool parted used to change the\n"
+#| "partition table.\n"
+#| "\n"
+#| "You can use the partitions on disk %1 as they are or\n"
+#| "format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add, edit, \n"
+#| "resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n"
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"The partitioning on your disk %{device} is either not readable or not \n"
 "supported by the partitioning tool parted used to change the\n"
 "partition table.\n"
 "\n"
-"You can use the partitions on disk %1 as they are or\n"
+"You can use the partitions on disk %{device} as they are or\n"
 "format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add, edit, \n"
 "resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n"
 msgstr ""
@@ -6313,15 +6374,25 @@
 "les formater et leur assigner des points de montage, mais vous ne pouvez\n"
 "pas ajouter, modifier, redimensionner ou supprimer des partitions de ce disque ici.\n"
 
-#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:958
+#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:966
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "\n"
+#| "The disk %1 does not contain a partition table but for\n"
+#| "compatibility the kernel has automatically generated a\n"
+#| "partition spanning almost the entire disk.\n"
+#| "\n"
+#| "You can use the partition on disk %1 as it is or\n"
+#| "format it and assign a mount point, but you cannot resize\n"
+#| "or remove the partition from that disk here.\n"
 msgid ""
 "\n"
-"The disk %1 does not contain a partition table but for\n"
+"The disk %{device} does not contain a partition table but for\n"
 "compatibility the kernel has automatically generated a\n"
 "partition spanning almost the entire disk.\n"
 "\n"
-"You can use the partition on disk %1 as it is or\n"
+"You can use the partition on disk %{device} as it is or\n"
 "format it and assign a mount point, but you cannot resize\n"
 "or remove the partition from that disk here.\n"
 msgstr ""
@@ -6335,7 +6406,7 @@
 "pas redimensionner ou supprimer cette partition.\n"
 
 #. popup text
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:977
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:982
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "\n"
@@ -6350,7 +6421,7 @@
 "mais ceci détruira toutes les données sur toutes les partitions de ce disque.\n"
 
 #. popup text
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:989
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:992
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "\n"
@@ -6368,7 +6439,7 @@
 #. @param integer testsize
 #. @param [Symbol] used_fs
 #. @param [Boolean] verbose
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:992
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:993
 msgid "Resize Not Possible:"
 msgstr "Redimensionnement impossible :"
 
@@ -6381,7 +6452,7 @@
 #. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap
 #. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map
 #. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2692 src/modules/Storage.rb:3915
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2696 src/modules/Storage.rb:3919
 msgid ""
 "Could not set encryption.\n"
 "System error code is %1.\n"
@@ -6395,7 +6466,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__216
 #. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3946
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3950
 msgid ""
 "The first and the second version\n"
 "of the password do not match.\n"
@@ -6407,7 +6478,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL users_2002_01_04_0147__63
 #. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3977
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3981
 msgid ""
 "The password may only contain the following characters:\n"
 "0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n"
@@ -6420,25 +6491,25 @@
 # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__73
 #. Label: get password for encrypted volume
 #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4031
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4035
 msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:"
 msgstr "&Entrer le mot de passe de chiffrement :"
 
 #. Clear password fields on every round.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4090
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4094
 msgid "Provide Password"
 msgstr "Fournir le mot de passe"
 
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4109
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4113
 msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available."
 msgstr "Les volumes chiffrés suivants sont déjà disponibles."
 
 # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__397
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128
 msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation"
 msgstr "Activation des volumes chiffrés"
 
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4132
 msgid ""
 "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n"
 "passwords are not yet known.\n"
@@ -6450,12 +6521,12 @@
 "Les mots de passe doivent être connus si les volumes sont nécessaires soit\n"
 "lors d'une mise à jour, soit s'ils contiennent un volume physique LVM chiffré."
 
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4140
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4144
 msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?"
 msgstr "Voulez-vous fournir les mots de passe de chiffrement ?"
 
 #. text in help field
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4197
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4201
 msgid ""
 "Enter encryption password for any of the\n"
 "devices in the locked devices list.\n"
@@ -6467,76 +6538,76 @@
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__73
 #. header text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4203
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4207
 msgid "Enter Encryption Password"
 msgstr "Entrer le mot de passe de chiffrement"
 
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4206
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4210
 msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock."
 msgstr "Il n'y a aucun volume chiffré à déverrouiller."
 
 #. label text, multiple device names follow
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4219
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4223
 msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:"
 msgstr "Fournir le mot de passe pour un des périphériques suivants :"
 
 # TLABEL general_2002_03_14_2340__1
 #. label text, one device name follows
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4222
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4226
 msgid "Provide password for the following device:"
 msgstr "Fournir le mot de passe pour le périphérique suivant :"
 
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4235
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4239
 msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..."
 msgstr "Tentative de déverrouillage des volumes chiffrés..."
 
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4259
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4263
 msgid "Password did not unlock any volume."
 msgstr "Le mot de passe n'a déverrouillé aucun volume."
 
 # TLABEL hwinfo_2002_01_04_0147__29
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4345
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4349
 msgid "IDE Disk"
 msgstr "Disque IDE"
 
 # TLABEL hwinfo_2002_01_04_0147__29
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4351
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4355
 msgid "SCSI Disk"
 msgstr "Disque SCSI"
 
 # TLABEL hwinfo_2002_01_04_0147__29
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4357
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4361
 msgid "Disk"
 msgstr "Disque"
 
 # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__465
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4385
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4389
 msgid "DM RAID"
 msgstr "DM RAID"
 
 # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__465
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4398
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4402
 msgid "MD RAID"
 msgstr "MD RAID"
 
 #. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does
 #. not provide anything
 #. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4893
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4897
 msgid "Installing required packages failed."
 msgstr "L'installation des paquets requis a échoué."
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_03_14_2340__14
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4894 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4898 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159
 msgid "Continue despite the error?"
 msgstr "Continuer malgré l'erreur ?"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5252
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5262
 msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used."
 msgstr "Les partitions n'ont pas pu être créées car d'autres partitions sur le disque sont utilisées."
 
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5278
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5288
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n"
@@ -6546,7 +6617,7 @@
 "Le périphérique %1 ne peut être modifié parce qu'il contient une\n"
 "swap active qui est nécessaire à l'installation.\n"
 
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5292
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5302
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n"
@@ -6556,7 +6627,7 @@
 "Le périphérique %1 ne peut être modifié parce qu'il contient les\n"
 "données nécessaires pour effectuer l'installation.\n"
 
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5321
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5331
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n"
@@ -6566,7 +6637,7 @@
 "Le périphérique %1 ne peut être supprimé parce qu'il contient\n"
 "une swap active qui est nécessaire à l'installation.\n"
 
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5330
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5340
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n"
@@ -6576,7 +6647,7 @@
 "Le périphérique %1 ne peut être supprimé parce qu'il contient\n"
 "les données nécessaires pour effectuer l'installation.\n"
 
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5359
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5369
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n"
@@ -6588,7 +6659,7 @@
 "le périphérique %2 qui contient une swap active qui est nécessaire \n"
 "à l'installation.\n"
 
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5370
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5380
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n"
@@ -6599,7 +6670,7 @@
 "le périphérique %2 qui contient des données nécessaires pour effectuer l'installation.\n"
 
 #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779)
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5392
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5402
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n"
@@ -6611,18 +6682,18 @@
 
 # TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__54
 #. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5481
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5491
 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!"
 msgstr "Rien n'est assigné en tant que système de fichiers racine !"
 
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5482
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5492
 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!"
 msgstr "L'installation risque très fortement d'échouer !"
 
 #. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over
 #. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now
 #. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6032
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6042
 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1"
 msgstr "Échec de l'ajout des éléments suivants : %1"
 
@@ -7335,55 +7406,43 @@
 "Le sous-système de stockage est verrouillé par l'application \"%1\" (%2).\n"
 "Vous devez quitter cette application avant de continuer."
 
-#. enable snapshots for root volume if desired
+#. bsc#983003
 #. penalty for not having separate /home
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4560 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5683
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4601 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5724
 msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows."
 msgstr "Redimensionnement impossible à cause d'un système de fichiers incohérent. Essayez de vérifier le système de fichiers sous Windows."
 
-#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179
-msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal"
-msgstr "Créer une proposition basée sur &LVM"
-
-# TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__397
-#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6194
-msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group"
-msgstr "&Chiffrer le groupe de volumes"
-
 # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__221
 #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6212
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6239
 msgid "File System for Root Partition"
 msgstr "Système de fichiers pour la partition racine"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6259
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6286
 msgid "File System for Home Partition"
 msgstr "Système de fichiers pour la partition personnelle (home)"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6277
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6304
 msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend"
 msgstr "Augmenter la &swap pour la mise en veille"
 
 # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__175
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6314
 msgid "Proposal Settings"
 msgstr "Paramètres proposés"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6302
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6329
 msgid ""
-"<p>To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n"
-"LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.</p>\n"
+"<p>Choose <b>Partition-based Proposal</b> if you don't want to use LVM.\n"
+"Choose <b>LVM-based Proposal</b> for plain LVM and <b>Encrypted LVM-based\n"
+"Proposal</b> if you want your system to be encrypted.</p>"
 msgstr ""
-"<p>Pour créer une proposition basée sur LVM, choisissez le bouton\n"
-"correspondant. La proposition basée sur LVM peut être chiffrée.</p>\n"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6309
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6337
 msgid ""
 "<p>The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n"
 "corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n"
@@ -7396,7 +7455,7 @@
 "Cela augmentera aussi la taille de la partition racine.</p>"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6318
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6346
 msgid ""
 "<p>The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n"
 "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box.</p>"
@@ -7405,7 +7464,7 @@
 "de fichiers peut être sélectionné dans la liste déroulante correspondante.</p>"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6325
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353
 msgid ""
 "<p>The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n"
 "the system to disk in most cases.</p>"
@@ -7414,24 +7473,43 @@
 "pour mettre en veille le système sur le disque dans la plupart des cas.</p>"
 
 # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__212
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6350
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6378
 msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption."
 msgstr "Entrez votre mot de passe pour le chiffrement proposé."
 
 # TLABEL online_update_2002_03_14_2340__10
 #. Label: get password for user root
 #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6385
 msgid "Password:"
 msgstr "Mot de passe :"
 
 # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__215
 #. Label: get same password again for verification
 #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6368
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6396
 msgid "Reenter the password for verification:"
 msgstr "Entrez à nouveau votre mot de passe pour vérification :"
 
+#. Clear password fields on every round.
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6594
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal"
+msgid "&Partition-based Proposal"
+msgstr "Créer une proposition basée sur &LVM"
+
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6596
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal"
+msgid "&LVM-based Proposal"
+msgstr "Créer une proposition basée sur &LVM"
+
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6598
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal"
+msgid "&Encrypted LVM-based Proposal"
+msgstr "Créer une proposition basée sur &LVM"
+
 # TLABEL lilo_2002_03_14_2340__6
 #. encoding: utf-8
 #. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
@@ -7477,3 +7555,14 @@
 #: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183
 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:"
 msgstr "Informations visibles sur les périphériques de stockage :"
+
+# TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__397
+#~ msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group"
+#~ msgstr "&Chiffrer le groupe de volumes"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n"
+#~ "LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.</p>\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Pour créer une proposition basée sur LVM, choisissez le bouton\n"
+#~ "correspondant. La proposition basée sur LVM peut être chiffrée.</p>\n"

Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/update.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/update.fr.po	2016-09-02 21:33:42 UTC (rev 96676)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/update.fr.po	2016-09-02 21:33:58 UTC (rev 96677)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: update\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-31 15:54+0200\n"
 "Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET \n"
 "Language-Team: French \n"
@@ -457,7 +457,7 @@
 msgstr "Aucun de ces fichiers n'existe :%1"
 
 #. continue-cancel popup
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:529
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:548
 msgid ""
 "The installed product is not compatible with the product\n"
 "on the installation media. If you try to update using the\n"
@@ -934,13 +934,13 @@
 #. -----------------------------------------------------------------------
 #. GLOBAL FUNCTIONS
 #. -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-#: src/modules/Update.rb:309
+#: src/modules/Update.rb:306
 msgid "Unknown Product"
 msgstr "Produit inconnu"
 
 #. If the current default desktop is not installed, it's a valid use case
 #. and we don't continue further
-#: src/modules/Update.rb:791
+#: src/modules/Update.rb:788
 msgid ""
 "Cannot select these patterns required for installation:\n"
 "%{patterns}"
@@ -948,7 +948,7 @@
 "Impossible de sélectionner ces modèles nécessaires pour l'installation :\n"
 "%{patterns}"
 
-#: src/modules/Update.rb:796
+#: src/modules/Update.rb:793
 msgid ""
 "Cannot select these packages required for installation:\n"
 "%{packages}"

Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/users.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/users.fr.po	2016-09-02 21:33:42 UTC (rev 96676)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/users.fr.po	2016-09-02 21:33:58 UTC (rev 96677)
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: users\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-30 10:37+0200\n"
 "Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET \n"
 "Language-Team: French \n"
@@ -149,663 +149,6 @@
 msgid "Do not ask for missing data; return error instead."
 msgstr "Ne rien demander lors de données manquantes, renvoyer une erreur à la place."
 
-# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__146
-#. caption for dialog "User Authentication Method"
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:115 src/clients/inst_user.rb:137
-msgid "User Authentication Method"
-msgstr "Méthode d'authentification de l'utilisateur"
-
-#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/3
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:118
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"<b>Authentication</b><br>\n"
-"Select the authentication method to use for users on your system.\n"
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"<b>Authentification</b><br>\n"
-"Sélectionnez la méthode d'authentification à utiliser pour les utilisateurs de votre système.\n"
-"</p>"
-
-#. helptext 2/3
-#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 2/2
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:125 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:164
-msgid "<p>Select <b>Local</b> to authenticate users only by using the local files <i>/etc/passwd</i> and <i>/etc/shadow</i>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Sélectionnez <b>Local</b> pour authentifier des utilisateurs en utilisant uniquement les fichiers locaux <i>/etc/passwd</i> et <i>/etc/shadow</i>.</p>"
-
-#. optional helptext 2.5/3 (local users continued)
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:133
-msgid "If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to create users based on this source. To do so, select <b>Read User Data from a Previous Installation</b>. This option uses an existing or creates a new home directory for each user in the location specified for this installation."
-msgstr "Si vous avez une installation antérieure ou un autre système, il est possible de créer des utilisateurs basés sur cette source. Pour ce faire, sélectionnez <b>Lire les données utilisateur à partir d'une installation précédente</b>. Cette option utilise un répertoire privé existant ou en crée un nouveau pour chaque utilisateur de l'emplacement spécifié pour cette installation."
-
-# TLABEL rpm-groups_2002_03_14_2340__59
-#. radiobutton to select ldap user auth.
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:141
-msgid "&LDAP"
-msgstr "&LDAP"
-
-# TLABEL rpm-groups_2002_03_14_2340__71
-#. radiobutton to select nis user auth.
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:143
-msgid "N&IS"
-msgstr "N&IS"
-
-#. radiobutton to select samba user auth.
-#. menubutton label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:145 src/include/users/widgets.rb:159
-msgid "&Samba"
-msgstr "&Samba"
-
-#. radiobutton to select samba user auth.
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:147
-msgid "&Windows Domain"
-msgstr "Domaine &Windows"
-
-# TLABEL users_2002_08_07_0216__31
-#. radiobutton to select local user auth.
-#. radiobutton label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:151 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:85
-msgid "L&ocal (/etc/passwd)"
-msgstr "L&ocal (/etc/passwd)"
-
-# TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__57
-#. radiobutton to select local user auth.
-#. authentication type
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:155 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:48
-msgid "eDirectory LDAP"
-msgstr "eDirectory LDAP"
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- nis & samba & ldap avialable
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:185
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n"
-"to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n"
-"press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Si vous utilisez un serveur NIS ou LDAP pour enregistrer des données utilisateur ou si vous voulez\n"
-"authentifier les utilisateurs à l'aide d'un serveur NT, choisissez la valeur appropriée. Cliquez\n"
-"ensuite sur <b>Suivant</b> pour poursuivre la configuration de votre client.</p>"
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- nis & ldap avialable
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:195
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n"
-"appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Si vous utilisez un serveur NIS ou LDAP pour enregistrer des données utilisateur, choisissez la\n"
-"valeur appropriée. Cliquez ensuite sur <b>Suivant</b> pour poursuivre la configuration de votre client.</p>"
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- samba &ldap available
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:205
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data or if you want to\n"
-"authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n"
-"press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Si vous utilisez un serveur LDAP pour enregistrer des données utilisateur ou si vous voulez\n"
-"authentifier les utilisateurs à l'aide d'un serveur NT, choisissez la valeur appropriée. Cliquez\n"
-"ensuite sur <b>Suivant</b> pour poursuivre la configuration de votre client.</p>"
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- only ldap available
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:215
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n"
-"appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Si vous utilisez un serveur LDAP pour enregistrer des données utilisateur, choisissez la\n"
-"valeur appropriée. Cliquez ensuite sur <b>Suivant</b> pour poursuivre la configuration de votre client.</p>"
-
-#. helptext: additional kerberos support
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:225
-msgid "<p>Check <b>Set Up Kerberos Authentication</b> to configure Kerberos after configuring the user data source.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Sélectionnez <b>Configurer l'authentification Kerberos</b> pour configurer Kerberos après avoir configuré la source de données de l'utilisateur.</p>"
-
-#. check box label
-#. check box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:240 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:102
-msgid "&Read User Data from a Previous Installation"
-msgstr "&Lire les données utilisateur à partir d'une installation précédente"
-
-#. button label
-#. button label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:245 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:107
-msgid "&Choose"
-msgstr "Sélec&tionner"
-
-# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__146
-#. frame title for authentication methods
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:295 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:136
-msgid "Authentication Method"
-msgstr "Méthode d'authentification"
-
-#. check box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:303
-msgid "Set Up &Kerberos Authentication"
-msgstr "Configurer l'authentification &Kerberos"
-
-#. selection box label
-#. selection box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:428 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:507
-msgid "&Select Users to Read"
-msgstr "&Sélectionner les utilisateurs à lire"
-
-#. check box label
-#. check box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:434 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:515
-msgid "Select or Deselect &All"
-msgstr "Sélectionner ou désélectionner &tout"
-
-# TLABEL user_2002_01_04_0147__0
-#. Title for root-password dialogue
-#. Title for root-password dialogue
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:88 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:57
-msgid "Password for the System Administrator \"root\""
-msgstr "Mot de passe de l'administrateur système \"root\""
-
-# TLABEL user_2002_03_14_2340__8
-#. advise user to remember his new password
-#. advise users to remember their new password
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:95 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:67
-msgid "Do not forget what you enter here."
-msgstr "N'oubliez pas ce que vous saisissez ici."
-
-# TLABEL user_2002_01_04_0147__2
-#. Label: get password for user root
-#. Label: get password for user root
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:101 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:73
-msgid "&Password for root User"
-msgstr "Mot de &passe de l'utilisateur root"
-
-# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__140
-#. Label: get same password again for verification
-#. Label: get same password again for verification
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:109 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:81
-msgid "Con&firm Password"
-msgstr "Con&firmer le mot de passe"
-
-# TLABEL keyboard_2002_03_14_2340__2
-#. text entry label
-#. text entry label
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:114 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:86
-msgid "&Test Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr "&Test de la disposition du clavier"
-
-# TLABEL user_2002_03_14_2340__9
-#. push button
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:119
-msgid "E&xpert Options..."
-msgstr "Options e&xpert..."
-
-# TLABEL user_2002_03_14_2340__10
-#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1/5
-#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:124 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:93
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Unlike normal users of the system, who write texts, create\n"
-"graphics, or browse the Internet, the user \"root\" exists on\n"
-"every system and is called into action whenever\n"
-"administrative tasks need to be performed. Only log in as root\n"
-"when you need to be the system administrator.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Contrairement aux utilisateurs ordinaires du système, qui écrivent du texte, créent\n"
-"des graphiques ou naviguent sur Internet, l'utilisateur \"root\" existe sur\n"
-"chaque système et intervient chaque fois que\n"
-"des tâches administratives doivent être exécutées. Ne vous loguez en tant qu'utilisateur root que\n"
-"lorsque vous avez besoin d'être l'administrateur du système.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-# TLABEL user_2002_03_14_2340__11
-#. help text, continued 2/5
-#. help text, continued 2/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:137 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:106
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n"
-"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n"
-"is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
-"reenter it in a second field.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"L'utilisateur root ayant des permissions étendues, le mot de passe pour\n"
-"\"root\" doit être soigneusement choisi. Une combinaison de lettres et de\n"
-"chiffres est recommandable. Pour vérifier que le mot de passe est\n"
-"correctement entré, il vous est demandé de répéter votre entrée dans un\n"
-"deuxième champ.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-# TLABEL user_2002_03_14_2340__12
-#. help text, continued 3/5
-#. help text, continued 3/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:150 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:119
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n"
-"Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
-"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Toutes les règles valables pour le mot de passe utilisateur s'appliquent au mot de passe \"root\" :\n"
-"Faites la distinction entre majuscules et minuscules. Un mot de passe devrait comporter au moins\n"
-"cinq caractères et ne doit contenir aucun caractère accentué ou de tréma (umlauts).\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-# TLABEL user_2002_03_14_2340__14
-#. help text, continued 5/5
-#. help text, continued 5/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:164 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:133
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Do not forget this \"root\" password.\n"
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"N'oubliez pas ce mot de passe \"root\".\n"
-"</p>"
-
-#. additional help text about password
-#. additional help text about password
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:176 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:145
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
-"it has to be at least %1 characters long.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Si vous avez l'intention d'utiliser ce mot de passe pour créer des certificats,\n"
-"il doit comporter au moins %1 caractères.</p>"
-
-#. help text for 'test keyboard layout' entry'
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:187
-msgid "<p>To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering text into the <b>Test Keyboard Layout</b> field.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Pour vérifier si la disposition actuelle du clavier est correcte, tapez du texte dans le champs <b>Test de la disposition du clavier</b>.</p>"
-
-#. report misspellings of the password
-#. report misspellings of the password
-#. The two group password information do not match
-#. error popup
-#. The two user password information do not match
-#. error popup
-#. The two group password information do not match
-#. error popup
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:233 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:185
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:688 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364
-msgid ""
-"The passwords do not match.\n"
-"Try again."
-msgstr ""
-"Les mots de passe sont différents.\n"
-"Réessayez."
-
-# TLABEL user_2002_03_14_2340__4
-#. #-#-#-#-#  users.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION)  #-#-#-#-#
-#. report if user forgot to enter a password
-#. #-#-#-#-#  users.xgettext.pot  #-#-#-#-#
-#. error popup
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:243 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:191
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:749
-msgid ""
-"No password entered.\n"
-"Try again."
-msgstr ""
-"Aucun mot de passe n'a été entré.\n"
-"Réessayez."
-
-# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__147
-#. yes/no popup question, %1 is a number
-#. yes/no popup question, %1 is a number
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:270 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:224
-msgid ""
-"If you intend to create certificates,\n"
-"the password should have at least %1 characters."
-msgstr ""
-"Si vous avez l'intention de créer des certificats,\n"
-"le mot de passe doit comporter au moins %1 caractères."
-
-# TLABEL lilo_2002_01_04_0147__15
-#. last part of message popup
-#. last part of message popup
-#. last part of message popup
-#. last part of message popup
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:285 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:239
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:714 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391
-msgid "Really use this password?"
-msgstr "Vraiment utiliser ce mot de passe ?"
-
-# TLABEL user_2002_03_14_2340__16
-#. Error msg (yes/no)
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:301
-msgid ""
-"The root password could not be set.\n"
-"You might not be able to log in.\n"
-"Try setting it again?\n"
-msgstr ""
-"Impossible de définir le mot de passe root.\n"
-"Vous risquez de ne pas pouvoir vous loguer.\n"
-"Retenter sa définition ?\n"
-
-# TLABEL tv_2002_03_14_2340__0
-#. help text (shown in the 'busy' situation)
-#: src/clients/inst_user.rb:144
-msgid "Initialization of module for configuration of authentication..."
-msgstr "Initialisation du module pour la configuration de l'authentification..."
-
-# TLABEL restore_2002_08_07_0216__75
-#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
-#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
-#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
-#: src/clients/inst_user.rb:171 src/clients/inst_user.rb:195
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2450
-msgid ""
-"Package %1 is not installed.\n"
-"Install it now?\n"
-msgstr ""
-"Le paquet '%1' n'est pas installé.\n"
-"Faut-il l'installer maintenant ?\n"
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:89 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:53
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54
-msgid "DES"
-msgstr "DES"
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:91 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:55
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:56
-msgid "MD5"
-msgstr "MD5"
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:93 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:57
-msgid "SHA-256"
-msgstr "SHA-256"
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:95 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:59
-msgid "SHA-512"
-msgstr "SHA-512"
-
-# TLABEL user_2002_03_14_2340__5
-#. frame label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:143
-msgid "Password Encryption Type"
-msgstr "Type de chiffrement du mot de passe"
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:149 src/include/users/widgets.rb:513
-msgid "&DES"
-msgstr "&DES"
-
-# TLABEL user_2002_03_14_2340__7
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:151 src/include/users/widgets.rb:515
-msgid "&MD5"
-msgstr "&MD5"
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:153 src/include/users/widgets.rb:520
-msgid "SHA-&256"
-msgstr "SHA-&256"
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:155 src/include/users/widgets.rb:528
-msgid "SHA-&512"
-msgstr "SHA-&512"
-
-# TLABEL support_2002_01_04_0147__23
-#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/2
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:162
-msgid "<p><b>Authentication</b><br></p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>Authentification</b><br></p>"
-
-# TLABEL security_2002_01_04_0147__89
-#. Help text for password expert dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:168
-msgid "<p>Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Choisir la méthode de chiffrement des mots de passe pour les utilisateurs systèmes et locaux.</p>"
-
-#. Help text for password expert dialog
-#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:170 src/include/users/widgets.rb:491
-msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>SHA-512</b> est la méthode de hashage standard. L''utilisation d'autres algorithmes n'est pas recommandé à moins d'en avoir besoin pour des raisons de compatibilité.</p>"
-
-# TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__32
-#. text entry
-#. text entry
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:223 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403
-msgid "User's &Full Name"
-msgstr "&Nom complet de l'utilisateur"
-
-# TLABEL packages_2002_03_14_2340__5
-#. input field for login name
-#. input field for login name
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:230 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433
-msgid "&Username"
-msgstr "Nom d'&utilisateur"
-
-# TLABEL user_2002_01_04_0147__0
-#. checkbox label
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:252 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470
-msgid "U&se this password for system administrator"
-msgstr "Utili&ser ce mot de passe pour l'administrateur du système"
-
-# TLABEL autoinst_2002_03_14_2340__26
-#. checkbox label
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:258 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446
-msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail"
-msgstr "Recevoir les messages du s&ystème"
-
-# TLABEL online_update_2002_03_14_2340__12
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:261
-msgid "&Automatic Login"
-msgstr "Login &automatique"
-
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:283
-msgid "Create New User"
-msgstr "Créer un nouvel utilisateur"
-
-# TLABEL users_2002_03_15_0147__4
-#. yes-no popup headline
-#. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the
-#. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management.
-#. yes-no popup headline
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:342 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112
-msgid "Empty User Login"
-msgstr "Login utilisateur vide"
-
-# TLABEL users_2002_03_15_0147__5
-#. yes-no popup contents
-#. yes-no popup contents
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:344 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114
-msgid ""
-"Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n"
-"in a network environment with an authentication server.\n"
-"Leave it empty?"
-msgstr ""
-"Laisser le nom d'utilisateur vide n'a un sens que\n"
-"dans un environnement réseau doté d'un serveur d'authentification.\n"
-"Laisser ce nom vide ?"
-
-# TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__110
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. alternative help text 1/7
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:450 src/include/users/helps.rb:212
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Enter the <b>User's Full Name</b>, <b>Username</b>, and <b>Password</b> to\n"
-"assign to this user account.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Entrez le <b>nom complet de l'utilisateur</b>, le <b>nom d'utilisateur</b> et le <b>mot de passe</b>\n"
-"à assigner à ce compte d'utilisateur.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-# TLABEL users_2002_01_04_0147__102
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:453
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n"
-"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Lors de la saisie d'un mot de passe, faites la distinction entre les majuscules et les\n"
-"minuscules. Les mots de passe ne doivent contenir aucun caractère accentué ou de tréma (umlauts).\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. help text %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers
-#. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:457 src/include/users/helps.rb:73
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n"
-" %2 and %3 characters.\n"
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Avec le chiffrement actuel du mot de passe (%1), le mot de passe\n"
-"doit avoir une longueur comprise entre %2 et %3 caractères.\n"
-"</p>"
-
-#. additional help text about password
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:467
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
-"it has to be at least %s characters long.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Si vous avez l'intention d'utiliser ce mot de passe pour créer des certificats,\n"
-"il doit comporter au moins %s caractères.</p>"
-
-# TLABEL users_2002_08_07_0216__5
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. help text 4/4
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:472 src/include/users/helps.rb:90
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
-"repeat it exactly in a second field. Do not forget your password.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Pour garantir que le mot de passe a été entré correctement, il vous est\n"
-"demandé de le répéter de manière exacte dans un deuxième champ.\n"
-"N'oubliez pas votre mot de passe.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:476
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
-"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n"
-"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n"
-"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Pour le <b>nom d'utilisateur</b>, n'utilisez que des lettres (aucun caractère accentué), des chiffres et <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
-"N'utilisez pas de lettres majuscules dans cette entrée sauf si vous savez exactement ce que vous faites.\n"
-"Les noms d'utilisateur font l'objet de restrictions plus contraignantes que les mots de passe. Vous pouvez redéfinir les \n"
-"restrictions dans le fichier /etc/login.defs. Lisez la page de manuel (man) pour obtenir plus d'informations.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:482
-msgid "<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Cochez <b>Utiliser ce mot de passe pour l'administrateur système</b> si le même mot de passe entré pour le premier utilisateur doit être utilisé pour le superutilisateur (root).</p>"
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. these are used only during installation time
-#. help text 4/7 (only during installation)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:485 src/include/users/helps.rb:259
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Le nom d'utilisateur et le mot de passe créés ici sont nécessaires pour vous loguer et utiliser votre système Linux. Lorsque <b>Login automatique</b> est activé, la procédure de login est ignorée. Cet utilisateur est logué automatiquement.</p>\n"
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. help text 5/7 (only during installation)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:489 src/include/users/helps.rb:264
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking <b>Receive System Mail</b>.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Cochez la case <b>Recevoir les messages système</b> pour transférer les messages de l'utilisateur root vers cet autre utilisateur</b>.</p>\n"
-
-#. Dialog for expert user settings: authentication method as well
-#. as password encryption (see fate 302980)
-#. @return true if user accepted expert settings
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:573
-msgid "Expert Settings"
-msgstr "Serveur DHCP -- Paramètres pour experts"
-
-#. summary label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:625
-msgid "The authentication method is local /etc/passwd."
-msgstr "La methode d'authentification est /etc/passwd local."
-
-# TLABEL security_2002_01_04_0147__89
-#. summary label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:628
-msgid "The password encryption method is %s."
-msgstr "La méthode de chiffrement des mots de passe est %s."
-
-# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__335
-#. summary label, %s is a single user name or multiple usernames (comma separated)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:635
-msgid "User %s will be imported."
-msgid_plural "Users %s will be imported."
-msgstr[0] "L'utilisateur %s sera importé."
-msgstr[1] "Les utilisateurs %s seront importés."
-
-# TLABEL proposal_2002_03_16_2031__2
-#. pushbutton label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:650
-msgid "&Change..."
-msgstr "&Changer..."
-
-#. frame label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:657
-msgid "Summary"
-msgstr "Résumé"
-
-# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__147
-#. yes/no popup question, %s is a number
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:709
-msgid ""
-"If you intend to create certificates,\n"
-"the password should have at least %s characters."
-msgstr ""
-"Si vous avez l'intention de créer des certificats,\n"
-"le mot de passe doit comporter au moins %s caractères."
-
 # TLABEL ldap_client_2002_03_16_1943__9
 #. translators: command line help text for Users module
 #: src/clients/users.rb:102
@@ -948,12 +291,6 @@
 msgid "New UID of the user"
 msgstr "Nouvel UID de l'utilisateur"
 
-# TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__331
-#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/users_finish.rb:63
-msgid "Writing Users Configuration..."
-msgstr "Écriture de la configuration des utilisateurs..."
-
 #. helptext 1/3
 #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:105
 msgid ""
@@ -1228,105 +565,6 @@
 msgid "Seconds"
 msgstr "Secondes"
 
-# TLABEL rpm-groups_2002_03_14_2340__59
-#. authentication type
-#. type of user/group
-#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add')
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:42 src/include/users/widgets.rb:1365
-msgid "LDAP"
-msgstr "LDAP"
-
-# TLABEL rpm-groups_2002_03_14_2340__71
-#. authentication type
-#. richtext label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:44 src/include/users/widgets.rb:136
-msgid "NIS"
-msgstr "NIS"
-
-#. authentication type
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:46
-msgid "Samba (Windows Domain)"
-msgstr "Samba (Domaine Windows)"
-
-#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:69
-msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> set"
-msgstr "<%1>Mot de passe superutilisateur (root)<%2> défini"
-
-# TLABEL user_2002_01_04_0147__2
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:74
-msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> not set"
-msgstr "<%1>Mot de passe superutilisateur (root)<%2> indéfini"
-
-#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:81
-msgid "No <%1>user<%2> configured"
-msgstr "Aucun <%1>utilisateur configuré."
-
-# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__146
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. % is LDAP/NIS etc.
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:93
-msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3"
-msgstr "<%1>Méthode d'authentification<%2> : %3"
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. % is LDAP/NIS etc.
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:102
-msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3 and Kerberos."
-msgstr "<%1>Méthode d'authentification<%2> : %3 et Kerberos."
-
-# TLABEL nis_server_2002_01_04_0147__12
-#. summary line, %3 are user names (comma separated)
-#. <%1>,<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:116
-msgid "<%1>Users<%2> %3 selected for import"
-msgstr "<%1>Les utilisateurs<%2> %3 sélectionnés pour l'import"
-
-# TLABEL nis_server_2002_01_04_0147__12
-#. summary line,  <%1>,<%2> are HTML tags, %3 user name
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:124
-msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 will be imported."
-msgstr "<%1>L'utilisateur<%2> %3 sera importé."
-
-# TLABEL nis_server_2002_01_04_0147__12
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. %3 is login name
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:134
-msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 configured"
-msgstr "<%1>Utilisateur<%2> %3 configuré"
-
-# TLABEL nis_server_2002_01_04_0147__12
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. %3 is full name, %4 login name
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:143
-msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 (%4) configured"
-msgstr "<%1>Utilisateur<%2> %3 (%4) configuré"
-
-# TLABEL security_2002_01_04_0147__89
-#. summary line
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:156
-msgid "Password Encryption Method: %1"
-msgstr "Méthode de chiffrement des mots de passe : %1"
-
-# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__309
-#. rich text label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:170
-msgid "User Settings"
-msgstr "Paramètres utilisateur"
-
-# TLABEL lan_inetd_2002_01_04_0147__24
-#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:173
-msgid "&User"
-msgstr "&Utilisateur"
-
-# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__140
-#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:175
-msgid "&Root Password"
-msgstr "Mot de passe supe&rutilisateur (root)"
-
 # TLABEL ldap-client_2002_08_07_0216__2
 #. password entering label
 #: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:55
@@ -1508,6 +746,24 @@
 "les paramètres de codage de cet utilisateur,\n"
 " saisissez le mot de passe de cet utilisateur."
 
+#. The two user password information do not match
+#. error popup
+#. The two group password information do not match
+#. error popup
+#. report misspellings of the password
+#. The two group password information do not match
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:193
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:471
+msgid ""
+"The passwords do not match.\n"
+"Try again."
+msgstr ""
+"Les mots de passe sont différents.\n"
+"Réessayez."
+
 #. yes/no popup label, %1,%2 are file paths
 #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:344
 msgid ""
@@ -1538,6 +794,14 @@
 msgid "&Change directory owner"
 msgstr "&Changer le propriétaire du répertoire"
 
+# TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__32
+#. text entry
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:583
+msgid "User's &Full Name"
+msgstr "&Nom complet de l'utilisateur"
+
 # TLABEL users_2002_01_04_0147__45
 #. text entry
 #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:411
@@ -1556,12 +820,34 @@
 msgid "For remote users, only additional group memberships can be changed."
 msgstr "Pour les utilisateurs distants, seule leur adhésion à des groupes supplémentaires peut être modifiée."
 
+# TLABEL packages_2002_03_14_2340__5
+#. input field for login name
+#. input field for login name
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:590
+msgid "&Username"
+msgstr "Nom d'&utilisateur"
+
+# TLABEL autoinst_2002_03_14_2340__26
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446
+msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail"
+msgstr "Recevoir les messages du s&ystème"
+
 # TLABEL online_update_2002_03_14_2340__12
 #. checkbox label
 #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:456
 msgid "A&utomatic Login"
 msgstr "Login a&utomatique"
 
+# TLABEL user_2002_01_04_0147__0
+#. checkbox label
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:614
+msgid "U&se this password for system administrator"
+msgstr "Utili&ser ce mot de passe pour l'administrateur du système"
+
 # TLABEL users_2002_01_04_0147__47
 #. check box label
 #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:480
@@ -1755,6 +1041,36 @@
 msgid "Plu&g-Ins"
 msgstr "Plu&g-ins"
 
+# TLABEL users_2002_03_15_0147__4
+#. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the
+#. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management.
+#. yes-no popup headline
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112
+msgid "Empty User Login"
+msgstr "Login utilisateur vide"
+
+# TLABEL users_2002_03_15_0147__5
+#. yes-no popup contents
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114
+msgid ""
+"Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n"
+"in a network environment with an authentication server.\n"
+"Leave it empty?"
+msgstr ""
+"Laisser le nom d'utilisateur vide n'a un sens que\n"
+"dans un environnement réseau doté d'un serveur d'authentification.\n"
+"Laisser ce nom vide ?"
+
+# TLABEL lilo_2002_01_04_0147__15
+#. last part of message popup
+#. last part of message popup
+#. User can confirm using "invalid" password confirming all the errors
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:212
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:483
+msgid "Really use this password?"
+msgstr "Vraiment utiliser ce mot de passe ?"
+
 #. popup question
 #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1308
 msgid "Change home directory to %1?"
@@ -1858,6 +1174,20 @@
 msgid "Group &Data"
 msgstr "&Données du groupe"
 
+#. encryption type
+#. encryption type
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:51
+msgid "DES"
+msgstr "DES"
+
+#. encryption type
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:56 src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:53
+msgid "MD5"
+msgstr "MD5"
+
 # TLABEL users_2002_01_04_0147__102
 #. help text 1/4
 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:62
@@ -1872,6 +1202,34 @@
 "minuscules. Les mots de passe ne doivent contenir aucun caractère accentué ou de tréma (umlauts). \n"
 "</p>\n"
 
+#. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:73
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n"
+" %2 and %3 characters.\n"
+"</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Avec le chiffrement actuel du mot de passe (%1), le mot de passe\n"
+"doit avoir une longueur comprise entre %2 et %3 caractères.\n"
+"</p>"
+
+# TLABEL users_2002_08_07_0216__5
+#. help text 4/4
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:90 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:160
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
+"repeat it exactly in a second field. Do not forget your password.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Pour garantir que le mot de passe a été entré correctement, il vous est\n"
+"demandé de le répéter de manière exacte dans un deuxième champ.\n"
+"N'oubliez pas votre mot de passe.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+
 #. Help text 0/6
 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:103
 msgid ""
@@ -2046,6 +1404,20 @@
 "le <b>mot de passe</b> à assigner à cet utilisateur.\n"
 "</p>\n"
 
+# TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__110
+#. alternative help text 1/7
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:212 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:139
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Enter the <b>User's Full Name</b>, <b>Username</b>, and <b>Password</b> to\n"
+"assign to this user account.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Entrez le <b>nom complet de l'utilisateur</b>, le <b>nom d'utilisateur</b> et le <b>mot de passe</b>\n"
+"à assigner à ce compte d'utilisateur.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+
 #. help text 2/7
 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:226
 msgid ""
@@ -2086,6 +1458,25 @@
 "restrictions dans le fichier /etc/login.defs. Lisez la page d'aide pour obtenir plus d'informations.\n"
 "</p>\n"
 
+#. these are used only during installation time
+#. help text 4/7 (only during installation)
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:259 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:176
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Le nom d'utilisateur et le mot de passe créés ici sont nécessaires pour vous loguer et utiliser votre système Linux. Lorsque <b>Login automatique</b> est activé, la procédure de login est ignorée. Cet utilisateur est logué automatiquement.</p>\n"
+
+#. help text 5/7 (only during installation)
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:264
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking <b>Receive System Mail</b>.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Cochez la case <b>Recevoir les messages système</b> pour transférer les messages de l'utilisateur root vers cet autre utilisateur</b>.</p>\n"
+
 #. help text 6/7 (only during installation)
 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:269
 msgid "<p>Press <b>User Management</b> to add more users or groups to your system.</p>"
@@ -2893,7 +2284,8 @@
 
 # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__40
 #. the type of user set
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79
+#. New user is the default option
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:275
 msgid "Local Users"
 msgstr "Utilisateurs locaux"
 
@@ -2980,7 +2372,13 @@
 msgid "Samba Groups"
 msgstr "Groupes Samba"
 
+# TLABEL rpm-groups_2002_03_14_2340__71
 #. richtext label
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:136
+msgid "NIS"
+msgstr "NIS"
+
+#. richtext label
 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:138
 msgid "SSSD"
 msgstr "SSSD"
@@ -3002,6 +2400,11 @@
 msgid "&SSSD"
 msgstr "&SSSD"
 
+#. menubutton label
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:159
+msgid "&Samba"
+msgstr "&Samba"
+
 # TLABEL cups_2002_01_04_0147__193
 #. tab header
 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:168
@@ -3146,6 +2549,11 @@
 "Par contre, certains protocoles réseau ne le prenant pas en charge, des problèmes risquent de survenir avec NIS.\n"
 "</p>"
 
+#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:491
+msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>SHA-512</b> est la méthode de hashage standard. L''utilisation d'autres algorithmes n'est pas recommandé à moins d'en avoir besoin pour des raisons de compatibilité.</p>"
+
 # TLABEL user_2002_03_14_2340__5
 #. Label
 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:499
@@ -3158,6 +2566,27 @@
 msgid "Encryption Type"
 msgstr "Type de chiffrement"
 
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:513
+msgid "&DES"
+msgstr "&DES"
+
+# TLABEL user_2002_03_14_2340__7
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:515
+msgid "&MD5"
+msgstr "&MD5"
+
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:520
+msgid "SHA-&256"
+msgstr "SHA-&256"
+
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:528
+msgid "SHA-&512"
+msgstr "SHA-&512"
+
 # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__269
 #. help text 1/3
 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:582
@@ -3478,8 +2907,15 @@
 msgid "Local"
 msgstr "Local"
 
+# TLABEL rpm-groups_2002_03_14_2340__59
 #. type of user/group
 #. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add')
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1365
+msgid "LDAP"
+msgstr "LDAP"
+
+#. type of user/group
+#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add')
 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1370
 msgid "System"
 msgstr "Système"
@@ -3844,6 +3280,16 @@
 msgid "Package %1 is not available for installation."
 msgstr "Le paquet %1 n'est pas disponible pour l'installation."
 
+# TLABEL restore_2002_08_07_0216__75
+#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2450
+msgid ""
+"Package %1 is not installed.\n"
+"Install it now?\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Le paquet '%1' n'est pas installé.\n"
+"Faut-il l'installer maintenant ?\n"
+
 # TLABEL users_2002_01_04_0147__26
 #. dialog caption
 #: src/include/users/wizards.rb:102
@@ -3864,6 +3310,452 @@
 msgid "Initializing..."
 msgstr "Initialisation..."
 
+# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__147
+#. List of errors found for a given password
+#.
+#. The errors are localized and ready to be displayed to the user
+#.
+#. @param passwd [String] password to check
+#. @return [Array<String>] errors or empty array if no errors are found or
+#. validation is disabled
+#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:56
+msgid ""
+"If you intend to create certificates,\n"
+"the password should have at least %s characters."
+msgstr ""
+"Si vous avez l'intention de créer des certificats,\n"
+"le mot de passe doit comporter au moins %s caractères."
+
+#. Localized help text about CA constraints
+#.
+#. @return [String] html text or empty string if validation is disabled
+#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:69
+msgid ""
+"<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
+"it has to be at least %s characters long.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Si vous avez l'intention d'utiliser ce mot de passe pour créer des certificats,\n"
+"il doit comporter au moins %s caractères.</p>"
+
+# TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__331
+#. @see Implements ::Installation::FinishClient#title
+#: src/lib/users/clients/users_finish.rb:55
+msgid "Writing Users Configuration..."
+msgstr "Écriture de la configuration des utilisateurs..."
+
+# TLABEL security_2002_01_04_0147__89
+#. Copyright (c) 2016 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.   See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact SUSE about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:39
+msgid "<p>Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Choisir la méthode de chiffrement des mots de passe pour les utilisateurs systèmes et locaux.</p>"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the recommended encryption method
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:41
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>%s</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>SHA-512</b> est la méthode de hashage standard. L''utilisation d'autres algorithmes n'est pas recommandé à moins d'en avoir besoin pour des raisons de compatibilité.</p>"
+
+# TLABEL user_2002_03_14_2340__5
+#. Let's add some vertical space after each widget
+#. TRANSLATORS: rich text label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:72
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:63
+msgid "Password Encryption Type"
+msgstr "Type de chiffrement du mot de passe"
+
+# TLABEL user_2002_03_14_2340__8
+#. advise users to remember their new password
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:70
+msgid "Do not forget what you enter here."
+msgstr "N'oubliez pas ce que vous saisissez ici."
+
+# TLABEL user_2002_01_04_0147__2
+#. Label: get password for user root
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:76
+msgid "&Password for root User"
+msgstr "Mot de &passe de l'utilisateur root"
+
+# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__140
+#. Label: get same password again for verification
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:84
+msgid "Con&firm Password"
+msgstr "Con&firmer le mot de passe"
+
+# TLABEL keyboard_2002_03_14_2340__2
+#. text entry label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:89
+msgid "&Test Keyboard Layout"
+msgstr "&Test de la disposition du clavier"
+
+# TLABEL user_2002_03_14_2340__10
+#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:99
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Unlike normal users of the system, who write texts, create\n"
+"graphics, or browse the Internet, the user \"root\" exists on\n"
+"every system and is called into action whenever\n"
+"administrative tasks need to be performed. Only log in as root\n"
+"when you need to be the system administrator.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Contrairement aux utilisateurs ordinaires du système, qui écrivent du texte, créent\n"
+"des graphiques ou naviguent sur Internet, l'utilisateur \"root\" existe sur\n"
+"chaque système et intervient chaque fois que\n"
+"des tâches administratives doivent être exécutées. Ne vous loguez en tant qu'utilisateur root que\n"
+"lorsque vous avez besoin d'être l'administrateur du système.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+
+# TLABEL user_2002_03_14_2340__11
+#. help text, continued 2
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:110
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n"
+"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n"
+"is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
+"reenter it in a second field.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"L'utilisateur root ayant des permissions étendues, le mot de passe pour\n"
+"\"root\" doit être soigneusement choisi. Une combinaison de lettres et de\n"
+"chiffres est recommandable. Pour vérifier que le mot de passe est\n"
+"correctement entré, il vous est demandé de répéter votre entrée dans un\n"
+"deuxième champ.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+
+# TLABEL user_2002_03_14_2340__12
+#. help text, continued 3
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:120
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n"
+"Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
+"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Toutes les règles valables pour le mot de passe utilisateur s'appliquent au mot de passe \"root\" :\n"
+"Faites la distinction entre majuscules et minuscules. Un mot de passe devrait comporter au moins\n"
+"cinq caractères et ne doit contenir aucun caractère accentué ou de tréma (umlauts).\n"
+"</p>\n"
+
+# TLABEL user_2002_03_14_2340__14
+#. help text, continued 4
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:131
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Do not forget this \"root\" password.\n"
+"</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"N'oubliez pas ce mot de passe \"root\".\n"
+"</p>"
+
+# TLABEL user_2002_01_04_0147__0
+#. Title for root-password dialogue
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:148
+msgid "Password for the System Administrator \"root\""
+msgstr "Mot de passe de l'administrateur système \"root\""
+
+# TLABEL user_2002_03_14_2340__4
+#. #-#-#-#-#  users.xgettext.pot  #-#-#-#-#
+#. error popup
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:198 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:623
+msgid ""
+"No password entered.\n"
+"Try again."
+msgstr ""
+"Aucun mot de passe n'a été entré.\n"
+"Réessayez."
+
+#. reenable suggestion
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:134
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<p>Select <b>Local</b> to authenticate users only by using the local files <i>/etc/passwd</i> and <i>/etc/shadow</i>.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Use one of the available options to add local users to the system.\n"
+"Local users are stored in <i>/etc/passwd</i> and <i>/etc/shadow</i>.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>Sélectionnez <b>Local</b> pour authentifier des utilisateurs en utilisant uniquement les fichiers locaux <i>/etc/passwd</i> et <i>/etc/shadow</i>.</p>"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:138
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Create New User"
+msgid "Create new user"
+msgstr "Créer un nouvel utilisateur"
+
+# TLABEL users_2002_01_04_0147__102
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:142
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n"
+"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Lors de la saisie d'un mot de passe, faites la distinction entre les majuscules et les\n"
+"minuscules. Les mots de passe ne doivent contenir aucun caractère accentué ou de tréma (umlauts).\n"
+"</p>\n"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %{min} and %{max} will be replaced by numbers
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:149
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p>\n"
+#| "With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n"
+#| " %2 and %3 characters.\n"
+#| "</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"The password length should be between %{min}\n"
+" and %{max} characters.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Avec le chiffrement actuel du mot de passe (%1), le mot de passe\n"
+"doit avoir une longueur comprise entre %2 et %3 caractères.\n"
+"</p>"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:165
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
+"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n"
+"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n"
+"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Pour le <b>nom d'utilisateur</b>, n'utilisez que des lettres (aucun caractère accentué), des chiffres et <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
+"N'utilisez pas de lettres majuscules dans cette entrée sauf si vous savez exactement ce que vous faites.\n"
+"Les noms d'utilisateur font l'objet de restrictions plus contraignantes que les mots de passe. Vous pouvez redéfinir les \n"
+"restrictions dans le fichier /etc/login.defs. Lisez la page de manuel (man) pour obtenir plus d'informations.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:172
+msgid "<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Cochez <b>Utiliser ce mot de passe pour l'administrateur système</b> si le même mot de passe entré pour le premier utilisateur doit être utilisé pour le superutilisateur (root).</p>"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:183
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Read User Data from a Previous Installation"
+msgid "Import User Data from a Previous Installation"
+msgstr "&Lire les données utilisateur à partir d'une installation précédente"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:184
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"A previous Linux installation with local users has been detected.\n"
+"The information there can be used to create users in the system being installed.\n"
+"Use the <b>Choose Users</b> button to select some users. Their basic information will\n"
+"be imported.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:192
+msgid "Skip User Creation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:193
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Sometimes root is the only needed local user, like in network environments\n"
+"with an authentication server. Select this option to proceed without creating\n"
+"a local user.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+# TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__40
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:275
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Local Users"
+msgid "Local User"
+msgstr "Utilisateurs locaux"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:330
+msgid ""
+"The new username cannot be blank.\n"
+"If you don't want to create a user now, select\n"
+"'Skip User Creation'."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:387
+msgid ""
+"No users from the previous installation were choosen.\n"
+"If you don't want to create a user now, select\n"
+"'Skip User Creation'."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:514
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Create New User"
+msgid "&Create New User"
+msgstr "Créer un nouvel utilisateur"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:537
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Read User Data from a Previous Installation"
+msgid "&Import User Data from a Previous Installation"
+msgstr "&Lire les données utilisateur à partir d'une installation précédente"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:547
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "System Users"
+msgid "Choose Users"
+msgstr "Utilisateurs du système"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:563
+msgid "&Skip User Creation"
+msgstr ""
+
+# TLABEL online_update_2002_03_14_2340__12
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:619
+msgid "&Automatic Login"
+msgstr "Login &automatique"
+
+# TLABEL menu_2002_01_04_0147__34
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:626
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "No user was specified."
+msgid "No users selected"
+msgstr "Pas d'utilisateur spécifié."
+
+# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__335
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:628
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "User %s will be imported."
+#| msgid_plural "Users %s will be imported."
+msgid "%d user will be imported"
+msgid_plural "%d users will be imported"
+msgstr[0] "L'utilisateur %s sera importé."
+msgstr[1] "Les utilisateurs %s seront importés."
+
+#. selection box label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:58
+msgid "&Select Users to Read"
+msgstr "&Sélectionner les utilisateurs à lire"
+
+#. check box label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:66
+msgid "Select or Deselect &All"
+msgstr "Sélectionner ou désélectionner &tout"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:55
+msgid "SHA-256"
+msgstr "SHA-256"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:57
+msgid "SHA-512"
+msgstr "SHA-512"
+
+# TLABEL security_2002_01_04_0147__89
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:35
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Password Encryption Method: %1"
+msgid "Encryption Method: <a href=%s>%s</a>"
+msgstr "Méthode de chiffrement des mots de passe : %1"
+
+# TLABEL user_2002_03_14_2340__5
+#. TRANSLATORS: menu button label
+#. menu button label
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:66 src/lib/users/proposal.rb:82
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Password Encryption Type"
+msgid "Password &Encryption Type"
+msgstr "Type de chiffrement du mot de passe"
+
+# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__309
+#. rich text label
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:75
+msgid "User Settings"
+msgstr "Paramètres utilisateur"
+
+# TLABEL lan_inetd_2002_01_04_0147__24
+#. menu button label
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:78
+msgid "&User"
+msgstr "&Utilisateur"
+
+# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__140
+#. menu button label
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:80
+msgid "&Root Password"
+msgstr "Mot de passe supe&rutilisateur (root)"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:92
+msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> set"
+msgstr "<%1>Mot de passe superutilisateur (root)<%2> défini"
+
+# TLABEL user_2002_01_04_0147__2
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:95
+msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> not set"
+msgstr "<%1>Mot de passe superutilisateur (root)<%2> indéfini"
+
+#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:104
+msgid "No <%1>user<%2> configured"
+msgstr "Aucun <%1>utilisateur configuré."
+
+# TLABEL nis_server_2002_01_04_0147__12
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line, %d is the number of users
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:110
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 will be imported."
+msgid "<a href=%s>%d user</a> will be imported"
+msgid_plural "<a href=%s>%d users</a> will be imported"
+msgstr[0] "<%1>L'utilisateur<%2> %3 sera importé."
+msgstr[1] "<%1>L'utilisateur<%2> %3 sera importé."
+
+# TLABEL nis_server_2002_01_04_0147__12
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
+#. %3 is login name
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:118
+msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 configured"
+msgstr "<%1>Utilisateur<%2> %3 configuré"
+
+# TLABEL nis_server_2002_01_04_0147__12
+#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
+#. %3 is full name, %4 login name
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:127
+msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 (%4) configured"
+msgstr "<%1>Utilisateur<%2> %3 (%4) configuré"
+
+# TLABEL security_2002_01_04_0147__89
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:141
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Password Encryption Method: %1"
+msgid "Password Encryption Method: <a href=%s>%s</a>"
+msgstr "Méthode de chiffrement des mots de passe : %1"
+
 # TLABEL users_2002_08_07_0216__17
 #. User name for user: "root"
 #: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:44
@@ -4372,7 +4264,7 @@
 
 #. Popup text: %1 is the file name (e.g. /etc/fstab),
 #. %2 is the directory (e.g. /home),
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:740
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:722
 msgid ""
 "In %1, there is a mount point for the directory\n"
 "%2, which is used as a default home directory for new\n"
@@ -4391,214 +4283,214 @@
 "après un montage correct. Souhaitez-vous poursuivre la configuration utilisateur ?"
 
 #. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:988
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:970
 msgid "Multiple users satisfy the input conditions."
 msgstr "Plusieurs utilisateurs remplissent les conditions d'entrée."
 
 # TLABEL users_2002_08_07_0216__33
 #. progress caption
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1566
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1548
 msgid "Initializing User and Group Configuration"
 msgstr "Initialisation de la configuration utilisateur et groupe"
 
 # TLABEL users_2002_08_07_0216__34
 #. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1573
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1555
 msgid "Read the default login settings"
 msgstr "Lire la configuration par défaut du login"
 
 # TLABEL users_2002_08_07_0216__35
 #. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1575
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1557
 msgid "Read the default system settings"
 msgstr "Lire la configuration par défaut du système"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__311
 #. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1577
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1559
 msgid "Read the configuration type"
 msgstr "Lire le type de configuration"
 
 # TLABEL users_2002_08_07_0216__36
 #. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1579
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1561
 msgid "Read the user custom settings"
 msgstr "Lire les paramètres utilisateur personnalisés"
 
 # TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__30
 #. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1581
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1563
 msgid "Read users and groups"
 msgstr "Lire les utilisateurs et groupes"
 
 #. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1583
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1565
 msgid "Build the cache structures"
 msgstr "Construire les structures de cache"
 
 # TLABEL users_2002_08_07_0216__39
 #. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1587
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1569
 msgid "Reading the default login settings..."
 msgstr "Lecture de la configuration par défaut du login..."
 
 # TLABEL users_2002_08_07_0216__40
 #. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1589
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1571
 msgid "Reading the default system settings..."
 msgstr "Lecture de la configuration par défaut du système..."
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__317
 #. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1591
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1573
 msgid "Reading the configuration type..."
 msgstr "Lecture du type de configuration..."
 
 # TLABEL users_2002_08_07_0216__41
 #. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1593
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1575
 msgid "Reading custom settings..."
 msgstr "Lecture des paramètres personnalisés..."
 
 # TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__30
 #. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1595
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1577
 msgid "Reading users and groups..."
 msgstr "Lecture des utilisateurs et groupes..."
 
 #. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1597
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1579
 msgid "Building the cache structures..."
 msgstr "Construction des structures de cache..."
 
 # TLABEL users_2002_08_07_0216__44
 #. final progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1599 src/modules/Users.pm:4314
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1581 src/modules/Users.pm:4296
 msgid "Finished"
 msgstr "Terminé"
 
 # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__223
 #. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:2155
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:2137
 msgid "User does not exist."
 msgstr "Cet utilisateur n'existe pas."
 
 # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__223
 #. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:2407
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:2389
 msgid "Group does not exist."
 msgstr "Ce groupe n'existe pas."
 
 # TLABEL users_2002_08_07_0216__33
 #. progress caption
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4276
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4258
 msgid "Writing User and Group Configuration"
 msgstr "Écriture de la configuration utilisateur et groupe"
 
 # TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__30
 #. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4285
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4267
 msgid "Write LDAP users and groups"
 msgstr "Écrire les utilisateurs et groupes LDAP"
 
 # TLABEL nis_server_2002_01_04_0147__46
 #. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4287
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4269
 msgid "Write groups"
 msgstr "Écrire les groupes"
 
 #. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4289
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4271
 msgid "Check for deleted users"
 msgstr "Vérifier les utilisateurs effacés"
 
 # TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__30
 #. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4291
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4273
 msgid "Write users"
 msgstr "Écrire les utilisateurs"
 
 # TLABEL nis_server_2002_01_04_0147__45
 #. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4293
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4275
 msgid "Write passwords"
 msgstr "Écrire les mots de passe"
 
 # TLABEL tv_2002_03_14_2340__21
 #. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4295
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4277
 msgid "Write the custom settings"
 msgstr "Écrire les paramètres personnalisés"
 
 # TLABEL users_2002_08_07_0216__34
 #. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4297
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4279
 msgid "Write the default login settings"
 msgstr "Écrire les paramètres par défaut du login"
 
 # TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__30
 #. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4300
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4282
 msgid "Writing LDAP users and groups..."
 msgstr "Écriture des utilisateurs et groupes LDAP..."
 
 # TLABEL tv_2002_03_14_2340__24
 #. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4302
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4284
 msgid "Writing groups..."
 msgstr "Écriture des groupes..."
 
 # TLABEL scanner_2002_01_04_0147__6
 #. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4304
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4286
 msgid "Checking deleted users..."
 msgstr "Vérification des utilisateurs effacés..."
 
 # TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__30
 #. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4306
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4288
 msgid "Writing users..."
 msgstr "Écriture des utilisateurs..."
 
 # TLABEL nis_server_2002_01_04_0147__45
 #. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4308
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4290
 msgid "Writing passwords..."
 msgstr "Écriture des mots de passe..."
 
 # TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__30
 #. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4310
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4292
 msgid "Writing the custom settings..."
 msgstr "Écriture des paramètres personnalisés..."
 
 # TLABEL users_2002_08_07_0216__39
 #. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4312
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4294
 msgid "Writing the default login settings..."
 msgstr "Écriture des paramètres par défaut du login..."
 
 #. error popup (%s is a file name)
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4397
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4379
 #, perl-format
 msgid "File %s was not read correctly, so it will not be written."
 msgstr "Le fichier %s n'a pas été lu correctement et ne sera pas écrit."
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__237
 #. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4433 src/modules/Users.pm:4468
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4744
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4415 src/modules/Users.pm:4450
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4726
 msgid "An error occurred while removing users."
 msgstr "Une erreur s'est produite lors de la suppression des utilisateurs."
 
 #. error popup (%s is a file name)
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4446 src/modules/Users.pm:4594
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4428 src/modules/Users.pm:4576
 #, perl-format
 msgid "File %s was not correctly read, so it will not be written."
 msgstr "Le fichier %s n'a pas été lu correctement et ne sera pas écrit."
 
 #. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4583
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4565
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "Encryption support is not installed, home directories will NOT be encrypted."
@@ -4608,18 +4500,18 @@
 
 # TLABEL users_2002_08_07_0216__3
 #. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4785 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4767 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101
 msgid "An error occurred while setting forwarding for root's mail."
 msgstr "Une erreur s'est produite lors de la configuration de la transmission des messages de l'utilisateur root."
 
 #. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4861
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4843
 msgid "No UID is available for this type of user."
 msgstr "Il n'y a pas d'UID disponible pour ce type d'utilisateur."
 
 # TLABEL users_2002_01_04_0147__35
 #. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4892
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4874
 #, perl-format
 msgid ""
 "The selected user ID is not allowed.\n"
@@ -4630,7 +4522,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL users_2002_01_04_0147__37
 #. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4923
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4905
 msgid ""
 "The user ID entered is already in use.\n"
 "Really use it?"
@@ -4639,7 +4531,7 @@
 "Voulez-vous vraiment l'utiliser ?"
 
 #. popup question, %i are numbers
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4936
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4918
 #, perl-format
 msgid ""
 "The selected user ID is not from a range\n"
@@ -4652,7 +4544,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL users_2002_01_04_0147__36
 #. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4951
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4933
 #, perl-format
 msgid ""
 "The selected user ID is a local ID,\n"
@@ -4665,7 +4557,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL users_2002_01_04_0147__36
 #. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4965
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4947
 #, perl-format
 msgid ""
 "The selected user ID is a system ID,\n"
@@ -4676,7 +4568,7 @@
 "car il est inférieur à %i.\n"
 "Faut-il vraiment assigner le type système à cet utilisateur ?"
 
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4999
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4981
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "The existing username might belong to a NIS or LDAP user.\n"
@@ -4686,7 +4578,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL users_2002_01_04_0147__59
 #. error popup, %1 might be additional sentence ("The existing username...")
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5003
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4985
 msgid ""
 "There is a conflict between the entered\n"
 "username and an existing username. %1\n"
@@ -4697,7 +4589,7 @@
 "Essayez un autre nom d'utilisateur."
 
 #. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5033
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5015
 msgid ""
 "The \"Additional User Information\" entry cannot\n"
 "contain a colon (:).  Try again."
@@ -4706,7 +4598,7 @@
 "pas contenir de deux points (:). Faites une nouvelle entrée."
 
 #. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5040
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5022
 msgid ""
 "The \"Additional User Information\" entry can consist\n"
 "of up to three sections separated by commas.\n"
@@ -4718,7 +4610,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL users_2002_01_04_0147__38
 #. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5103
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5085
 msgid ""
 "The home directory may only contain the following characters:\n"
 "a-z, A-Z, 0-9, and _-/\n"
@@ -4729,7 +4621,7 @@
 "Réessayez."
 
 #. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5126
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5108
 #, perl-format
 msgid ""
 "The directory %s is not writable.\n"
@@ -4740,7 +4632,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL users_2002_01_04_0147__39
 #. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5137
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5119
 msgid ""
 "The home directory is used by another user.\n"
 "Try again."
@@ -4750,7 +4642,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL users_2002_01_04_0147__39
 #. yes/no popup: user seleceted something strange as a home directory
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5179
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5161
 msgid ""
 "The path for the selected home directory already exists,\n"
 "but it is not a directory.\n"
@@ -4762,7 +4654,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL users_2002_08_07_0216__49
 #. yes/no popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5190
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5172
 msgid ""
 "The home directory selected already exists.\n"
 "Use it and change its owner?"
@@ -4773,7 +4665,7 @@
 # TLABEL users_2002_08_07_0216__49
 #. chown is not needed (#25200)
 #. yes/no popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5197
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5179
 #, perl-format
 msgid ""
 "The selected home directory (%s)\n"
@@ -4785,7 +4677,7 @@
 "Utiliser ce répertoire ?\n"
 
 #. yes/no popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5206
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5188
 #, perl-format
 msgid ""
 "The home directory selected (%s)\n"
@@ -4799,7 +4691,7 @@
 "Faut-il utiliser ce répertoire ?"
 
 #. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5234
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5216
 msgid ""
 "If you select a nonexistent shell, the user may be unable to log in.\n"
 "Use this shell?"
@@ -4809,13 +4701,13 @@
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__201
 #. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5254
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5236
 msgid "No GID is available for this type of group."
 msgstr "Il n'y a pas de GID disponible pour ce type de groupe."
 
 # TLABEL users_2002_01_04_0147__35
 #. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5287
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5269
 #, perl-format
 msgid ""
 "The selected group ID is not allowed.\n"
@@ -4826,7 +4718,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL users_2002_01_04_0147__37
 #. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5317
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5299
 msgid ""
 "The group ID entered is already in use.\n"
 "Really use it?"
@@ -4835,7 +4727,7 @@
 "Voulez-vous vraiment l'utiliser ?"
 
 #. popup question, %i are numbers
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5329
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5311
 #, perl-format
 msgid ""
 "The selected group ID is not from a range\n"
@@ -4848,7 +4740,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL users_2002_01_04_0147__36
 #. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5344
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5326
 #, perl-format
 msgid ""
 "The selected group ID is a local ID,\n"
@@ -4861,7 +4753,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL users_2002_01_04_0147__36
 #. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5358
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5340
 #, perl-format
 msgid ""
 "The selected group ID is a system ID,\n"
@@ -4874,7 +4766,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL users_2002_01_04_0147__81
 #. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5377
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5359
 msgid ""
 "No group name entered.\n"
 "Try again."
@@ -4884,7 +4776,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL users_2002_01_04_0147__82
 #. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5394
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5376
 #, perl-format
 msgid ""
 "The group name must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n"
@@ -4895,7 +4787,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__150
 #. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5407
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5389
 msgid ""
 "The group name may contain only\n"
 "letters, digits, \"-\", \".\", and \"_\"\n"
@@ -4909,7 +4801,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL users_2002_01_04_0147__84
 #. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5415
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5397
 msgid ""
 "There is a conflict between the entered\n"
 "group name and an existing group name.\n"
@@ -4920,14 +4812,14 @@
 "Veuillez essayer un autre nom de groupe."
 
 # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__223
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5531
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5513
 #, perl-format
 msgid "User %s does not exist."
 msgstr "L'utilisateur %s n'existe pas."
 
 # TLABEL users_2002_01_04_0147__95
 #. error message: group cannot be deleted
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5585
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5567
 msgid ""
 "You cannot delete this group because\n"
 "there are users that use this group\n"
@@ -4939,7 +4831,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL users_2002_01_04_0147__95
 #. error message: group cannot be deleted
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5592
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5574
 msgid ""
 "You cannot delete this group because\n"
 "there are users in the group.\n"
@@ -4951,24 +4843,24 @@
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__103
 #. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6603
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6587
 msgid "<h3>Users</h3>"
 msgstr "<h3>Utilisateurs</h3>"
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__103
 #. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6613
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6597
 msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>"
 msgstr "<h3>Groupes</h3>"
 
 # TLABEL firewall_2002_03_14_2340__11
 #. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6608
 msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>"
 msgstr "<h3>Paramètres d'identification</h3>"
 
 #. summary item, %1 is user name
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6626
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6610
 msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login"
 msgstr "Utilisateur %1 configuré pour le login automatique"
 
@@ -4989,21 +4881,21 @@
 
 # TLABEL inetd_2002_08_07_0216__12
 #. plugin name
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:122
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:124
 msgid "Kerberos Configuration"
 msgstr "Configuration Kerberos"
 
 #. user plugin summary (table item)
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:133
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:135
 msgid "No Kerberos Management for Groups"
 msgstr "Pas de gestion Kerberos pour les groupes"
 
 #. user plugin summary (table item)
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:136
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:138
 msgid "Manage Kerberos Principials"
 msgstr "Gérer les Kerberos principaux"
 
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:260
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:262
 msgid "Cannot execute kadmin.local."
 msgstr "Impossible d'exécuter kadmin.local."
 
@@ -5143,7 +5035,7 @@
 
 #. the ']' is or-ed...
 #. error popup	
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:505
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:379
 msgid ""
 "The password may only contain the following characters:\n"
 "0-9, a-z, A-Z, and any of \"`~!@#$%^&* ,.;:._-+/|?='{[(<>)]}\\\".\n"
@@ -5154,7 +5046,7 @@
 " Réessayez."
 
 #. help text (default part shown in more places)
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:540
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:414
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English keyboard\n"
@@ -5170,7 +5062,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL user_2002_03_14_2340__15
 #. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:620
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:494
 msgid ""
 "The user's full name cannot contain\n"
 "\":\" or \",\" characters.\n"
@@ -5181,39 +5073,39 @@
 "Réessayez."
 
 #. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:647
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:521
 msgid "You have used the group name as a part of the password."
 msgstr "Vous avez utilisé le nom du groupe comme une partie du mot de passe."
 
 #. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:650
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:524
 msgid "You have used the username as a part of the password."
 msgstr "Vous avez utilisé le nom d'utilisateur comme une partie du mot de passe."
 
 #. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:659
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:533
 msgid "You have used only lowercase letters for the password."
 msgstr "Vous n'avez utilisé que des lettres minuscules pour le mot de passe."
 
 #. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:667
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:541
 msgid "You have used only uppercase letters for the password."
 msgstr "Vous n'avez utilisé que des lettres majuscules pour le mot de passe."
 
 # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__269
 #. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:674
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:548
 msgid "You have used a palindrome for the password."
 msgstr "Vous avez utilisé un palindrome pour le mot de passe."
 
 #. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:682
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:556
 msgid "You have used only digits for the password."
 msgstr "Vous n'avez utilisé que des chiffres pour le mot de passe."
 
 # TLABEL users_2002_08_07_0216__61
 #. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:704
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:578
 #, perl-format
 msgid ""
 "The password is too long for the current encryption method.\n"
@@ -5223,7 +5115,7 @@
 "Il sera tronqué à %s caractères ?"
 
 #. error message
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:791
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:665
 #, perl-format
 msgid ""
 "The password is too simple:\n"
@@ -5234,14 +5126,14 @@
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__147
 #. popup error, %i is number
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:805
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:679
 #, perl-format
 msgid "The password should have at least %i characters."
 msgstr "Le mot de passe doit comporter au moins %i caractères."
 
 # TLABEL partitioning_2002_03_14_2340__72
 #. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:826
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:700
 msgid ""
 "No username entered.\n"
 "Try again."
@@ -5251,7 +5143,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__149
 #. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:836
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:710
 #, perl-format
 msgid ""
 "The username must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n"
@@ -5262,7 +5154,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL users_2002_03_15_0147__8
 #. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:865
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:739
 msgid ""
 "The username may contain only\n"
 "letters, digits, \"-\", \".\", and \"_\"\n"
@@ -5276,7 +5168,7 @@
 
 # TLABEL users_2002_01_04_0147__59
 #. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:886
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:760
 msgid ""
 "There is a conflict between the entered\n"
 "username and an existing username.\n"
@@ -5287,16 +5179,14 @@
 "Essayez un autre nom d'utilisateur."
 
 # TLABEL printconf_2002_01_04_0147__124
-#. busy popup message, %1 is package name
 #. busy popup message
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1179 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1294
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:982
 msgid "Retrieving %1 extension..."
 msgstr "Récupération de l'extension %1..."
 
 # TLABEL printconf_2002_01_04_0147__124
-#. busy popup message, %1 is package name
 #. busy popup message
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1277 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1308
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:996
 msgid "Releasing %1 extension..."
 msgstr "Libération de l'extension %1..."
 
@@ -5372,6 +5262,159 @@
 msgid "There are multiple users satisfying the input conditions."
 msgstr "Il y a plusieurs utilisateurs qui satisfont aux conditions entrées."
 
+# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__146
+#~ msgid "User Authentication Method"
+#~ msgstr "Méthode d'authentification de l'utilisateur"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>\n"
+#~ "<b>Authentication</b><br>\n"
+#~ "Select the authentication method to use for users on your system.\n"
+#~ "</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>\n"
+#~ "<b>Authentification</b><br>\n"
+#~ "Sélectionnez la méthode d'authentification à utiliser pour les utilisateurs de votre système.\n"
+#~ "</p>"
+
+#~ msgid "If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to create users based on this source. To do so, select <b>Read User Data from a Previous Installation</b>. This option uses an existing or creates a new home directory for each user in the location specified for this installation."
+#~ msgstr "Si vous avez une installation antérieure ou un autre système, il est possible de créer des utilisateurs basés sur cette source. Pour ce faire, sélectionnez <b>Lire les données utilisateur à partir d'une installation précédente</b>. Cette option utilise un répertoire privé existant ou en crée un nouveau pour chaque utilisateur de l'emplacement spécifié pour cette installation."
+
+# TLABEL rpm-groups_2002_03_14_2340__59
+#~ msgid "&LDAP"
+#~ msgstr "&LDAP"
+
+# TLABEL rpm-groups_2002_03_14_2340__71
+#~ msgid "N&IS"
+#~ msgstr "N&IS"
+
+#~ msgid "&Windows Domain"
+#~ msgstr "Domaine &Windows"
+
+# TLABEL users_2002_08_07_0216__31
+#~ msgid "L&ocal (/etc/passwd)"
+#~ msgstr "L&ocal (/etc/passwd)"
+
+# TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__57
+#~ msgid "eDirectory LDAP"
+#~ msgstr "eDirectory LDAP"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n"
+#~ "to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n"
+#~ "press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Si vous utilisez un serveur NIS ou LDAP pour enregistrer des données utilisateur ou si vous voulez\n"
+#~ "authentifier les utilisateurs à l'aide d'un serveur NT, choisissez la valeur appropriée. Cliquez\n"
+#~ "ensuite sur <b>Suivant</b> pour poursuivre la configuration de votre client.</p>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n"
+#~ "appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Si vous utilisez un serveur NIS ou LDAP pour enregistrer des données utilisateur, choisissez la\n"
+#~ "valeur appropriée. Cliquez ensuite sur <b>Suivant</b> pour poursuivre la configuration de votre client.</p>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data or if you want to\n"
+#~ "authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n"
+#~ "press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Si vous utilisez un serveur LDAP pour enregistrer des données utilisateur ou si vous voulez\n"
+#~ "authentifier les utilisateurs à l'aide d'un serveur NT, choisissez la valeur appropriée. Cliquez\n"
+#~ "ensuite sur <b>Suivant</b> pour poursuivre la configuration de votre client.</p>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n"
+#~ "appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Si vous utilisez un serveur LDAP pour enregistrer des données utilisateur, choisissez la\n"
+#~ "valeur appropriée. Cliquez ensuite sur <b>Suivant</b> pour poursuivre la configuration de votre client.</p>"
+
+#~ msgid "<p>Check <b>Set Up Kerberos Authentication</b> to configure Kerberos after configuring the user data source.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Sélectionnez <b>Configurer l'authentification Kerberos</b> pour configurer Kerberos après avoir configuré la source de données de l'utilisateur.</p>"
+
+#~ msgid "&Choose"
+#~ msgstr "Sélec&tionner"
+
+# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__146
+#~ msgid "Authentication Method"
+#~ msgstr "Méthode d'authentification"
+
+#~ msgid "Set Up &Kerberos Authentication"
+#~ msgstr "Configurer l'authentification &Kerberos"
+
+# TLABEL user_2002_03_14_2340__9
+#~ msgid "E&xpert Options..."
+#~ msgstr "Options e&xpert..."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
+#~ "it has to be at least %1 characters long.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Si vous avez l'intention d'utiliser ce mot de passe pour créer des certificats,\n"
+#~ "il doit comporter au moins %1 caractères.</p>"
+
+#~ msgid "<p>To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering text into the <b>Test Keyboard Layout</b> field.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Pour vérifier si la disposition actuelle du clavier est correcte, tapez du texte dans le champs <b>Test de la disposition du clavier</b>.</p>"
+
+# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__147
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If you intend to create certificates,\n"
+#~ "the password should have at least %1 characters."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Si vous avez l'intention de créer des certificats,\n"
+#~ "le mot de passe doit comporter au moins %1 caractères."
+
+# TLABEL user_2002_03_14_2340__16
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The root password could not be set.\n"
+#~ "You might not be able to log in.\n"
+#~ "Try setting it again?\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Impossible de définir le mot de passe root.\n"
+#~ "Vous risquez de ne pas pouvoir vous loguer.\n"
+#~ "Retenter sa définition ?\n"
+
+# TLABEL tv_2002_03_14_2340__0
+#~ msgid "Initialization of module for configuration of authentication..."
+#~ msgstr "Initialisation du module pour la configuration de l'authentification..."
+
+# TLABEL support_2002_01_04_0147__23
+#~ msgid "<p><b>Authentication</b><br></p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p><b>Authentification</b><br></p>"
+
+#~ msgid "Expert Settings"
+#~ msgstr "Serveur DHCP -- Paramètres pour experts"
+
+#~ msgid "The authentication method is local /etc/passwd."
+#~ msgstr "La methode d'authentification est /etc/passwd local."
+
+# TLABEL security_2002_01_04_0147__89
+#~ msgid "The password encryption method is %s."
+#~ msgstr "La méthode de chiffrement des mots de passe est %s."
+
+# TLABEL proposal_2002_03_16_2031__2
+#~ msgid "&Change..."
+#~ msgstr "&Changer..."
+
+#~ msgid "Summary"
+#~ msgstr "Résumé"
+
+#~ msgid "Samba (Windows Domain)"
+#~ msgstr "Samba (Domaine Windows)"
+
+# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__146
+#~ msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3"
+#~ msgstr "<%1>Méthode d'authentification<%2> : %3"
+
+#~ msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3 and Kerberos."
+#~ msgstr "<%1>Méthode d'authentification<%2> : %3 et Kerberos."
+
+# TLABEL nis_server_2002_01_04_0147__12
+#~ msgid "<%1>Users<%2> %3 selected for import"
+#~ msgstr "<%1>Les utilisateurs<%2> %3 sélectionnés pour l'import"
+
 #~ msgid "Kerberos"
 #~ msgstr "Kerberos"
 

Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/vm.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/vm.fr.po	2016-09-02 21:33:42 UTC (rev 96676)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/vm.fr.po	2016-09-02 21:33:58 UTC (rev 96677)
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 21:25+0200\n"
 "Last-Translator: Antoine Belvire \n"
 "Language-Team: français \n"
@@ -40,12 +40,12 @@
 msgstr "Configuration de la machine virtuelle..."
 
 #. check for kernel-bigsmp
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:158
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:157
 msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is "
 msgstr "La seule architecture supportée pour héberger des machines virtuelles est x86_64. L'architecture de votre système est "
 
 #. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:177
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:176
 msgid ""
 "Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n"
 "Start installation in the host system.\n"
@@ -56,163 +56,163 @@
 # TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__83
 #. progress stage 1/2
 #. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:194 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:282
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:193 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:281
 msgid "Verify Installed Packages"
 msgstr "Vérifier les paquets installés"
 
 # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__192
 #. progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:196
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:195
 msgid "Network Bridge Configuration"
 msgstr "Configuration du pont réseau"
 
 # TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__14
 #. Headline for management domain installation
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:211
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:210
 msgid "Configuring the VM Server (domain 0)"
 msgstr "Configuration du serveur VM (domaine 0)"
 
 #. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:214
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:213
 msgid "<p><big><b>VM Server Configuration</b></big></p><p>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts.</p>"
 msgstr "<p><big><b>Configuration du serveur VM</b></big></p><p>La configuration du serveur VM (domaine 0) s'effectue en deux temps.</P>"
 
 #. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:218
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:217
 msgid "<p>The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing.</p>"
 msgstr "<p>Les paquets requis sont d'abord installés sur le système. Ensuite, le chargeur d'amorçage (bootloader) est basculé sur GRUB (si celui-ci n'est pas déjà utilisé) et la section Xen est ajoutée au menu du chargeur d'amorçage s'il est manquant.</p>"
 
 #. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:222
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:221
 msgid "<p>GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel.</p>"
 msgstr "<p>GRUB est nécessaire car il prend en charge la norme multiboot requise pour amorcer Xen et le noyau Linux.</p>"
 
 #. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:226
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:225
 msgid "<p>When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu.</p>"
 msgstr "<p>Une fois la configuration terminée, il est possible de démarrer le serveur virtuel à partir du menu du chargeur d'amorçage.</p>"
 
 # TLABEL online_update_2002_01_04_0147__112
 #. error popup
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:231
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:230
 msgid "The installation will be aborted."
 msgstr "Cela met fin au programme d'installation."
 
 # TLABEL restore_2002_08_07_0216__56
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:234
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:233
 msgid "Choose Hypervisor(s) to install"
 msgstr "Choisissez le ou les hyperviseur(s) à installer"
 
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:237
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:236
 msgid "Server: Minimal system to get a running Hypervisor"
 msgstr "Serveur : système minimal pour avoir un hyperviseur"
 
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:238
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:237
 msgid "Tools: Configure, manage and monitor virtual machines"
 msgstr "Outils : pour configurer, gérer et surveiller des machine virtuelles"
 
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:251
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:250
 msgid "KVM Hypervisor"
 msgstr "Hyperviseur KVM"
 
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:253
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:252
 msgid "KVM server"
 msgstr "Serveur KVM"
 
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:254
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:253
 msgid "KVM tools"
 msgstr "Outils KVM"
 
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:259
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:258
 msgid "libvirt LXC containers"
 msgstr "Conteneurs libvirt LXC"
 
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:261
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:260
 msgid "libvirt LXC daemon"
 msgstr "Démon libvirt LXC"
 
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:289
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:288
 msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server"
 msgstr "Logiciel à connecter au serveur de virtualisation"
 
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:291
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:290
 msgid "Virtualization client tools"
 msgstr "Outils client de virtualisation"
 
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:307
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:306
 msgid "Xen Hypervisor"
 msgstr "Hyperviseur Xen"
 
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:309
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:308
 msgid "Xen server"
 msgstr "Serveur Xen"
 
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:310
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:309
 msgid "Xen tools"
 msgstr "Outils Xen"
 
 # TLABEL online_update_2002_01_04_0147__112
 #. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support)
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:388
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:387
 msgid "Package installation failed\n"
 msgstr "L'installation des paquets a échoué\n"
 
 # TLABEL online_update_2002_01_04_0147__112
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:396
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:395
 msgid "Package installation failed for lxc\n"
 msgstr "L'installation des paquets a échoué pour lxc\n"
 
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:403
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:402
 msgid "Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n"
 msgstr "L'installation des paquets a échoué pour le schéma client sled\n"
 
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:413
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:412
 msgid "Package installation failed for sles patterns\n"
 msgstr "L'installation des paquets a échoué pour les schémas sles\n"
 
 #. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:426
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:425
 msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?"
 msgstr "Lancé en mode texte. Installer les composants graphiques quand même ?"
 
 # TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__82
 #. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:439
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:438
 msgid "Checking packages..."
 msgstr "Vérification des paquets..."
 
 # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__129
 #. progressbar title - install the required packages
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:442
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:441
 msgid "Installing packages..."
 msgstr "Installation des paquets..."
 
 # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__106
 #. error popup
 #. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347)
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:447 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:454
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:446 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:453
 msgid "Cannot install required packages."
 msgstr "Impossible d'installer les paquets requis."
 
 # TLABEL sw_single_2002_01_04_0147__11
 #. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:464
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:463
 msgid "Updating grub2 configuration files..."
 msgstr "Mise à jour des fichiers de configuration de grub2..."
 
 # TLABEL autoinst_2002_03_14_2340__39
 #. Default Bridge stage
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:484
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:477
 msgid "Configuring Default Network Bridge..."
 msgstr "Configuration du pont réseau par défaut..."
 
 # TLABEL hwinfo_2002_01_04_0147__39
 #. Popup yes/no dialog
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:505
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:498
 msgid "Network Bridge."
 msgstr "Pont réseau."
 
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:506
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:499
 msgid "<p>For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.</p><p>Configure a default network bridge?</p>"
 msgstr "<p>Pour des configurations réseau normales hébergeant des machines virtuelles, un pont réseau est recommandé.</p><p>Configurer un pont réseau par défaut ?</p>"
 
@@ -225,30 +225,30 @@
 #. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg);
 #. return false;
 #. }
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:567
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:568
 msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests."
 msgstr "Les composants KVM sont installés. Votre hôte est prêt à installer des invités (guests) KVM."
 
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:570
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:571
 msgid "KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests."
 msgstr "Les composants KVM sont installés. Redémarrez la machine et sélectionnez le noyau natif dans le menu du chargeur d'amorçage pour installer les invités (guests) KVM."
 
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:573
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:574
 msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu."
 msgstr "Pour installer les invités Xen, redémarrez la machine et sélectionnez la section Xen dans le menu du chargeur d'amorçage."
 
 # TLABEL restore_2002_08_07_0216__56
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:576
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:577
 msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed."
 msgstr "L'hyperviseur et les outils Xen sont installés."
 
 # TLABEL restore_2002_08_07_0216__56
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:577
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:578
 msgid "Virtualization client tools are installed."
 msgstr "Les outils client de virtualisation sont installés."
 
 # TLABEL restore_2002_08_07_0216__56
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:578
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:579
 msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed."
 msgstr "Les composants libvirt LXC sont installés."
 

Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/vpn.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/vpn.fr.po	2016-09-02 21:33:42 UTC (rev 96676)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/vpn.fr.po	2016-09-02 21:33:58 UTC (rev 96677)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: 3.1.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-03 14:27+0200\n"
 "Last-Translator: Antoine Belvire \n"
 "Language-Team: français \n"
@@ -210,12 +210,12 @@
 "Vous ne pouvez pas avoir deux passerelles opérant sous le même scénario."
 
 #. Create the user (:xauth or :eap). Return true if successful.
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:439
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:442
 msgid "The user name is already used."
 msgstr "Le nom d'utilisateur est déjà utilisé."
 
 #. Set client certificate/key for a connection to remote gateway. Return true if successful, otherwise false.
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:503
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:506
 msgid "Cannot find a matching client connection."
 msgstr "Impossible de trouver une connexion client correspondante."
 
@@ -300,102 +300,102 @@
 msgstr "Voulez-vous voir le journal du démon et le statut de la connexion ?"
 
 #. Open dialog to edit VPN client passwords/certificates.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:285
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:289
 msgid "Please enter gateway IP before editing credentials."
 msgstr "Veuillez entrer l'IP de la passerelle avant de modifier les données d'identification."
 
 #. Render a table of configured gateway and client connections.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365
 msgid "Name"
 msgstr "Nom"
 
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365
 msgid "Description"
 msgstr "Description"
 
 #. Render configuration controls for the chosen connection.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:376
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:380
 msgid "Click 'New VPN' to create a gateway or client."
 msgstr "Cliquer sur « Nouveau VPN » pour créer un client ou une passerelle."
 
 #. Make widgets for connection configuration
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:386
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:390
 msgid "All IPv4 networks (0.0.0.0/0)"
 msgstr "Tous les réseaux IPv4 (0.0.0.0/0)"
 
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:387
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:391
 msgid "All IPv6 networks (::/0)"
 msgstr "Tous les réseaux IPv6 (::/0)"
 
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:389
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:393
 msgid "Limited CIDRs, comma separated:"
 msgstr "CIDR limités, séparés par des virgules :"
 
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:395
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399
 msgid "Connection name: "
 msgstr "Nom de la connexion : "
 
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:396
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:400
 msgid "Type"
 msgstr "Type"
 
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:398
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:402
 msgid "Gateway (Server)"
 msgstr "Passerelle (serveur)"
 
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:403
 msgid "Client"
 msgstr "Client"
 
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:406
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410
 msgid "The scenario is"
 msgstr "Le scénario est"
 
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:408
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:412
 msgid "Secure communication with a pre-shared key"
 msgstr "Communication sécurisée avec clé pré-partagée"
 
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:409
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413
 msgid "Secure communication with a certificate"
 msgstr "Communication sécurisée avec certificat"
 
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:414
 msgid "Provide access to Android, iOS, MacOS X clients"
 msgstr "Fournir un accès aux clients Android, iOS et MacOS X"
 
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:411
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:415
 msgid "Provide access to Windows 7, Windows 8 clients"
 msgstr "Fournir un accès aux clients Windows 7 et 8"
 
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:431
 msgid "Edit Credentials"
 msgstr "Modifier les données d'identification"
 
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:416
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:420
 msgid "Provide VPN clients access to"
 msgstr "Fournir aux clients VPN un accès à"
 
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421
 msgid "Clients' address pool (e.g. 192.168.100.0/24)"
 msgstr "Plage d'adresses des clients (par exemple 192.168.100.0/24)"
 
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:425
 msgid "The gateway requires authentication"
 msgstr "La passerelle requiert une authentification"
 
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:423
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427
 msgid "By a pre-shared key"
 msgstr "Par une clé pré-partagée"
 
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:424
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:428
 msgid "By a certificate"
 msgstr "Par un certificat"
 
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:426
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430
 msgid "VPN gateway IP"
 msgstr "IP de la passerelle VPN"
 
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:434
 msgid "Use the VPN tunnel to access"
 msgstr "Utiliser le tunnel VPN pour accéder"
 
@@ -487,22 +487,22 @@
 msgstr "Statut indisponible : est-ce que le démon est actif ?"
 
 #. Install packages
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:172
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:174
 msgid "Failed to install IPSec packages."
 msgstr "Échec de l'installation des paquets IPSec."
 
 #. Enable/disable daemon
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:180
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:182
 msgid "Failed to start IPSec daemon."
 msgstr "Échec du démarrage du démon IPSec."
 
 #. Configure IP forwarding
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:210
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:212
 msgid "Failed to apply IP forwarding settings using sysctl:"
 msgstr "Échec de l'application des paramètres de transmission IP avec sysctl :"
 
 #. Configure/deconfigure firewall
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:225
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:228
 msgid ""
 "SuSE firewall is enabled but not activated.\n"
 "In order for VPN to function properly, SuSE firewall will now be activated."
@@ -510,11 +510,11 @@
 "Le pare-feu SUSE est activé mais pas lancé.\n"
 "Afin que le VPN fonctionne correctement, le pare-feu SUSE va être lancé maintenant."
 
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:229 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:234
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:232 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:237
 msgid "Failed to restart SuSE firewall."
 msgstr "Échec du redémarrage du pare-feu SUSE."
 
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:240
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:243
 msgid ""
 "Both VPN gateway and clients require special SuSE firewall configuration.\n"
 "SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n"
@@ -525,28 +525,33 @@
 "Le script est situé dans %s"
 
 #. AutoYaST: Return a rich text summary of the current configuration.
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:279
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282
 msgid "VPN Global Settings"
 msgstr "Paramètres VPN globaux"
 
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:280
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:283
 msgid "Enable VPN (IPSec) daemon: %s"
 msgstr "Activer le démon VPN (IPSec) : %s"
 
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:281
-msgid "Reduce TCP MSS to 1024: %s"
-msgstr "Réduire le TCP MSS à 1024 : %s"
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:284
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Reduce TCP MSS"
+msgid "Reduce TCP MSS: %s"
+msgstr "Réduire le TCP MSS"
 
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:285
 msgid "Gateway and Connections"
 msgstr "Passerelle et connexions"
 
 #. Gateway summary
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:288
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:291
 msgid "A gateway serving clients in "
 msgstr "Une passerelle servant des clients dans "
 
 #. Client summary
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:292
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:295
 msgid "A client connecting to "
 msgstr "Un client se connectant à "
+
+#~ msgid "Reduce TCP MSS to 1024: %s"
+#~ msgstr "Réduire le TCP MSS à 1024 : %s"

    

[opensuse-translation-commit] r96677 - trunk/yast/fr/po

minton＠svn2.opensuse.org